Skip to main content

Full text of "The marine algae of New England"

See other formats


. 
7 
4 
& 
4 
6 
‘ 
- 
£ 
/ 
4 
4 
Z 


See 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 
LIBRARIES 


E. YALE DAWSON 


COLLECTION 


 L-THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND, 
{Gon 


By Prof. W. G.' Fartow. 


INTRODUCTION.  , 


st of the United States from New Jersey to Eastport, Me., and 
few species are mentioned which, although they have not yet been _ 


et that they occur on the neighboring coast of the British provinces. 
A preparing the report I have attempted to present, in a compact and 
eor less popular form, a deseription of the different orders and species 
ea-weeds, so that persons who frequent the coast of New England, 
‘sam especially those in the service of the Fish Commission, may have 
cee the means of determining the forms found in our waters. The 
escriptive portion of the report is preceded by a short account of the 
eieral structure and classification of sea-weeds, which is necessary in 
3 present case, because there is no generally accessible book in the 
slish language which gives a good account of the modern views of 
fhe classification and structure of alge. 

; ei The list of papers relating directly to New England alge is very 
ee In January, 1847, Prof. J. W. ae published in the Ameri- 


ee Two continuations of the article appeared in May, 1847, and 
july, 1545, in the former of which 19, and in the latter 17, species new 
New England are enumerated. In 1847 Mr. S. T. Olney, in 


* on Khode Island Plants, in which he mentions 45 spécies 
ee. Most of the species in the papers above mentioned had 
Ee rnitied to Prof. W. H. Paes of Dublin. The classie work 


lard ae on the subject. Since the appearance of need 


fy 


a rk © = Saas a little sae been added to our Toe of ae 


2 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND. 2 


Commission for 1870-72 2 is a List of the Marine Alge of fe Soua 
of New Eng gland, in which 103 species are enumerated; and in the 


growing in Long Island Sound within 20 miles of New Haven, te EF. W 
Halli. A series of dried specimens has been published conjointly ] a 
Dr. C. L. Anderson, Prof. D. C. Eaton, and myself, under the title of 
Alge Am.-Borealis. The 130 species already published, in three fascie 
of 30 sets each, contain a number of the more interesting New Englanc 
forms. A set has been presented to the Fish Commission, and that, to 
gether with the large set prepared for the Centennial Exhibition, t 
deposited hereafter in the National Museum, will place in the hands 
the members of the Commission sufficient material to render the task o 
determining our species comparatively easy. 
It will be seen that we rely almost wholly on Harvey’ s Nereis for our 
knowledge of New England alge, and it is surprising that so few speci S 
have been added to the flora in recent years. Of the species recent 
added, by far the larger number are insignificant in size, the rare 
mastoma Baird being almost the only species which would attract the is 
eye by its beauty. Professor Harvey himself spent but a few weeks on — 
the New England coast, and we must either suppose that the collectors 
of Harvey’s time were more acute than those of the last few years, or 
else that the New England flora is very poor. That the flora is not very 
rich in species, even for a temperate region, is probably true, but it is 
too soon to assume that it is exceptionally poor. 
The number of species which are so large and striking as to ate t 
the amateur collector is nowhere large in temperate regions, and t 
so-called richness of a flora is generally dependent upon the number 
small and insignificant species, which are recognized only by those wh 
make a careful microscopic study. One reason for the apparent poy- 
erty of our marine flora is that our collectors have generally been ama- 
teurs, who pass a few weeks upon the shore and gather only the m 
beautiful and striking species. The number of persons who make micro 
scopic examinations of our alge is, however, increasing, and, as a res 
numbers of small, but interesting, species have within a short space 
time been br ie to light, and it now seems likely that the New Hn 
land flora is by no means so poor as was formerly supposed. The 


* Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, part 2, 1873. “ 
_ t List of the Marine Algz of the United States, Proc. Am. Acad.’ Art. a 
_ ~xX(n.s. ii), p. 351. On some Algx new to the United States, 1. ¢., vol. xii 
- —p. 235. : 
¢ Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, vol. vi, No. 21, Sept., 1 


‘THE MARINE ALGA) OF NEW ENGLAND. 3 


the climate, too, renders it difficult to collect during the winter 
| early spring months, when the species to be found are to a great 
ten nt different from those which flourish in summer. A rich harvest 


ng at some exposed point upon the coast. The summer species may 
aid to be tolerably well known, but our knowledge of the winter 
Sis very deficient. 
FE or the purpose of examining the alge of the coast, I have visited 
Jastport, Portland, Cape Ann, Wood’s Holl, Mass., where I passed two 
mers with the Commission, Newport, Nose Conn., and Green- — 
, L. I. Unfortunately, I have not been able to make on excursions 
ing the winter months, except to the coast near Boston, at Nahant and 
arblehead, and my knowledge of the winter species is derived from 
specimens sent by correspondents. 
In this connection I would express my sincere thanks to correspond- 
ents who have aided me by specimens and information, and I would 
acknowledge especially my obligations to Prof. D. C. Eaton, of New 
En Mr. Horace Averill and Mr. A. R. Young, of Brooklyn; Mr. 
C. B. Fuller, of Portland; Mrs. A. L. Davis and Mrs. M. H. Bray, of — 
sloucester; Miss M. A. Booth, Mrs. Corcoran, Mrs. J. T. Lusk, Mrs. 
Recbe; Mr. F. 8. Collins, and ee whose names are appended ‘0 the 
6 lifferent species descr ied: Tam particularly indebted to the Fish Com- 
ission for their valuable aid in enabling me to dredge and collect in 
rious interesting localities in Southern Massachusetts, at Noank, and 
loucester, and to Mr. Alexander Agassiz for facilities for examining 
coast at Newport. With the materials at hand I have attempted to 
ew critically the species of our coast, and for this purpose it was neces- 
‘to compare them with the alge ioe only of Great Britain, but of 
e other shores of Europe. I am, above all, indebted to Dr. Edouard — 
net, of Paris, who has constantly furnished information, both with 
gard ia structure and nomenclature, without which it would have been 
ap. 1 possible for me to form an accurate judgment concerning American 
species. I would also return my thanks to Prof. J. G. Agardh, of Lund; 
v to Prof. J. E. Areschoug, Dr. W. B. Wittrock, and Dr. F. J. Eaeliaeae 
0! Upsala, through whose kindness I have hoot able to examine very 
complete sets of Scandinavian and Arctic alge, which have a special 
bearing on the New England flora; to Prof. H. Perceval Wright, of Dublin, 
who has obligingly allowed me ta examine specimens in the Harveyan 
rbarium at Trinity College; to M. A. Le Jolis, of Cherbourg, and Prof. 
[. Rostafinski, of Cracow, for valuable notes on Laminarie ; and to 
Mr. F. Hauck, of Trieste, for sets of Adriatic alge. 
i o we meets the marine ee of ee Geo. coast of the 


a Jand and ei alland: ye we ae southward towards Bos- 


though the luxuriance of growth is less, the general appear- 


tered localities. The northern shore of Oat Cod, from its cana chara 
ter, 1S practically destitute of all species of alge, Ae afew forms wh ( 
are here and there found growing on the eel-grass. As soon as we pass 
to the south of Cape Cod, however, the flora assumes an entirely different — 
aspect. The arctic and Northern European forms have disappeared, ex: 
cept at a few exposed points like Gay Head and Montauk, and, in their 
place, we find a number of species, as Dasya elegans, Rhabdonta tenera, 
Chondria tenuissima, Sargassum vulgare, characteristic of warmer seas. 
The Long Island flora, which may be said to extend from Cape Cod to 
New Jersey, has a good dealin common with the northern part of the 
Adriatic. Among the more abundant species are Dasya elegans, Poly- 
siphonia variegata, and, if we accept Zanardini’s view, our common 
Chondria Baileyana and Lomentaria Baileyana are identical with C. 
striolata and L. uncinata, all species common near Venice. From New 
Jersey to Charleston, if we except Norfolk and one or two points on the 
North Carolina coast, almost no sea-weeds are known, presumably on — 
account of the unfavorable nature of the shore, although, it must be — 
confessed, the coast has never been carefully explored. Even with 
regard to the coast of New Jersey we have but little information. A 
number of Floridee, usually growing attached to eel-grass, has been 
reported from Beesley’s Point by Samuel Ashmead,* but it is almost 
certain that southward from that point, very little is to be expected. 
It will be seen that Cape Cod is the dividing line between a marked 
northern and a southern flora. In fact, the difference between the florea 
of Massachusetts Bay and Buzzards Bay, which are only a few miles 
apart, is greater than the difference between those of Massachusetts Bay 
and the Bay of Fundy, or between those of Nantucket and Norfolk. 
This difference in the flora corresponds precisely with what is known of 
the fauna. That Cape Cod formed a dividing line was known to Har- 
vey, and subsequent observation has only shown, on the one hand, 
that the flora north of Cape Cod is more decidedly arctic than he sup- 
posed, and that, on the other hand, south of the cape it is more de- 
cidedly that of warm seas. The Patna fact of the distinctness — of 
the two flore is not weakened by the knowledge that we now possess, 
owing to the investigations of the Fish Commission, of the existence in 
a few sheltered localities north of Cape Cod of some of the character- 
istic species of Long Island Sound, and in a few exposed spots south of 
the cape of northern species. Of the more common species found along 
the whole coast of New England, by far the greater part are also com- 
mon in Europe, as Delesseria sinuosa, Corallina officinalis, Hildenbrandtia 
rosea, Polysiphonia violacea, P. fastigiata, P. nigrescens, P. urceolata, 
Rhodymenia palmata, Chondrus crispus, Oystoclonium purpurascens, Almn- 
feltia plicata, Phyllophora Brodiei, P. membranifolia, hae ke ‘ 


3 eytosiphon lomentarius, the common Fuct and Laminaric, not to men- 
tion a large number of Chlorosporece and Cryptophycee. ae a very 


ib 80 ath of Cape Cod or else to the shore from Boston northward. In 
“s tawe fact, a good share of our common sea- weeds could be recognized from 


~ Let us consider next the GhoRaOROnahe species between Boston and 
Eastport. In studying these we must turn not to works on the alge of 
France, or Great Britain, but rather to those on Scandinavian alge. Itis 
especially instructive to examine the Algz Scandinavice of Professor 
_ Areschoug in connection with our own forms. The resemblance is at 
_ once striking. At Eastport we have a magnificent growth of Lamina- 
rie and Fuci, which predominate over all other forms. The larger spe- 
_ cies are even found high up on the shore, and we find growing in pools 
_ Saccorhiza dermatodea, Laminaria longicruris, Agarum Turneri, Dicty- 
~ osiphon hippuroides, Halosaccion ramentaceum, and Monostroma Blytii ; at 
_ low-water mark Lithothamnion fasciculatum abounds; and Huthora cris- 
ou. Delesseria sinuosa, D. alata, and Callithamnion Pylaisei can easily 
be collected without wading. The rocks are covered with crusts of Pe- 
_ trocelis cruenta, and Ralfsia verrucosa, and the luxuriant Fucus evanes- 
_cens. With the exception of Agarum Turneri, which is not found in 
_ Burope, but which occurs in the North Pacific, and C. Pylaisci, which 
is peculiar to America, all the species named are found in the north of 
_ Norway. Euthora cristata does not appear south of Scotland, where it is 
_ rare, and Laminaria longicruris is scarcely known south of tie northern 
ae ‘part of Scotland. As we proceed southwards from Eastport to Nahant, 
_ near Boston, we find that the species named disappear into deeper water, 
and, with the exception of Monbstroma Blyttii, are not generally seen ex- 
Bh cept when washed ashore. Dictyosiphon hippuroides has not yet been seen 
; i south of Eastport, but Saccorhiza dermatodea, known to Harvey only 
from Newfoundland, is now known to occur at Marblehead, near Nahant, 
and Halosaccion is a rare in deep pools at Gloucester, while anes 
 troma Blyttii, in rather a small form, is found on exposed rocks at Little 
Nahant. Fucus evanescens, which is as abundant as F. vesiculosus at 
Eastport, seems to be replaced on the Massachusetts coast by F. jfur- 
catus. Calliblepharis ciliata of Harvey’s Nereis, found from Cape Ann 
_ northwards is now known to be the same as Rhodophyllis veprecula, a 
common species ou northern coasts. As yet none of the Scandinavian 
Biccicn of Phleospora have been found with us, but it is not unlikely 
a that they might be found by a botanist who should collect at Eastport 
in the spring. It is hardly likely that Phleospora tortilis does not occur 


in Greenland by Dr. Kiimlien, of the Howgate expedition. Polysipho- 
arctica may perhaps also be expected, as well as Chetopteris plumosa, 


. ’ : a i 7 ; 
6 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FI 


a common species of Greenland and Northern Lurope. | 
tata, a common species of Northern _ Europe, has not nee been 
within our limits, although it is common at Halifax. 

Tf north cf Boston the principal feature of the marine veget ion 
the enormous mass of large Fuci and Pheosporee, the Floridee fo J 
an insignificant part of the flora, the chief feature of the flora south of 
Cape Cod is the preponderance of Floridece and the comparative insig- 
nificance of the Fuci and Phcosporee. In the case of the sea- -weeds of 
Long Island Sound we cannot so directly refer them to species of any 
part of Europe as was possible in the case of the northern flora. Sey- 
eral of the more common and Striking species, as I have already said, 
are identical with or closely related to Adriatic forms. We are not, ieee 
ever to push the comparison too far. The development of Puei and 
Laminarie in Long Island Sound, although meager compared with what 
we find north of Boston, is far beyond anything we find in the Adriatic, 
and, on the other hand, we do not have in Long Island Sound the numer- 
ous Doratanen and Sie e sunt Chlorosporece, which are common in the 
Adriatic, and which unmistakably indicate a subtropical flora. Grinnellia 
americana, Dasya elegans, Rhabdonia tenera, Lomentaria Baileyana, Sar- 
gassum lg gare, and most of the commen species of Long pee Sound, 
are found as far south as the West Indies. 

A consideration of the apparent exceptions to the law of the distribu- 
tion of sea-weeds on our coast is not without interest. In the cold waters 
off Gay Head and Block Island, Huthora cristata, in a depauperate form, 
is Sometimes found, and at exposed points we find a decided growth of 
Laminarie, especially the digitate forms. Ptilota serrata, a typical 
northern species, has also been found in a much reduced form at the 
Thimble Islands, near New Haven. 

In the town of Gloucester, near the village of Squam, is a small sheet 
of water called Goose Cove. The narrow entrance to the cove has been 
dammed up, and the water from the ocean enters only for a short time 
at the high tide. In this cove, to my surprise, I found Rhabdonia tenera, 
Gracilaria multipartita, Chondria Baileyana, and a large mass of Poly- 
siphonia Harveyi and P. Olneyi. In short, the flora was entirely — dif. 
ferent from anything I had ever seen before north of Cape Cod, and 
entirely different from that of the adjacent shore, where the flora is en- 
tirely arctic. Furthermore, Squam is on the northern and inner side 
of Cape Ann, and as there is no connection of Goose Cove with the 
southern side of Cape Ann, and inasmuch as no vessels ever enter the — 
cove, it is very difficult to account for the presence of the sea-weeds 
which grow there. The water which is confined by the dam is much 
warmer than that of the surrounding ocean, which would enable the 
species of warm waters to live if they were once introduced, but how 


bom t  EeKR A o> Se YT ed. ok 
: = Ai. 


ee Rarterfect. Certainly, Rhabdonia tenera is quite unknown in any other spot 
“north of sary Cod, the nearest locality being the coast near N; antucket, 


%: survive i in a very cold current, which not only must carry them outside 
of Cape Cod and ACTOSS Mansactusests Bay, but also around to the shel- 


- north. If we compare the exceptional case of Goose Cove in the north 
with Gay Head and Montauk in the south, it seems to be the rule that 
_ wherever the water is cold enough, we meet arctic species, and wherever 
it is warm enough we have Long Island species, regardless of the 


ae 
—— onrres “the 


as we know, of the absence of currents to transport the spores. 
Our marine flora is marked by the complete absence of any members 


7 


.% aE ae a i 


_ become common, but north of Norfolk not a single species of the order 
1s known, the northern species referred by Harvey in the Nereis to the 
Diniciyotacea being now known to belong to another order. Nor does 
any species of Tilopteris or Cutleria occur in New England. The ab- 
sence of some of the common European genera of Floridee is also wor- 
thy of notice. The genus Nitophyllum is entirely wanting north of 
North Carolina, and, although a species is said to have been collec- 
gas off Cape Fear, and although WN. ocellatum is occasionally found 
4 at Key West, this genus, which forms one of the more striking fea- 
b tures of the European flora, may be said to be practically almost un- 
f known anywhere on our aune coast. _Bonnemaisonia asparagoides, 
which occurs as far north as Norway, although rare, may perhaps be 
_ found with us. No species of Schizymenia or the related genera is found 
with us although the western coast is perhaps too rich in species of 
this perplexing group. Plocamium coccineum, one of the commonest red 
_ sea-weeds not only of Europe but of our west coast, is known with us 
in only one doubtful case. Gelidiwm corneum, which is abundant in al- 
- most all parts of the world, is only occasionally found in New England, 
_ and then only in the reduced form, separated by some as a distinct species, 
__ under the name of G. crinale. It may here be remarked that it is often 
+ : _ a difficult matter to determine whether some of the more beautiful sea- 
___-weeds of Europe really occur with us or not. Our amateur collectors 
= _ have frequently exchanged with European collectors, and one not un- 
J _ frequently sees specimens of Plocamium coccineum, Callophyllis laciniata 
and other European species prized for their beauty, which are said 
_ to have been collected on our own coast. But inasmuch as no careful 
collector has found the species in question, I have considered it too unsafe 
_ to accept the statements of amateurs who, to my knowledge, have re- 
_ ceived specimens from Europe, and who, in general, are not accurate as 
__ to dates and localities. The preceding remark will not, however, apply 
Bd to the species of Fucus and the coarser sea-weeds. Fucus serratus, very 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 7 


_ remoteness of localities where the species naturally abound, and, as far 


of the order Dictyotacee. Haliseris polypodioides has been found on the 
coast of North Carolina and, at Charleston, Padina pavonia begins to’ 


8 
common in Europe, is very rare with us, having been found in but one 
locality in the United States and one in Nova Scotia. Mucus canalicu- 
latus, Himanthalia lorea, and the common European Cystoseire are 
quite wanting. The nearly ubiquitous Codiwm tomentosum is a species 
which has not yet been found on our northern coast. On the other 
hand some species, as Spyridia filamentosa and Chordaria divaricata, are 
more abundant in New England than in Europe, and the same is prob- 
ably true of Huthora cristata and Ptilota serrata, if we except perhaps 
- the arctic zone. 

It is evident that a great Acai remains to be done before we can say that 
we have as accurate a knowledge of our marine flora as we have of that of 
most European countries. Hereafter any advance in the knowledge of our 
marine algz must be made by a careful microscopic study on the shore. 
Probably all the large and striking species are now known, or if any re- 
main to be discovered their discovery will be by mere chance, and not by 
any systematicsearch. Whatis especially needed is information about our 
winter and spring forms, and this can be best obtained by persons who 
either live on the shore or spend several months there, so as to be able to 
take advantage of the comparatively few days for collecting, which oc- 
cur in our severe winters. The habits and structure of our Laminarie 
need careful examination, microscopic as well as in the gross. The 
whole order of the Phwosporee, in fact, which abound in spring, should 
be studied, especially the genus Hctocarpus and itsallies. Our Cladophore 
are in great confusion, and in the present paper I have been able to 
contribute but little towards their proper arrangement. Several years 
of study are necessary for the purpose, and, in fact, the task cannot well 
be accomplished until the European species are better known. Our 
Ulvee are not in much better condition. The Ulve proper, thanks to 
the elaborate account of the genus given in Le Jolis’s Liste des Algues 
Marines de Cherbourg, can be tolerably well made out; but the deter- 
mination of some of the species of Monostroma is merely approximate. 
The Cryptophycee, which inhabit the shores and brackish localities, are 
very numerous, and a large number of forms probably remain to be dis- 
covered. A study of the last-named order is, moreover, not without a 
practical bearing, as is shown in another part of the report, by the fact 
that the cause of the so-called red fish is due to the growth of an alga of 
this order. It is probable that we have with us nearly all the Huropean 
species of this order, and an excellent guide for our students, is the ad- 
mirable paper by Warming on the Bacteria of the Danish Coast.* 

Another group requiring study is the Squamariee, a small order con- 
sisting of species, which form crusts on stones and shells, often in deep 
water. As arule comparatively little in the way of sea-weeds is found 
by dredging; but an examination of shelly and gravelly bottoms for 
Squamarice is to be desired. Dredging is most successful between 10 


* Om nogle ved Danmarks POS levende Bakterier, in Videns. Med. Natur. Foren., 
Copenhagen, 1875. ‘ 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 9 


. ‘ and 30 fathoms, and at a greater depth than 50 fathoms almost nothing 
is found. The oyster-beds of the coast should be carefully searched for 
Z ae and other sea- weeds found in similar localities in Europe. Fi- 
“nally, a thorough exploration of the tidal rivers and sheltered coves of 
- the eastern coast of New England is much to be desired, in order that 
4 _we may know to what extent the southern forms oe northward 
vgs when they find sufficiently warm water and a suitable place of growth. 
From an economical point of.view, but little need-be said with regard 
_ to our sea-weeds as an articleof food. Chondrus crispus, the Irish moss, 
as it is called in this country, is the only species of any commercial value. 
It is collected in considerable quantities at several localities, but espe-_ 
cially at Hingham, Mass. It is used for making sea-moss farine, and is 
_ also employed to some extent by brewers for clarifying beer. As yet the 
é _ use of Porphyra vulgaris, the laver, one of the common species for making 
_ soups, has not been introduced. The Chinese employed in the shoe fac- 
e tories at North Adams, Mass., import the same species from China, not 
“ _ apparently knowing that tiby could obtain an abundance of it in Mas- 
sachusetts. The dulse, Rhodymenia palmata, is sold to some extent in the — 
~ seaport towns, especially in Boston, where it is eaten principally by 
sailors and the Irish population. It is generally imported from the Brit- 
: ish provinces, but it could be obtained in abundance anywhere north of 
Boston, or even in some placesin Long Island Sound. The great use of our 
sea-weeds is for the purpose of making fertilizers, and immense quanti- 
ties are carted from the beaches and spread over the land near the shore. 
Usage, however, varies at different localities, for at Eastport the larger 
__sea-weeds, which are practically the same species that are highly esteemed 
in New Hampshire and Massachusetts, are considered of little value in 
_ comparison with animal manure. As far as I know, there are no manu- 
factories of iodine or soda salts on our coast, although our species greatly 
' resemble those used in Scotland for the purpose. The stem of the . 
_ deyil’s aprons, Laminarie, are used by surgical-instrument makers in . 
_ the manufacture of sponge-tents. 
Respectfully submitted. 


© 


. . W. G. FARLOW. 
CAMBRIDGE, January 1, 1830. 


STRUCTURE AND CLASSIFICATION OF SHA-WEEDS. 


With a very few exceptions, all the plants of our coast which may be 
said really to grow in the water belong to the division of the vegetable 
don known as the Cryptogams, or plants having no true flowers or 
seeds. Only two species of flowering plants are commonly found sub- 


ih, eee: se; 


Ruppia maritima. The former is familiar to every one who has ever 
been to the shore, and is sometimes washed ashore in immense quanti- 
4 


10  ~—=- REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISI 


ties. The latter is a common species of brackish bays and coves. If 
we add Zannichellia palustris, a species closely related to Ruppia, and a 
few species of Potamogeton, which occasionally make their way into 
brackish-water ditches and streams, we have completed the list of flower- 
ing plants which the student of marine vegetation is likely to meet on our 
coast. Excepting the few flowering plants justnamed, and afew Oharacee, 
an order whose place is doubtful but which is now generally placed near 
the mosses, which probably inhabit our brackish waters, our marine 
flora consists wholly of Thallophytes, the lowest division of the Crypto- 
gams, the species of which are supposed to be destitute of any true axis 
and leaves such as are found in the higher plants. The Thallophytes have 
been divided into three classes, Alga, Fungi, and Lichens. This classifi- 
cation, as we shall see, is based on physiological rather than on morpho- 
logical. grounds, and is very far from being satisfactory; but, although 
new classifications have been proposed, which, in time, will almost cer- 
tainly supersede the old, at present it is impossible to ignore the old 
divisions, which may be said rather to be convenient than to be based 
on accurate knowledge of structure and development. 

Of the three old groups, the Alge may be described as Thallophyies 
which grow submerged in water or.in wet places, which contain chloro- 
phyl, or leaf-green, and which are able to transform inorganic into or- 
ganic material, or, in other words, to support themselves from the inor- 
ganic matter about them. The Fungi do not grow submerged, do not 
contain chlorophyll, and are unable to change inorganic into organic 
matter, and hence must live as parasites upon bodies which contain organ- 
ized matter. The Lichens were supposed by the older writers to be distinct 

‘from alge and fungi, and characterized by having in their interior certain 
green bodies known as gonidia. It is to the first of the three divisions 
named, the alge, that, with very few exceptions, all the strictly marine 
plants belong. Howunscientitic the division into alge, fungi, and lichens 
is may be seen by the fact that on our coast there is one species of fungus 
which grows submerged in salt water, an undescribed species of Spheria, 
which is parasitic on the stems of the large devil’s apron, Laminaria 
longicruris. A few species of lichens grow between tide-marks, and sev- 
eral in places exposed to the spray. Verrucaria mucosa T. Fr. is abun- 
dant on our northern coast, and might be mistaken by a collector for 
Isactis plana. Verrucaria maura T. Fr., and one or two other Verru- 


carie, are rather common near high-tide mark, but are not generally sub- - 


merged. Practically speaking, then, when we speak of our sea-weeds 


we refer merely to the alge, which constitute ninety-nine one-hundredths ~ 


of the flora. 

Harvey, in his Nereis, divided alge into three classes, Melanospermec, 
Fhodospermee, and Chlorospermeew. These three classes are distinguished 
by their color, the first being olive-brown, the second red or purple, 


the third green. This classification, which answered tolerably well for — 


distinguishing the species at sight rests, upon what modern. researches _ 
} b i 


_——“i«*s PE MARINE ALGE OF NEW ENGLAND. 1k 


have shown to be erroneous views with regard to the structure and de- 
velopment of the different species, and Harvey’s three classes no longer 
serve as a basis for classification. The Melanospermece and Chloro- 
spermece are entirely rearranged, and although the Rhodospermee are still 
considered to form a natural group, the older name, Floridew, employed 
by Agardh, is used to designate them. The basis of classification is the 
structure of the fruit and the organs of fructification, in the knowledge of 
which a great advance has been made during the last twenty years. 


_, CRYPTOPHYCE#.—The lowest of all the alge are those which belong to 
the order Cryptophycee, in which, as yet, the only reproduction known is 
by means of non-sexual spores and hormogonia. Most of the species of 
the order are bluish green, but some are purplish, brown, or even pink. 
The bluish-green coloring matter is due to the presence of phycochrome, 
which is a mixture of chlcrophyl and phycocyanin. The last is extracted 
by water when the alge containing it are bruised, the chlorophyl] being 
 solublein alcohol. The species of Cryptophycece consist of cells which are 
usually roundish, or disk-shaped, and which are generally held together 
by a mass of gelatinous substance which surrounds them. The order 
is divided into two suborders, according to the arrangement of the cells 
in relation to the jelly. The first suborder, the Chroococcacee, includes 
all the species in which the cells are either isolated or arranged in amor- 
phous or more or less spherical masses. Some of the species of this 
suborder are very small, and in some of the modern classifications are 
placed with the Bacteria, in the order Protophytes. The mode of growth 
of the Chroococcacee is by division of the cells, first into two, then into 
four, and so on. The masses which they form may be called colonies, 
each cell forming a distinct individual, which is usually capable of living 
apart from its fellows. Spores, which are known in only one species, are 
_ formed by some of the cells enlarging and taking on a thick cell-wall. 

Nothing like sexual reproduction is seen either in this or the next sub- 

order. 

NostocHiIneE Z.—In the second suborder of the Cryptophycee, the Nos- 
tochinee, the cells are always attached to one another in the form of fila- 

_ Inents, to which the name of trichomata is given. The trichomata may 
either be free, as in Oscillaria (Pl. I, fig. 5), inclosed in a sheath, as in 
Lyngbya (Pi. I, fig. 4), or packed in a dense mass of jelly, as in Rivu- 
laria (Pl. II, fig. 2). The cells composing the trichomata are usually 
‘disk- shaped or cylindrical, but are sometimes nearly spherical. 

_ Besides the ordinary cells, we find in many species a second kind of 
“eell, distinguished from the others by its glassy appearance and its yel- 
lowish or brownish rather than bluish-green color. (Pl. I, fig. 3, a; 
‘fig. 6,6; Pl. I, figs. 1 and 2, a. ) They are called Here ayais and are 
found oiietimes scattered Hacuset the other cells, and sometimes at the 
end of the trichomata, their position often serving as a generic character. 
‘The reproduction of the Nostochinee takes place in two ways, by hormo- 


Tk 


12 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


- gonia and by spores. Both modes, however, are entirely of a non-sexu 
character. In the genera with numerous heterocysts, as Nostoc, the ho 
mogonia are formed as follows: The cells intermediate between two hete 
rocysts escape in the form of a small chain, called a hormogonium, and swim 
about with a spiral motion through the water. They at length become 
quiescent and begin to divide both transversely and longitudinally. Of 
- thecells thus formed some become heterocysts, and in process of timeanew — 
Nostoc is formed. In the species destitute of heterocysts, or in which the 
heterocysts are few in number, the hormogonia are formed in a different 
manner. At certain points in the sheath of the trichoma constrictions — 
are formed, and the cells between the constriction adhere to one another 
to form a hormogonium. We thus have formed a necklace of hormo- 
gonia, which are capable of moving upwards and downwards in the ~ 
sheath until finally it is ruptured and the hormogonia make their escape. 
When free they are capable of moving about to a slight degree in the 
water, and eventually come to rest, and new heterocysts and trichomata — 
are then formed by cell division. 
The so-called spores of the Nostochinece are formed by the enlargement _ 
of some of the ordinary cells to several times their original length until 
they become ovoid or cylindrical (P1.I, fig. 3,b). Theyarefoundinanum- ~ 
_ ber of genera but in a number of others they have not yet been observed. 
They usually occupy a fixed position with regard to the heterocyst, so that — 
they are used as a generic mark. When ripe they have a dense outer © 
covering and become at times quite dark colored. They are more resist- — 
ant than the ordinary cells and do not usually germinate until after a — 
period of rest. In germination, which has only been observed in a few — 
instances, the outer wall of the spore bursts open and the contents grow _ 
out in the form of a filament, in which by transverse division the ordi- — 
nary cells are formed. ; 
The Cryptophycee: are algze which flourish only in summer, but which 
can be found to some extent at aJl seasons. Most of them form slimy 
expansions on mud, wharves, stones, and on dead alge. They are not 
often found submerged at any depth, but are most abundant near ligh- — 
water mark. A few filamentous species attain a length of some inches 
but only one, Lyngbya majuscula, is sufficiently striking to have gained 
a popular name—mermaid’s hair. The species of Oscillaria, Spirulina, 
and Beggiatoa, are capable of oscillating rapidly, but in this respect 
the marine species are not so well marked as the species of fresh water. 
The Beggiatoe which are found on putrefying alge give off the di 
agreeable odor of sulphuretted hydrogen often noticed at the sea-shore” 
in hot weather. The species of Oryptophycee are very widely diffused, 
and, with two exceptions, our forms are all common in Hurope. 


ZOOSPORE A —This order includes not only the greater part of t 
Chlorospermec of Harvey’s Nereis, with the exception of the Oscillators 
cee, which belong to the Cryptophycee, but also the Laminariacee and 
the Dictyotacee which Harvey attributes to the New Hngland coa 


mM td «Bt 


THE MARINE ALGEH OF NEW ENGLAND. 13 


| thongh the species included in this large order differ from one another in 
size and habit to an extent that would certainly forbid their being placed 
together, if we considered merely the character of the frond, yet they re- 
semble one another very closely in their mode of reproduction, which is 
-aceomplished by means of zoospores. The Zoosporee are divided into tour 
suborders, the Chlorosporee, or Chlorozoosporec, as the name is Sometimes 
“written, the Phwosporec, or Phceozoosporee, the Bryopsidew, and the Bo- 
trydiee. The former are abundant in both fresh and salt water. They 
especially frequent brackish waters and high tide-pools. The mass of the 
vegetation in brackish rive7s is formed of species of this order. The species 
are either filamentous or else in the form of green membranes, as in the sea- 
_ lettuces, Ulve,which abound in muddy places between tide-marks. The 
contents of any of the cells may be transformed into zoospores, which 
; eseape from the mother cell usually at daybreak. The zoospores are of 
_ two kinds, microzoospores and macrozoospores. The latter are produced 
_ few in number in the mother cell, and when they have escaped into the 
_ water they are seen to be furnished with four cilia placed at one end, 
and with a dark red spot on one side. After swimming about for a 
short time they come to rest, the cilia disappear, a wall of cellulose is 
- formed around the zoospore, eek then begins to divide and produce a 
plant like that from which it came. The microzoospores are’ borne in 
considerable numbers in the mother cell, and when they escape they are 
seen to have only two cilia at one end, id a dark red spot on the side. 
The microzoospores, after eee about a short time, approach one 
another in pairs, occasionally in threes, which in a short time coalesce 
so as to form a body known as the zygospore, or, to use a term first ap- 
plied by Rostafinski, the isospore, which has four cilia and two dark red 
spots. The zygospore swims about for a short time, then comes to rest, 
takes on a cellulose wall, and begins to divide in the same manner as a 
macrospore. This process of union is called conjugation, and represents 
_ sexuality in its lowest form, it being impossible to say which of the con- - 
_ jugating bodies is male and which is female. Itis only the microzoo- 
_ spores which come from different mother-cells which conjugate, but it is 
j not quite certain whether the cells must belong to different individuals. 
_ The microzoospores, however, do not always conjugate. More frequently 
; they do not, but, after swimming about separately for a short time, lose 
| their cilia ata neens to grow just like the macrozoospores. If one wishes 
to examine the zoospores, he has only at evening to put a piece of sea- 
lettuce into a vessel of salt water, and at daybreak the zoospores will 
have formed a green cloud in the water. If the cloud consists of mi- 
erozoospores, it will collect in the vessel on the side nearest the light; 
_ if composed of macrozoospores, on the side away from the light. Con- 
| jugation was first observed in a marine species (Ulva) by Areschoug, 
4 but had previously been observed by Pringsheim in a fresh-water spe- 
| cie (Pandorina). Since then conjugation of zoospores has been studied 
y by several observers. 


¢ 


14 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


BRYOPSIDE.—In the present paper this suborder includes a single — 
species of our coast, Bryopsis plumosa, which consist of a single cell of — 
very large size, which branches in a pinnate fashion. When about to f 
reproduce, some of the branches are shut off from the rest of the frond — 
by a cell-wall, and the contents are then transformed into zoospores. A 
conjugation has not yet been seen in this species. From its unicellular 
structure one might suppose that Bryopsis should be placed near Vauch- 
eria, but no oospores have yet been observed like those in the last-— 
named genus. In the absence of a knowledge of the development of 
the genus, it is retained as a divsion of the Zoosporee, differing from the __ 
Chlorosporee in the unicellular character of the frond. ar 

BotRyYDIz .—The development of Botrydium granulatum, which was 
fully studied by Rostafinski and Woronin, differs from that of the 
Chlorosporec which we have already described in the fact that there is 
first produced in the small uniceliular frond of which this species is © 
composed a number of round spores, or more properly zoosporangia, 
which are discharged from the mother cell. There is then formed in 
each zoosporangium a number of zoospores, which escape and conjugate 
with one another. De Bary and Strasburger have described a similar 
process in Acetabularia mediterranea, and have applied the name gameten 
to the zoospores which conjugate, and zygote to the body formed by con- 
jugation. Secondary modes of reproduction by means of zoospores with 
a single cilium and so-called root-cells oceur in Botrydium granulatum. ; 
Botrydium (Codiolum) gregarium, our only marine species, resembles B. 
granulatum, but its development has never been fully studied. 

PH HOSPOREH.—The Pheosporee are all marine, with one possible ex- 
ception, and are, when growing, of an olive-brown color. They possess 
only one form of zoospore, which is more or less oval and pointed at one 
end and olive-brown in color, and are furnished with two cilia attached at 
one side and a red spot. The zoospores are not born indefinitely in any 
cell, but are produced only in certain cells or sporangia. Hach species is 
supposed to have two kinds of sporangia: one called the unilocular spo- i 
rangium, which contains a large number of zoospores, and another, called 
the plurilocular sporangium, which consistof anaggregationofsmallcells, 
each of which contains a single zoospore. The name of oosporangia 
was originally given by Thuret to the unilocular sporangia because they 
are usually more or less oval in shape, but he afterwards abandoned the 
name because it is more appropriately applied to the spores of the 
Oosporee. The older name of trichosporangia, which was at first applied 
to the plurilocular sporangia, has also been abandoned. Although, as’ 
has been said, each species is supposed to have both kinds of sporangia, 
in a large number of species only one kind has as yet been observed. 

Both may occur on the same individual and at the same time, but more 
frequently they are found at different seasons of the year. Although 
found all over the world, the Pheosporee particularly affect the temperate 
and arctic regions, and they fruit more abundantly, as a ae in winter > 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 15 


and spring than at other seasons, if we except a few genera, like Keto- 
earpus. The conjugation in this suborder was first seen by Areschoug 
in Dictyosiphon, and afterwards by Goebel in Ectocarpus pusillus. The 
zoospores unite in nearly the same way as in the Chlorosporew. Accord- 
ing to Goebel, who studied the zoospores coming from p.urilocular 
sporangia, the conjugation occurs between zoospores coming from dif- 
ferent sporangia. The development‘of the zygospore and the action of 
the zoospores borne in the unilocular sporangia, except in the genus 
Dictyosiphon, are not yet satisfactorily known. Thuret and Bornet have 
seen bodies which they consider to be antheridia in several species of 

_ Eetocarpus, and Pringsheim at one time considered that he had found 
antheridia in a species of Sphacelaria. It is now admitted that the bodies 

found by Pringsheim belonged to a parasitic species of Chytridium, and 
Thuret and Bornet were unable to ascertain the development of the 

_antheridia in Hctocarpus. Atany rate, nothing like an oogonium or any 
female organ to be fertilized by the antherozoids has been found in the 
Pheosporee. 

_ As has already been hinted, the genera of Pheosporee differ from 
one another very widely in the structure of the frond. From low 
forms, consisting of short filaments, we pass upwards, through various 
eylindrical, crustaceous, and globose forms, to the highly developed 
deyil’s aprons, Laminaree, the largest of our sea-weeds; and, finally, 

on the coast of California and in the Antarctic Ocean, we find the per- 
fection of the order in the enormous Macrocystis pyrifera, which is sev- 
eral hundred feet long; the Nereocystis or bladder-kelp of California; and 
Egregia, in which we have what appears to be a separate stem, leaves, 
bladders, and fruit-bearing leaves. Janczewski distinguishes three prin- . 
cipal modes of growth of the thallus in Phwosporew. The first consist 
in growth from a single terminal cell, as in Sphacelaria, Oladostephus, 
and Dictyosiphon, resulting in the formation of a filamentous solid plant. 

_ The second mode consists in the simultaneous growth of several contigu- 
ous filaments at their tips, so as to form either a flat expansion, as in 
- Myrionema and alfsia, or a more or less globular body, as in Leathesia. 
_ The third mode is illustrated by the genus Laminaria, in which there is 
_ a Stalk, a blade, and root-like growths. The place of growth is at the 

- point of union of stem and blade, and the new blade, which begins to 

_ form at the tip of the stem, grows upwards from the base and gradually 
_ pushes off the old blade. In Scytosiphon a similar mode of growth is 
found only here, there being no stalk, the growth is at the base of the 

; plant. During a certain part of the year, especially in the spring, most 
of the Phwosporee are covered with delicate hairs, which disappear as 

the plant becomes old. 

‘The suborder contains a large number of species, which are divided 
_ into several families. Those found on our coast are the following: 
E ‘SoytosrpHonez.—This family includes the two genera Scytosiphon 

f and Phyllitis, which comprise the old Chorda lomentaria and Laminaria 


e: 


16 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


fascia, which were placed among the Laminarie in the Nereis Am.-Bo 
In Phyllitis the frond is membranous, and its whole surface is covered b 
the plurilocular sporangia which are formed from the superficial cells, 
which divide so as to form club-shaped filaments consisting of five or six 
cells, each one of which contains a zoospore. Scytosiphon resembles 
Phyllitis except that the frond, instead of being a flat membrane, is a 
hollow tube. There are no Rees in Phyllitis, but in Se ytosiphon. 
there are ovoidal cells interspersed among the plurilocular sporangia, 
which seem to be of the nature of paraphyses. No true unilocular spo- 
rangia are known in this family. vA 

PUNCTARIE &.—In this family we find both unilocular and plurilocu- 
lar sporangia, which are formed in spots on the frond, and arise from — 
the superficial cells. The former are spherical and the latter ellipsoid — 
in outline, and divided into a number of small cells. 

DESMARESTIEZ.—In the two preceding families the fronds were 
either flat membranes or hollow tubes. In the present there is a solid — 
axis and numerous branches. The cells of the cortical layer are changed — 
into unilocular sporangia. The plurilocular spo1angia are unknown. 

DICTYOSIPHONEA.—In this family the fronds are solid and branch- 
ing as in the last, and only the unilocular sporangia are known. They 
are in the form of large spherical cells, imbedded in the cortical layer and 
opening at the surface. Except that in Desmarestia the sporangia are d 
formed directly from the superficial cells, while in Dictyostphon they 
originate below the surface, this tribe scarcely differs from the last. 

ECTOCARPE @.—This family comprises a large number of filamentous . 
alge, upon whose branches are borne the sporangia. The plurilocular 
sporangia are usually in the form of pod‘like branches,.composed of a 
large number of small muriform cells, in each one of which is produced — 
a zoospore. The unilocular sporangia are either globose bodies, borne 
on a Short stalk, or else are formed by the direct enlargement of several 
contiguous salle of the branches. 

SPHACELARIE 4.—This family is kept distinct from the last by Thuret. 
Both unilocular and plurilocular sporangia are known, and are similar 
to those of the Ectocarpew. If the two families are to be kept distinct, 
the reason must be that the fronds of the present order are solid, and 
the growth is by the means of a single terminal cell, which is a the 
case in the Hetocarpee. 

LEATHESIE.&.—In the Leathesiee and Chordariece the sporangia are 
distributed indefinitely over the frond, but in the succeeding families 
they are found in separate spots or bands. The Leathesiec, in which we — 
do not include Myrionema, are either in the form of small tufts, as in — 
Hlachistea, in gelatinous expansions of indefinite shape, as in Petrospon- — 
eG or in. vesicular masses, aS in TT The greater ee of the 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 17 


locular and plurilocular sporangia are borne at the base of the peripheral 
filaments. In Elachistea there are also paraphyses. 

CHORDARIE#%.—In this family the branching frond is filamentous, 
and consists of an axis of longitudinal filaments and a peripheral series 
of short filaments, which are given off at right angles to the axis. The 
sporangia are found amongst the peripheral filaments, the unilocular are 
ovoidal, and the plurilocular arise from the metamorphosis of the cells 
at the outer extremity of the peripheral filaments. 

ASPEROCOCCE&%.—The fronds of this family are the counterparts of 
those in the Scytosiphonee, but the sporangia, instead of being superficial, 
are external and do not cover the whole surface, but are found in spots. 
The spots contain paraphyses and spherical unilocular sporangia. 

RALFSIEZ.—In this family, composed of very few species, the frond 
is in the form of a crust, resembling a lichen. The fruit is found on the 
surface in spots, composed of paraphyses and unicellular sporangia. 

SPOROCHNE Z%.—Here the frond is a solid branching filament and the 
fruit is found in spots on the surface. Each spot consists of a number 
of paraphyses, at the base of which are either oval unilocular sporangia 
or plurilocular sporangia in the form of short filaments, resembling the 
sporangia of Phyllitis. 

LAMINARIE Z.—The family which includes the devil’s aprons and sea- 
colander of our coast. The fruit either forms long patches or more or 
less irregular spots along the center of the frond. Unicellular sporangia 
only areknown. The sporangia are separated from one another by pe- 
culiar-shaped unicellular paraphyses, which are expanded at the top so 
as to cover the sporangia. 


OosPOREZ:.—In the order Zoosporee the sexual reproduction consists 
in the direct union of two zoospores, which form a zygospore. The two 
conjugating zoospores, or gameten if we adopt De Bary’s nomenclature, 
are alike in structure, and it is impossible to say which is male and 
which is female. In the Cutleriew, of which no representative has as 
yet been found on our coast, we have alge resembling the Phwosporece 
in habit, but differing from them in that their reproduction is of a higher 
grade. The Cutler have both zoospores and antherozoids, or proper 
male organs. The zoospores are large, and are born singly in cells, 
which are united in eights into an oblong body. The antheridia borne 
on distinct individuals are also oblong in shape, but, instead of being 
divided into eight cells, they are formed of a much larger number of 
small cells, in each one of which an antherozoid is produced. The an- 
therozoids are small oval bodies, almost colorless, and provided with 
two lateral cilia. In Cutleria collaris Reinke found that the zoospores 
after swimming about for some time, lost their cilia and came to rest. 
While at rest the antherozoids approached them, and he considered that 


_ the sexual union then took place. Here, then, we find a clear distine- 


tion of the sexes such as is nowhere found in the Zoosporec, and it is 
but a step higher to the Oosporee, in which we have a distinct male 
Ss, Mis, 59—_—2 


Ae 


18 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


organ, the antherozoid, borne in an antheridium, and a female, called 
in this order the oogonuim. The order is divided into two suborders, — 
in which, although the general plan of reproduction is the same, the t 
details vary. 

VAUCHERIE&.—This suborder includes a number of species of green 
algz which form dense turfs upon the mud in brackish ditches and 
rivers, or else loosely floating masses of green filaments. They may 
generally be recognized at sight by their deep-green shining color and 
velvety appearance. ‘They consist entirely of long green threads, which 
occasionally branch, but which are destitute of any cross-partitions ex- 
cept at the time of reproduction. The non-sexual reproduction is by 
means of zoospores. A cross-partition is formed near the end of a 
filament, and in the cell thus cut off from the rest of the plant a single 
very large zoospore is formed. In some species the zoospore escapes 
through an opening in the apex of the cell, and when free its whole sur- 
face is seen to be covered by a large number of vibratile cilia. In other 
species the cell containing the zoospore breaks off from the rest of the 
plant and the zoospore remains in a more or less passive condition. 
The antheridia grow from the sides of the filaments, and are either in the 3 
form of oblong, at times nearly sessile, cells, or else a lateral shootis 
formed which ends in one or more convolute processes, at the tips of which _ 
a cell is cut off from the rest. The antherozoids are very small bodies 
with two cilia. The oogonia, or female organs, are generally situated 
near the antheridia, and are irregularly ovoid, with a blunt tip. The 
cell contents collect in a roundish mass at the center, called the oosphere, 
while at the tip of the oogonium is a mass of slimy substance. At the 
time of fertilization the antheridium opens and discharges the anthero- 
zoids and the tip of the oogonium opens to admit the antherozoids, which 
remain for a short time in the interior of the oogonium and then with- 
draw. Theoogonium is then closed and, the oosphere, which before fertili- 
zation was merely a mass of protoplasm, has now formed around it a 
wall of cellulose, and ripens, forming an oospore. The oospore finally 
escapes from the oogonium and germinates. 

FucacEa.—This suborder includes the rock-weeds, Fuct and Sargas- 
sum, of our coast, which constitute the bulk of the olive-brown sea-weeds 
found between tide-marks. The admirable paper of Thuret on the fer- 
tilization of Fucus leaves nothing to be desired on that subject, and his 
observations are now so widely known in this country that little need 
be said in this connection. In the two common rock-weeds of our coast, _ a 
Fucus vesiculosus and F. nodosus, the two sexes are on distinct individuals. 
In F. evanescens and F. furcatus they are on the same individual. The 
Fuci fruit principally in winter and spring, but F’. vesiculosus may be found 
in fruit throughout the year. In the last-named species, if we examine 
the swollen tips of the frond, we find certain granular bodies, which on 
section are seen to be sacks opening outwards. The sacks are calle 
conceptacles. The male plant can generally be distinguished from th 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 19 


female by the brighter color of the tips which bear the conceptacles. 
A section through the conceptacles of the male plant, as in PI. IX, Fig. 2, 
shows a number of branching filaments which line the interior of the 


- eonceptacle. Attached to the filaments are ova] bodies, the antheridia. 


The antheridia contain the antherozoids, which are ovate and provided 
with two cilia attached at the side. Usually about day-break the an- 
theridia discharge their antherozoids, which then swim about in the water 
until they reach the female plant. <A section through the tip of a 
female plant shows a number of conceptacles similar in shape to those 
of the male plant. On the walls of the conceptacle there are paraphyses, 
and scattered among them are the oogonia, as shown in Pl. IX, Fig. 1. 
The oogonia are oval and seated on broad short pedicels. In Fucus 
vesiculosus the contents of the oogonia divide into eight oospheres, which 
are at first angular, but afterwards become spherical. The oogonia be- 
come free from their attachments, and the wall, which is really double, 
ruptures, and the oospheres escape into the water. In this condition 
they are merely spheres of protoplasm. The antheridia then collect 
around the oospheres in large numbers, and the mass begins to ro- 
tate. The rotation continues for a short time, and when it ceases the 
antherozoids withdraw and soon perish. It is not yet certain whether 
one or more of the antherozoids really penetrates into the substance of 
the oosphere during the revolutions. As soon as it comes to rest the 
oosphere takes on a cell-wall of cellulose and becomes an oospore, which 
after an interval of rest begins to divide so.as to form eventually a new 
frond. 


DicTyYoTEZz.—Although no members of this order are known on our 
coast north of North Carolina, the order cannot pass unnoticed in the 
present article, because it forms a connecting link between the Fucacee 
and Phwosporee on one hand and the Floridee on the other. The 
species are olive-brown and form expanded membranous fronds. Three 
kinds of reproductive organs are known, antheridia, spores, and tetra- 
spores. All are formed by outgrowths from the superficial cells. The 
tetraspores are formed, as the name implies, in fours in a mother cell, from 
which they escape and then readily germinate. The spores are borne 
singly in a mother cell. The antheridia are composed of a number of 
oblong cells, which become divided by numerous longitudinal and trans- 
verse divisions into small cells, each of which contains an antherozoid. 
The Dictyotacee resemble the Floridee in having tetraspores and 
spores which germinate without first passing through a zoosporic con- 
dition. The action of the antherozoids is at present unknown, and the 
spores of this order cannot be the product of a fertilization such as we 

_ find in the Floridee. 


FLORIDE Z.—This order is the same as the Rhodospermec of Harvey’s 


_ Nereis. The species composing it form a very natural group, and are, 


with the exception of a few genera, entirely marine. ‘Their color is al- 


y ways some shade of red or purple when they are growing in their nor- 


” 


Lats 
ghee)? ape ~ 


20 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


mal condition. When, however, they grow in positions where they are 
‘much exposed to the light they become green, and in decaying they pass 
through various shades of orange and yellow to green. Their favorite — 
place of growth is below low-water mark and in deeper water, but some — 
species grow in tide-pools. The fronds vary in structure in the different 
genera, but as a rule they are less complicated than the fronds of the 
Fuci and Laminariew. The non-sexual mode of growth is by means of 
bodies called tetraspores, formed by the division of a single cell into four 
parts. The divisions may be at right angles to one another, when the 
tetraspore is said to be cruciate; they may be parallel to each other, in 
which case the tetraspore is said to be zonate; or they may be arranged 
as in Pl. XI, Fig. 1 a, when it is said to be tripartite. The tetraspores may 
either be isolated or collected in wart-like masses, called _nemathecia. 
The individuals which bear the tetraspores are, with rare exceptions, dis- 
tinct from those which bear the sexual fruit or cystocarps. Occasionally 
both kinds are found on the same individual, as sometimes happens in 
Callithamnion Baileyi and Spyridia filamentosa. The tetrasporic plants, 
taking the order as a whole, are decidedly more abundant than those 
which bear the cystocarps. The sexual fruit, called the cystocarp, is 
formed by the action of antherozoids upon a structure called the 
trichogyne, which forms a part of the procarpe. The antherozoids are 
small colorless spheres, destitute of cilia. They are borne singly in 
cells, which are agglomerated in various forms, which differ in the dif- 
ferent genera, but are usually either in the shape of short, dense tufts, 
or else are siliculose in outline. In Chondria the antheridia cover the 
surface of irregular disk-like branches, and in membranous genera 
they form spots on the surface. 

The name of procarpe was given by Bornet and Thuret to the collec- 
tion of different cells, of which the female organ is composed before 
fertilization. The procarpes are borne on the younger parts of the frond 
generally near the surface. The cells of which they are composed may be 
divided into two sets—those which take part in the act of fertilization 
and those from which the spores are formed. The former consists of 
the trichogyne, a long, slender, hyaline hair, at whose base is the 
trichophore. 'The latter set, called by Thuret and Bornet the carpogenic 
cell or system, varies in the different genera, and is in most Cases too 
complicated to be explained in the present article. In'the simplest gen- 
era, as in Nemalion and Batrachospermum, the antherozoids come in con- 
tact with the extremity of the trichogyne, where they remain fixed for 
a considerable time. The contents of the antherozoid, or antherozoids— 
for more than one may be attached to the trichogyne—pass into the 
trichogyne, and, in consequence of this action, a change takes place in a 
the trichophore, which divides, the divisions growing into short fila- — 
ments, which are formed into chains of spores by transverse divisions. 

_ Jn this case the trichophore represents the carpogenic cell. In Nemali 
the eystocarpic fruit is a globular mass of spores, arranged in filaments 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. nA 


and destitute of any general envelope. In by far the greater number of 
genera the spores are not formed by direct outgrowths from the tricho- 
phore. In Callithamnion, for instance, the fertilizing influence is propa- 
gated from the trichogyne, through the trichophore and the cells below it 
which constitute the trichophoric apparatus, to certain lateral cells, from 
which by repeated cell-division the spores are formed. In Dudresnaya the 
cells of the trichophoric apparatus send out a number of lateral tubes, 
which, in turn, convey the fertilizing impulse to certain modified branches 
in other parts of the frond, so that, in reality, the cystocarp is formed 
at some distance from the trichogvne by means of which it has been 
indirectly fertilized. A similar mode.of fertilization is known in Polyides 
and, according to Professor Schmitz, in the Squamariew. The cystocarps 
are sometimes naked, that is, without a special membranous envelope, 
as in Nemalion, but they not unfrequently are contained in a concepta- 
- ele or pericarp. In the latter case, the development can only be studied 
with difficulty, because the conceptacle, which originates from some of 
the cells below the trichophore, develops more rapidly than the rest of 
the cystocarp, and so shuts out from view the process of the formation 
of the spores. It is impossible in the present article to enter into the 
details of the development of the cystocarp in this complicated order, 
but the reader interested in the subject is referred to the superb work 
of Thuret and Bornet, Htudes Phycologiques, and the hardly less admi- 
rable Notes Algologiques, of the same authors, for a masterly exposition 
of the subject. 


MODE OF COLLECTING AND PREPARING SEA-WEEDS. 


The collector of sea-weeds should be provided with a pail of tin or 
wood, or, better still, with one of papier maché if it can be procured, in 
which he should place a number of large wide-mouthed bottles and several 
small bottles, and one or two vials filled with alcohol should not be forgot- 
ten. A knife is needed for scraping crustaceous alge from stones, and a 
geologist’s hammer and chisel are often useful. A hand-net, with along, 
stout, jointless pole and net with small meshes is a necessity. Clothes for 
wading are also indispensable, since the best collecting grounds are 
below low-water mark. If the collector is not already sufficiently en- 
cumbered, he may throw a common botanical collecting-box over his 
shoulder, as it will serve to carry the coarser species. Collecting on 
sandy or gravelly beaches is very simple. One finds there only the 
Floridee and larger brown sea-weeds which are washed ashore after a 
storm. It is only necessary to pull over the heaps of refuse at high- 
water mark, or to dip up with a net the specimens which are floating at 
low-water. Collecting on beaches is uncertain, because it is only at 
certain times that specimens are washed ashore. On rocky shores, on 
wharves, and on the eel-grass we are always sure to find something. 
One should examine the surface of rocks wet with the spray, the bases 
of the stalks of the marsh-grasses, and even the surface of mud which is 


on - 


“an 


29 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


overflowed at high tide. Here one will find an abundance of Orypto- — 
phycee and some Chlorosporew. Pools, more especially rocky pools, are — 
rich in Chlorosporee and the filamentous Phwosporee. The richest local- 
ity is just beyond low-water mark, especially at the spring tides. One 
should carefully scrape old wharves and piers. This is best done at 
low tide from a boat. A long-handled net with a scraper on one side 
is the best thing, but any stout net will do. By scraping old wood- 
work which looks very unpromising one sometimes gets the rarer Calli- 
thamnia and other delicate alge. A number of interesting species are 
also to be found growing on eel-grass, which may be reached at low tide » 
by wading, or, better still, by boat. 

For botanical purposes the dredge is not of very great service. One 
Sometimes secures by its means rare species, but, as a rule, a day of 
dredging is a day wasted. Most alge grow on rocky bottoms where © 
the dredge does not work well, in fact not so well as grappling hooks. 
The best opportunity for dredging is on a shelly bottom, where several 
rare species are found. Good specimens are not unfrequently brought 
up by fishermen on their nets. The different species when collected should 
be cleaned of sand and small animals and placed in bottles, each species 
in a separate bottle. This is absolutely necessary in case of genera like 
Cladophora and Ectocarpus, which would otherwise be hopelessly en- 
tangled. The small specimens and those to be kept for microscopic 
study should be put into alchohol. The coarse species which are merely 
to be mounted and are not to be studied should be put dry into the pail. 
Anything to be studied should be kept in plenty of water, or, if not to 
be studied in a short time, be put immediately into alcohol. it is, how- 
ever, useless to put into alcohol large quantities of sterile specimens of 
genera, like Cladophora, the species of which are characterized by their 
branching and not by microscopic structure. Sea-weeds are best mounted 
in salt water, that is, in this way they are in a more natural condition 
for after-study, and if one is able to procure :plenty of salt water it is 
best always to mount in it. However, one may be stopping at a dis- 
tance from the shore, in which case it is possible to make use of fresh 
water. Besides, if salt water is used continually the driers become 
saturated with salt, and it is then impossible to prepare specimens in ~ 
the damp weather so frequent at the sea-shore. As a matter of economy, 
one had better mount only the finer and most important specimens in _ 
salt water and the rest in fresh water. 

The larger sea-weeds, as the rock-weeds and devil’s aprons, shouldbe 
allowed to soak several hours in fresh water before being mounted. a 
They can then be pressed in the same way as flowering plants, and, when ~ 
dried, mounted on the ordinary herbarium sheets. If anumber of large - 
specimens are to be prepared, itis best to hang the plants up as soon as” 
they are gathered and allow them to dry, and they can afterwards b 
soaked out at leisure in fresh water. The collector should know that 
_there are probably no plants which so quickly spoil driers as the specie 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 23 


of rock-weed. For mounting the smaller species one should have two 
or three shallow dishes of salt water,in which the plants are to be 
washed and floated out, and a deep basin of either salt or fresh water, 
as the case may be, for mounting. A zinc tank, one of whose sides is 
slanting, is convenient for mounting, but is rather an awkward thing 
to carry about in travelling. The specimens to be mounted are put into 
the basin and floated out; a piece of paper is slipped under them and 
they are lifted out of the water. A moderately thick unglazed paper is 


_ best for mounting, although almost any kind will do, provided it is not 


very thin. Many ladies make use of photographer’s cards. 

With a little practice itis perfectly easy to remove sea-weeds from 
the water, but to prevent the specimen slipping off the paper or to one 
side of the paper it is best to put the middle finger under the center of 
the paper and raise it so that the water drains off equally on all sides. 
Some slip a pane of glass under the paper, and lift it out of the water 
in that way. The papers should then be left in an inclined position for 
a short time, so that the superfluous water may run off. They are then 
to be put on the driers and covered with a piece of muslin or other thin 
white cloth, from which the glazing has been removed by washing. Very 
gelatinous specimens should be exposed for some time to the air before 
pressing. The driers should be of bibulous paper and the best material, 


_ but unfortunately the most expensive, is thick white blotting-paper. 


The specimens are to be laid on the paper and covered with a cloth, 
and then another layer of paper is placed above, and soon. ‘The best 
form of press is a board with a number of stones for weights. The 
driers should be changed morning and night until the specimens are 
dry. Some of the smaller species dry in a few hours; others re- 
quire two or three days. Great pressure is to be avoided, and the 
specimens, if prepared in fresh water, should not be allowed to remain 
long in the water. Most small species adhere to the papers naturally ; 
others require to be fastened with gum. Besides mounting specimens 
on paper, it is a very good plan to prepare specimens of fruit or any 
small filamentous species on pieces of mica or glass. Fragments of ~ 
mica good enough for the purpose can be obtained for a very small 
sum of those who manufacture air-tight stoves. Specimens prepared on 


'. Inica can be moistened and at once used for microscopic study. All 


really microscopic forms, such as Glaocapsa, Clathrocystis, &c., had better 
be mounted on micaor glass than on paper. A difficulty is experienced 
im preparing corallines and other calcareous forms. If prepared in the 
same way as other sea-weeds, they become very brittle, and are often 
rained by transportation. Various means have been devised for making 


them less brittle—such as painting them with a thin solution of gum. 


A better method is to paint them with a hot solution of isinglass which 
has been boiled for a few moments in alcohol. The habit may be pre- 


served, although the structure is somewhat injured, by immersing coral- 
=, 


24. REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


lines for a short time in some dilute acid, which, by removing the calea- 
reous matter, renders the specimens more flexible. 

As we have said, selected material for future study should be put into 
alcohol. Several other preserving fluids have been recommended, but 
none in the long run do as well as alcohol. Some species do well in 
glycerine, especially parasites like Streblonema and Bulbocoleon, which 
grow in the fronds of other species. A one per cent. solution of osmic 
acid is a favorite preserving fluid of some botanists. Certain sea-weeds, 
as the Pheosporee, can be mounted for the microscope in almost any 
of the ordinary mounting fluids, and keep very well. The Floridee, on 
the other hand, do not keep at all well, and after a few months the pre- 
parations begin to spoil. A saturated solution of calcic chloride, a mix- 
ture of glycerine and acetic acid, half and half, boiled and filtered, weak 
solutions of carbolic acid, or a one per cent. solution of osmic acid are all 
about equally good for mounting algw. As we have said, Phawosporese 
generally do well and Floridee badly, but one sometimes has success 
even with the latter. 


THE MARINE ALGAi OF NEW ENGLAND, 95 


ORDERS AND SUBORDERS* 
OF 


MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 


OrvDER I. CRYPTOPHYCEAZ. 


Suborder CHROOCOCCACE &. 
NOSTOCHINE A. 


. OrpDER Il. ZOOSPOREA. 


Suborder CHLOROSPORE Ai. 
BRYOPSIDL_E. 
BOTRYDIE Z&. 

PH AHOSPOREA. 


ORDER III. OCSPOREAK, 


Suborder VAUCHERIE 2. 
FUCACEA. 


ORDER IV. FLORIDEA. 


Suborder PORPHYREZ. 
SQUAMARIE 2. 
NEMALIE/. 
SPERMOTHAMNIE, 
CERAMIE Z. 
SPYRIDIEZ. 
CRYPTONEMIEZ. 
DUMONTIEZ. 
GIGARTINEZ. 
RHODYMENIEZ. 
SPONGIOCARPEA. 
GELIDIEZ. 
HYPNEZ. 
SOLIERIE A. 

SPH ZROCOCCOIDEZ, 
RHODOMELEZ. 
CORALLINEZ. 


*An artificial key to the genera of New England algx will be found at the end of 
this paper. 


*. 


26 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


ORDER I. CRYPTOPHYCEA, Thuret. 


Algz coniposed of cells which are either isolated or imbedded in 
mucus, so as to form colonies, or united in the form of filaments. Color 
usually bluish green, sometimes brown, purple, or pink. Reproduction 
by hormogonia or non-sexual spores. Sexual reproduction unknown. 


We have retained the name given by Thuret, in Le Jolis’s Liste des Aloues Marines 
de Cherbourg, to the group of low algxz in which sexual reproduction is unknown. 
Our species belong to the Schizophyte of Cohn (Beitrige zur Biologie der Pflanzen, 
Vol. I, p. 202), which also includes the minute forms commonly known as Bacteria. 
Most of the species here enumerated are bluish green, owing to the presence of phy- 
cochrome, and would be placed by some writers in the order Phycochromacee. Some 
are destitute of phycochrome and have been placed by different writers in the Chroo- 
coccacee and Palmellacew. Neegeli, in Die Niederen Pilze, is of the opinion that the 
Bacteria should not be classed with the Phycochromacee, as in the Schizophytw of Cohn, ~ 
but one cannot expect to make a satisfactory classification of formsin which nosexual — 
reproduction has, as yet, been discovered. The Protophytes of Sachs’s Text-Book 
include all the Schizophyte of Cohn, together with the Palmellacew and Saccharomyceies. 
From the nature of the plants jghenn sea, none of the above classifications can be 
considered of decided scientific value, and, regarding the question of convenience 
alone, we have adopted the name Cryptophyceew as expressing sufficiently well all the — 
marine Protophytes of our coast, whether they contain phycochrome or not. The 
order is divided into two suborders, as follows: 


a. Cells free, or united by a gelatinous intercellular substance into fami- 
lies which never form true filaments......... CHROOCOCCACE Z&. 
b. Cells arranged in filaments........-......-..-..--- NOSTOCHINE A. 


SusporDER CHROOCOCCACE. 
(Gleogene, Cohn in part.) 


1. Cells free or united in twos or fours ............-.-..-- Chroococcus. 
2. Cells united by a mucous intercellular substance into amorphous 


[Notr.—In the following descriptive part of the present paper the synonymy of the 
species is carried only so far as to enable the reader, in the first place, to recognize 
the more common synonyms and also the works in which the synonymy is given in — 
full, and, in the second place, to give a reference to the more accessible works in : 
which the different species are figured. Of the latterfrequent reference ismadetothe 
Nereis Boreali-Americana and Phycologia Brittanica of Harvey, to the Etudes Phycologiques 
and Notes Algologiques of Bornet and Thuret, and the Tabule Phycologice of Kiitzing. — 
For a list of descriptive works consulted the reader is referred to the end of this paper. _ 

All microscopic measurements are given in fractions of a millimeter, but gross meas-_ 
urements of objects more than half an inch in diameter are given in feet and inches, 
as the divisions of the meter are not, in this country, readily applied to objects which 
can be seen by the naked eye. 5 

Unless otherwise stated, the loca lities given are those in which the writer himself 
has collected the species, but in the icase of common species it has been consiiered un- 
necessary to give special localities. ] 


ars 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 97 


colonies. Intercellular substance generally forming concentric 
Enyers around. the cells +. 22 Sys ae Pes es Gleocapsa. 

3. Cells united in colonies of definite shape. 
a. Cells arranged in the form of an irregular sphere, which becomes 


finally hollow and net-shaped .......--.---.-.-.... Clathrocystis. 

b. Cells arranged in several layers forming a solid spheroidal body. 
Polycystis. 
e, Cells united in branching dendritic masses ......... Entophysalis. 


CHROOCOCCUS, Neg. 
((From ypoog, the color of the body, and xoxxoc, a berry.) 
Cell division taking place in all directions, cells spherical, solitary, 
or united in twos or some multiple of two, free, ¢. ¢., not united into 
families by means of an intercellular substance. 


According to Nexgeli, the principal distinction between Chroococcus and Glaocapsa 
lies in the fact that in the former genus the cell-wall is thin, while in the latter it is 
thick and formed of concentric layers. This difference, however, is not constant, as in 
Chroococeus turgidus the cell-wall is comparatively thick, whereas in Gleocapsa crepi- 
dinum the cell-wallisreduced to a minimum. A more characteristic distinction seems 
rather to be the existence of an intercellular substance in Gleocapsa which binds the 
cells together, but which is wanting in Chroococcus. 


C. TURGIDUS, Neg. (Protococcus, Kiitz., Tab. Phyc., Vol. I, Pl. 6, 
Fig. 1—Hematococcus binalis, Hassal, Fresh-water Algze, p. 331, Pl. 
82, Fig. 2.) 

Cells bluish green, oval, usually single or binate, about .02™™ to 
.025™" in diameter, surrounded by a thick cell-wall. 

Cape Ann, Mrs. A. L. Davis; Europe. Fresh water and marine. 


Found on slimy rocks and piers upon which species of Calothrix, Lyngbya, &c., are 
growing. Probably common throughout New England. The size of the cells varies 
very much. What we have given above is an average measurement. 


GLGOCAPSA, (Kiitz.) Neg. 
(From yAowoc, sticky, and kaa, a box.) 


Cell division taking place in all directions, cells spherical, with thick 
walls, solitary or united in families, which are surrounded by a gelatin- 
‘ous substance which is generally in concentric layers around the cells. 
Spores known only in G. stegophila, Itzigs. (G. Itzigsohnii, Bornet mscr.). 


This genus, if we adopt the views of the advocates of Schwendener’s theory, forms 
the gonidia of the lichen genera Synalissa, Omphalaria, &c. 


G. CREPIDINUM, Thuret, Notes Algologiques, p. 2, Pl. I, Figs. 1-3. 
(Protococcus, Thuret, in Mém. Soc. Natur. Cherbourg, Vol. II, p. 388; 


Le Jolis, Liste des Algues Marines de Cherbourg, p. 25; Farlow, List 


Ss 


28 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


of Marine Algae, 1876.—Pleurococcus, Rab., Flora Europ. Alg., Sec. IIT, 
p- 25.) Pl. I, Fig. 1. 


Cells spheroidal, yellow, about .0035™™ to .005™" in diameter, im- 
bedded i in an olive-brown gelatinous stratum, occasionally single, usually 
united in twos or some multiple of four. 

Eastport, Maine; Gloucester, Mass.; Newport, R. I.; northern coast 
of France. 


We found this species abundant in October, 1875, on the wharves of Eastport, where 
it formed thin gelatinous layers of a dark-brown color at high-water mark. It prob- 
ably occurs at high-water mark on wharves along our whole coast. This species is said 
by Thuret to form the gonidia of Verrucaria halodytes, Nyl., a species which we are 
informed by Prof. Tuckerman is not known to lichenologists in this country. In 
the present species the concentric layers of the gelatinous envelope of the cells is 
wanting. The color of the cells is quite constantly brownish yellow, but occasion- 
ally they become dark green. The average diameter of the cells in American speci- 
mens seems to be slightly less than Thuret’s measurement. 


POLYCYSTIS, Kiitz. 


(From zoAve, many, and xvoric, a bladder.) 


Cells spherical, densely aggregated, united by an intercellular mucus 
into solid masses. 


In this genus we include Microcystis of Kiitzing, in which the colonies are isolated 
and not united in botryoidal masses, one being evidently an immature state of the 
other. 


P. ELABENS, Kiitz. (Microcystis, Kiitz., Tab. Feo Vol. I, Pl. 8, 
Fig. 1.) . 

Cells bluish green, oblong, about .004™" in diameter, closely packed 
in solid colonies, which are aggregated in botryoidal masses. 

Wood’s Holl, Mass.; Europe. 


Common in summer on decaying algx, over which it forms slimy masses, mixed with 
species of Lyngbya, Microcoleus, &c. 


P. PALLIDA, (Kiitz.). 

Cells bluish green, oval, .005-7™™ x .007-9™. 

Newport, R.I.; Gloucester, Mass.; Europe. On Cladophore and Zos- 
tera. 


Differs mainly in the size of the cells from the preceding species. Our form agrees 
closely with European specimens. 


CLATHROCYSTIS, Henfrey. 
(From «Ay8pov, a lattice, and xvori¢, a bladder.) 
Cells minute, very numerous, imbedded in mucus, forming a mee | 
which is at first solid, then hollow, and finally perforate. 
C. ROSEO-PERSICINA, Cohn, in Beitrage zur Biologie, Vol. I, Part In, 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 29 


p. 157, Pl. VI, Figs. 1-10. (Mierohaloa rosea, Kiitz., in Linnea, VIII, 
341.—Protococcus, Kiitz., Spec. Alg.—Plewrococcus roseo-persicinus, Rab., 


Flora Europ. Alg.—Cryptococcus roseus, Kiitz., Phyc. Gen.; Le Jolis, 
Liste des Algues Marines; Crouan, Florule du Finistére; Farlow, List 
of Marine Algz, 1876.— Bacterium rubescens, Lankaster, in Quart. Journ. 
Micros. Science, Vol. XII, new series, p. 408, Pl. 22 and 23.) 

Cells very small, about .0025™™ in diameter, rose-colored. 

Whole New England coast; Europe. Both marine and in fresh water. 


Very common on decaying algx and on the mud, which it covers with a purplish-red 
film. It is also found on codfish in the Gloucester market, causing what is known as 


‘ the red fish. This alga, of which the detailed history is-given by Cohn and Lankas- 


© 


ter, 1. c., after having been placed by different writers in several different genera, has 
finally been associated with Clathrocystis eruginosa, Henfrey, 2 common fresh-water 
alga of Europe and the United States. Both species are at first minute and solid, but 
as they grow older become hollow, and at length portions become detached, leaving 
holes in the circumference. Although in Europe the species is found in fresh water as 
well as in salt, it has not yet been observed in the interior of this country. 


ENTOPHYSALIS, Kiitz. 
(From evrog and ¢vaadic, a bladder.) 


Cells united in colonies, which assume a dendritic form. 


The genus is founded on Entophysalis granulosa, a species of the Mediterranean, re- 
ferred by Zanardini to the Palmellaceew, but more correctly by Thuret and Bornet to 
the Chroococcacee. 


E. MAGNOLIA, n. sp. 

Cells dark purple, .004-6™" in diameter, united in twos and fours and 
imbedded in jelly, which forms a densely branching mass. 

Magnolia Cove, Gloucester, Mass. Rare. Autumn. 


This alga forms a thin slime on exposed rocks, in company with Gleocapsa crepidi- 
num, 'The ramifications of the frond are visible on careful dissection. The species is 
much smaller and differs in color from H. granulosa of Europe. The cells donot difter 
much in size from those of the Gleocapsa, but they are of an entirely different color 
and have the concentric arrangement of the cell-wall much better marked than in 
that species. The cells adhere together in twos, fours, or some multiple of four, and - 
all are held together by a mucous mass, which branches in a very dense fashion. The 
genus Entophysalis is merely a Gleocapsa, which instead of being indefinitely expanded 
is densely ramified. 


Susorper NOSTOCHINEA. 


(Nematogene, Cohn in part.) 


We have followed Thuret’s Essai de Classification des Nostochinées, 
Ann. des Sciences, 6 série, Tome I, in the arrangement of the genera. 


1. Filaments terminating in a hyaline hair................-...---- 7 
Filaments destitute of a terminal hair.....................- te 


30 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND. FISHERIES. 


2. Filaments furnished with heteroeysts.......-............------ 10 


Filaments destitute of heterocysts.......-.-......-- 2.22.00) 3 
3. Filaments spirally twisted.......-.- rer Petar sf alo 8 Spirulines 
Milaments not twisted: - . 2... ic: 5 23. cn Jee unless 4. 
4, Filaments without a distinct sheath .................----.---«- 5 
Filaments formed of one or more colored trichomata contained in a 
transparent sheath: 3220.05 0 SS ee She 6 
5. Cells bluish green or purple......-.....:.-....-- eit Oscillaria. 
Cells colorless, or filled with minute black grains....-.. Beggiatoa. 
6. Sheath containing several trichomata...... [sepa sian Microcoleus. 
Sheath containing only one trichoma......-........----. Lyngbya. 

7. Filaments free, forming tufts of indefinite extent......... Calothria. ° 
Filaments united by a more or less firm gelatinous substance, 
frond of definite shape and extent...-.-......-.-2...--<sse- 8 
8. Heterocysts basal, 7. e., placed at the base of the principal filaments 
and. bramehes ss - 2) ccc 6 ose oe tic Rein? 6 3 3 bree ae 9 
Heteroeysts:interealary ::: . 2.0 p56 608 iis cee econ tee cous Hormactis. 
9. Frond hemispherical or vesiculose, filaments radiating from the 
DASC Lies OLS Cle aie te ot Mag Se SECea SIGS a eee Rivularia. 
Frond plane, filaments parallel............. BR noe Ari Isactis. 
10. Filaments destitute of a sheath.................-..-- Spheerozy YG 
Filaments consisting of a trichoma in a sheath......... Nodularia. 


SPHAROZYGA, Ag. 
(From ogacpa, a sphere, and Gvyoc, a yoke. ) 
Filaments free, destitute of sheath. Spores produced in the cells adja- 
ent to the heterocysts. 


S. CARMICHAELI, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 113 a. (Cylindrospermum, 
Kiitz., Spec. Alg., p. 294.—Anabaina marina, Bréb.). Pl. I, Fig. 3. 

Filaments flexuous, densely interlaced, forming slimy bluish-green 
expansions, cells eylindro-spherical, about .0035™™ in diameter, dimin- 


ishing in size towards the end of the filament, terminal cell pointed._ 
Heterocysts several in each filament. Spores oblong, usually one on — 
each side of heterocyst, about .018™™ in length when ripe, rather more — 


than twice as long as broad, at first green, then yellowish. 


Noank, Conn.; Wood’s Holl, Gloucester, Cambridge, Mass.; Europe. — : 


Summer. 


Probably a common alga along our whole coast in midsummer and autumn on oe 


decaying alga, looking like a shining emerald-green film. It occurs most frequently 
on the surface, but is also found at the depth of several feet. In his work on the 
Fresh-water Alge of America, Prof. H. C. Wood, jr., mentions the present species as 
eecurring a5 Camden, N. J. We cannot, however, agree with him in placing it in 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. ol 
& 

the genus Dolichospermum of Thwaites. Ralfs, in Annals and Mag. of Nat. History, 
Vol. V, 2d series (1850), p. 325, following C. A. Agardh, who first described the genus 
Spherozyga (Flora, 1827), says that in Spherozyga the spores are first formed from the 
cells nearest the vesicular cells (heterocysts), as is shown by Professor Wood’s figure, 
Pl. 3, Fig. 3, to be the case with the species from Camden. Neither can we regard 
S. Carmichaelii, Harv., as a synonym of Cylindrospermum polysporum, Kiitz., as given 
by Professor Wood. Although we have examined a large number of specimens, in 
only one instance have we found more than a single spore on each side of the het- 
erocyst, which is quite different,from C. polysporum, Ktitz. 


NODULARIA, Mertens. 
(From nodulus, a little joint.) 


Filaments free, trichoma inclosed in a definite sheath, cells discoidal. 
Heterocysts at regular intervals. Spores numerous, contiguous, not adja- 


cent to the heterocysts. 


The genus Spermosira of Kiitzing is included under the ‘above. 


N. HARVEYANA, Thuret, Class. des Nostoch. (Spermosira Harveyana, 
Thwaites, Phye. Brit., Pl. 173¢.) 

Filaments curved, cells discoidal, .0015-20 x .004™™, heterocysts 
.0035=" in diameter, spores numerous, about 4-8 together, spherical, 
005-70 in diameter. 

Charles River, Cambridge, Mass.; Europe. 

. Found in small quantities, mixed with Spherozyga, in company with Rhizoclonium. 


SPIRULINA, Turpin. 


(From spirula, a small spiral.) 


Filaments simple, without a proper sheath, oscillating, spirally 
twisted. Spores unknown. 


S. TENUISSIMA, Kiitz., Phye. Brit., Pl. 105, Fig. 3; Farlow, List of 
Marine Algz, 1876. Pl. I, Fig. 4. 

Filaments intricately interlaced, .0035™™ in diameter, hyaline, spiral, 
closely twisted, cell divisions scarcely visible, oscillations rapid. 

Eastport, Maine; Gloucester, Cambridge, Wood’s Holl, Mass.; Europe. 


This species is common at Eastport, where it forms, mixed with species of Oscil- 
laria, dark purple-colored patches on the wharves at low-water ‘mark, and it is with- 
out doubt to be found in similar localities along the whole coast. 

We found at Wood’s Holl, in 1876, a species of Spirulina which formed a greenish 
film on decaying alge five or six feet below low-water mark, and the same species was 
collected by Mr. F. W. Hooper at Key West. It agrees closely with S. Thuretii, Crn., 
2 species which differs from S. tenuissima, Kiitz., in having slightly smaller filaments, 
which are also less tightly coiled. It hardly seems to us, however, as though the 
difference was sufficient to separate the two species. A Spirulina with much finer 
filaments than in S. tenuissima, and witha much more open spiral, occurs at Wood’s 
Holl, but we have never found it in sufficient quantity to ascertain ¢he species. 


32 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


* 


BEGGIATOA, Trevisan. ~ 


(Named in honor of Francesco Secondo Beggiato, an Italian botanist.) 


Filaments simple, hyaline, no proper sheath, rapidly oscillating, 
cells filled with opaque granules. Spores unknown. 


A genus separated from Oscillaria only by its color, which is white to the naked 
eye, and by the granules of sulphur which often make the cell seem quite opaque 
when viewed with the microscope. The species give off a strong odor of hydric sul- 
phate, and are found in both fresh and salt water, especially in hot springs. The 
diameter of the filaments, an uncertain mark, is about the only guide to the distine- 
tion of the species. 


B. ALBA, Treves, var. MARINA (Warming, Videnskab. Middels., 1875, 
Pl. X, Figs. 6, 7). 

Filaments .0036™" in diameter, cell divisions indistinct, granules 
usually irregularly placed. 

Cambridge; Europe. 

In brackish ditches. 

B. ARACHNOIDEA, Rab. (Warming, 1. ¢., Pl. X, Figs. 2-4). 

Filaments .005-7™™ in diameter, cells narrower than broad, granules 
usually in bands parallel to the transverse cell-walls. 

Eastport, Maine; Wood’s Holl, Mass.; Europe. 

On dead alge. 


B. MIRABILIS, Cohn (Warming, I. ¢., PI. X, Fig. 5). 
Filaments .016™™ (20-40, Warming) in diameter, cells a third as long - 

as broad, granules arranged in bands. A 
Cambridge, Mass.; Europe. 


N 

There is a doubt about the accuracy of the determination of the specimens referred 
to this species. It is much the largest of the genus found on our coast. The only 
specimens which we have measured were .016™™ in breadth, which agrees with the 
measurement of Cohn, but not with that of Warming. We have the impression, 
however, that we have seen larger specimens than those measured. 

Leptothriz rigidula, Kiitz., is found at Wood’s Holl, on Lctocarpus and other alge. 
The genus Leptothrix is now limited to small species related to Bacillus. The pres- 
ent species is parasitic on Hctocarpus and Cladophora, on which it forms white fringes 
in midsummer. The filaments are about .002™™in diameter. The cell divisions are 
very indistinct. The species may possibly be the same as Beggiatoa minima, Warm- 
ing, l. c., Pl. X, Fig. 10. 


OSCILLARIA, Kiitz. 
(From oscillo, to vibrate.) 


Filaments simple, destitute of distinct sheath, oscillating, bluish 
green or dark purple. ts 


The species of this genus are found on mud, wharves, and wood work. They are 
not usually found pure, but mixed with Spirulina, Lyngbya, &c. The following ar 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 33 


O. LumosA, Kiitz., var. CHALYBEA, Tab. Phye., Vol. I, Pl. 41, Fig. 3; 
Le Jolis, Liste des Algues Marines. 

Filaments .008-9™™ in diameter, flexuous, apex obtuse, oscillations 
marked, cells about half as long as broad, purplish colored. 


Eastport, Maine; Europe. 

Forming a slimy layer on piles. Our specimens seem to agree well with specimens 
from Cherbourg. 0. littoralis, Harv., of Crouan’s Alg. Finistére, No. 325, is apparently 
very near to this, if not the same. 

O. SUBULIFoRMIS, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 251 0. 

Filaments .006-73"" in diameter, at the end tapering to an incurved 
point, cells about one-third as long as broad, bluish green. 

Charles River, Cambridge; Europe. 


O. SUBTORULOSA,(Bréb.). (Phormidium subtorulosum, Bréb., in Kiitz. 
Tab. Phyc., Vol. I, Pl. 49, Fig. 5.) 

Filaments .003-4™™, cells nearly cuboidal, with rounded angles, so 
that the filament appears slightly crenate. 

Eastport, Maine; Wood’s Holl, Mass.; Europe. 


To this species is doubtfully referred a form common on wharves at Eastport 
and on the government wharf at Wood’s Holl, where it forms slimy patches, mixed 
with Spirulina, &c. The filaments of this species bear a decided resemblance to the 
trichomata of Microcoleus chthonoplastes, and it may perhaps be a question whether 
they are not really a stage of that species in which the trichomata have escaped from 
the enveloping sheath. Opposed to this view is the large quantity of filaments and 
apparently an entire absence of empty sheaths. That the trichomata of MW. chthono- 
plastes often escape from the sheath can easily be seen, but how long they remain free 


_ and how rapidly they increase under such circumstances is uncertain. 


MICROCOLEUS, Desmaz. 


(From pxpoc, small, and kodeoc, a sheath.) 


Filaments slowly oscillating, destitute of heterocysts, several united 


| _ inasingle gelatinous sheath, which is either simple or branching. 


7 
ps 


a 


M.CHTHONOPLASTES, Thuret. (Oscillatoria chthonoplastes, Lyngbye— 
Chthonoblastus Lyngbei, Kiitz.— Wicrocoleus anguiformis, Harv., Phyc. 
Brit., Pl. 249; Kiitz., Tab. Phyc., Vol. I, Pl. 57.— Chthonoblastus angut- 

_ formis, Rab., Flora Europ. Alg., Sect. II, p. 133.) Pl. II, Fig. 3. 

Sheaths elongated, fusiform, being six or more times broader in the 
center than at the extremities, simple, several twisted together so as to 
form a green stratum, filaments dark green, about .005"™ in diameter, 
intricately twisted together, three or four only at the extremity of the 


44 sheath, but very numerous at the center, where the sheath is frequently 


ruptured, allowing the filaments to protrude; cells as long as broad, or 


_ @ little broader, terminal cell acutely pointed. 
PS 


a4 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Wood’s Holl, Mass.; Atlantic shore of Europe. Summer. 


A species easily recognized and probably common along the New England coast in 


summer, but rarely found in sufficient quantities to make herbarium specimens. It 
is usually found in small streaks, so entangled with other Nostochinew and Conferve as 
to be quite inextricable. At times it is found tolerably pure on the old stalks of Spar- 
tina, between tide-marks. Pure specimens may be obtained by allowing specimens 
in which filaments of this species are entangled to remain overnight in a shallow 
dish of salt water, when the IMficrocoleus will have freed itself from other substances 
and come to the surface. As generally found, the plant looks like an attenuated corn- — 
ucopia, owing to the rupture of the sheath in the middle, allowing the filaments to 
project. This is shown in Harvey’s figure, 1. c., and also in Pl. II, Fig. 3, where only 
half of the plant has been drawn. Normally the sheaths are about a quarter of an 
inch long, about .075™™ broad in the middle, and tapering to about .012™™ at the 
ends. Color a deep bluish green. The filaments readily escape from their sheath, and — 
might in this condition pass for a species of Oscillaria. : 

MICROCOLEUS TERRESTRIS, Desmaz. (Chthonoblastus repens, Kiitz.), and M. VERSI- 
COLOR, Thuret, are not en brag enil found in TOON places in the interior of New 
England. 


LYNGBYA, Ag. 
(Named in honor of Hans Christian Lyngbye, a Danish botanist. ) 


Filaments free, each provided with a distinct sheath, simple, destitute 
of heterocysts, no proper oscillations. Spores unknown. 


L. MAJUSCULA, Hary.; Mermaid’s Hair. (Conferva majuscula, Dillw.— 
L. crispa, Ag. in part,—L. majuscula, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 62; Ner. Am. 
Bor., Part III, p. 110, Pl.47 a.) Pl. I, Fig. 4 
' Filaments long, forming floating tufts, crisped, about .028™™ to .032™™ 
in diameter, blackish green, sheath prominent, cells 8 to 10 times as 
broad as long. 

Cape Cod, Mass., to Key West; Europe; Pacific Ocean. Common 
and widely diffused. Summer. 


The largest, most striking, and most common of our marine Lyngbye, easily recog- 
nized by the length and diameter of its filaments and its color, which is a blackish 
green. It forms during the later summer months large tufts upon Zostera and various 
other alga, and is often found floating free in considerable quantities. In the center 
of the masses the filaments are intricately twisted together, but on the surface they 
float out from one another, so as to deserve the common name of mermaid’s hair. In 
the older specimens the filaments are very much curled and twisted, forming the ZL. 
crispa of some writers. The sheath is always well marked, although, as is the case in 
all the species, it varies so much in thickness under different circumstances as to render 
it impossible to give accurate measurements. The heterocysts, ‘cellulis interstitiali- 
bus sparsis,” described by Rabenhorst in this species, Flora Europ. Alg., Part II, 
p. 142, have, in reality, no existence. d 


JU. HSTUARI, Liebm. (L. eruginosa, Ag.—L. ferruginea, Ag., in Ne 
Ann. Bor., Part te p. 102, We a b; Phye. Brit., Pl. 311.) < 


- eter, sheaths distinct. ‘ 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 35 


Gloucester, Mass., Mrs. A. I, Davis, and southward; Europe. Sum- 
mer. 


A common species of the New England coast, abundant in shallow, brackish pools, 
where it covers the exposed algze and Zostera. Much less striking than L. majuscula, 
Harv., from which it is distinguished at sight by its brighter green color, changing to 
yellowish rather than blackish, by the diameter of its filaments, which is about half 
that of Z. majuscula, by its thinner sheath, and by forming thin strata rather than 
loose tufts. In the Ner. Am. Bor., Part III, the diameter of the filaments of L. majus- 
evla, Hary., is given as .05 inch, and that of the filaments of L. ferruginea, Ag., as .001 
inch, which is evidently incorrect, as one species is not fifty or even five. times larger 
than the other. 


L. LUTEO-FUSOA, Ag. (L. fulva, beet Ner. Am. Bor., Part ILI, 
p- 102, Pl. 47 f.) 


Filaments fasciculate, erect, greenish yellow, .008-10™ in cance 


sheath distinct. 
Exs.—Alg. Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 48. 
Stonington, Conn., Bailey; Noank, Conn.; Wood’s Holl, Mass., W. G. 
F.; Europe. 

Apparently a common alga of Southern New England, differing in its habit from all 
our other species of the genus, except L. tenerrima. It grows in large patches on 
stones and wood-work between tide-marks. The filaments are erect, from oneto three 
inches high or somewhat higher, when in their best condition olive-colored, but 
more frequently a pale yellow. The thickness of the sheath, by which Harvey sepa- 
rated his L. fulva from L, luteo-fusea, Ag., is by no means constant, and the species 


cannot be kept distinct. As is the case in several of the species of Lyngbya, the sheath 
is sometimes two, three, or even a greater number of times thicker than at others. 


L. TENERRIMA, Thuret, mscr. 
Filaments slender, fasciculate, erect, bluish green, .0035"" in diam- 


_ eter, sheaths very thin. 


£ 
ve 


Gloucester, Mass., Mrs. A. L. Davis; Newport, R. I.; Europe. 


This species was first detected near Gloucester, by Mrs. Davis, growing apparently 
on sand-coyered rocks. The filaments are bluish green, and not over a quarter of an ~ 
inch high. The species will be easily recognized by the diameter of the filaments, 
which is decidedly less than that of any other of our species. Dr. Bornet, to whom 


_ a specimen was sent, considers our plant the same as that collected by the late M. 
_ Thuret, at Biarritz, France, and named by him L. tenerrima. I have since found it in 


considerable quantity at the base of the cliffs near the Winans mansion, at Newport. 


L. NIGRESCENS, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part III, p. 102, Pl. 47 d. 
“ Filaments very diendes flaccid, deduct interwoven into a fleecy, 


@ blagkish- -green stratum.” (Harvey, l. c.) 


age Si 
. = . . \ 


Canarsic Bay, L. I., Hooper; Peconic Bay, Harvey; on mud and on 
Zostera, Gloucester, Mass., Mrs. A. L. Davis. 

Var. MAJOR. . 

Filaments forming a dark-brown gelatinous stratum, .0152™ in diam- 
eter, sheath thin. | 


x 


Py >. 


| ao 


36 _ REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Wood’s Holl. Common on Zostera. Summer. 


From Harvey’s description, it would be difficult to recognize this species. From 
an authentic specimen in our possession, collected by Harvey at Peconic Bay, the 
filaments are seen to be from .0095™™ to .01115™™ in diameter. The sheaths are dis- 
tinct, but less marked than in L. estuarii, from which the present species differs in 
the shortness and smaller diameter of the filaments, and in the color, which is a dark 
“purple, at times almost black. The filaments differ from those of both L. majuscula 
and L. estuarii in being held together by an amorphous, gelatinous substance, sup- 
posed to be characteristic of the genus Phormidium. That genus, however, includes 
plants which are now properly assigned to other genera. 

We have often searched for this alga, but have never found a joon which seemed 
to correspond exactly to Harvey’s specimen. The same alga has, however, been col- 
lected by Mrs. Davis at Gloucester. At Wood’s Holl is a Lyngbya, distributed in 
Alg. Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 47, which is not uncommon, forming 
patches several inches long on Zostera, and which resembles L. nigrescens closely in 
everything but the greater diameter of the filaments. Its sliminess and the delicacy 
of the filaments cause it at first sight to be mistaken for diatomes. In drying, it be- 
comes somewhat greenish. This species, which resembles closely L. Kiitzingiana, 
Thuret (Phormidiuwm, Le Jolis), we can regard only as a large variety of Harvey’s L. 
nigrescens. 


CALOTHRIX, (Ag.) Thuret. 
(From xadoc, beautiful, and Spe, hair.) * 


Filaments terminating in a hyaline hair, fixed at the base, free above, 
occasionally branching, growing in little tufts or strata of indefinite ex- 
tent, heterocysts present in most of the species, no oscillations. Spores 
unknown. 

We adopt the genus with Thuret’s limitations, including, in part, the genera Schizo- 
siphon, Amphithrix, Leibleinia, &c., of Kiitzing. 

a. Species growing in little tufts. 


C. CONFERVICOLA, Ag. (Leibleinia chalybea and amethystea, Kiitz.— 
C. confervicola, Ag., Phyc. Brit., Pl. 254; Notes Algologiques, Pl. 3.) 
Pl. I, Fig. 6. 

Tufts fasciculate, filaments dark bluish purple, aeetuated .018™™ in 
diameter, heterocysts all basal, generally few in number. 

On alge of all kinds. Summer. Very common. Europe. / 

C. CRUSTACEA, (Schousb.) Born. & Thur. (Schizosiphon fasciculatus 
and lasiopus, Kiitz.—Oscillatoria crustacea, Schousb.—Calothrix crus- 
tacea, Bornet & Thuret, Notes Algologiques, p. 13, Pl. IV.) naa 

Tufts fasciculate, filaments bright green, attenuated, .0125™™ in diam- 
eter, heterocysts intercalary, often very numerous. 3 

Exs.—Alg. Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 49. es 

On alge of all kinds, and on rocks. Summer. Very common. Europe. 4 


‘THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 37 


easily distinguished under the microscope, C. confervicola being darker colored, the 
filaments thicker, and only furnished with heterocysts at the base, whereas in 
C. erusiacea the heterocysts are scattered through the filament, often solitary, but 
sometimes as many as eight together, and frequently truncate. C. crustacea is also 
common on rocks. 


b. Species forming expansions. \ 


C. SCOPULORUM, Ag., yc Brit., Pl. 58 b; Ner. Am. Bor., Part 
III, p. 105. 

Filaments forming strata of indefinite extent, flexuous, usually 
branching, .008-12™™ in diameter, heterocysts basal and intercalary, 
sheaths thick, striate. 

Var. VIVIPARA. (C. vivipara, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part*III, p. 106.) 

Nahant, Wood’s Holl, Mass., W. G. F.; Rhode Island, Bailey; Hu- 
rope. Var. vivipara at Nahant, W. G. F., and Seaconnet Point, Bailey. 


Forming indefinite-shaped patches on rocks, on Rhizoclonium, and other prostrate 
alge. Apparently much less common than the two preceding species. It differs 
from C. crustacea in the flexuous habit of the filaments, which are loosely twisted 
around one another, in the much rarer occurrence of intercalary heterocysts, and in 
the color of the filaments, which is not a bright green, but generally brownish. The 
sheaths, too, become thick, dark, and striated. As is the case in all species of Calo- 
thric where the filaments are closely interwoven, the diameter of the filaments is 
greater and that of the sheath less, proceeding from within outwards. The variety 
vivipara is only a luxuriant form of the typical species. 


C. PULVINATA, Ag. (0. hydnoides, Harv.) 

Filaments densely packed, forming a dark-green spongy layer, united 
at the surface in tooth-like masses, flexuous, .006™™ to .0115™™ in diam- 
eter, heterocysts intercalary. 

Exs.—Alg. Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 50. 

Wood’s Holl, on wharves. Common. Europe. 


In this species the filaments are much more densely interwoven and flexuous than 
in any of the preceding species. It forms patches looking like a honeycomb, or like 
a small Hydnum, and can be torn from its attachment in pieces of considerable size. 


C. PARASITICA, Thuret. (Rivularia, Chauvin.—Schizosiphon, Le Jolis.) 
_ Filaments loosely united, forming a velvety film, bulbous at base, 
simple or only slightly branching, about .008-10"™" in Chee 
heterocysts basal, obliquely truncate. 
On Nemalion multifidum, Newport, R. I.; Europe. 


Easily recognized by its bulbous base and obliquely truncate heterocysts, and its 
peculiar habitat. 
RIVULARIA, Roth. 


(Named from the fluviatile habitat of many of the species.) 
Frond gelatinous, more or less globose, filaments radiating, atten- 
uated, furnished with distinct sheaths, branching, a heterocyst at the 
base of each branch. 


e. 


$8 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Few genera of algw have been divided by different writers into so many artificial — 
and unsatisfactory genera as Rivularia. Some of the described genera are characters — 
ized by striations or alterations of the sheath which arise from age or unfavorable — 
external conditions. Other so-called genera are characterized by the presence of: 
parasitic plants in the thallus of a true Rivularia. As understood in the present arti- 
cle, the genus differs from Calothrix in the fact that the filaments are imbedded in a 

-mass of jelly and the thallus is of a definite shape and extent. From IJsactis, which 
might be perhaps considered a subgenus, Rivularia differs in having its filaments 
radiate from a central point instead of being parallel to one another. From Hormaetis 
it abundantly differs in the mode of formation of the filaments. In Riwularia the 
branches are formed by the division of the filament laterally, the upper part of thé 
branch separating from the main filament, and the two being only in contact at the 
base of the branch, where a heterocyst is always to be found. In Hormactis the fila- 
ments push out sidewise in the form of an inverted VY. The apex of the Y then 
elongates upWards and, at the same time, the sides of the V elongate so that, in 
passing from the interior of the thallus outwards, instead of finding a series of fila- 
ments spreading out fan-shaped, we find the filaments converging two by two, 
which finally unite into single filaments near the surface of the thallus. Moreover, 
the heterocysts in Hormactis are intercalary, not basai. In none of our marine species 
of Rivularia have spores been seen, but spores are found in some fresh-water species of 
Gleotrichia, a genus closely allied to, if not to be included in, Rivularia. 


R. ATRA, Roth. (Zonotrichia hemisperica, Ag.—EHuactis amena, atra, 
confluens, hemispherica, Lenormandiana, marina, Kiitz.—Linckia atra, 
Lyngb.—R. atra, Phye. Brit., Pl. 239.) Pl. II, Fig. 2. | 

Thallus solid, globose or hemispherical, varying in size from that of 
a head of a pin to half an inch in diameter, dark glossy black, 
filaments straight, .0038-45™" in diameter, heterocysts about as broad as 
or rather broader than the filaments, usually somewhat pointed. 


Var. confluens, flattish, owing to the coalescence of several individuals. | 


Common along the whole coast, on stones, algw, and stalks of Spartina, often in 
company with Jsactis plana. Distinguished by its dark, shining color and usually 
hemispherical shape. It is generally minute in size, but-occasionally grows as large 
as a pea or somewhat larger. The variety confluens resembles, to the naked eye, 
Isactis plana, but is decidedly thicker. Microscopically the two are quite different. 


R. PLIGATA, Carm., Phye. Brit., Pl. 315. (Physactis, Kiitz.) 

Thallus at first solid, soon becoming hollow, plicato-rugose, folds 
sinuous, filaments flexuous, .003-4™ in diameter, heterocysts ee 
spherical, about as broad as the filaments. 

On mud and Spartina roots. Cohasset Narrows, Wood’s Holl, Mass.) jg 
W. G. F. Common. 


Although as yet known to occur only at the two above-named localities, this species : 
will probably be found to be common along the whole New England coast, but it 
is certainly less common than the preceding species. Its favorite habitat is the mud 
ja which Spartina is growing, between tide-marks. It attains a larger size than 
atra, is almost always hollow, and easily recognized by its cerebriformly plicate si 
face. The substance is softer than in R. atra, the filaments are slightly narrower 
less closely packed together, and the heterocysts are rather more spherical than in th 
species. ig 
_. RB, wosprra, Thuret (Euactis hospita and prorumpens, Kiitz. ), which differs from 
es eat 


> 2 or. he Ra 


* 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 39 


preceding species in having filaments .008™™ to .012™™ in diameter, was recognized by 
Dr. Bornet in company with R. plicata in a specimen from Cohasset Narrows. As we 
have not been able to recognize the specics in any of our own specimens from the 
same locality, the presumption is that it is not very common. 
ISACTIS, Thuret. 
(From cco¢, equal, and axric, a ray.) 
Frond plane, composed of parallel filaments, held together by a tough, 
gelatinous intercellular substance, ending in a hyaline hair, hetero- 
cysts basal, ramifications few. Spores unknown. 


This genus differs from Rivularia only in that the filaments are parallel to one 
another so as to form a flat frond, whereas m Rivularia they radiate from a central 
point and form more or less spherical fronds. It might with propriety be considered 
a subgenus under Rivularia. : 


I. pLANA, Thuret, 1. ¢. (Dasyactis, Kiitz—Physactis atropurpurea, 
obducens, Kiitz.) Pl. I, Fig. 2. ry 
- Frond flat, thin, dense, dark green, outline irregular, filaments 
.0076-95"7 in diameter, .12-.15"™high sheaths often torn and striate. 
Whole New England coast ; Europe. 


Very common on rocks, Fucus, Punctaria, and other algz, forming dark-green spots, 


-searcely raised above the substance on which it is growing. 


Kae 


HORMACTIS, Thuret. 
_ (From épyoc, a necklace, and axzi¢, a ray.) 
Frond gelatinous, globose, at first solid, then hollow and _ plicate, 
heterocyst intercalary, filaments simple at the surface of frond, bifur- 
cating below. Spores unknown. 


H. Quoyti, (Ag.) Bornet, in litt. (Rivularia nitida, Farlow, List of 
Marine Algw, 1876. PI. II, Fig. 1. 

Fronds gregarious, dark green, plicato-rugose, from a quarter of an 
inch to two to three inches in diameter, filaments .0028-55™" in diam- 
eter, tortuous, cells of external part of the frond thick and discoidal, 
becoming more oval in the interior of the frond heterocysts numer- 
ous, scattered, about .0038"" x .0058™™. 

Exs.—Alg. Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 45. 

Wood's Holl, Mass., W. G. F.; Falmouth, Mass., Mr. F. 8S. Collins; 
Marianne Islands. 


This interesting species, although it has as yet only been found at Wood’s Holl and 
the adjoining coast, will probably also be found at other localities on Long Island 


- Sound. It grows in considerable quantities upon species of Fucus, at half tide, on the 


inner side of Parker’s Point, Wood’s Holl, and we have also found it washed ashore 


on the beaches of Buzzard’s Bay, in the same township. It makes its appearance in 


June, and disappears in the month of September, being in perfection in the month of 
July. The fronds sometimes acquire a large size, two or three inches in diameter, 
but usually they are much smaller and densely aggregated, almost covering the Fucus 


» 


40 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, 


stalks upon which they are growing. It first appears as solid green spots upon the 
Fucus, which soon swell out into thin bladders, which partly collapse on being 
removed fromthe water. The peculiar inverted V-shaped filaments are seen to greater 
advantage by dissecting with needles small pieces of the frond than by making sec- 
tions Sith @ Tazor. f 

The only other species of this genus is Hormactis Balani, Thuret, which grows on 
barnacles on the coast of France. It is a comparatively minute tee much less 
striking than our own species, which seems rather to replace, on our coast, the Rivu- 
laria nitida, Ag., of the coast of Europe, which it resembles in general appearance 
and habit. The external resemblance to that species is so great that specimens were ~ 
sent to Dr. Bornet as FR. nitida, Ag.(?) By him it was recognized as a new species 
ef Hormactis, H. Farlowii, under which name it was distributed in Alg. Am. Bor. 
Since then Dr. Bornet has recognized its identity with Rivularia Quoyt, Ag., of the 
Marianne Islands. It is not a little remarkable that the species is only known in two 
localities so widely remote from one another. 

STIGONEMA MAMILLOSUM, Ag., occurs in a brook which empties into the sea at 
Rafe’s Chasm, Magnolia Cove, in Gloucester; and CALOTHRIX PARIETINA, Thuret, is 
found in Nobska Pond, close to the sea, at Wood’s Holl. The species named all belong 
in the present order, but are not strictly marine. 


ae 


ORDER ZOOSPOREA. ; 


Alge either green or olive-brown in color. Reproduction by means of 
zoospores, which unite in pairs to form a zygospore. 


This order includes all the marine Clorospermee attributed to New England in the 
Nereis Am. Bor., with the exception of the genus Vaucheria, as well as the greater 
part of the olive-brown sea-weeds, with the exception of the rock-weeds or Fucacew. 
The account of the order given in the introduction to the present article should be 
consulted in the present connection. 


a. Green alge, multicellular, zoospores of two kinds—macrozoospores 
with four and microzoospores with two terminal cilia. . Chlorosporee. 


b. Green alge, frond unicellular, branching .............. Bryopsidee. 
ce. Green alge, frond unicellular, simple...-..........-+--- .. Botrydiee. 
d. Olive-brown alge, zoospores of one kind, with two cilia laterally 

attached: (52-2222: dro win ale a bid Seve age rs ieee Pheosporee. 


Susorper CHLOROSPOREZ. 


ace 


1. Fronds membranaceous ......-......- APE cls xc (Ulwe) 2 
Fronds filamentous ........... see, eee ea Seislonss35 422 =~ 3 
pargels in a ‘single layers 28. sacks 2 oe cee oc Monostroma. — 
Cells in tw0 dayers: . «04 sees ba eee ee - Ulva. 
_ 3. Some of the cells furnished fh long hyaline Eee sae Bulbocoleon. 
Cells destitute of hyaline hairs.........- Sa ee eae 4 5c - 40 
4, Wilaments branching throughout ......- She tare tate ....-Oladophora. 
Filaments with short, root-like branches only-.-.-..-. .-Rhizoclonium. 
Filaments unbranched ..........0.02...-. oS heck Soe 


d. Filaments rigid, setaceous .......... Tisai 2 Oe ieee es i: 
Filaments soft and flaccid............ a aa: : 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. Al 


MONOSTROMA, (Thuret) Wittrock. 
(From yovoc, single, and o7pwya, a bed.) 

Fronds membranaceous, consisting of a single layer of cells, which are 
either parenchymatous or separated from one another by more or less 
jelly. 

As defined by Thuret, Monostroma differed from Ulva in having the cells embedded 
in jelly rather than arranged in the usual form of parenchymatous tissue. Wittrock 
includes in the genus all the Ulve consisting of a single layer. In mostof the species 
the frond is at first sack-shape, but soon ruptures, the segments being composed of one 


layer of cells. The basal cells are prolonged downwards, but they become more or 
less circular in the upper part. 


_ M. PULCHRUM, n. sp. 

Fronds membranaceous, fasciculate, light green, lanceolate or cuneate- 
lanceolate, attenuated at the base, margin crisped, two to twelve inches 
long, two inches broad, substance very delicate, about .006™" in thick- 
ness, cells irregular, more or less sinuous, intercellular substance small. 

Watch Hill, Conn., Prof. Eaton; Gloucester, Mass., Mrs. Bray; Port- 
land, Me., Mr. C. B. Fuller. Spring. 


A beautiful and apparently not uncommon spring plant of New England, dis- 
tinguished by its outline and delicate substance. When fully grown the fronds are 
most frequently attenuated at the base and rather obtuse at the summit. When young 
they are lanceolate, and seem to be always plane, never saccate, as in the next species. 
The color is a delicate green, and the plant cannot easily be removed from the paper 
on which it is pressed. This species has sometimes been distributed as Ulva Linza, to 
which it bears more or less resemblance in shape. 


M. GREVILLEI, Wittrock. (Ulva Lactuca, Grev. non he Harv. Phye. — 
Brit., Pl. 243, and Ner. Am. Bor., Part III, p. 60.—EHnteromorpha Gre- 
villet, Thuret.) 

Frond at first saccate, then split to the base into irregular segments, 
color light green, segments plane, unequally laciniate, frond about 
.012™" thick, cells angular, intercellular substance small. 

Boston Bay (Ner. Am. Bor.); Malden, Mass., Mr. Collins; Ives 
Point, Conn., Mr.-F. W. Hall; Europe. Spring. 


A common spring species of the Atlantic shores of Europe, but apparently not so 
common in New England. The,cells of this species vary considerably, and in some 
specimens the intercellular gelatinous substance is tolerably prominent. 


M. Buiytu, (Aresch.) Wittr. (Ulva Blytii, Aresch., Phyc. Scand., p. 
186, Pl. 10 g.— WV. Blyttie, Wittrock, Monog. Monostr., p. 49, Pl. IV, Fig. 
11.) 

Frond membranaceous, subcoriaceous, dark green, irregularly cleft, 
margin crisped, .028-40™" in thickness, cells angular, closely packed, 
intercellular substance small. 

Exs.—Nordstedt & Wittrock, Alg. Scand., No. 44; Alg. Am. Bor., 


Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 98. 


42 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 
Eastport, Maine; Gloucester, Nahant, Mass.; Northern Europe. Au- 4 


tumn. 


This, by far the most striking of our Monostromata, grows luxuriantly in the large 
tide-pool at Dog Island, Eastport, where it attainsa length of one foot. In habit it 
resembles Ulva lactuca var. rigida, but it is of a deeper green. Our specimens were 
collected in the month of September. As it occurs at Nahant the species is not gen- 
erally more than two or three inches long, and recalls the figure of Ulwa obscura, Kiitz., 
Tab. Phyc., Pl. 12, No. 2. Itis found in the clefts of exposed rocks, late in the season. 
Tis color is a deep green when growing, which becomes brownish in drying. It does 
not adhere well to paper. 


M. CREPIDINUM, 2. sp. 
Fronds delicate, light green, one to three inches long, flabellately or- 
_biculate, split to the base, segments obovate, .018-36™ thick, cells 
roundish-angular, intercellular substance prominent. 

Government wharf, Wood’s Holl Mass. August. > 


This small species is common on the piles of the wharf at Wood’s Holf. It is very 
soft, and collapses on removing it fromthe water. It preserves its color well on paper. 
The above name is given provisionally, as we are not able to refer the species to any 
known form. It resembles UM. Wittrockii, Bornet, a species, we believe, not yet de- 
scribed. Except in its small size, it is very near VW. orbiculatum, Thur., but the thick- 
ness of that species, as given by Wittrock, is.032-40™™. An examination of a specimen 
collected by Thuret, however, gives the same measurement as our species. If the 
species eventually is united with UW. orbiculatum, the present must be regarded as a 
small form. 


: ULVA, (L.) Le Jolis. 
(Supposed to be from ul, Celtic for water.) 


Fronds simple or branching, consisting of two layers of cells, which 
are either in close contact with one another or else at maturity separate 
so as to form a tubular frond. ¥ 

We have followed Le Jolis in uniting the old genera Ulva and Enteromorpha, and. we 
might perhaps have gone farther and united Monostroma with Ulva, for if Monostroma 
Grevillei when young resembles an Enteromorpha, in its older stages it splits into 
membranes consisting of a single layer of cells, which are certainly imbedded in a cer- 
tain amount of gelatinous substance, yet so little as nb) make it doubtful whether to 
call the frond parenchymatous or not. 

U. Lactuca, (Linn.) Le Jolis. (Ulva latissima and rigida, Ag. & Auct. __ 
recent.— U. latissima, Grev. & Harv.—Phycoseris gigantea, myriotrema, 
australis, &c., Kiitz.) Pl. II. Fig. 1. . cz 

Frond flat, thick, unbranched, variously more or less ovate in ontling) . 
divided, the two layers of cells adherent. 

a. Var. RIGIDA, (Ag.) Le Jolis. (U. rigida, Ag.—U. latissima, Harv. fe 
Phye. Brit., partim.—Phycoseris australis, Kiitz.) 

Frond rigid, rather thick, generally deeply divided, laciniz irregu 
larly lacerate-erose, the base of frond more dense and deeply es. 
than the rest. 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 43 


6, Var. Lactuca, Le Jolis. (U. latissima, Harv., partim.—Phycoseris 
gigantea, Kiitz.) 

Frond orbicular, oblong or elongate-fasciate, simple, undivided or 
searcely lobed, frequently spirally contorted. 

y: Var. LATISSIMA, Le Jolis. 

Frond simple, at first cuneate-substipitate, afterwards broadly ex- 
panded. 

Very common all over the world, especially in brackish waters. 


The present species nearly corresponds to the Ulva latissima of the Nereis Am. Bor., 
but is not the U. Lactuca of that work. It is distinguished from the remaining species 


_ by being always flat, never tubular at any age, and by its more or less orbicular out- 


line not becoming linear or ribbon-shaped. Var. ais the common Ulva on rocks and 
in pools exposed to the action of the waves. The frond, although not very large, is 
rigid, and does not adhere well to paper in drying. In outline it is orbicular, and is 
generally deeply incised. Var. 6 has a more elongated shape, and is generally plicato- 
-undulate. Var. y is very common in brackish places on the mud, and attains a very 
large size. When fully grown it has no definite shape, but is ragged on the margin 
and often perforated. 


ULVA ENTEROMORPHA, Le Jolis. 

Frond linear or lanceolate in outline, attenuated at base, the two lay- 
ers of cells either entirely separating, so as to form a tubular frond, or 
slightly cohering, forming a flat frond. 

a, Var. LANCEOLATA, Le Jolis. (Ulva Linza, Greville & Harvey.— 
Phycoseris lanceolata and crispata, Kiitzing.) 

Frond narrow, flat, ribbon-shaped, unbranched, much attenuated at 
base, margin somewhat crisped, sometimes so much so that the frond 
appears spirally twisted. 

8. Var. INTESTINALIS, Le Jolis. (Hnteromorpha intestinalis, Auct.) 

Frond simple, attenuated, and subcompressed at base, above tubuloso- 
inflated. ; 

y- Var. COMPRESSA, Le Jolis. (Ulwa compressa, L.—Enteromorpha 
compressa, Auct.) 

Frond tubuloso-compressed, generally proliferously branched, branches 
uniform, simple, attenuate at the base, broader and obtuse at the apex, 
color somewhat dingy. 

Very common all over the world, particularly in brackish water. 


This species includes the Ulva Linza, Enteromorpha intestinalis, and Enteromorpha com- 
pressa of the Nereis Am. Bor., which can only be regarded as varieties of one species. 
The species reaches its highest development in the var. 8 (Enteromorpha intestinalis, 
Auct.), which is excessively common in all shallow water along our coast, and is con- 
spicuously disagreeable by its resemblance in shape to the swollen intestines of some 
animal. The species approaches Ulva Lactuca, L., in var. a, which is not so common 
as the other forms of the species whose long ribbon-like fronds are compressed instead 
of tabular, a8 in var. f. In var. y, with branching instead of simple fronds, the 


44 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, 


species approaches Ulva clathrata. Innumerable varieties have been made of the 
various forms of this species, but an enumeration of them is quite uncalled for in this 
' place. 


ULVA CLATHRATA, Ag. 

“Frond tubular, filiform, several times branched, branches attenuate 
at the apex, often very fine, cells arranged in rows.” (Le Jolis, Liste 
des Algues Marines de Cherbourg.) 


As usually defined by algologists, Ulva clathrata differs from U. compressa princi- 
pally in the smaller size of the branches, a character by no means constant. We 
quote the specific distinctions as given by Le Jolis, 1. c., which express more clearly 
than the descriptions of other writers the relations between the species : 

“‘T think they (the specific characters) are to be found, first, in the general form of 
the fronds, which, broadened at the summit in the different varieties of Ulva entero- 
morpha, are, on the contrary, much attenuated at the extremity in Ulva clathraia. 
Secondly, in theramification. While Ulva compressa and intestinalis.are rather proliferous 
than branching in the true acceptation of the word—their branches being ordinarily 
of such a character that when they are given off from the lower part of the frond there 
does not exist, so to speak, any principal axis, or when borne towards the extremity 
of the frond reduced to simple proliferations; in Ulva clathrata, on the contrary, there 
exists a well-marked ramification, the fronds or primary axes bearing numerous sec- 
ondary branches, which in their turn produce branchlets of an inferior order.” 

Of the species, as defined by Le Jolis, there are several varieties common on our 
coast, principally to be distinguished by the fineness of the branches and more or less 
complicatedramification. The variety Agardhiana of Le Jolis (Enteromorpha Linkiana, 
Grev.), rather coarse and rigid, is common in shallow water, as is also the form called 
by Harvey nteromorpha ramulosa. The var. Rothiana forma prostrata is found in a 
ditch at Malden, Mass. 


ULVA HOopPkKIRKI, (McCalla) Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 263. 

Frond capillary, excessively branched, ramuli ending in a single row 
of cells. = 

Greenport, L. I., Mr. Hooper ; Gloucester, Mass., Mrs. A. L. Davis; 
Europe. 


A beautiful species, looking much more like a fine Cladophora than an Ulwa. Tt isin 
most cases easily recognized by its tenuity and light-green color. It grows in large 
tufts on other alg and is about eight or ten inches long. It is by no means certain 
that this species should not be regarded as an extreme variety of U. elathrata 1 in spite . 
of the fact that the branches usually end in a single row of cells. 


ULOTHRIX, (Kiitz.) Thur. 
_ (From OAn, a forest, and Ypré, a hair.) 


Filaments grass-green, soft and flaccid, unbranched, at first forming 
tufts attached at the base, afterwards becoming more or less entangled, 


cells never long in proportion to their diameter. 
The genus Ulothrix here includes all the unbranching marine Chlorosporee of a deli-— 


cate texture, and embraces the species included by Harveyin the genus Hormotrichum a a | 


of Kiitzing, which can hardly be kept distinct from Ulothrix, an older genus of Kiitzing. 
When young the species of the genus are attached at the base and unbranched, but in — 

some cases, when old, the filaments are twisted together, and it is not meee ee to 

find the point of pechmicnt Peres: 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. A5 


The genus is too nearly related to Chetomorpha, from which it differs in substance, 
the filaments being more or less gelatinous in Ulothriz and rigid in Chetomorpha. Of 
all the filamentous marine Chlorosporee the species of Ulothrix are best adapted for the 
study of zoospores. The conjugation of zoospores in Ulothrix zonata, a fresh-water 
species, has been very fully described by Dodel-Port in Pringsheim’s Jahrbiicher, 
Vol. X. 


U. FLACCA, (Dillw.) Thuret. (Lyngbya flacca and Carmichaelii, Harv., 
Phye. Brit., Pl. 300 and 186 a.— Hormotrichum Carmichaelii, Harv., Ner. 
Am. Bor., Part II, p. 90.) 

Filaments fine, lubricous, greenish yellow, one to three inches long, 
at first tufted, then entangled and forming strata of indefinite extent 
filaments .014-30™ in diameter, becoming moniliform, cells .003-12™ 
long, generally narrow, discoidal. 

Eastport, Maine., on stones and Rhodymenia, August; Nahant, Mass., 
Mr. Collins, spring; Isles of Shoals, N. H., Mrs. Davis; Europe. 

A species most luxuriant in the spring, but alsofound in summer. The form found 
at Eastport was the entangled stage which is common on wood-work at low-water 
mark. 

U. IsoGONA, (Engl. Bot.) Thuret. (Conferva Youngana, Harv., Phyc. 
Brit., Pl. 328.—Lyngbya speciosa, 1. c., Pl. 186 b.—Hormotrichum Young- 
anum, Ner. Am. Bor., Part II, p. 89.—Urospora penicilliformis, Aresch. 
in part.) é 

Filaments fine, yellowish green, one to three inches long, at first 
tufted, afterwards forming strata, filaments .036-58™™ in diameter, 
moniliform, cells .015-50™" long, from cuboidal becoming ovate, con- 
striction at nodes marked. 

_ New York, Harvey; Ives Point, Conn., Mr. Hall; Gloucester, Mrs. 
_ Davis; Nahant, Mr. Collins; Europe. Spring. 

Distinguished from the last by its greater size and by the marked constriction be- 
tween the cells at maturity. Apparently common on wood-work. Whatever name 
we may give to this species, it is the same form which is common in the northern 
part of Europe in spring and summer. Itis the Hormotrichum Younganum of British 
authors, and the U. isogona of the French. It is the species referred by Areschoug, 
_ Observationes Phycologicsz, II, Act. Reg. Soc. Scient., Ser. III, Vol. 9, to Conferva peni- 
cilliformis, Roth, and made by him the type of the genus Urospora. Areschoug unites 
under the single species U. penicilliformis the following species of Phycologia Brit- 
tanica: Lyngbya speciosa, L. Carmichaelii, L. Cutleria, L, flacca, and Conferva Youngana. 
In the present case we have kept U. flacca and U. isogona distinct, but agree with 
Areschoug in uniting U. speciosa with U. isogona. Perhaps a further acquaintance 
with the species might lead us to unite the present two species under Areschoug’s 
name, ¢ : 

The Hormotrichum speciosum of Eaton’s list of Eastport alge belongs to another 
genus. The H. boreale, |. c., is unknown to me. 

U. COLLABENS, (Ag.) Thur.? (Conferva collabens, Harv., Phyc. Brit., 
_ PL 327.—Hormotrichum collabens, Kiitz., Spec. Alg., p. 383.) 


Filaments tufted, two to six inches long deep green, cells from .05— 


AG REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, 


.18™™ in breadth, once or once and a half as long as broad, nodes con- 
stricted. Ne 

_ To this species is referred, with considerable doubt, a rare Ulothrix found by Mr. — 

Collins at Nahant. The filaments.are six or seven inches long, very soft, and they can 

with difficulty be removed from the paper on which they are pressed. The cells ave- 

rage from .035-90™™ in breadth by .054—-.324™™ in length. In Rhode Island Plants, by 

' §. T. Olney, Providence Franklin Society, April, 1847, under No. 1189, is the following: 

““Conferva collabens, Ag.? ‘or near it’—Harv. MSS. Sogonnet Point! Narragansett 

Pier!” In the Nereis Am. Bor., Part III, no reference is made to C. collabens, Ag., by 

Harvey, whom Olney quotes in his list. Harvey, however, in the Nereis, describes 

a new species, Chetomorpha Olneyi, which calls to mind C. collabens, and perhaps that 

is the plant referred to by Mr. Olney. 


CHAITOMORPHA, Kiitz. 
(From yaity, hair, and uop¢y, shape.) 
Vilaments grass-green, coarse and rigid, unbranched, either attached 
“in tufts or floating in masses, cells variable in length, often much 
longer than broad. 


The species of this genus may be divided into two groups. In the first the fila- 
ments arise in tufts from a definite base. In the second the filaments are twisted to- 
gether and form intricate masses, which rest upon stones and other alge. It may be 
a question whether the members of the last-named group are not the advanced stage 
of the species of the first group, which, as they have developed, have become twisted 
together and torn from their attachments. It would be comparatively a simple mat- 
ter to classify our own species taken by themselves, but in comparing them with for- 
eign species it becomes very complicated in consequence of the confusion of names 
applied to some of the common European species. We can only briefly mention the 
synonyms, which are almost hopelessly confused. 


C. MELAGONIUM, (Web. & Mohr.) Kiitz. (Conferva Melagonium, Phye. 
Brit., Pl. 99 a.) 

Filaments erect, base scutate, coarse and wiry, dark glaucous green, 
cells .4-5™" broad by .4-7™" long. 

Tn tide-pools. 

Common from Boston northward; Northern Europe. 


The most easily recognized species of ae genus with us, It grows in deep tide- _ 
pools, attached to pebbles and rocks. The filaments can “be recognized at a distance 
by their dark glaucous-green color and rigidity. It is generally a foot or more in 
length, and the filaments are usually free, but become more or less twisted together. 

It does not adhere well to paper in drying, and in spite of its coarseness if does not 
bear immersion in fresh water. 


C. HREA, (Dillw.) Kiitz. (Conferva crea, Phye. Brit., Pl. 99 b.) ee 
Filaments erect, base scutate, setaceous, yellowish green, cells — 4 
.25-40™ long by .15-30™ broad. ‘ ca 
In high-tide pools. 
New York Harbor, Harvey; New Haven, Prof. Eaton; Newport, - 
Bailey; Gloucester; Europe. 


This species has a wider range than the last, being found not only in the nities oy 
Europe, but also in the Mediterranean and other warm seas. With usitisnetun- 


THE MARINE ALGZ OF NEW ENGLAND. AT 


common in Long Island Sound, but is little Known north of Cape Cod. It grows in 
pools, sometimes near high-water mark, and resembles in habit C. melagonium, from 
which it differs in color, in being much less rigid, and in the smaller size of its cells. 
As found on our coast, the filaments are rather more slender than the average of 
European specimens. 


C. PicQUOTIANA, (Mont.) Kiitz. (Conferva Picquotiana, Ann. Scien. 
Nat., 5d Ser., Vol. XI, p. 66.—Chetomorpha Piquotiana, Ner. Am. eae 
Part IT, p. 85, Pl. 46 ¢.) 

Filaments prostrate, intricately twisted together in masses, rigid, 
dark-green, cells .2-4™" broad by .2-1.6™ long, slightly oval in shape. 

Deep water, and washed ashore. 

Rather common from Boston northward; Staten Island, Harvey ; 
Gay Head, Mass. 


This species was first described by Montagne from specimens collected by Lamare- 
Picquot in Labrador. It is the largest of our prostrate Chetomorphe, and north of 
Boston is not uncommon on beaches after a storm, but it has not been seen in tide-pools. 
The localities South of Cape Cod perhaps need revision. We have found the species 
washed ashore at Gay Head, from deep water. It reminds one of C. melagonium by 
its color, rigidity, and size of the filaments, and it seems to us probable that it is 
merely an advanced stage of that species which has broken from its attachments and 
become entangled without having lost its power of growth. It is certainly very 
unlikely that any alga of this suborder is throughout its whole period of existence 
unattached. The cells differ from those of C. melagonium in being sometimes several 
times longer than broad, but, on the other hand, they frequently are found no longer 
than broad. If the species is really distinct and not an older stage of C. melagonium, 
as we suspect, it is the largest and coarsest of our species, and is to be compared with 
C. torulosa, Zan, of which we have examined specimens collected by Hauck at Pirano, 
in the Adriatic. In drying, our species does not adhere to paper, and the éells con- 
tract at the joints so as to give a toruloid appearance. 


C. Linum, (Flor. Dan.) Kiitz. (Conferva Innum, Crouan, Algues 
Marines du Finistere, No. 353.—Conferva Linum, Areschoug, Alg. 
Seand., No. 183.—Chetomorpha herbacea, Kiitz., in Hohenacker’s Meeral- 
gen, No. 355.—Chetomorpha Linum, Kiitz., Spec. Alg., p. 378.—Cheto- 
morpha sutoria, (Berk.) Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part 3, p. 87.—Non 
Conferva Linum, Alg. Danmon., No. 220, nec Khizoclonium Linum, 


_ Herb. Thuret.) 


_ 
- 


Li 


. 
7 
P 
a 


at 


Filaments prostrate, intricately twisted together in masses, rigid, 
bright green, cells .20-25™™ broad by .20-30™™ long, about as broad as 
long. 

Just below low-water mark. 

Common in Long Island Sound; Nahant, Ten Pound Island, Glou- 
cester, Mass.; Europe. 


The confusion which has arisen from the application of the name Conferva Linum to 
different species and the useless multiplication of names, especially on the part of 


_Kiitzing, makes it exceedingly difficult to ascertain the name of this common species 


on our coast. It forms strata of considerable extent upon rocks and gravel just below 


48 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. em 


low-water mark. It can be distinguished from the preceding species by its lighter 


color, by being less rigid, and by the smaller size of the cells, which are rather uni-— 


formly as broad as long. If we may suspect that C. Picquotiana is only a form of C. 
melagonium, we may also suggest that the present is possibly the corresponding form’ 
of C. grea. To unravel the synonymy of the species is quite hopeless. Ourspecimens 
agree with No. 353 of Crouan’s Algues Marines du Finistére and No. 183 of Ares- 
choug’s Algw Scandinavice, both of which are supposed to be the Conferva Linum of 
the Flora Danica. They are also identical with No. 355 of Hohenacker’s Meeralgen, 
which purports to have been determined as C. herbacea, Kg. ., by Kiitzing himself. 
Whether they are the same as the Conferva Linum of the Phycologia Brittanica we 
cannot determine. They approach very near to, if they aze not identical with, C. 
crassa of the Italian algologists. In fact, Crouan considers C. Linwm, Fl. Dan., to be 
the same as C. crassa, Ag. The Chetomorpha sutoria of the Nereis Am. Bor. seems to 
us the same thing. We have examined Bailey’s specimens, from which Harvey named 


the species in the Nereis, and have also examined Bailey’s locality, at Stonington. a 


To the naked eye, in Bailey’s specimens, the filaments appear smaller than the typical 
form, but a microscopic examination gives the same measurements as specimens we 
collected ourselves, which agreed precisely with No. 353, Crouan. In saying that the 
New England specimens of C. sutoria should be considered to berather C. Linum, we do 
not mean to imply that the European C. sutoria is not distinct. Whether our species 
is the same as Khizoclonium Linum, Thuret, is, perhaps, doubtful. In specimens of the 
last-named species from Cherbourg the filaments appear to be somewhat smaller. The 
species usually, but not always, loses its color drying, and scarcely adheres to paper 
unless under considerable pressure. 


SPECIES INQUIREND 2. 
.C. OLNEYI, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part ITI, p. 86, Pl. 46 d. 


“Filaments tufted, setaceous, straight or curved, soft, pale green; 


articulations once and a half as long as broad.” (Harvey, 1. ¢.) 
Rhode Island, Olney. 
C. LONGIARTICULATA, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part III, p. 86, Pl. 46 e. 
“Wilaments capillary, curved, loosely bundled together, flaccid, soft, 


pale green; articulations 4-6 times as long as broad, swollen at the 


nodes ; var. f, crassior, filaments more robust.” (Harvey, l. c.) 


In rock-pools, between tide-marks. Ship Anne Point, Mr. Hooper; 
Boston Bay, Mrs. Asa Gray; Little Compton, Mr. Olmey; var. 6 im 


brackish ditches at Little Compton, Mr. Olney. 


The two last species are only known from the descriptions in the Nereis. No au- 
thentic specimens exist in the Olney Herbarium, which is now the property of Brown 
University. The specimen of C. Olneyi mentioned in Alge Rhodiaceew by Olney was 
determined by the present writer, not by Harvey himself, and a recent examination of 
the specimen, for which we are indebted to the kindness of Professor ey, lead us 
to think that the specimen was not correctly determined. 


RHIZOCLONIUM, Kiitz. 


(From /ifov, a root, and kAwv, a branch.) 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. AY 


sionally found, and in that case the species may easily be mistaken for species of 
Chetomorpha. 
R. RIPARIUM, Roth, Harv. Phye. Brit., Pl. 328. (R. salinum, Kitz.) 
Filaments decumbent, pale green, forming entangled masses, fur- 
_nished with numerous short root-like branches, generally consisting of 
but few cells, but sometimes elongated, filaments from .02™ to .025™™ 
in diameter, cells about as long as broad, or a little longer. Pl. III, Fig. 2. 
Eastport, Maine; Nahant, Wood’s Holl, Mass., W. G. #.; New Haven, 
Conn., Prof. D. C. Eaton ; Europe. 


An alga which is probably common all along the coast on wood-work and sandy 
rocks between tide-marks. It forms thin light-green masses on the substance on 
which itis growing. The root-like processes usually consist of not more than three or 
four cells, and not unfrequently they fork. Distinguished at sight from the next by 
its yellowish color. It often covers the ground at the base of Spartina, and itis found 
nearer high-water mark than the next species. 


e 


R. TORTUOSUM, Kiitz. (Conferva implexa and tortuosa, Harv., Phye. 
Brit., Pl. 54 a and b.—Chetomorpha tortuosa, Ner. Am. Bor.) 

Filaments dark green, very much curled and twisted, forming pros- 
trate masses, diameter of filaments, .035™" to .058"™", cells agat twice 
as long as broad, branches few, short. 

Common all along the New England coast; Europe. 


The most common species of our coast, recognized by its dark-green color, and by 
the very much twisted filaments which form woolly strata over other alg. Its favor- 
ite habitat is in tide-pools, where it is exposed at dead low water. 


__R. KocutAnvum, Kiitz. (Conferva arenosa, Crouan, Algues Marines du 
Finistere, No. 355.—Conferva implexa, var., Alg. Scand., No. 187.— 
Ehizoclonium Kochianum, Kiitz., in Le Jolis’s Liste des Algues Marines 
de Cherbourg.) 

Filaments pale yellow, forming loose masses of indefinite extent, cells 
-010-14"™ broad by .036-54™™ long. 

On alge below low-water mark. Summer. 

Gloucester, Mass.; Nahant, Mass., Mr. Collins; Europe. 


Much finer than any of the species previously mentioned, covering algx with a deli- 
cate pale-yellow fleece. It is apparently less common than our other two species, and 
we have only found it once growing over Laminarie just below low-water mark, off 
Niles’s Beach, Gloucester. The species agrees with French specimens of Kk. Kochianum 
in the size and general appearance of the cells, but the root-like processes character- 

_ j8tie of the present genus are not evident in our specimens, and the species is here re- 
tained in Ehizoclonium on the authority of Kiitzing, in Le Jolis’s Liste des Algues Ma- 
rines de Cherbourg. &. Kochianwm is considered by Rabenhorst to be a variety of LR. 
flavicans, Jiirg., in which he also includes Conferva arenicola of Berk. Our specimens 
agree perfectly with No. 355 of Crouan’s Algues Marine du Finistére, but are rather 
smaller than No. 187 of Areschoug’s Algse Scandinavice, which is referred with doubt 

_ to Conferva arenosa, The name which we have adopted refers our specimens without 

_donbt to French forms, but the identity with the genuine C, arenosa of British botan- 


Nee? =" 


50 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


ists still remains to be settled. The species does not adhere well to paper, and would 
probably, at first sight, be referred by collectors to Chatomorpha rather than to Rhizo- 
olonium. 


CLADOPHORA, Kiitz. 


(From kAadoc, a branch, and ¢opew, to bear.) 


Filaments firm, not gelatinous, branching throughout. 


A genus including the greater part of the branching Chlorosporee, which are found 
both in salt and fresh water. It differs from Ulothrix and Chetomorpha in having 
branching filaments, and from Rhizoclonium in having well-developed branches and 
not mere rhizoidal growths. The species abound on rocks and in tide-pools, as well 
as in ditches and shallow bays along the shore, and usually grow in tufts. Some of 
the species, however, especially those growing in brackish ditches, at maturity form - 
dense layers upon the surface of the water or on the bottom. The number of described 
species of the genus is immense, but, in all probability, a great part are not distinct. 
It is at present impossible correctly to refer the New England species to European 
forms, since EKurepean botanists by no means agree as to their own species, and there 
has been a tendancy on the part of algologists of different countries to ignore the 
species of other countries in studying their own. The principal specific character is: 
the mode of branching, which, in the present genus, is at best an uncertain mark. The 
young and old plants of the same species often differ very much in the appearance of 
the branches, so that the habit varies at different seasons. When old, some species 
are usually torn from their attachments and washed ashore in large masses, and, in 
this battered condition, it is often impossible to recognize the species, or perhaps even to 
distinguish the specimens from Rhizoclonium species. Unfortunately, names have been 
given to the battered forms until there is such a labyrinth of synonyms that one is 
tempted to reject all but a few well-marked species. In the present instance we have 
attempted merely to compare our specimens with those in the Algw Danmonienses, 
the Algues Marines du Finistére, the Alew Scandinavice of Areschoug, and with 
specimens received from Dr. Bornet, M. Le Jolis, Dr. Kjellman, and Dr. Wittrock. It 
is to be hoped that some responsible algologist will undertake the revision of ays 
much-abused genus. 


SuBGENUS SPONGOMORPHA, Kiitz. 


Plants spongy, at least towards the base, owing to the interlacing of — 
the branches, some of which are strongly recurved and rhizoidal. 


C. ARCTA, (Dillw.). (Cladophora arcta, Phye. Brit., Pl. 135.) 
Filaments slender, two to eight inches long, tufted and densely matted — 
at base, becoming free and divergent above, colora bright green; branches — 
near the base strongly recurved and interlaced, upper branches erect: or 
appressed, numerous, opposite or scattered, apices obtuse; cells at base 
about twice as long as broad, cells of upper portion aia times longer : 
than broad, average diameter of cells about .08™™. 
On rocks between tide-marks. Winter and spring. 
Common along the whole coast; Europe. 


One of the few species which are recognized without difficulty, although it vari : 
considerably in aspect at different seasons. When young the filaments are but sligh 
matted together, except at the very base, and the species is then the C, vaucheriafi 


\ 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 51 


of Agardh; but when old they become spongy nearly to the tip, and constitute the C, 
eeniralis of some authors. The species is, as a rule, easily distinguished by its bright- 
green color and erect or appressed branches in the upper pertion of the plant. The 
plant preserves its beautiful green color, and adheres to paper except when very 
old and spongy. ' 


C. LANOSA, (Roth) Kiitz. (C. lanosa, Phye. Brit., Pl. 6.) 

Tufts more or Jess globose; filaments one to three inches long, densely 
matted, color at first’ bright green, but soon becoming pale yellow; 
branches long, numerous, irregularly placed, often secund, given off at 
wide angles; cells .05-4™™ in breadth, as long as broad in lower part, 
becoming in upper part several times lon ger than broad. 

On Chondrus crispus and other alge. 

Gloucester, Nahant, Mass.; common. Hurope. Spring and early 
summer. 

Var. UNCIALIS, Thuret. (Cl. wneialis, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 207.) 

Filaments longer and looser than in the type, and of a lighter color. 

On sandy rocks. 

Long Island Sound; Nahant and Gloucester, Mass.; common. Spring. 
Europe. 


An easily recognized species, probably common along the whole coast in spring and 
early summer. It grows attached to sea-weeds or to sand-covered rocks at low tide 
and below, and is often washed ashore in considerable quantities. It forms globose 
tufts, which, when growing, are bright green, but which soon lose their color, and, 
on drying, became pale and silky. The var. wncialis, which is more common in Long 
Island Sound, is less dense and forms looser tufts than the type. It does not adhere 
very well to paper. 


SUBGENUS EUCLADOPHORA. 


- Plants tufted, or, at times, stratose, not united into spongy masses by 
rhizoidal branches or recurved branches. 

C. RUPESTRIS, (Linn.) Kiitz., Phye. Brit., Pl. 180. 

Filaments five to ten inches long, rigid, dark green, tufted; branches 
crowded, usually opposite or in fours, ultimate branches given off at an 
acute angle, short, subulate; cells constricted at the joints, average 
diameter of cells .08-16™™. 

On rocks near low-water mark. 

Common along the whole coast throughout the year; Europe. 


Recognized by its dark green color and rigidity, and by the numerous appressed 
ramnli which are given off two or three at a joint. 


}, ALBIDA, (Huds.) Kiitz., Phyc. Brit., Pl.'275. 
Filaments slender, silky, forming dense tufts from a few inches to a 
_ foot long, color a pale green; branches irregular, often opposite, ulti- 


52 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


mate branches long, given off at wide angles ; cells .02-3™ in diameter, 
cell-wall delicate, terminal cells blunt. Wy 

Staten Island, Beesley’s Point, New York Bay, Harvey; in pools 
Newport, R. I.; Europe. Summer. 


Not yet observed north of Cape Cod. The species is recognized by forming dense — 
tufts of a pale color and almost spongy consistency. The sponginess, however, is not, 
as in the subgenus Spongomorpha, due to the interlacing of short recurved branches 
and rhizoidal filaments, but to the fineness of the filaments, which are densely twisted 
together. The cells do not vary much in diameter throughout. This species, when 
dried, loses most of its color, and does not adhere well to paper. 


C. REFRACTA, (Roth) Areschoug. (Non C. refracta, Alg. a 
No. 228, nee Phye. Brit., Pl. 24.) 3 

Filaments rather rigid, forming tufts from 2-8 inches long, color 
a glaucous green; branches flexuous, clothed throughout with nearly 
equal, short, frequently opposite branchlets, which are at first patent 
and furnished with erect or corymbose, afterwards reflexed, branchlets; 
cells .03-8™™ in diameter, terminal cells blunt. 

Common in deep tide-pools and on stones and sea-weeds at low-water 
mark throughout our limits. Spring and summer. Northern Europe. — 


We have refrained from quoting any synonyms in the description just given. . The 
species, as we understand it, is one common in rocky places where the water is pure. 
It forms rather short tufts of a somewhat glaucous green, which is paler when the 
plant grows exposed to the sun. The branchlets, which are in general short, are at 
first erect, but, as usually found, are somewhat corymbose and ultimately decompound 
and reflexed. It is rather rigid and does not collapse when removed from the water. 
In drying it sometimes retains its color, but usually becomes yellowish and does not 
adhere well to paper. What we have described seems to be the C. refracia of Harvey’s 
Nereis, but we have refrained from quoting the localities given by Harvey. The C. 
refracta of the French coast is considered by Le Jolis to be a variety of C. albida. The 
same is not true of our species, which is certainly distinct from C. albida. It may be 
that we have also the refracted variety of C. albida on our coast, but we have never 
met with it. The present species is much coarser and differs in habit and ramification 
from the C. albida of New England, which agrees well with European specimens. The 
American C. refracta is much nearer to, if not identical with, the species published by 
Areschoug in the Algze Scandinavice, 2d series, No. 338, as C. refracta, (Roth). In 
coarseness it approaches C. letevirens, but it certainly is not the same as No. 143, Algz — 
Danmonienses, which Harvey considers to be C. letevirens. In short, we think that 
the C. refracta of New England is not the species to which the French botanists ap- — 
ply that name, but probably the species of Areschoug. Whether it is really the Con: 
ferva refracta of Roth is a point on which we can only follow the authority of others. 
At any rate, after the explanation given, the name can be retained without causing 
greater confusion than has hitherto existed. rs 


i) 


C. GLAUCESCENS, (Griff.) Harv. (Cl. glaucescens, Phyc. Brit., Pl. 196.—_ 
Cl. pseudo-sericea, Crouan,*Alg. Finist., No. 367.) _ ond 
Filaments loosely tufted, 3-12 inches long, much branched, color ight 


4 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND 58 


- given off at an acute angle; cells with delicate cell-wall, .03-6™™ in 


diameter, terminal cells acute. 
On stones and wood-work near low-water mark. Summer. 
From Halifax, N. 8., to pe S. C., Harvey ; pee Betas 


Europe. 


A delicate species which is characterized by its light color, loosely tufted habit, and 
slender branches, which are all given off at uniformly acute angles. When growing 
in exposed localities the tufts are short, but in quiet bays they become long and loose. 
This species, which has the light color and slender filaments of C. albida, differs from 
that species in not being spongy in consistence and in the length of the ultimate 
branchlets, which are always erect. Our Newport species resemble very closely the 
No. 120 b of Wittrock and Nordstedt, Algze Scandinavice, which is considered by them 
a form of C. erystallina, (Roth), but differs from the Cl. crystallina of the algologists 
of Southern Europe. It may beremarked that Cl. glaucescens, (Griff.) Harv., has been 
referred to other older species, but not knowing the limits of C. crystallina; (Roth), and 
C. sericea, (Huds.), we have adhered to the latter name, as has also been done by Le 
Jolis and other French algologists. This species generally becomes very pale in drying 
and adheres well to paper. 

The variety £, pectinella, of this species, mentioned by Harvey in the Nereis Am. 
Bor. as occurring in Charleston Harbor, is not known on our northern coast. In the 
variety the branches are said“to be recurved. 


C. LZTEVIRENS, (Dillw.) Harv., Alg. Danmon., No. 142; Phye. Brit., 
Pi. 190. 

Filaments much branched, rigid, forming loose tufts 3-6 inches long, 
color a yellowish green; branches fastigiate, erect, often opposite or 
in threes, ultimate branches secund, of few cells, apex obtuse; di- 
ameter of cells .05-.15™™, 

In tide-pools. : 

New York Bay; Boston, Harvey ; Gloucester, Mass., Mrs Davis. 


A rather robust species, recognized by the denseness of the branches, which are 


- erowded at the tips. Less robust and differing from C. Hutchinsiw in having fastigi- 


ate branches. We have only seen one specimen, collected by Mrs. Davis, which cor- 
responded exactly to the C. lwtevirens of Alge Danmonienses and to the C. letevirens 
of the Nereis Am. Bor. It is doubtful whether the forms to which the same name has 


_been given by French botanists belong to the same species as ourown. Some of them, 
_ at least, appear to belong to a more slender and less densely branching species. The . 


species does not adhere well to paper in drying. 


C. Hurcuins1u, (Dillw.) Kiitz. (Cl. Hutchinsie, Phye. Brit. Pl. 


- 124,—(CI. diffusa, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 130.) 


Filaments rigid, glaucous green, flexuous, forming loose tufts 6-12 
inches long; branches scattered, rather distant; ultimate branches 


_ few, short, secund ; cells .10-24™™ in diameter. 


In tide-pools. 
Gloucester, Mass., Mrs. Davis. 


A single specimen vee seems unmistakably to belong to this species was collected 
- by Mrs. Davis. The species, which is one of the coarsest on the coast, is distinguished 


q 


» 


54 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


by the large size of the filaments and remoteness of the branches, together with tho 
shortness of the ultimate branches. The Cladophora diffusa of the Phycologia Brit 
tanica is now considered, with good reason, to be a form of C. Hutchinsie in which 
the branches are very long and nearly destitute of branchlets. Probably the Clado- 
phora diffusa? of the Nereis Am. Bor., said by Harvey to be found in “‘ New York 
Sound,” is to be referred to the present species. Specimens which correspond well 
enough to the C. diffusa of the Algze Danmonienses, No. 144, have been collected by Mrs. 
Davis and Mrs. Bray at Gloucester. 

C. FLEXUOSA, (Griff.) Harv. 

“Filaments very slender, pale green, tufted, flexuous, sparingly and 
distantly branched; branches elongate, subsimple, of unequal length, 
flexuous, sometimes nearly naked, sometimes ramuliferous; the ulti- 
mate ramuli secund or alternate, short or long, curved; articulations of 
the branches 3-4 times, of the ramuli twice as long as broad.” (Nereis 
Am. Bor., Part III, p. 78.) 

rocks between tide-marks, &e. 

Hingham and Boston, Mass.; Jackson Ferry and Hell Gate, N. Y. 


We have quoted from the Nereis Am. Bor. the description given by Harvey of the 
present species, and have purposely refrained from adding any localities of our own. 
Harvey considers C. flexuosa very nearly related to Cl. glaucescens, if indeed it is distinct 
from it. On the other hand, the greater part of the French specimens of C. flexuosa 
which we have seen are quite distinct from C. glaucescens, and seem to approach some 
ofthe forms of C. gracilis. We have frequently seen at Wood’s Holl, Newport, and 
Gloucester specimens which correspond pretty well with the C. flexuosa of Alg. Dan- 
mon., No. 227, As we understand the species, it is more rigid than Cl. glaucescens, 
and has shorter branches, which are at times refracted. The cells are .02-6™™ in 
diameter and not more than two or three times as long as broad.as a rule. Le Jolis 
states that C. flecuosa lines the bottom of pools. The American forms which we would 
refer to this species are found in pools on rather exposed rocky shores. 


C. MorRIsta@, Harv. 
“Tufts elongate, dense, somewhat interwoven, dark green ; filaments 
very Slender, much and irregularly branched ; the penultimate branches 
very long, filiform, flexuous, simple, set with alternate or secund, short, 
erecto-patent ramuli, some of which are simple and spine-like, others 
pectinated on their upper side; articulations filled with dense endo- 
chrome, in the branches 2-3 times, in the ramuli about twice as long as 
broad, cylindrical, not contracted at the nodes.” (Harvey, Nereis 
Am. Bor., Part III, p. 79, Pl. 45 b.) 
Elsinborough, Del., Miss Morris. 
We only know this species from the description and plate of Harvey. : 4 
C. RUDOLPHIANA, Ag. ee 
Filaments very long and gelatinous, forming loose tufts one or two. 
feet long, color yellowish green; branches opposite or irregular, ver 7 
long and flexuous, given off at wide angles, clothed with long, secu id 


SSL ieee 


. 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 55 


tapering branchlets; cells .02-8™" in diameter, those of the main 
branches many times longer than broad. 

On stones and covering algz just below low-water mark. Summer. 
_ Jackson Ferry, N. Y., Harvey ; Wood’s Holl, Mass. ; Europe. 


One of the longest but at the same time most delicate of the genus. It forms in- 
tricately branching tufts, one or two feet long, attached to stones, or covers with a soft 
fleece algze and Zostera growing in still, shallow bays, like the Little Harbor at Wood’s 
Holl. It is more or less gelatinous and at once collapses on being removed from the 
water and adheres closely to paper in drying. In drying the cells shrivel very much, 
and the coloring matter is collected at the ends of the cells, which, in the main 
branches, are much longer than broad, and on moistening the cells do not recover 
their shape as readily as in other species. 


C. GRACILIS, (Griff.) Kiitz. 


Filaments loosely tufted, 3-12 inches long, irregularly bent, provided 
at the angles with rather short branches, which are pectinate, with long 


recuryed or incurved branchlets; color a yellowish green; cells .04-16™™ 


in diameter. 
On wharves or in muddy pools. 
New Haven, Prof. Eaton; Wood’s Holl, Mass. 


a. Var. EXPANSA. 


Very regularly branched, forming masses one to two feet in extent. 
Muddy pools. 


(B. Gloucester, Nahant, Mass. 


Var. TENUIS, Thuret. (Cl. vadorum, Aresch.) 

Branchés remote, filaments more slender than in the type, .04-8™™ in 
diameter. 

Growing over Laminarie. 

Gloucester. ? 


A common and variable species, growing in rather muddy sheltered places and not 
ou exposed spots. In its typical form it is recognized by its very irregular branches, 
which are more divergent than in most other species, and by its pectinate branchlets, 
which are at times flabellate. The species, although rather delicate in substance, is 
much stouter than C. albida or C. glaucescens, and does not adhere well to paper. The 
form which we have referred to, var. tenuis, Thuret, is doubtful. It formed Masses of 
indefinite extent on Laminarivw and other alge below low-water mark off Niles’s 
Beach, Gloucester. What we have called var. expansa resembles somewhat C. expansa, 
Kiitz., and like it is found in muddy places. It does not, however, form the dense 
ERA of the last-named species, but floats loosely in ie water in shallow places. 
The ordinary forms of the species -are recognized without much difficulty, but one 
sometimes meets forms which are long and almost denuded of branches, in which case 
determination is difficult. 


C. EXPANSA, Kiitz. 
Filaments of a dull-green color, at first tufted, then matted together, 
forming extensive strata; main branches irregularly flexuous, .10-15™™ 


56 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


in diameter, clothed with secondary branches, which are divaricately 
divided and furnished with secund ultimate branches; ge several 
times longer than broad. 2 
In brackish ditches. Summer. * 
Wood’s Holl; Malden, Mass. 


To the present species may be referred the greater part of the New England speci- 
mens of brackish water referred to C. fracta. It is at first tufted, but soon rises to the 
top of shallow ditches and coves, and forms an intricately interwoven mass. It is 
distinguished from C. fracta by the greater size of the main branches and the fact that 
the diameter of the secondary branches is always much less than that of the main 
branches, whereas in the true C. fracta the branches gradually diminish in size. In 
some specimens the branches are clothed at intervals with very short fasciculated 
ramuli. The species when in its tufted condition resembles some of the forms of C. 
gracilis. It also approaches the C. fracta of the Algx Danmonienses, said by Harvey 
to be rather C. flavescens. 


C. FRACTA, (Fl. Dan.) Kiitz. . 

“Tufts irregular, entangled, often detached, and then forming floating 
strata, dull green; filaments rather rigid, distantly branched, the lesser _ 
branches somewhat dichotomous, spreading, with very wide axils; the 
ramuli few, alternate or secund; articulations 3-6 times as long as 
broad, at first cylindrical, then elliptical, with contracted nodes.” (Har- 
vey, Nereis Am. Bor., Part III, p. 83.) 

Salt-water ditches and ponds. 

West Point, Prof. Bailey; Beesley’s Point, Ashmead; New York, 
Walters ; Baltimore, Md. > 


We have quoted from the Nereis the description given by Harvey. bi is doubtful 
whether under the name C. fracta he referred to the species of that name as recognized 
by Scandinavian botanists. The only marine locality of this species which we have 
examined is in the vicinity of the Marine Hospital, Baltimore. As we understand the 
species, it is much finer than C. expansa, the cells being from .02-8"™ in diameter, 
those of the main branches tapering gradually into those of the secondary branches, 
while in the last-named species the transition is sudden. The branches are less 
numerous and more irregular in their mode of branching in C.fracta than im C. ex- 
pansa. 


C. MAGDALENZ, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 335 a. 

Filaments one to three inches long, decumbent, entangled, coarse, — 
blackish green; branches given off at obtuse angles, flexuous, with 
very few curved, irregularly-placed branchlets; cells .04-8"" in diam- 
ter, about 2-4 times as long as broad. | 

Napatree Point, R. L., Prof. Eaton. 


This rather unsightly and insignificant species is recognized by its prcenmlitie sf 
habit and dingy green color, and by having but few branches, which are arranged 
without any definite order, and are given off at very obtuse angles from the main fila- 
ments. It may be deubted whether the species is not a reduced form of som othe 


THE MARINE ALGZ OF NEW ENGLAND. 57 


BULBOCOLEON, Pringsh. 
(From Bo2Goc, a bulb, and xodAcov, a sheath.) 


Filaments branching, creeping, composed of two kinds of cells, one 
producing numerous zoospores, the other bulbous at the base but drawn 
out into a tube, from the open extremity of which projects a long flexible 
hair. 


This genus, consisting of a single species, was first described by Pringsheim in the 


_Abhandlungen der kénig]. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1862, who founded 


it upon a small alga parasitic in the fronds of Leathesia and other Pheosporee, at 
Helgoland. 

The genus resembles Coleochwie, a fresh-water genus, in the structure of the hairs, 
but in Bulbocoleon no reproductive bodies, except zoospores produced in the ordinary 
cells, have as yet been discovered. It is not impossible that oospores may at some: 
time be found, and it will then be necessary to remove the genus from the present 
order. 


B. PILIFERUM, Pringsheim, 1. ¢., p. 8, Pl. I. 

Characters-same as those of the genus. 

Parasitic in the fronds of Leathesia tuberiformis and Chordaria divari- 
cata. Summer. 

Newport, R. I.; Wood’s Holl, Gloucester, Mass.; Europe. 


This minute species is found creeping among the cortical cells of Leathesia and 
Chordaria, generally in company with a Streblonema. It forms dark spots on the 
fronds, and, on microscopic examination, the hyaline hairs are seen projecting above 
the surface. The species is studied with difficulty when parasitic on Leathesia, owing 
to the density of the cortical part of the frond, but is more easily examined when it 
grows on Chordaria. It was found by Pringsheim on Chorda filum, Chordaria flagelli- 
formis, and Mesogloia vermicularis, as well as on Leathesia. It probably will be found 
on several other Phaosporee of our coast, where it appears to be common. 


The following genus described by Reinsch, including a species of which we have 
not been able to examine specimens, should be included in the account of the Chloro- 
sporee of our coast: 


ACROBLASTE, new genus of Chroolepidee. 

Plants microscopic, marine, forming densely aggregated tufts attached to stones and 
shells; threads erect, subsimple, branching from the base, arising from procumbent, 
densely interlaced threads; conceptacles in the upper part of the branches nearly 
spherical, at first unicellular, afterwards producing 20-35 spherical zoospores; after 
the discharge of zoospores elliptical, with a wide mouth; development of the branches 
and growth of the threads asin Chroolepus and Cladophora. 

Acroblaste, spec. Contents of cells finely granular, distinctly circumscribed; color 
slightly glancous green; cell-wall thick, sublamellated, twice ag long as broad. 

Height of plant, .336-.6™™. 

Diameter of filaments, .0050-80™™, 

Diameter of conceptacles, .0168-196™™, 

Diameter of zoospores, .0022™™, 

Hab.—Attached to shells and stones, Buzzard’s Bay, Mass. 

Reinsch., in Botanische Zeitung, 1879, No. 23, Pl. 3a. 


f 


58 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISIi AND FISHERIES. 


Suporper BOTRYDIEA. 


Fronds minute green unicellar, spherical or pyriform, with a rhb | 
zoidal process at the base. Globose bodies produced in the cells, from 
which, when discharged, there is formed a large ee of zoospores, 


with two cilia, which conjugate. 


A small suborder, of which the development is known only in a single species, B. 
granulatum, of which Rostafinski and Woronin have given a full account. Probably 
the suborder may require to be united with the Siphonew, a group abundant in the 
tropics, but not strictly found with us. 


CODIOLUM, A. Br. 


(Named from the resemblance to species of Codiwm, a genus of marine alge.) 


Frond unicellular, at the base prolonged into a tapering, solid, hya- 
line stalk, above clavate, containing an oval chloropyllaceous mass, 
which ultimately is transformed into a large number of spores, devel- 
opment of spores unknown. . 


The present genus was founded by A. Braun on a species found by him at Helgo- 
land in 1852 and described and figured in his work on unicellular alge. A second species * 
(C. Nordenskioldianum) was described by Kjellman. 

The genus is placed by Braun and Kjellman near Characium, but until the develop- 
ment of the spores has been made out the position of the genus must remain doubtful. 
Braun compares the spores to those of Codium, but states that he had never seen cilia. 
In American specimens we have never seen the spores escape from the mother cell and 
swim about by means of cilia, but, on the other hand, the wall of the mother cell dis- 
solves and the spores thus set free begin to grow at once. It often happens that the 
spores begin to grow inside the mother cell. The spores are oval and have a thick 
wall. Each spore either gives off a projection at one end, which grows into a long 
stalk, or else the contents of the spere become divided into a small number of cells by 
means of cross-partitions at right angles to its longer axis, thus forming a short fila- 
ment, each cell of which gives off a stalk as previously described. There results in 
the last case a dense cluster of individuals, which adhere together by their bases. It 
may be that what we have seen was only the hypnosporic condition of the plant, and 
that Braun had examined a stage in which motile spores existed. Occasionally one 
finds two spore-bearing cells on a single stalk, one always being very much smaller 
than the other. The second cell is lateral and uray be nearly sessile on the stalk or 
furnished with a short secondary stalk of its own. 

Onur plant recalls the hypnosporic condition of Botrydium granulatwm, and in the 
Alge Am. Bor. Exs. it was distributed under the name of B. gregurium. As the devel- 
opment is so little known, we have now thought best to retain the name Codiolum, on 
the supposition that our species is the same as that of Braun. The study of the de- \ 
velopment is rendered difficult because the plant grows inextricably entangled with 3 
other small alge. a 

Be 
j 


C. GREGARIUM, A. Br. (C. gregarium, Braun, Alg. Unicell., Gen- 
era nova et minus cognita, p. 20, Pl. 1.—Botrydium gregarium, mee in gl 
Alg. Am. Bor. Exs., No. 99.) x 

Cells densely soetbotiaa: average length of cells, aoe all 


eo rh ~ 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 59 


.35-60"™, sporiferous. mass .04-8™"™ broad ‘by .10-15™™ long. Spores 
015™™ by 020™™. 

On wharves and rocks between tide-marks, mixed with Calothria scop- 
ulorum and Ulothrix. 

Eastport, Me.; Gloucester, Mass. ; Europe. 


Probably common in the autumn along our northern coast, and at once recognized 
by the long terminal stalk, which appears to be an appendage of the cell-wall. The 
size is so variable that no accurate measurements as to length can be given. Those 
above stated represent the size of fully-grown sporiferous individuals. 


SuporDER BRYOPSIDE 2. 


Fronds green, unicellar, filamentous, branching; reproduction by 
zoospores, with two cilia, formed in the occluded branches. 


A small suborder, including with us a single species of Bryopsis and a single species 
of Derbesia, a genus whose position is uncertain and which may prove to be more 
nearly related to Vaucheria than to Bryopsis, although in the Bisset article we have 
placed it with the latter. 


BRYOPSIS, Lam. 
(From fpvov, a moss, and opis, an appearance.) 


Fronds bright-green, unicellular, branching, usually pinnately di- 
vided; reproduction by spores formed in occluded portions of the 
branches; spores of two (?) kinds—either green zoospores, furnished | 
with two apical cilia, or orange-colored. 


The genus Bryopsis includes perhaps not far from twenty species, which are charac- 
terized by the mode of branching. Most of them are pinnately compound, and the 
different forms pass so gradually into one another that the species cannot be said to 
be well marked. The fronds are unicellular except at the period of reproduction, 
when some of the smaller branches are separated by partitions from the rest of the 
frond. The position of the genus is still doubtful, as the development is not known. 
The reproductive bodies generally found are green zoospores which have two termi- 
nal cilia. Whether they conjugate or not is not known, although as Thuret reports 
the occurrence of zoospores with four cilia, such is probably the case. A second form 
of reproductive bodies was found by Pringsheim in Bryopsis, orange-colored motile bod- 
ies furnished with two terminal cilia. The development of these bodies has not been 
obseryed. Janczewski and Rostafinski have expressed the opinion that they may be 
parasites, but Cornu confirms the statement of Pringsheim that they are really organs 
of the Bryopsis. 


B, PLUMOSA, (Huds.) Ag., Phye. Brit., Pl. 3. Pl. IV, Fig. 1. 

Fronds 2-6 inches long, often gregarious, 2-4 times pinnate, pinnules 
pyramidal in outline, naked at the base, in the upper part clothed with 
short pinnule, which are constricted at base. 

On muddy wharves and stones at low-water mark. 


A beautiful species, not uncommon along our whole eastern coast, and also frequently 


60 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


_ found on the shores of California. It is very widely diffused, being found in nearly 
all seas. B. hypnoides, which occurs at Key West, passes almost insensibly into B. 
plumosa, but the typical B. hypnovdes is not known in New England. : 


? DERBESIA, Sol. 


(Named in honor of Prof. Alphonse Derbes, of Marseilles.) 


Fronds green, simple or slightly branching, unicellular, or sometimes 
with cross-partitions at the base of the branches; fructification con- 
sisting of ovoidal sporangia containing zoospores, which are of large 
size and have a hyaline papilla at one end, at the base of which is a 
circle of cilia; oospores unknown. 


The genus Derbesia was founded by Solier on two Mediterranean species, D. marina 
and D. Lamourouxii. The position of the genus is doubtful. The Derbesie resemble 
in habit the more delicate species of Vaucheria and Bryopsis, and like them are often 
unicellular, but it is, however, not uncommon to find at the base of some of the sterile 
branches a short cell, separated by a wall both from the branch above and the main 
filament below. A similar cell is always present at the base of the sporangia, and 
the same cell is found in some species of Vaucheria. Derbesia differs from Bryopsis in 
having zoospores provided with a circle of cilia, borne around the base of a terminal 
hyaline papilla as in Gidogonium. It differs from.Vaucheria in not having oospores, so 
far asis known. The zoospores of Derbesia, according to Solier, germinate at once 
and are apparently of a non-sexual character, so that we may expect that hereafter 
either oospores or conjugating zoospores will be found. As we have said, the zoospores 
bear a striking resemblance to those of Gdogonium, and perhaps the relationship to 
the last-named genus is closer than has usually been supposed. In this connection 
it should be mentioned that, in the formation of the cells sometimes found at the base 
of the branches, the cell-wall ruptures in the same way as in Gdogonium, and if we 
do not have the same rings forming a cap at the end of the cells as in dogonium it 
may be because in Derbesia the formation of new cells is very limited. 


D. TENUISSIMA (De Not.), Crouan. (D. marina, Solier, Ann. Sci. Nat., 
3 série, Vol. VII, p. 158, Pl. 9, Figs. 1-17.—Bryopsis tenwissima, De Not., 
Fl. Capr.—D. tenuissima, Crouan, Florule du Finistére, non D. marina, 
Crouan, Algues Marines du Finisttre, No. 398.—Chlorodesmis vaucheric- 
formis, Hary., Ner. Am. Bor., Part ILL, p. 30, Pl. 40.¢.) PL IV, Fig.4. 

Filaments tufted, bright green, one to two inches long, .04™" in - 
diameter; branches few, erect, constricted, and often with a cuboidal | 
cell at the base; sporangia on short branches, ovoidal or pyriform, — 
.09-.12"" broad by .20-.30™ long, resting on a cuboidal basal cell; spores — 


- 


large, few, about 15 in number. 4 
Forming tufts on alge. igo: Pee 
Eel Pond Bridge, Wood’s Holl, Mass.; Key West; pirepes es 


We have found this species but once on our coast, in May, 1876. With us it is” 
apparently rare, but the species is not uncommon in some parts of Europe, especially — 
on the shores of the Mediterranean. Our form is very well developed and 
sporangia are rather longer than in the European specimens which we have seen. 


“ee 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 61 


: SusorpER PH AOSPORE Z®. 


Reproduction by means of olive-brown zoospores which have two 
laterally attached cilia; sporangia of two kinds—unilocular, containing 
a large number of zoospores, and plurilocular, compound sporangia, each 
cell of which contains a single zoospore; conjugation of zoospores known 
in a few species; marine plants, of an olive-brown color, whose fronds 
vary greatly in structure, but which all agree in reproducing by zoospores. 


_ Alarge group, first correctly defined by Thuret. Previous writers had regarded the 
structure of the frond to the exclusion of the organs of reproduction, and the species 
here included were placed in different orders. In the Nereis they were placed partly 
in the Dictyotacee, Sporochnacee, Laminariacee, Chordariacee, and Eclocarpacee. The 
four last orders have been kepi as families, but the true Dictyotacce are a distinct order. 
All the olive-brown sea-weeds of New England, except the rock-weeds, belong to the 
present suborder. In no order of plants do the species vary so widely in habit as in 
the present. A large number, as the Zctocarpi, are filamentous and resemble in habit 
the Cladophore. The Laminarie have expanded flat fronds, and in Macrocystis and 
Egqregia, the most highly organized of the order, there are stems, distinct leaves, and 
air-bladders, and in Lgregia special fructiferous leaflets. Many of the species are of 
microscopic size, but Macrocystis grows to be several hundred feet long. 


SPHANOSIPHON, Reinsch. 
(From o¢jv, a wedge, and otdwv, a tube.) 


Fronds formed of single cells placed side by side so as to form a more or less cohe- 
rent mass; cells pyriform-cuneate or oblong-elliptical; contents of cells transformed 
into a number of very small spherical bodies (zoospores ?). 

In the Contributiones ad Algologiam et Fungologiam, Reinsch places the genus 
Sphenosiphon, of which he describes nine species, in the order Melanophycew. One of 
the species occurs in fresh water and the rest are marine. They all form minute spots 
on other alg, and consist simply of cells placed side by side, the whole forming a thin 
membranous expansion. If the small bodies described and figured by Reinsch in the 
interior of the cells are really zoospores, and if the cells themselves are olive-brown, 
we must regard the genus Sphenosiphon as the lowest of the Pheosporee. The develop- 
ment of the zoospores has not been observed, and as Reinsch describes the color of 
some of the species as bluish green and rose-colored, we must consider the position 
of the genus to be in doubt. Species of Sphenosiphon are not unfrequent on our coast, 
but they have not yet been sufficiently studied. ‘Those which we have seen are more 
like the Cyanophycee than the Pheosporee in color. The following descriptions, which 
may apply to some of our species, are taken from Reinsch, l. c. 

S. SMARAGDINUS, Reinsch, 1. c., Pl. 35, Fig. 4. 

Cells pyriform or broadly cuneiform, rounded at the apex, prolonged at the base 
into a hyaline pedicel; cells .0168-333™™ long, .0084-112™™ broad at apex, .002™™ at 
base; color bluish green; base hyaline. 

On Plocamium coccineum, Labrador. 

On Polysiphonia, Anticosti. 

- §. OLIVACEUS, Reinsch, L. c., Pl. 36, Fig. 2 a. 

Cells pyriform or cuneiform, broadly rounded at apex, contracted at base; color 
olive-green; cells .013-24™™ long, breadth .0096-168™™, 

On Ceramium rubrum, Anticosti and Labrador. 

S. ROSEUS, Reinsch. 

Cells broadly ellipsoidal, placed loosely together, and surrounded by a thick hyaline 
mucus; rose-colored ; .0041-50™™ long, ,004-5™™ broad, 

On zoophytes, Labrador, 


62 . REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


As an account of the families into which the suborder is divided has already been 
given on pp. 15-17, it is unnecessary to repeat them here, but the reader will find ~ 
them briefly described in their order on subsequent pages, together with a synopsis 
- of the genera found on our coast belonging to each family. . 


° Famity SCYTOSIPHONE A. 


Fronds unbranching, either membranous or tubular ; plurilocular spo- 
rangia in short filaments, densely covering the whole surface of the 
fronds ; unilocular sporangia not well known. 


ironds expanded membranes .. 2.2.27... 5.6) eee ee Phyllitis. 
Bicones Gilomlanty 71S epee em spe i ela an ee ee Scytosiphon. 


PHYLLITIS, (Kiitz.) Le Jolis. 


(From ¢vAAitnc, a name given by Dioscorides to an unknown plant.) 


Fronds olive-brown, simple, membranaceous, composed of a cortical 
layer of minute colored cells and an internal layer of larger, oblong, 
colorless cells, which are sometimes prolonged downwards in the form 
of short filaments ; plurilocular sporangia formed from the cortical cells, 
covering the surface of the fronds, consisting of a few (4-6) cells ar- 
ranged in short filaments, which are closely packed together at right 
angles to the surface of the fronds; unilocular sporangia and para- 
physes unknown; growth from the base. ; 


A genus consisting of two species, formerly placed in the genus Laminaria in conse- 
quence of their membranous habit, but differing essentially from the true Laminaria 
in the structure and disposition of their sporangia. 


P. FASCIA, Kiitz. (Laminaria fascia, Ag.) 

Fronds gregarious from a disk-like base, three to six inches long, a 
quarter to half an inch wide, linear-elongate, contracted at the base 
into a short stipe. 

Var. CASPITOSA. (Phyllitis cespitosa, Le Jolis, Etudes Phycol., p. 10, 
Pl. 4.—Laminaria cespitosa, Ag.—Laminaria fascia, Harv., in Phye. — 
Brit., Pl. 45.—Laminaria debilis, Crouan, Alg. Finist., No. 81.) Pl. IV, — 
Fig. 3. 

Fronds stipitate, cuneiform, often faleate and undulate. 

Very common on stones between tide-marks; widely distributed over 
all parts of the world. 


About the limits of the present species there is a diversity of opinion. — Le Jolis — 
regards the L. fascia and L. cespitosa of Agardh as distinct species, but by Harvey — 
they were considered as merely different forms of the same species. Harvey’s opinion 
seems to us to be correct, for it is impossible to draw the line between the two forms 
as found on our coast, oe 


4, 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. * 63 


SCYTOSIPHON, (Ag.) Thuret. 


(From oxvtoc, a whip, and ovgwr, a tube.) 


Fronds simple, cylindrical, usually constricted at intervals, hollow, 
cortex of small colored cells, inner layer of vertically elongated, color- 
less cells; sporangia as in Phyllitis ; paraphyses single-celled, oblong- 
obovate, interspersed among the sporangia. 

The present genus is founded on the Chorda lomentaria of older writers. The gents 
Seytosiphon, as proposed by Agardh, included both C. lomentaria and C. filum. The 
latter species, which is still kept in the genus Chorda by most writers, has the surface 
ofthe frond covered with club-shaped paraphyses, between which are situated the 
oval unilocular sporangia. In S. lomentarius the bodies called paraphyses are only oc- 
easionally found, and their real nature is a little uncertain. Both Bornet and Ares- 
choug consider them to be paraphyses, and the latter has figured them in Observa- 
tiones Phycologice, Part III, Pl.2, Fig.1. As at present understood, Scytosiphon differs 


from Phyllitis only in the fact that the frond is tubular instead of membranous, and in 
the presence of paraphyses, which have not yet been found in Phyllitis. 


S. LOMENTARIUS, Ag. (Chorda lomentaria, Lyngb.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 
285.—Chorda filum var. lomentaria, Kiitz., Spec. Alg.) 

Fronds gregarious, three to eighteen inches long, attached by a disk- 
like base, shortly stipitate, expanding into a hollow tube, from a quarter 


- of an inch to an inch in diameter, at first cylindrical, afterwards con- 


stricted at intervals. | 
Very common on stones between tide-marks; found nearly all over 
the world. 


A species easily recognized, except when quite young, by its tubular and constricted 
frond, but chiefly interesting in consequence of the smaller species of alge which grow 
upon it. At Eastport a very large form is found, nearly an inch in diameter, and 
much twisted. 


Famiry PUNCTARIEZ. 


Fronds unbranching, forming expanded membranes or cylinders; 
fructification in spots (sori) on the sarface of the fronds; plurilocular 
sporangia ellipsoidal, composed of few cells; unilocular sporangia sphe- 
roidal. 


PUNCTARIA, Grev. 


(From punctum, a point, referring to the dots formed by the sporangia and hairs. ) 


Fronds olive-brown, simple, membranaceous, attached by a discoidal 
base, composed of several (2-6) layers of cuboidal cells of about the same 
dimensions in all parts of the fronds; unilocular sporangia immersed 
in the frond, collected in spots, spherical-cuboid, formed from the su- 
perficial cells; plurilocular sporangia collected in spots, immersed ex- ) 


64 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


cept at the apex, formed from the superficial cells ; fronds covered with - 
clusters of hairs; paraphyses wanting. 


A small genus, containing probably not more than half a dozen good species, which 
are widely diffused. In the Nereis Am. Bor. the genus is placed by Harvey in the 
Dictyotacee. That order is now restricted to a group, not represented, as far asis — 
known, on the coast of New England, in which there are quiescent spores, tetraspores, 
and antheridia, but no zoospores, and Punctaria is evidently related to the Pheosporea, 
Judging byits sporangia. Litosiphon pusillus, a small parasite on various alge, is closely 
related to Punctaria, but differs in having a filamentous frond and more simple. 
sporangia. It probably occurs on our coast, but has not yet been observed. 


P. LATIFOLIA, Grev.; Phyc. Brit., Pl. 8; Etudes Phycol., p. 13, Pl. 5. 

Fronds pale olive-green, gregarious, shortly stipitate, lanceolate or 
obovate, four to twelve inches long, one to five inches broad, substance 
tender. 

Var. ZOSTER, Le Jol. (P. tenuissima, Phye. Brit., Pl. 248.) 

Fronds thin, pale, lanceolate at both extremities, narrow, margin un- 
dulated. 

On different alge at and below low-water mark. Spring and summer. 
Europe. | | 
P. PLANTAGINEA, (Roth) Grev.; Phye. Brit., P1.128. Pl. IV., Fig. 5. 

Fronds deep brown, gregarious, broadly lanceolate, attenuated at 
base, one to three inches broad, three inches to a foot long, substance 
_ Somewhat coriaceous. 

Orient, L. I.; Point Judith, R. I., Olney; Wood’s Holl, Gloucester, 
Mass.; Europe. Summer. 


It is not altogether easy to distinguish our two species in some cases, although as a 
rule they are sufficiently distinct. P. latifolia is much the more delicate of the two, 
and has a greenish tinge. When in fruit it is punctate, the dots being thesori. Both 
forms of sporangia are often found simultaneously on the same frond. In P. planta- 
ginea the frond is decidedly brown and rather coriaceous, and the punctate spots are 
caused by the dense clusters of hairs which are often found to correspond on both 
sides of the frond. Both species are common in spring and summer, and although 
often washed ashore in considerable quantities on exposed beaches, they prefer quiet 
bays. ° 


Famiry DESMARESTIE/. 


Fronds branching, cylindrical or compressed, with an axis of fila- 
ments composed of elongated cells and a cortex composed of spheroidal _ 
cells; unilocular sporangia formed by the direct transformation of the — 
cortical cells; plurilocular sporangia unknown. _ 


DESMARESTIA, Lamx. al 


(In honor of 4. G. Desinarest, a French naturalist.) 


~S 


THE MARINE ALGA& OF NEW ENGLAND. 65 


internal portion consisting of an axial filament formed of a single row 


of rather large cylindrical cells, surrounded by a mass of oblong cells 
sometimes mixed with smaller winding cells; in the spring fronds 
covered with branching hairs, which. drop off later in the season; 
unilocular sporangia formed directly from the cortical cells, which do 
not undergo any change in shape or size; growth trichothallic. 


A small genus, consisting of about fifteen described species, a considerable portion 
of which bear a close resemblance to D. aculeata. They are inhabitants of the colder 
seas in both the nurthern and southern hemispheres. Our two species are very widely. 
diffused, but D. ligulata, a common species of California as well as of Europe, is want- 
ing on our coast. The genus is easily distinguished from its allies by the axial fila- 
ment and the formation of the zoospores in the unchanged superficial cells. 


D. ACULEATA, Lamx., Phyc. Brit., Pl. 49; Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. I, 
Pl. 4 5b. 

Fronds dark olive-brown, one to six feet long, terete below, com- 
pressed above, naked at the base; branches alternate, numerous, long 
and virgate, lower branches longer than upper, several times pin- 
nate, clothed in spring with hairs, which fall off and leaye alternate, 
distichous, spine-like processes. b 

Common on exposed shores below low-water mark. Throughout the 
year. Europe. ; 

A coarse and homely species as usually found ; often washed ashore in large masses. 
Not likely to be confounded with any other of our species. In spring it presents a 


feathery appearance, owing to the tufts of hairs with which the frond is beset. It 
is one of the species used as a fertilizer on the northern coast of New England. 


D. viripis, Lam. (Dichloria viridis, Grev.—Desmarestia viridis, 
Phye. Brit., Pl. 312.) 


_ Fronds light olive, one to three feet long, cylindrical or but slightly 
compressed; branches all opposite, distichous, several times pinnate, 
ultimate branches capillary. 


Common on stones at and below low-water mark. Europe. 


A smaller and much more delicate species than the last, for which it can never be 


 Inistaken, rather resembling in some of its conditions a Dictyosiphon. The name is 


derived from the fact that on decaying or on being placed in fresh water it turns 


_ quickly to verdigris-green. Harvey mentions that air-cavities are to be seen in cross- 


sections of the filaments. The air-cavities are, however, merely the sections of the 
larger cells which are surrounded by dense masses of smaller cells, whereas in D. 


_ aciuleata a cross-section shows the axial filament surrounded by a mass of cells of 
nearly equal diameter. 


Famity DICTYOSIPHONE. 


Fronds branching, filiform, axis composed of elongated cuboidal cells, 
the cortex of smaller roundish cells; unilocular sporangia spherical, 


_ Scattered or aggregated, formed from the subcortical cells; plurilocular 


sporangia unknown. 
S. Miss. 59-—5 


66 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


DICTYOSIPHON, Grev. 


(From dcx7vov, a net, and orgwv, a tube.) 


Fronds olive-brown, filiform, branching, solid above, becoming hol- 


low below, cortex composed of small, irregularly polygonal cells, inte- 
rior of larger, colorless, longitudinally elongated cells; branches corti- 
cated throughout; growth from an apical cell (scheitel-zelle) ; unilocu- 
lar sporangia spherical, scattered, immersed in the cortex; paraphyses 
and plurilocular sporangia unknown. 


The genus was founded on D. feniculaceus, a species placed by C. A. Agardh and 
Lyngbye in Scytosiphon.. Under D. foniculaceus were included a number of forms 
which have since been separated by Areschoug and placed in two different genera, 


Phleospora and Dictyosiphon. In the former the unilocular sporangia are formed — 


directly from the cortical cells and cover the surface in dense patches, at maturity 
projecting above the surface of the frond. In the latter genus the sporangia are scat- 
tered and immersed. In Dictyosiphon, moreover, the growth is from an apical cell, 
but in Phleospora it is trichothallic, and in the former genus the superficial cells are 
polygonal and irregularly placed, while in the latter they are quadrate and arranged 
in regular series. The genus is divided by Areschoug into two subgenera, Dictyosi- 
phon proper andjCoilon ema, the latter of which is referred by Gobi to Cladosiphon, since 
the cortical lafer consists of very short filaments rather than a continuous cellular 
membrane. Our two species belong to Dictyosiphon proper, but species of Coilonema 


and Phleospora are to be expected in the region of Eastport. By Harvey the genus — 


was placed in the Dictyotacw, from which order it was necessarily removed when the 
true nature of the sporangia was discovered. 


D. FCENICULACEUS, Grev. (Scytosiphon feniculaceus, Ag.—D. foni- 
culaceus, Phyc. Brit., Pl. 326; Areschoug, Phye. Mar., Pl. 7.) 

Fronds yellowish brown, six inches to two feet long, much branched; 
branches alternate or occasionally opposite; superficial cells angularly 
quadrate. | 


Common on stones and alge at low-water mark. Spring and summer. 


Kurope. 
A variable species as found on our coast, but one which cannot well be subdivided 
at present. Early in the season the fronds are light colored and delicate in substance, 
but later they become more rigid. Perhaps some of the forms which we have here 
included may properly be placed under var. flaccidus of Areschoug. Such, at least, 
appears to be the case with some of the specimens collected in May at Wood’s Holl. 

D. HIPPUROIDES, (Lyngb.) Aresch.? (Scytosiphon hippuroides, Lyngb., 
Hydr., Pl. 14 b.—D. feniculaceus a, Aresch., Phye. Mar., Pl. 6 a and b.— 
Chordaria flagelliformis var. f and ;, oe Sp. Alg., Vol. iY pp. be 
and 67.) 

Fronds dark brown, four inches to two feet long; main branches 
rather densely beset with flagellate, scattered, subequal secondary 
branches; superficial cells in the lower part arranged in | horizontal 
series, above irregular, 


: 


THE MARINE ALGZ OF NEW ENGLAND. 67 


Exs.—Alg. Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 95. 
On stones at low tide. 7 
Eastport, Maine; Cape Ann, Mass. 


We have referred to the present species a rather large form found abundantly in 
September, 1877, at Eastport, near Dog Island, where it grows with Chordaria flagel- 
liformis, which it somewhat resembles in habit. It is much coarser than D. fenicu- 
laceus, and of a darker color, and the branches are long and flagellate, and furnished 
with comparatively few secondary branches. The Cape Ann specimens are smaller 
and approach nearer D. feniculaceus. The Eastport form can hardly be regarded as 
an extreme state of D. feeniculaceous, but whether it is really the D. hippuroides of Are- 
schoug admits of some doubt, as Areschoug describes his species as being only six or 
seven inches long. inet to Areschoug, the conjugation of AISI NOES has been ob- 
served in this species. 


Famity ECTOCARPE. 


Fronds filamentous, monosiphonous or sometimes partly polysipho- 
nous, cortex rudimentary or wanting; sporangia either in the continu- 
ity of the filaments or external, sessile or stalked; unilocular sporangia 
globose or cuboidal; plurilocular sporangia muriform (formed of numer- 
ous small rectangular cells densely aggregated in ovoidal or lanceolate 
masses); growth trichothallic. 

Fronds polysiphonous above, monosiphonous below, densely beset above 


with very short horizontal branches.-........ Sew esae ee Myriotrichia. 


Fronds generally monosiphonous throughout, branches free, opposite or 
+ EPLAIPE) “SSBES ASE aR eee a ae oles a 1 Ectocarpus. 


MYRIOTRICHIA, Harv. 
(From pvptoc, a thousand, and 6pcé, a hair.) 


Fronds olive-brown, filamentous, at first consisting of a single row of 
cells, which by transverse and longitudinal division afterwards form a 
solid axis; branches short, closely approximated, radiating in all direc- 
tions, formed by outgrowths from the superficial cells of the axis; uni- 
- Jocular sporangia spherical, borne on the axis between the branches; 
plurilocular sporangia unknown; main axis and branches ending in 
hyaline hairs. 

A genus comprising three species which are hardly distinct. They form small tufts 
or fringes on different Phwosporee, especially on Scytosiphon, and are recognized by the 
numerous short branches which in some cases almost cover the main axis and cause 


it to resemble a Stigonema. The development of the frond is given in detail by Negeli 
in Die neuern Algensysteme. 


M. CLAV@FORMIS, Hary., Phye. Brit., PIl.101. (M. Harveyana, Neg. 
partim. ) at 

Fronds half an inch to an inch in length, club-shaped in outline, axis 
clothed throughout with branches, upper branches longer than lower 
_ and bearing secondary branches, 


~ 


68 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. _ 


Var. FILIFORMIs. (MM. ee) Harv., Phye. Brit., P]. 156.—M. Har- 
veyana, Neg. partim.) : 

Fronds filiform in outline, axis furnished only at intervals with 
branches. 

On various alge, especially Scytosiphon lomentarius. 

Gloucester, Mass., Mrs. Bray. 


Var. filiformis, Penobscot Bay, Maine, Hooper ; Newport, RB. I.; Europe. 


Aspecies forming small tufts on different Phwosporee, probably abundant on our 
coast, but as yet only recorded in a few localities. Negeli has shown, 1. c., that the | 
two species of Harvey are merely forms of a single species, the variety jfiliformis being 
less fully developed than MW. claveformis, which was first described. 


ECTOCARPUS, Lyngb. 


(From extoc, external, and kapzoc, fruit.) 


Fronds filamentous, monosiphonous or occasionally partly polysi- 
phonous by radial division of some of the cells; plurilocular sporangia 
ovate, cylindriéal or siliculose, consisting of numerous small eells ar- 
ranged in regular longitudinal and transverse series; unilocular spo- 
rangia cylindrical or oval, either stalked or formed by the direct trans- 
formation of the cells of the branches. 


The genus is here accepted in an extended sense, and includes a number of genera 
of modern writers which we have preferred to consider subgenera. Perhaps Pylaiella 
should be kept distinct, as in this subgenus both the unilocular and multilocular 
sporangia are formed by the direct transformation of some of the cells in the con-— 
tinuity of the filaments rather than in special branches. But in Capsicarpella we have | 
the multilocular sporangia formed in the continuity of the branches as in Pylaiella, — 
while the unilocular sporangia are partly emergent and seem to be intermediate be- 
tween those of Pylaiella and Ectocarpus proper. Streblonema,if separated from Fcto- 
carpus by its creeping habit, resembles it perfectly in its fruit, and, as the different 
species of Streblonema vary considerably as to their procumbent habit, it seems, on the 
whole, better not to retain the genus. The described species of Hctocarpus proper are 
very numerous, but unfortunately they are not well characterized. The greater part of 
the species may be grouped around JL. confervoides and E. fasciculatus as types, but 
exactly how far differences in ramification and dimensions of the sporangia are to be 
considered specific rather than mere variations is a matter about which botanists do 
not agree. One thing is certain, that specific analysis has been carried too far in this 
group, and it is especially true with regard to the species of Kiitzing. In describing — 

a species of Hetocarpus it is important to have both the unilocular and plurilocular 
conditions. In most of the species, however, only oneform isknown. Theunilocular 
sporangia are often difficult to determine, because the EKctocarpi, especially those 
growing on dirty wharves, are infested by parasites, Chytridium, &c., which produce __ 
globular swellings of the cells, which might then, especially in Fag specimens, be 
mistaken for unilocular sporangia. ; 

Besides the two forms of sporangia, Thuret and Bornet have recorded the existence he 

of bodies to which they have given the name of antheridia. It has been suggested 
that the antheridia were cells distorted by parasites. We have never seen an 
ridia in American specimens, and are not in a position to express any (pies 
fact that a conjugation of the zoospores has te observed by Goebel in £. 7 


ae «= Fe 
= 

Ae 
se 


: THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. - 69 


would, however, incline one to consider that the antheridia in this genus were not 
proper male bodies. 

Some of the species of Ectocarpus described by Harvey in the Nereis were fanned or on 
sterile specimens, but, at the present day, algologists agree in thinking that the pres- 
ence of sporangia is necessary for the determination of species of Ectocarpus, and we 
have, accordingly, omitted the Harveyan species founded on sterile plants as being 
inadequate. 


SuBGENUS STREBLONEMA, Derb. & Sol. (Entonema, Reinsch). 


Primary branches procumbent, creeping in or over the substance of 
other algze; secondary and fruetifying ramuli erect. 

E. CHORDARLA, 0. sp. 

Filaments much branched, irregularly nodose, about .02™" in diam- 
eter, Sunk in the tissue of the host-plant; hairs and fertile branches erect, 
the former, projecting above the surface; unilocular sporangia on short 
stalks, solitary or clustered, oval, about .07"™" broad by .14"" long; 
plurilocular sporangia unknown. 

Parasitic in the fronds of Chordaria divaricata, Leathesia tuberiformis, 
and other Phawosporee. 

Wood’s Holl, Gloucester, Mass.; Newport, R. I. 


A common but insignificant species which grows in the cortical portion of different 
Pheosporee, especially Chordaria divaricata, and usually in company with Bulbocoleon. 
It forms dark-colored spots on the surface of the plant in which it is growing, and, ona 
hasty microscopic examination, would pass unnoticed, so great isthe resemblance of the 
sporangia to those of Chordaria. Our plant resembles S. sphericum, Thuret, but differs 
from the Mediterranean forms of that species in having oval, not spherical, sporangia, 
which are often clustered. The filaments, too, are composed of very irregular-shaped 
cells, and are never moniliform as in well-developed specimens of S. sphwricum. It 
may, however, be the case that what we have considered specific marks are only local 
variations. It may also be asked whether the present species is not the form of S. 
fasciculatum, Thuret, which bears unilocular sporangia. At present only the plurilocu- 
lar form of sporangium is known in that species as it occurs in Hurope. 


E. REPTANS, Crouan, Florule du Finistére, p. 161; Kjellman, Bidrag 
till Kann. Skand. Ket. Tilop., p. 52, Pl. 2, Fig. 8. 
Filaments forming circular spots on the host-plant, primary branches 


- very densely branching, so that they almost form a membrane, fur- 


nished with numerous ereet branches, which are .5-7™ high and grad- 
ually taper to a hyaline hair; cells at base about .01™" broad; plurilocular 
sporangia arising from the primary filaments, sessile or on short stalks, 
ovate-acute, .012-20"" broad by .038-76™ long. 

On Phyllitis and Dictyosiphon. Summer. 

Newport, BR. I.; Europe. 


A larger species than the preceding and growing more superficially, so that the fila- 
ments may be said to creep over the surface rather than in the substance of the host- 
plant. Owing to the dense branching of the prostrate filaments and the abundance 


70 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. . 


of the erect branches, this species forms a connecting link between Ectocarpus and 
Myrionema. 


SUBGENUS EUECTOCARPUS. 


- Filaments monosiphonus, erect, occasionally corticated by the growth 
of descending filaments which are given off from some of the cells; both 
unilocular and plurilocular sporangia formed by the transformation of | 
special branches. 


i. TOMENTOSUS, (Huds:) Lyngb., Phye. Brit., Pl. 182. . (Spongonema 
tomentosum, Kiitz., Spec. Alg., p. 461; Tab. Phye., Vol. V, Pl. 83 a.) 

Filaments erect, two to four inches long, densely interwoven into 
rope-like, spongy masses, irregularly much branched; primary branches 
searcely distinct; cells .008-12"" broad by .012-70"" long; plurilocular 
sporangia linear-olong, straight or ineurved, .010-15"" broad by 
.025-75"" long, sessile or on short pedicels, which are given off at right 
angles to the branches; unilocular sporangia ‘‘subovate on short 
pedicels” (Areschoug). 

On Fucus and other plants. 

Boston Bay, Harvey ; Magnolia, Mass.; Europe. 


This species, which is easily recognizable by its spongy, rope-like habit, and by the 
microscopic characters above enumerated, seems to be rather scarce on our coast. It 
is not rare, however, on the shores of Europe. The species.is to be sought in summer, 
and it grows attached to the larger algz. Only the plurilocular sporangia are known 
on our coast. ° 


KE. GRANULOSUS, (Eng. Bot.) Ag.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 200. 

Filaments tufted, rather rigid, two to four inches long, main branches 
opposite or whorled, corticating filaments often numerous; cells .07-10™ 
in diameter ; secondary branches short, opposite, given off at very wide 
angles, often revolute at the tip; ultimate branches secund, short, acute 5 
plurilocular sporangia broadly ovate, obliquely truncate on the inner. 
side, .04-6™™ broad by .06-8™™ long, sessile on the ultimate and penulti- 
mate branches; unilocular sporangia ? 

Var. TENUIS. (Hetocarpus Durkeei, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. I, p. 
142, Pl. 12 7.) 

Filaments more slender than in the type; cells .05-8™™ broad; 
_ branches usually alternate; plurilocular sporangia ovate or ellipsoidal, 
but slightly truncate at the base. 

Boston, Harvey ; Newport, R. I. 

Var. tenuis, Portsmouth, N. H.; Nantucket, Mass., Harvey ; Vou 
Holl, Mass. 


A species not rare in Europe and apparently common on the coast of California, but : 
not often found with us. The species occurs in summer, and forms small tufts on 


gies 


THE MARINE ALGEH OF NEW ENGLAND. 71 


other algx. It is distinguished from our other species by the short, broad, and sessile 
sporangia. In the type the branching is opposite and compact, and the corticating 
filaments are sometimes so numerous, especially in the Newport specimens, as to lead 
one to admit the validity of Kiitzing’s genus Corticularia. But in other cases the cor- 
ticating filaments are few in number. 


E. CONFERVOIDES, (Roth) Le Jolis. (Hetocarpus siliculosus, Phye. 


_ Brit., Pl. 162; Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. I, p. 139.) 


Filaments erect, two to twenty inches long, loosely entangled at the 
base, becoming free and feathery above; branches alternate or secund, 
gradually tapering; cells of larger branches .04-5"" in diameter; pluri- 
locular sporangia ovate-acute or acuminate, sessile or stalked, sometimes 
rostrate average size of sporangia .025-40™" broad by .15-40™ long; 
unilocular sporangia oval or ellipsoidal, .023-30™" broad by .035-50"™" 
long. 

a, Var. SILICULOSUS, Kjellman. (Hctocarpus viridis, Harv., Ner. Am. 
Bor., Vol I, p. 140, Pl. 12 b and ¢.) 

Plurilocular sporangia subulate or linear-subulate, sessile or sub- 
sessile, frequently rostrate. 

2, Var. HIEMALIS, Kjellman. (Hctocarpus hiemalis, Crouan.). 

Plurilocular sporangia elongated, conical or subacuminate, .08-15™ 
long by .02-3™" broad, generally rostrate. 

Very common on algz and wood work along the whole coast. 

Var. a, most common south of Cape Cod. 

Var. 2, Wood’s Holl, Mass. ? 


The largest, most variable, anc most common summer species of our coast, and 
found in nearly all parts of the world. It has been subdivided by Kiitzing into a 
large number of species, which are scarcely to be recognized from his descriptions 
and plates. Formerly some of the different forms of H. littoralis were referred to 
the present species, but the true ZL, littoralis is now recognized as belonging to the 
subgenus Pylaiella. Those interested in tracing the synonymy of E£. confervoides 
should consult Kjellman’s Bidrag till Kannedomen om Skandinaviens Ectocarpeer 
och Tilopterider, Stockholm, 1872. As seen on our own coast, what we have called the 
typical ZL. confervoides forms tufts of indefinite extent on wharves, and especially on 
the larger alge, varying in length from a few inches to a foot anda half long. It 
frequently fringes the fronds of Chorda filum with its soft, silky tufts. In the type 
the plurilocular sporangia, which are much more common than the unilocular, are 
oyate-acuminate, and only occasionally rostrate. In the variety siliculosus the pluri 
locular sporangia are long and comparatively very narrow. ‘The variety hiemalis is 
found in the winter and spring, and has plurilocular sporangia, which are almost 
always rostrate and somewhat cylindrical in form, so that they may be said to resem- 
ble those of the subgenus Pylaiella. The color of the present species when growing 
48 a light brown approaching yellowish, which in drying often turns to a yellowish- 
green, especially in the variety siliculosus, of which herbarium specimens might be 
mistaken for Cladophore. The winter forms are deeper brown than those found in 
summer. LH. amphibius, mentioned in the supplement to the Nereis as occurring near 
New York in brackish water, is a form of the present species. 


72 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


EK. FASCICULATUS, Harv. 
Filaments one to eight inches long, erect, tufted, entangled re 


but free and feathery above; cells of main branches .05™ in diameter, — 


about as long as broad; secondary branches alternate, short, given off 
at an obtuse angle; ultimate branches very numerous, secund, ending in 
a hair; plurilocular sporangia ovate-acuminate or subulate, sessile or 
on short stalks, borne principally on the upper side of the penultimate 
branches, very variable in size, but averaging from .018-25"" broad by 
.070-150"™" long; unilocular sporangia sessile, oval, .04-6"" by .03-45"". 
Very common on the larger alge along the whole coast; Europe. 


When found in its typical form the present species is easily recognized, but it varies 
considerably, so that the extreme forms are not easily determined. It is very common 
on fronds of Laminaria and other large Phwosporee, on which it forms a dense fringe 
one or two inches high. The larger forms are much looser and feathery and the tips 
of the branches are fasciculate when seen with the naked eye. When long and slender 
it becomes the var. draparnaldioides of Crouan. The most puzzling forms are those in 
which the filaments are short and thick and the rather stout plurilocular sporangia 
are arranged without order on the branches. In this species the unilocular and pluri- 
locular sporangia are more frequently found growing together on the same individual 
than in any of the other species found on our coast. 


K. LutTosus, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. I, p. 140, Pl. 12 a. 

Filaments tufted, two to four inches long, densely interwoven in 
spongy masses; lower branches opposite, .03-4"" broad; upper branches 
irregular, ending in long hairs; plurilocular sporangia .04-5™" broad 
by .15-20"" long, cylindrical in outline, ending in very long hairs, which 
occasionally fork ; unilocular sporangia? 

Greenport, L. I., Harvey; Wood’s Holl, Mass. 


The above description is taken from a species common on Fucus at Wood’s Holl, in 
May, 1876, which corresponds very well to the £. lutosus of the Nereis Am. Bor., a 
species which Harvey states is not clearly defined. It differs from the description 
given by Harvey in the fact that the sporangia are not very long, and it is not im- 
possible that our plant may not be the same as that described by Harvey. The present 
species, as we understand it, is short and tufted and the filaments are densely inter_ 
woven into rope-like masses as in E. tomentosus,, The species seem to connect 
Pylaiella with Euectocarpus, resembling on the one hand Z£. siliculosus var. hiemalis, 
and on the other EF. firmus. From the former it differs in the branching and the 
shape of the plurilocular sporangia, which are strictly cylindrical, never being in the 
least acuminate. From the latter it differs in being more slender and in having the 


sporangia always at the base of very long hairs, which sometimes branch, and notin — 


the continuity of the branches themselves. The ramification is very like that of 
E. firmus. In drying the species becomes decidedly yellow. 


KH. MITCHELL a, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. I, p. 142, Pl. 12 g. 


“Tufts feathery; filaments very slender, decompoundly much branched ; 


the branches and their lesser divisions alternate; the ultimate ramuli 


approximated; angles wide, and branches and ramuli patent; ramuli — 


- 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 73 


attenuate; articulations of the branches twice or thrice as long as broad, 
of the ramuli once and a half as long; propagula elliptic-oblong or 
linear, quite sessile and very obtuse, transversely striate, several to 
gether.” (Harvey, 1. c.) c 

Nantucket, Miss Mitchell. 


Only Known from the description and plate in the Nereis. 


Ea SUBGENUS PYLAIELLA, Bory. 


Both forms of sporangia formed from the cells in the continuity of 
the branches, and not by a transformation of special branches. 

In the present subgenus one might, at first sight, be inclined to include Z. siliculosus 
var. hiemalis and LZ. lutosus, but in those species the sporangia are rather situated at 
the end of branches, which are prolonged beyond the sporangia in the form of hairs, 

than in *he continuity of the branches themselves. 
eC . LITTORALIS, Lyngb. (Hetocarpus firmus, Ag.—Pilayella littoralis, 
Kjellman.) 

Filaments tufted or irregularly expanded at the base, two to ten 
inches long; branches numerous, usually opposite, given off at wide 
angles, erect; cells .02-4"" broad; plurilocular sporangia irregularly 
eylindrical, very variable in size; unilocular sporangia formed of from 
two to thirty contiguous cells, .02-3°" broad; fertile branches monili- 
form. 

Var. ROBUSTUS. (Kctocarpus Farlowti, Thuret, in Farlow’s List of 
the Marine Alge of the United States, 1876.) 

Filaments three or four inches long, densely branching; branches 
robust, opposite or irregular; cells .03-5"" in breadth; fertile branches 
short and rigid, often transformed through nearly their whole length 
into unilocular sporangia, which are stout and cylindrical, only slightly 
moniliform at maturity; cells .04™" broad and .03-4"" in length. 

Very common along the whole coast. . 

Var. robustus in exposed places from Nahant northward. 


A very common species on our coast, which, although offering numerous forms, can- 
not, as it seems to us, be well specifically divided. When growing on wharves, where 
itis very common, or on other wood work, it forms expansions of indefinite extent 
from which rise tufts several inches long. The basal or prostrate portions branch 
very irregularly, and the cells are infested with Chytridia and other parasites. If 
species of Ectocarpus could be formed from sterile specimens, the basal portions of Z. 
littoralis would offer a rich field to the species-maker. What is called var. robustus 
has not yet been found south of Cape Cod, but is common on the northern coast on 
Fuci and other alge exposed to the action of the waves. The original H. Farlowii was 
founded on specimens collected by Mr. Higbee, at Salem, in November, 1874, and pro- 
nounced by the late M. Thuret, in a letter dated April 26, 1875, to be distinct from Z, 
littoralis. In the Contributiones ad Algologiam et Fungologiam, Pl. 20, Reinsch 
figures, under the name of Ectocarpus anticostiensis, a form which, as far as can be 


. 


74 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Judged from the figure, is the samo as FZ. Farlowii. Although ix the present instance 


we have considered FZ. Farlowii to be a variety of E. littoralis, it must be admitted 


that it differs considerably from the form of LH. littoralis common on the coast of 
France and England. Our reason for not considering it distinct is that we have large 
sets of specimens in which we have been unable to say with certainty whether they 
should be referred to ZL. littoralis or E. Farlowti, and with so many connecting links it 
seems best to regard LH. Farlowii as an extreme form found in northern localities. 
Should the variety be eventually considered distinct the name of E. anticostiensis should 
beadopted, as no description of £. Farlowii has been published, and the species would 
be characterized by the robustness of the filaments and by the unilocular sporangia, 
which are broader than long, and borne in short, stout, patent branches. It is of fre- 
quent occurrence that some of the unilocular sporangia are binate. The plurilocular 
sporangia are common in spring and early summer, and the unilocular in the autumn. 


KE. BRACHIATUS, Harv. 
“ HWinely-tufted, feathery, much branched ; the branches free, opposite 
or quarternate; ramuli opposite, very patent; propagula forming ob- 


long or elliptical swellings in the smaller branches, or at the point 


where two opposite ramuli issue.” (Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. I, p. 138.) 
South Boston, Lynn, Mass., Harvey. 


We have never found this species, which is only known on our coast from Harvey’s 
description. Le Jolis considers that the LH. brachiatus of the Phye. Brit., Pl. 4, is not 
the true Conferva brachiata, Engl. Bot., and he gives to the former the name of #. 
Grifithsianus. Never having seen American specimens, we cannot tell whether the 
American form mentioned by Harvey belongs to the H. Griffithsianus or not. 


SUBGENUS CAPSICARPELLA, Kjellman. 


Filaments erect, monosiphonous or in part polysiphonous; unilocular 
sporangia partly immersed in the frond; plurilocular sporangia formed 
by direct transformation of the cells of the branches. 


i. SPH ZROPHORUS, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 126. (Capsicarpella sphe- 
rophera, Kjellman, Bidrag, p. 20, Pl. 1, Fig. 2.) 

Filaments one to three inches long, tufted, densely branching; main 
branches opposite or whorled, often polysiphonous; secondary branches 
opposite or alternate, monosiphonous; unilocular sporangia spherical, 
about .04"" in diameter, solitary, often binate, sometimes whorled, the 
cell from which the sporangia are formed dividing into at least three 
cells; plurilocular sporangia ? 

On Ptilota elegans. May. 

Nahant, Mr. Collins; Europe. 


A rare species which has only been collected by Mr. Collins. The main filaments 
are at intervals polysiphor ous, and remind one of a Sphacelaria. In Mr. Collins’s speci- 


mens the sporangia were numerous and in some cases whorled, as is occasionally seen 


in European specimens. The species is to be sought in spring and early summer, and 
may be commoner than is now supposed, having escaped the observation of collectors | 
on account of its small size. ; 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 15 
INSUFFICIENTLY DESCRIBED SPECIES. 


EB. LANDSBURGI, Harvey, Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. I, Pl. 12 d. 
Halifax, N.S. 

E. HOoPERI, Harvey, 1. c., Pl. 12 e. 

Greenport, L. I. (?) 

E. DIETZ12, Harvey, |. ¢., p. 144, 

Greenport. 


Famity SPHACELARIE. 


Fronds branching, polysiphonous, terminating in a large apical cell, 
often with a cortex formed of densely interwoven rhizoidal filaments; 
fructification same as in EHctocarpee. 


Corticating cells wanting or confined to the base of the frond. 


Sphacelaria. 
Main branches corticated throughout. 
Branches opposite, distichous......... Pecrc ne Heeaercran © Chetopteris. 
eeeIGME SS: WHOEIER 2.5.6 222 ino oehe inte geo eae .- Cladostephus. 


SPHACELARIA, Lyngb. 


(From céake2o0c, gangrene, referring to the tips of the branches, which are black and 
= shriveled when dried.) 


Fronds olive-brown, filamentous, branching; axis and branches ter- 
minated by a large apical cell, from which, by transverse, longitudinal, 
and oblique divisions, a solid frond is formed whose external surface is 


composed of rectangular cells arranged in regular transverse bands; 


hairs slightly developed or wanting; rhizoidal filaments few, rarely 
interwoven so as to form a false cortex; unilocular and plurilocular 
sporangia spherical or ellipsoidal, on short pedicels; non-sexual repro- 
production by peculiarly modified branches called propagula. 


The old genus Sphacelaria was divided by Kiitzing into a number of genera, and his 
views have been adopted by many recent writers, especially in Germany. In Stypo- 
caulon 4nd Halopteris the branches arise from lateral divisions of the apical cell itself, 
while in Sphacelaria proper, Chetopteris and Cladostephus, the branches arise from cells 


| below the apex. Whether this difference in the apical growth can be considered a 


generic mark is not altogether certain, and there hardly seems to be sufficient ground 
for separating Halopteris from Sphacelaria, and a number of writers, among whom 
may be named Harvey and Le Jolis, even include Stypocaulon. Cladostephus is mark- 


edly distinct; and Chetopteris, which differs from Sphacelaria principally in the corti- 


GIRAUDIA SPHACELARIOIDES, Derb. & Sol., a common Mediterranean alga, which 


_ occasionally occurs as far north as the Scandinavian coast, may perhaps be found on 
_ourshore. It resembles a small Sphacclaria, but its growth ig trichothallic, not from 


an apical cell, and the small unilocular sporangia cover the frond in dense patches. 


_ The plurilocular sporangia resemble those of some Lctocarpi, and are found at the base 
_ of the plant according to Areschoug. 


a 


eats 


76 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


cation of the main branches, is kept distinct by most writers. We have but a very 
imperfect representation of the Sphacelarioid group in this country. Stypocaulon and — 
Halopteris are entirely wanting, and of Sphacelaria we have only S. cirrhosa and S. 
radicans on the northeastern coast, S. tribuloides in Florida, and what is supposed to 
be S. fusca in California. The species of Sphacelaria are variable, and the determina- 
tion sometimes uncertain. The apical cells of our Sphacelarie are frequently attacked 
by the unicellular parasite, Chytridium sphacelarum, Kny. 


S. CIRRHOSA, (Roth) Ag.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 178. 

Fronds olive-brown, densely tufted half an inch to two inches high; 
main filaments erect, several times pinnate with opposite or irregularly 
spreading branches; rhizoidal filaments few or wanting; unilocular 
sporangia .06-7"™" long, globose; plurilocular sporangia .05™™ broad by — 
.08™™ long, broadly ellipsoidal, secund on lateral branches, with unicellu- 
lar pedicels; propagula rather stout, three (2-4) rayed, usually borne 
on distinct plants. 

Common on Fucus, on which it forms dense globose tufts. Europe. 


A variable species, sometimes with regularly opposite branches, at times with 
irregularly placed long branches. The propagula vary very much in size, and are 
generally found on plants which do not bear sporangia. With us they are much more 
common than the sporangia. An excellent account of the propagula is given by 
Janczewski in the Annales des Sciences, Series 5, Vol. XVII. In the Nereis Am. Bor. 
the word propagulum is used by Harvey to signify the contents of the apical cells, and 
this use of the word should not be confounded with its present application. The word 
propagulum as used in the Nereis is rather equivalent to the term sphacela of other 
writers. Sporangia are more common in the winter months, but are found occasion- 
ally in summer. 


S. RADICANS, (Dillw.) Harv. (S. olivacea, var., Ag.; Pringsheim, 1. Gy 
Pls.9 and 10.—S. radicans, Phye. Brit., Pl. 189.) 

Fronds olive-brown, half an inch to an inch high, forming dense turfs; 
filaments erect or prostrate, branches few, somewhat appressed, rhi- 
zoidal filaments often numerous; unilocular sporangia globose, .04-5™™ 
in diameter, numerous on the branches, on very short unicellular pedi- 
cels; plurilocular sporangia unknown; propagula slender, elongated. 


On mud-covered rocks between tide-marks. . 

Newport, R. I.; Wood’s Holl, Mass., and common from Nahant north- — 
wards; Europe. ie 

The present species is smaller than the last, and forms small, indefinitely expanded — 
curfs, especially on the under side of mud-covered rocks, often in company with Cera- — 
nium Hooperi. Numerous rhizoidal filaments are sometimes found at the base, so that — 
different plants are bound together, but the species is without a false cortex. The — 
name originally proposed for the species by Dillwyn was S. radicans. Agardh adopts — 
Dillwyn’s later name, S. olivacea, making of the form with numerous rhizoidal fila-~ 
ments a variety, radicans. Apart from their different habit and place of growth, it is — 
difficult to assign exact marks by which to distinguish in all cases S. cirrhosa and S.— 
radicans. In the latter the secondary branches are few and appressed, irregularly 
placed, never opposite, while in the former they are numerous, given off at ¥ 


a 
\ 


THE MARINE ALGZ OF NEW ENGLAND. 17 


angles, and frequently opposite. In S. cirrhosa the sporangia are generally scattered 
on the secondary branches, while in S. radicans they are often clustered on the main 
branches. In both cases the pedicels are usually one-celled. In both species the 
propagula are so variable in outline that they cannot be described in few words, but 
those of S. cirrhosa are more robust than those of S. radicans. 

Sphacelaria dedalea, Reinsch, Contrib. ad Alg. et Fung., p. 22, Pl. 30, described from 
the coast of Labrador, does not correspond to any form known to us from New England. 


CHATOPTERIS, Kiitz. 


(From yarn, a hair, and mrepic, a fern.) 


Fronds olive-brown, filamentous, branching; branches opposite, dis- 
tichous, apical growth as in Sphacelaria ; rhizoidal filaments very numer- 
ous, densely interwoven, so as to form a false cortex; plurilocular spor- 
angia borne on the branches, shortly pedicillate, unilocular sporangia 
* globose on the tips of short special filaments” (Areschoug). 


A genus founded on the old Sphacelaria plumosa of Lyngbye. It differs from Spha- 
celaria in the false cortication of the main branches by the interlacing of rhizoidal 
filaments, and from Cladostephus by the opposite, not whorled branches. The genus 
does not rest on a firm basis, for it occasionally happens in some of the species of Spha- 
celaria that the rhizoidal filaments form a rudimentary cortex. Chetopteris squamulosa, 
Kiitz., is made by Geyler the type of a new genus, Phloiocaulon. 


C. PLUMOSA, (Lyngb.) Kiitz. (Sphacelaria plumosa, Lyngb., Phye. 
Brit., Pl. 87.— Chetopteris plumosa, Kiitz., Phye. Gen., p. 293; Tab. Phye., 
Vol. 6, Pl. 6, Fig. 1; Areschoug, Obser. Phyc., Part III, Pl. 2, Figs. 4 
and 5.) 

Fronds two to six inches long, tufted, rigid, attached by a small disk, ° 
main branches sparingly branched, secondary branches plumose; pluri- 
locular sporangia numerous, secund on the upper side of short special 
branches, shortly stipitate, elliptical in outline; unilocular sporangia 
globose, terminal on short branches. (Areschoug, I. c.) | 

Prince Edward’s Island, Mrs. Davis, and northward; Northern Eu- 
rope. 


A beantiful species, common in Northern Europe and Greenland, but not yet found 
farther south than Prince Edward’s Island on the American coast. It may, however, 


_ be expected at Eastport and our northern border. 


CLADOSTEPHUS, Ag. 
(From «2 doc, a branch, and orepos, a Crown.) 


Fronds olive-brown, branching, secondary branches (leaves) whorled, 


apical growth as in Sphacelaria; main stems densely corticated by 


growth of rhizoidal filaments, secondary branches (leaves) naked, hairs 


_ borne in tufts just below the apex of branches; unilocular and pluri- 


locular sporangia on special branches (leaves), stipitate. 


78 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ~ 


A genus comprising eight described species, several of which are undoubtedly merely 
forms of the common and widely diffused C. verticillatus, whose structure is minutely 
described by Pringsheim, l.c. The term leaves is applied by Pringsheim to the sec- 
ondary branches. He considers the branching of the axis to be monopodial. The 
sporangia are produced in the winter months, the two kinds on separate plants or 
sometimes together. 


C. VERTICILLATUS, Ag.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 33; Pringsheim, L ¢., Pls. 1-7. 

Fronds four to ten inches high, slender, subdichotomous, secondary 
branches distinctly whorled, faleate, acute at apex, attenuate at base, 
furnished externally with a few spine-like branchlets; hairs numerous; 
unilocular sporangia globose, plurilocular sporangia irregularly ellip- 
soidal, borne on short pedicels on small special branches, which grow 
from the axis between the insertions of the secondary branches. 

Var. SPONGIOSUS. (Cladostephus spongiosus, Ag.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 38.) 

Fronds more compact, whorls approximate, indistinct, secondary 
branches usually destitute of hairs and spine-like branchlets. 

On stones in pools and below low-water mark. 

Newport, R. I.; Orient, L. I.; Martha’s Vineyard; Cape ae Mass. ; - 
Europe. ; 


A plant at once recognized by its resemblance to a small Ceratophyllum. Rather 
common in several places south of Cape Cod, but seldom seen on the northern coast. 
It prefers somewhat exposed shores, and occurs at considerable depths. Although the 
close resemblance between C. verticillatus and C. spongiosus has long been noticed, the 
two species have generally been considered distinct. -Geyler says that C. spongiosus is 
characterized by the absence of hairs and the external spines on the branches. Al- 
though this isin general true, one not unfrequently finds hairs and small spines on 
some of the branches, and C. spongiosus is evidently merely a variety of C. verticillatus. 
Nor is it the case, as some have supposed, that the verticillate form is confined to 
deeper water, while the spongiose form is found in tide-pools and near low-watermark. 


Famity MYRIONEME/. 


Fronds minute, forming spots or thin expansions on other alge, con- 
sisting of prostrate filaments united into a horizontal membrane, from 
which rise short vertical filaments, between which are borne the sporan- 
gia; unilocular and pluriocular sporangia as in Hetocarpec. 


MYRIONEMA, Grev. 


(From pvpioc, numberless, and vaya, a thread.) ae) 


Fronds olive-brown, forming thin expansions on other alge, composed . 
of a horizontal layer of cells lying on the substratum, from which arise : 
very numerous vertical filaments, closely packed together; unilocular 
and plurilocular sporangia between the vertical filaments, either sessile 
on the horizontal layer or on short pedicels; hairs arising from hori- 


zontal layer; growth peripheral. i A aed ae 


: ; THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 79 


A genus of minute alge which form small brown spots on other plants. The species 
are ubiquitous, but the specific characters are not well defined, and a good share of the 
deseribed species are merely different forms of the very common M. vulgare. The two 
different kinds of sporangia are sometimes found together, but are usually on different 
plants. The genus is most nearly related to Ralfsia, which may be said to be a Myri- 
onema in which the horizontal layer has become much thickened, and the vertical fila- 
ments, with the interspersed sporangia, instead of covering the surface uniformly, have 
been confined to certain circumscribed portions: The two genera are closely con- 
nected by Ralfsia clavata, Crn., which was first described as a Myrionema by Carmichael. 

‘In Ralfsia the vertical filaments must be considered to be paraphyses, and perhaps 
those of Myrionema should also be so considered. 


M. VULGARE, Thur. (M. strangulans, Grev.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 280.— 
M. punctiforme, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 41 b—M. maculiforme, Kiitz., 
Tab. Phye., Vol. VII, Pl. 93, Fig. 2.) 

Fronds .04-8™™ in thickness, vertical filaments (paraphyses) slightly 
club-shaped and moniliform, unilocular sporangia oval, .019-27™™ broad 
by .03-4™™ long, sessile or borne on short pedicels. | 

Everywhere common on various alge. 


In Le Jolis’s Liste des Algues Marines de Cherbourg, Thuret is quoted as authority 
for uniting several of the species of Myrionema of Harvey and Kiitzing. The alleged 
specific distinctions are plainly nothing but modifications of the same species, dependent 
on the place of growth. When found on small cylindrical fronds, as in some Entero- 
morphe, the Myrionema surrounds the frond and constitutes the MW. strangulans of Greville, 
and when growing on flat surfaces the form known as M. punctiforme is found. In 
this country the unilocular sporangia are very common, but we have never seen the 
plurilocular sporangia, while in the next species the plurilocular sporangia are more 
numerous, although both kinds are found. 


M. LECLANCHERITI, (Chauv.) Harvy., Phye. Brit., Pl. 41a. Pl. 6, Fig. 5. 
Fronds .06-10™™ in thickness, vertical filaments (paraphyses) cylin- 
drical, unilocular sporangia oval, plurilocular sporangia .008-10™™ broad 
by .023-30™™ long, ovate, oblong, sessile or on very short pedicels. 
On Rhodymenia palmata. 
Gay Head, Mass.; Europe. 


This species forms rather larger spots than the last on the common dulse. That it 
is really distinct from M. vulgare admits of doubt. There appears to be a difference 
in the paraphyses of the two, but such differences cannot be considered of much value. 
We have found both unilocular and plurilocular sporangia in the present species, 
but unfortunately have not preserved measurements of the latter. The plurilocular 
sporangia are sometimes very numerous and stand side by side without intervening 
paraphyses. 


Famiry LEATHESIE Zi. 


Fronds lubricous or gelatinous, indefinitely expanded or irregularly 
globose, consisting of a basal portion, composed of irregularly branch- 
ing filaments formed of large, colorless cells, and a cortical portion of 
closely packed, short, colored filaments; paraphyses often present; 


80° REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Fructification borne at the base of cortical filaments; plurilocular spo- : 
rangia cylindrical, composed of few cells in a row; unilocular sporan- 
gia globose. 
Fronds forming small tufts on other alge. 

Cortex with a series of exserted colored filaments.....- Elachistea. 


Cortex destitute of exserted filaments .........-- eae ts Myriactis. 
Fronds irregularly globose, hollow at maturity...........-.-Leathesta. 


ELACHISTEA, Duby. 


(From eAayiora, very small.) 


Fronds olive-brown, tufted or pulvinate, basal portion solid, some- 
what parenchymatous, composed of densely packed. branching fila- 
ments, which become free at the surface and branch corymbosely so as 
to form a layer of short filaments (paraphyses), at the base of which are 
borne the sporangia of both kinds and a series of long exserted fila- 
ments; hairs formed at the base of the paraphyses, exserted ; uniloc- 
ular sporangia rhombic-ovoid, plurilocular sporangia cylindrical, com- 
posed of a few cells in a linear series. 


A genus consisting of a few species, all of which form small tufts on other alg», 
especially on Fucacee. They may be recognized by the double series of filaments 
borne on the surface of the solid and but slightly developed basal portion. The 
longer filaments and hairs float freely in the water, but the shorter paraphyses are 
packed rather closely together, forming as it were a definite cortical layer over the — 
basal portion. The unilocular sporangia are common. The more or less solid basal 


portion of the fronds in some of the species gives off filaments which penetrate 


into the substance of the alge on which they are growing, and by the growth and 
persistence of these filaments it may be that the species are propagated from year to 
year, as happens in the case of certain fungi. In other species no penetrating basal 
filaments have as yet been found. 
_ The limitsof the species are pretty well defined except in the case of E. fucicola, EH. 
lubrica, and £. flaccida, where it must be confessed the species show a tendency to run 
into one another. In the present case we have included in Elachistea only the species 
in which, besides the paraphyses which cover the surface, there are long projecting 
colored filaments as in H. scutulata, on which Duby founded his genus Hlachistea in the — 
Botanicon Gallicon. Here undoubtedly-belong ZH. fucicola and its allies, but the same 
can hardly be said of EL. pulvinata, which was made by Kiitzing the type of his genus 
Myriactis. In this species the surface of the frond is covered by the paraphyses, but 
there is not in addition a series of elongated filaments asin LE. fucicola, for the exserted _ 
hairs in LZ. pulvinata are of a quite different nature. We have referred E. pulvinatato 
the genus Myriactis, not, however, limiting the genus as Kiitzing has done, for some of _ 
the forms placed by him in Phycophila should be referred to Myriactis, although the — 


greater part of them are correctly placed by algologists in Elachistea. It may be that a 


there exist forms intermediate between the true Elachistew and Myriactis, but, from the — 
study of dried specimens, we have not been able to come to such a conclusion. Tt 
should be remarked that M. pulvinata is placed in Elachistea by the most prominer 
algologists, as Thuret and Bornet, Agardh, Harvey, Le Jolis, and others. The uni 
locular sporangia are most common in summer, and the plurilocular sporangia are 
frequent early in the season. 


*& 
z= 


Ij. FUCICOLA, Fries; Phyc. Brit., Pl. 240; Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. I, Pl. 
ALS. (Phycophila Sucorum and P. Agardhii, Kiitz., Tab. Phyc., Vol. VET, — 
Pl. 95, Fig. 2, and Pl. 96, Fig. 1.) Pl. 7, Fig. 3. 

Fronds tufted, half an inch to an inch in thickness, basal portion dis- 
tinct, subglebose, exserted filaments about .05"" broad, attenuated. at 
base, obtuse at apex, cells of lower portion broader than long, becoming - 
longer in the upper portion; paraphyses recurved, clavate, submonili- 
form; unilocular sporangia .07-8™" broad by .15-20"" long, pyriform or 
obovate-rhombic. 

Common on Fuci along the whole coast. 

On submerged wood work, Eastport, Peak’s Island, Maine. 


A common parasite, forming small tufts on Fuci. There seems to be but one species - 
on the coast of New England, although Z. lubrica, Rupr., may be expected on Halo-, 
saccion. According to Areschoug, ZL. lubrica differs from LE. fucicola in the shorter cells 
and the decidedly elongated base of the free filaments, but in these respects Euro- 
pean specimens of £. fucicola vary greatly. Possibly the form occurring on wood at 
Eastport may be rather referred to Z. lubrica. Ruprecht, in Phycologia Ochotensis, 
mentions an /lachistea from Canada parasitic on Halosaccion, which he considers dis- 
tinct from both £. lubrica and L. fucicola, to which he gives the provisional name of 
£. canadensis. It is distinguished from £. fucicola ‘‘by the thicker filaments, which 
never give off free branches at the base, by the dense, indistinctly filamentous structure 
of the basal layer, and by the greater number of short filaments and few long filaments.” 
From Ruprecht’s description it is hardly likely that the species will ever be recog= 
nized by American collectors. The views of Ruprecht with regard to development 
in algw are curiously shown in his remarks on Elachista, Myrionema, and Leathesia. 
He thinks it very probable that the genera named were “ originally organs of fructifi- 
cation of Halidrys, Cystoseira, &c., which in course of time have not developed, and 
have in this way formed what appear to be stereotyped species.” Although the fact 
isnot as Ruprecht supposed, this pronounced tendency to Darwinism is remarkable 
when we think that Ruprecht wrote in 1850. 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 81 


MYRIACTIS, Kiitz., emend. 


(From pupioc, countless, and axri¢, a ray.) 


Fronds as in Hlachistea, but destitute of exserted colored filaments. 


A comparison of the two admirable plates of Elachistea scutulata and Elachistea (My-. 
_riactis) pulvinata in the Etudes Phycologiques of Thuret and Bornet will give a clear 
notion of the difference of the two genera. 


M. PULVINATA, Kiitz. -Var. Minor. (Hlachistea pulvinata, Harv., in 
Etudes Phycologiques, p. 18, Pl. 7—Hlachistea attenuata, Harv., Phye. 
Brit., Pl. 28.) | 

Fronds forming minute tufts, basal portion slightly developed, giv-- 
ing off lateral filaments, which penetrate the substratum; paraphyses 

slightly curved, fusiform, attenuated at base, somewhat moniliform; 

cells 0075-180" broad, two or three times as long; plurilocular spo- ' 

_rangia very numerous, clustered at the base of the paraphyses, cylindri- = 
S. Miss. 59-—~6 


wi 
¥, 


82 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


cal, 0076™™ broad by about .057™™ long, composed of 8-10 cells in a row ; 
unilocular sporangia. 
Parasitic in the cryptostomata of Sargassum vulgare. Summer. 
Wood’s Holl, Mass. 


This species forms minute tufts on Sargassum, and is so small as easily to escape de- 
tection. Itis furthermore likely to be mistaken for the hairs normally found at cer- 
tain seasons in the cryptostomata. The description given above applies to the plant 
found at Wood’s Holl, which is smaller than the typical M. pulvinata of Europe, which 
grows in the cryptostomata of various Cystoseirw. In the European specimens ex- 
amined the paraphyses were decidedly stouter, rarely being less than .018™™ in breadth, 
whereas with us they are seldom more than .010-12™™ broad. Our plant is through- 
but smaller than the European, but, in proportion, the paraphyses are longer and 
slenderer. It remains to be seen whether we are correct in considering our form a 
mere variety, or whether it should be kept distinct. Perhapsit may be the Phycophila 
arabica of Kiitzing, Tab. Phyc., Vol. 8, Pl. 1, Fig.\ 2, which grows on Cystoseira 
myrica. The species is not uncommon in summer at Wood’s Holl, and both forms of 
sporangia occur together, the unilocular being much less agin than the  pluri- 
locular. 


LEATHESIA, 8. F. Gray. 
(Named in honor of Rev. G. Rk. Leathes, a British naturalist.) 


Fronds olive-brown, gelatino-carnose, forming irregularly globose 
masses, solid when young, but soon becoming hollow ; internal portion 
composed of radiating, dichotomous filaments, formed of large, irregular, 
colorless cells, the terminal ones bearing a series of short, simple, col- 
ored filaments (paraphyses), which are densely packed together, consti- 
tuting the cortical layer of the frond; sporangia and hairs borne at the 
base of the paraphyses ; plurilocular sporangia cylindrical, composed of 
few cells in a single row; unilocular sporangia pyriform or ovoid. 

A small genus, comprising not more than half a dozen species, of which L. difformis 
is common in the North Atlantic. Lcathesia Berkeleyi, Harv., now placed in the genus 
Petrospongium, Neg., although found not rarely in Europe and apparently tolerably 


common on the coast of California, has not yet been detected in New England, but — 
may be expected. It forms rather leathery expansions on rocks at low-water mark. 


L. DIFFORMIS, (Linn.) Aresch. (Zremella difformis, Linn., Syst.— — 
Rivularia tuberifor mis, Engl. Bot., Pl. 1956.—Corynephora marina, Ag., 3 
Syst.—Leathesia tuberiformis, Gray, in Phye. Brit., P1.324, and Ner. Am. ; 
Bor., Vol. I, Pl. 10¢; Thuret, in Ann. des Sens Ser. 3, Vol. XIV, PI. a 
26, Figs. 5-12.) (Pl. V, Fig. 1.) a 

Fronds from half an inch to two inches in diameter, solitary or % 
aggregated, at first globose and solid, becoming irregularly lobed al 
hollow ; plurilocular sporangia produced early in the season, unilocula 
sporangia in summer. 


ee ; 
Pa a » 
ae 


THE MARINE ALGZ OF NEW ENGLAND. 83 


Common on algz and on sand-covered rocks at low water along the 
whole coast. 


Not to be mistaken for any other alga on our coast. The gelatinous oalls which 
this species forms are found growing in large quantities at low-water mark, and are 
sometimes called potatoes by the unromantic dwellers on the shore. 


Famity CHORDARIEZ. 


Fronds cylindrical, branching, usually gelatinous, with an axis of 
longitudinal filaments formed of long slender cells, and a cortex com- 
posed of short, densely packed horizontal filaments formed of subspheri- 
eal cells; sporangia borne among the cortical filaments or formed directly 
from them. 


Fronds tough and elastic, cortical filaments densely united to one an- 
RRR gee aan Re a a ew Oa e edyercin Palade 6 Rigg DS cane Chordaria. 
Fronds gelatinous, cortical filaments only adhering loosely to one an- 
other. 

Upper cells of the cortical filaments producing the plurilocular 
sporangia...... aredinstoiata sick terete 5 Gu, cw edo) 0) Se ata Castagnea. 

Upper cells of cortical filaments not producing sporangia. 
Mesogloia. 


CHORDARIA, Ag. 


(From chorda, a chord.) 


Fronds olive-brown, cartilaginous, filiform, branching; axial layer 
composed of longitudinally elongated cylindrical cells and smallef wind- 
ing cells packed closely together in a solid mass; peripheral layer 
composed of short, simple, horizontal filaments, densely packed together; 
unilocular sporangia oblong, borne at the base of the peripheral fila- 
ments (paraphyses), plurilocular sporangia unknown. 


The distinction between the genera Chordaria and Mesogloia, in the absence of a 
knowledge of the development of the fronds, must be quite arbitrary. In the present 
instance we have considered that the genus Chordaria should be limited to the forms 
having a tough cartilaginous substance and solid axis, of which we have only one 
representative, C. flagelliformis. C. divaricata, both in its consistency and the devel- 
opment of the frond, seems to belong to Mesogloia, accepting that genus in an 
extended sense as we have done. 


C. FLAGELLIFORMIS, Ag.; Phyce. Brit., Pl. 3. Pl. V, Fig. 2. 

Fronds blackish, solitary or gregarious, attached by a disk, coriaceous, 
lubricous, one to two feet long, filiform, solid, main axis usually undi- 
vided, furnished with numerous long, subequal, flagelliform branches, 
which are given off at wide angles, simple or with few, irregular, see- 
ondary branches; peripheral filaments (paraphyses) few-celled, cylin- 
drical or slightly club-shaped; unilocular sporangia ovoid or pyriform. 


ae 


84 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Var. DENSA. 

Fronds six to eight inches long, main axis densely clothed with very 
numerous short branches. 

Common on stones near low-water mark along the whole coast. 

The var. densa at Gloucester, Mass., Mrs. Davis. 


A common species, recognized by its tough, somewhat elastic substance, and 
reminding one of bunches of small leather shoe-strings. When soaked in water it 
gives out a large amount of slime, and is not easily mounted. To the naked eye it 
resembles some of the forms of Dictyosiphon, but the microscopic structure is very dif- 
ferent. The variety has been collected several times at Gloucester, but has not been 
received from other localities. 


MESOGLOIA, Ag. 
(From peooc, the middle, and yAovoc, slimy. ) 


Fronds olive-brown, gelatinous, filiform, branching; axial layer 
composed of filaments rather loosely united into a solid mass, which 
soon becomes fistulose; peripheral layer of short horizontal filaments, 
packed in a gelatinous substance; unilocular sporangia oval, borne at 
the base of peripheral filaments; plurilocular sporangia unknown. 


The old genus Mesogloia has been divided by modern algologists into a number of 
genera. In the present instance we have kept in Mesogloia the species in which 
the peripheral filaments are not transformed into plurilocular sporangia, and 
have placed in Castagnea the species in which they are so transformed. The distinc- 
tion between Mesogloia and Casfagnea is artificial, because the plurilocular spo- 
rangia of Mesogloia proper are unknown, and it is not impossible that they may be 
formed from the peripheral filaments themselves, as in Castagnea. The development 
of the frends is not well known, and the genera founded upon the variationsin the ~ 
mature fronds in the present group are plainly artificial. As regards its develop- — 

ment, WV. divaricata resembles very closely C. virescens. From a disk-like-expansion, 

- composed of a single layer of cells, which form spots on the substance upon which it 
is growing, arise vertical filaments, which end in a hair such as is found in Eetocarpus 
and other Pheosporee. The vertical filaments produce, usually only on one side, 
fasciculated branches terminated by a hair, beneath which is a cluster of short 
moniliform filaments. Besides these there arise, at a later period, rhizoidal filaments. 
The mature fronds of the two species above named may be regarded asa collection of ~ 
filaments with a trichothallic growth, which have become twisted together and par-_ 
tially united by means of the rhizoidal filaments, and whose fasciculated branches 
constitute what, in the mature plant, seems to be a distinct cortical layer. In Cas- 
tagnea virescens the separate filaments, with their lateral fasciculate branches, can easily 
be isolated by dissecting the smaller branches, and the same thing can also be accom- 
plished with Chordaria divaricata, although not so easily. The species of Mesogloia and 
Castagnea should not be dried under toe heavy pressure, and alcoholic 2 are. 
much better for study than those mounted on paper. 


M. DIVARICATA, Kiitz. (Chordaria- divaricata, Ag.; Phye. Brit., PL ; q 
17; Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. I, Pl. 11 a.) Lo 
Fronds tufted, Hee six inches to two feet long, branching Be 4 
irregular, generally without a definite main axis; branches flexuous A 
timate branches very numerous, short, and divaricate, at first solid 


oe y . 
Pn hg En ee 


t 


oma 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 85 


afterwards becoming fistulose and tubular; peripheral filaments short, 
few-celled, the last cell obovate and several times larger than the other 
cells; unilocular sporangia ovoid. 

On algz and stones near low-water mark. 

Very common from Cape Cod southward; Niles Beach, Gloucester, 
Mass.; Europe. 


A characteristic species of Long Island Sound, where it is probably more abundant 
than in any other part of the world. It abounds in sfill, shallow bays. North of 
Cape Cod it is of small size, and is only occasionally met with. It assumes a number 


of different forms, none of which, however, can be considered as distinct varieties. It 


first appears in May, and reaches perfection in August and September. At first the 
fronds are small and solid, but they grow to be two feet long, or even longer, and the 
main branches become hollow and finally collapséd. Except that they are more lux- 
uriant, our forms agree well with Norwegian specimens. 


M. VERMICULARIS, Ag.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 31. 

Fronds tufted, gelatinous, one to two feet long, branches long, irregu- 
larly pinnate, thick, vermiform, flexuous; peripheral filaments clavate, 
somewhat incurved, moniliform. cells spheroidal; unilocular sporangia 
ovoid. 

On stones and alge between tide-marks. 

Halifax, N. 8., Harvey; Europe. 


A rather common plant of Europe, and probably occurring within our ibis. but as 
yet only reported at Halifax on the American coast. The species is rather thick and 
clumsy, and very gelatinous; not at all likely to be confounded with WM. divaricuta, 
which is less gelatinous, has a different mode of branching, and whose peripheral fila- 
ments are terminated by a cell much larger than the others. Dried specimens may be 
mistaken for Castagnea virescens, a more slender plant, with longer and more slender 
peripheral filaments, the upper cells of which are transformed into: plurilocular spo- 
rangia. We have only examined dried specimens of this species. 


CASTAGNEA, (Derb. & Sol.) Thuret, emend. 


(In honor of Louis Castagne, a French botanist. ) 


@ 


Fronds and unilocular sporangia as in Mesogloia; plurilocular spo- 
rangia formed by outgrowths from the uppermost cells of the peripheral 
filaments. 


C. VIRESCENS, (Carm.) Thuret. (Mesogloia virescens, Carm., in Phye. 
Brit.; Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. 1, Pl. 100; Amn. Sci. Nat., Ser. 3, Vol. 14, 
ests) P17, Big. 1. 

Fronds filiform, SERAEIOUS, three inches to a foot and a half long, axis 
clothed with numerous, irregular, flexuous branches, ultimate branches 
short, given off at wide angles; fronds at first solid, becoming fistu- 
lous; peripheral filaments slender, clustered, recurved or incurved, cyl- 
indrical or only slightly moniliform, cells ellipsoidal, .015-20™™" in diam 
eter; unilocular sporangia ovoidal or rhombic-ovate; plurilocular spo- 


86 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. — 


rangia siliculose, composed of three to six cells, formed from the terminal 
cells of peripheral filaments, often secund on the upper side. . 
On sand-covered rocks and alge at and below low-water mark. | 
Wood’s Holl, Nahant, Gloucester, Mass.; Portland, Maine, Mr. Fuller; 
Kurope. 


A species which is rather common in the spring months, but which disappears with | 
us about the 1st of July. The fronds are more slender than in MW. vermicularis, but 5 
when dried under too great pressure, or when allowed to remain some time in fresh 
water, they somewhat resemble that species. The distinction is best seen in the periph- 
eral filaments. Those of M. vermicularis are shorter, decidedly clavate, less curved, 
and are formed of spheroidal cells In C. virescens they are longer, more nearly cylin- 
drical, recurved, and formed of ellipsoidal cells. The number and size of the pluri- 
locular sporangia vary very much. * 


C. ZOSTER, (Mohr.) Thuret. (Myriocladia zostere, Ag.—Mesogloia 
vermicularis, vam zostere, Kiitz., Spec. Alg.—If. virescens, var. zosteri- 
cola, Harv., Phyce. Brit., Pl. 82.—W. zostere, Aresch., in Ner. Am. Bor., 
Viola, p. 197, PLAO a.) PI i, Bis. 2 

Fronds filiform, gelatinous, se to ea inches long, subsimple, fur- 
nished with a few short, remote branches, given off at wide angles; 
peripheral filaments erect, rather rigid, cylindrical below, moniliform 
above; cells spheroidal, .02-4™™ in diameter; unilocular sporangia ovate; 
plurilocular sporangia siliculose, composed of three to six cells, usually © 
forming dense tufts on the upper part of the peripheral filaments. 

On eel-grass. 

Wood’s Holl, Gloucester, Mass.; Europe. 


A small species with very few branches, which, although it has been by some con- 
sidered a variety of C. virescens, is sufficiently distinct both in its microscopic structure 
and the season of growth. C. virescens is a spring form, which disappears in early 
summer, while C. Zostera, at least on our coast, occurs in summer and autumn. The 
appearance of the peripheral filaments is different in the two species. In C. virescens 
they are slender and curved and in C. zoster@ rather stout and erect and more densely 
packed together, in this respect resembling I. vermicularis, in which, however, the 
filaments are distinctly clavate and moniliform, and do not produce plurilocular spo- 
rangia at the extremity. A section of the frond of a well-developed C. virescens shows 
a circle of roundish cells around a central cavity and on the outside a series of branch- 
ing filaments, which end in the proper peripheral filaments and sporangia. In C. Zos- 
tere there is also a circle of cells surrounding a central cavity, but the peripheral fila- 
ments seem to be given off directly from the circle of cells. The figurein the Nereis 
Am. Bor. does not correctly represent the structure of C. Zostere, for the clusters of 
peripherat fi.ements are not outgrowths from special colored filaments, but fromthe 
uncolored cells.- American specimens agree perfectly with the specimens of Mesogloia : 
zostere, No. 100, of Areschoug’s Alg. Scand. 4 


Famity RALFSIE A. 


Pai oat 9 5. oy 


in raised spots (sori), eS: of few-celled club-shaped paray ohy 
and spheroidal unilocular sporangia. 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 87 


RALEFSIA, Berkeley. 
(In honor ot John Kalfs, an English botanist.) 


Fronds olive-brown, forming flat coriaceous or crustaceous expansions 
of indefinite extent, composed of a single horizontal layer, from which 
arise short vertical filaments, which are firmly united to one another so 
as to form a solid parenchymatous structure; fruit scattered over the 
surface of the fronds in spots (sori), which are composed of club-shaped, 
several-celled paraphyses, at whose base are borne the unilocular spo- 
trangia; hairs arising from crypts in the frond; plurilocular sporangia 
unknown; growth peripheral. 


A genus containing only about half a dozen species. In its mode of growth the 
frond resembles that of Myrionema, but the vertical filaments are not free, as in that 
genus, but united so as to form a solid mass. J. verrucosa, the typical species, has a 
well-developed frond, but in 2. clavata the frond is minute and the fruit-dots are usu- 
ally confluent, so that the species has by some been placed in Myrionema. 


R. VERRUCOSA, Aresch. (R. deusta, Berk.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 98.) ~ 

Fronds licheniform, adherent throughout, crustaceous or membrana- 
ceous, at first orbicular, at length becoming indefinite in outline, one to 
six inches in diameter, zoned and irregularly tuberculated, the newer 
lobes overlapping the older; sori scattered; paraphyses .06-12™" long, 
clavate, few-celled; unilocular sporangia ovoid or pyriform, .038"™" long 
by .019"" broad. 

Common on rocks in pools at half-tide from Nahant northward; Ku- 
rope. 

A homely, dark-colored species, which has more the habit of a lichen thanan alga. 
It abounds on the northern coast in shallow exposed pools, and is found at all seasons. 
At first the crusts are of small size and adhere closely to the rocks, but afterwards, as 
they increase in size, they become lobulated and rough and are easily detached. The 
species, contrary to the statement of Janczewski, is furnished with tufts of hairs at 
certain seasons of the year. It may occur also south of Cape Cod, but, if so, it must 
be in a reduced form. 

KR. DEUSTA, J. Ag. 

Fronds licheniform, membranaceous, attached at center, margin free, 
irregularly orbicular, with overlapping marginal lobes, marked with 
concentric zones and with radiating strive; spores? 

At low water mark. 

Eastport, Maine. 


A larger and more foliaceous species than the preceding, being about .25-30™™ in 
thickness. Both the concentric zones and radiating striz are well marked, and the 
species is comparatively loosely attached to the substratum. On sectioning the fronds 
of &. deusta, the cells are seen to be arranged in lines which curved upwards and down- 
wards from a medial plane, while a section of the frond of R. verrucosa shows the 
cells arranged in lines which curve upwards from the attached base. 


"88 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


R. CLAVATA, (Carin.) Crouan, Florule du Finistére. (Myrionema clava 
tum, Carm., in Phye. Brit., Pl. 348.) 

Fronds thin, forming ploaele adherent crusts or coriaceous expansions, 
at first orbicular and afterwards irregular; paraphyses clavate, rather 
‘uniformly diffused over the frond; unilocular sporangia pyriform, 
.06-7™ broad by .15-.18™" long, attached to the base of the paraphyses. 

On stones and wood work 

Eastport, Maine; Wood’s Holl, Malden, Mass.; Hurope. 


A small species, whose position is doubtful. It was placed by Harvey in Myrionema, 
from the typical species of which it differs in having a frond composed of several 
layers of horizontal cells. By Crouan it was placed in falfsia, but the erect fila- 
ments rather resemble the paraphyses in Myrionema. In short, the species may be said 
to be a Ralfsia with ditfuse fructification and slightly developed frond, or a Myrionema 
with an excessively developed basal portion. American specimens resemble perfectly 
the No. 56 of Crouan’s Algues Marines du Finistére. The alga described by Areschoug 
under the name of Lithoderma fatiscens bears a striking resemblence to the present 
species. The species is much smaller and thinner than R. verrucosa, not exceeding on 
the average .15™™ in thickness, and covers stones and wood work at Eastport, some- 
times in company with &. verrucosa. Further inquiry will probably show that the 
plant is common along the whole coast. 


Famity ASPEROCOCCEE. 


Fronds tubular or compressed, usually simple, occasionally branched ; 
fructification in external scattered sori, composed of cylindrical few- 
celled paraphyses and spherical unilocular sporangia. 


ASPEROCOCCUS, Lam. 


* (From asper, rough, and xoxkoc, a berry.) 


Fronds olive-brown, simple or branched, hollow, composed of a few 
layers of cells, those of the interior being larger and colorless, those of 
the surface smaller and colored; fruit external, scattered in spots (sori) 
over the fronds; sori composed of paraphyses and unilocular sporangia, — 
which are formed from the superficial cells of the fronds; paraphyses 
numerous, cylindrical or club-shaped; unilocular sporangia globose, ses- 
sile between the paraphyses; plurilocular sporangia unknown; hairs 
tufted, arising from the superficial cells; growth of fronds basal. 

The genus Asperococcus is distinguished by the external scattered fruit, consisting of 
paraphyses and unilocular sporangia. In the Nereis Am. Bor. it was placed by Harvey 
in the order Dictyotacew, but the fructification in that order is now known to be very: 
different. The genus comprises a small number of species, which are widely diffused, 
although as yet only one has been found on the New England coast. The Asperococct — 
resemble, to a certain extent, species of Phyllitis and Scytosiphon,but are easily dis- — 
tinguished by the fruit, which is almost always present. Plurilocular sporangia are 
unknown in the true Asperococci, and the old A. sinuosus, which is found in Florid, 
and California, is considered by Bornet to belong to the genus Hydroclathrus, w 


ae 


has plurilocular sporangia of the same type as Phyllitis and Scytosiphon. A. compr 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 89 


and A. bullosus are to be expected tooceur with us. The A. compressus of the List of the 


- Marine Alg of the United States, in the Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sciences of March, 


1875, is an error. The only specimen seen was collected at Gloucester by Mrs. Lusk, 
and proves to be a bleached and brownish fragment of Halosaccion. 


A. ECHINATUS, Grev.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 194. (Pl. V, Fig. 3.) 

Fronds gregarious, simple, attached by a small disk from two inches 
to a foot and a half long, about half an inch in diameter, tapering at 
base, often twisted but not constricted, color a dingy brown, spotted with 
the very numerous Sori. 

Attached to algz between tide-marks. 


Common along the whole coast; Europe. 


A homely species, usually found in tufts four or five inches long, and of about the 
substance of Scytosiphon lomentarius, but usually spotted with the numerous fruit-dots. 
The diameter, which is nearly uniform throughout, is about that of a clay pipe-stem. 
A. bullosus is much larger and more sack-like and often decidedly constricted. 


Famity SPOROCHNE. 


Fronds cylindrical or tubular, branching, composed within of elon- 
gated cuboidal cells, which become smaller and roundish at the surface; 
fructification in external scattered sori, composed of club-shaped fila- 


‘mentous paraphyses and sporangia; unilocular sporangia spheroidal ; 


plurilocular sporangia cylindrical formed of a single row of cells. 


Fronds solid, sori irregularly scattered ........... ---.- Stilophora. 
Fronds hollow, sori arranged in transverse lines ........ Striaria ? 


STILOPHORA, Ag. 


(From o7iAn, a point, and gopew, to bear.) 


Fronds olive-brown, filiform, branching, solid, becoming hollow, com. 
posed internally of elongated colorless cells, which become smaller and . 
colored towards the surface; fruit external, scattered in spots (sori) 
over the surface; sori hemispherical, consisting of club-shaped fila- 
Inentous paraphyses, at whose base are borne the sporangia; uni- 
locular sporangia ovoidal; plurilocular sporangia cylindrical, formed of 


a single row of cells. 


A genus placed by Agardh and Harvey in the Dictyotacee, but by other algologists 
considered more nearly related to the Sporochnee. It includes only a small number of 
species, probably not more than eight, and is readily recognized by the external fruit 
in which the sporangia are borne at the base of clavate few-celled paraphyses. The 
development of the frond has not been made out, but at the tips of the branches is a . 
complicated mass of filaments ending in hairs like those of Hctocarpus, at whose base 
are borne a few short, incurved, moniliform filaments. At a short distance below the 
apex of the frond the moniliform filaments disappear and the surface appears to con- 
sist of roundish cells where not interrupted by the numerous sori. It is probable that, 


90 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. — 


Ne 
2 


as has been suggested by Janczewski in speaking of Sporochnus, the frond of Stilophora. 
grows in a manner similar to that of Culleria, which may he said to belong to the com- 
pound trichothallic type. ; P 


S. RHIZODES, Ag. (Sporochnus rhizodes, Ag., Spec.—Spermatochnus — 
rhizodes, Kiitz., Spec.—Stilophora rhizodes, J. Agardh; Phye. Brit., Pl. 
70; Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 3, Vol. XIV, Pl. 28.) (Pl. V, Fig. 4, Pl. VI, Fig. 2.) 

Fronds attached by a disk, filiform, solid, becoming somewhat fistu. 
lous, six inches to two feet long, branching subdichotomously, destitute 
of distinct axis, branches becoming attenuated, ultimate divisions erect; 
sori very numerous, scattered irregularly over the frond; paraphyses 
few-celled, clavate, somewhat incurved ; unilocular sporangia oval; plu- 
rilocular cylindrical. 

Not uncommon at various points in Vineyard Sound and Long Island — 
Sound on alge and eel-grass below low-water mark. 


The present species is sometimes found at the base of eel-grass and the larger alga, 
but it is more commonly found in entangled masses a foot or two long washed ashore 
jnsheltered bays after a heavy blow. The determination is not altogether satisfactory, 
for our plants are generally coarser than the European forms of the species. Nor do 
they correspond to S. Lyngbyet, which is coarser and more tubular, and has finer ulti- 
mate branches and sori which are somewhat remote and arranged in transverse bands, 
if we follow Harvey’s description. Another species, hardly coming within our limits, 
was found by Bailey in the Chesapeake and referred by Harvey, with considerable 
doubt, to S. papillosa, Ag. 


STRIARIA, Grev. 
(From siria, a ridge, referring to the arrangement of the sporangia in transverse lines.) 


Fronds attached by a disk, tubular, branched, cells of the interior 
large, roundish, of the exterior smaller and subrectangular; fruit con- 
consisting of sporangia (or spores?), arranged in transverse lines. = 

A genus whose position is very doubtful, because the structure of the fruit is not - 
sufficiently well known. By most writers it is placed in the Dictyotacew, but it is 
not certain that the typical species, S. attenuata, possesses the peculiar antheridia 


and tetraspores of that order. According to Areschoug, there are two forms of fruit, 
one immersed, as in Punctaria, the other external, as in Asperococcus. 


S. ATTENUATA, Grev., Phyc. Brit., Pl. 25; Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. III, — 
Suppl., p. 123. 

Fronds a few inches to a foot long; branches usually opposite, attenu- — 
ated to a fine point. 

Flushing, L. I., Bailey. 


The only American specimen known is that mentioned by Harvey in the Supplement 
to the Nereis Am. Bor. as having been found at Flushing, L. I. 


Fancy LAMINARIEE.  _ se 


Fronds large and coarse; species on our coast usually attached by 


THE MARINE ALGAAS OF NEW ENGLAND. 9] 


_ eylindrical ; fruetification in broad bands or large irregular spots, or 
 oecasionally covering the whole surface of trond, composed of large 


_ broadly clavate or wedge-shaped paraphyses and oval unilocular spo- 


 rangia. 
DPR CEUMMOTICH! 8 co fos sb aS. Se ee we hee ee te aes foe Chorda., 
‘Fronds witha midrib. 
Penmis perroraced with holes - 2.2020. fs. 2 eo ee Agarum. 


: Fronds entire, with lateral leaflets at the base of lamina....Alaria. 
Fronds destitute of midrib. 
Cryptostomata present ..... TES Sree ee oe anene--- ee Saccorhiza, 
Cryptostomata wanting............. Resear a cone eee LOMINaria. 


_CHORDA, Stack. 
(From chorda, a string.) 

Fronds olive-brown, attached by a disk, simple, cylindrical, hollow, 
with diaphragms at intervals; cells of tubular portion elongated, hex- 
agonal in section, lined on the inside with filaments, which at intervals 
are woven together so as to form the diaphragms; whole surface of 
the frond clothed with cuneate-clavate cells (paraphyses), which form a 
cortical layer; unilocular sporangia ellipsoidal, situated between the 
paraphyses, growth basal; plurilocular sporangia unknown. 

A small genus, consisting of three or four species, which are by some writers placed 
in the Chordariacee and by others in the Laminariacee. The typical species, C. jfilum, 
may be regarded as the lowest representative of the Laminariacee, inasmuch as it has 
the basal mode of growth and the unicellular paraphyses of that order, but a simple 
frond in which there is no distinction of stipe and lamina. See, also, remarks under 
Scytosiphon. 

C. FILUM, Linn. (Scytosiphon filum, Ag.—Chorda jfilum, Phyc. Brit., 
Pl. 107; Annales des Sciences, Ser. 3, Vol. XIV, Pl. 29, Figs. 5-10.) 
Pl, VI, Fig. 1. 

Fronds gregarious, cartilaginous-lubricous, quarter of an inch in diam- 
eter, from one to twelve feet long, attenuate at base, densely clothed 
with hyaline hairs; paraphyses cuneate-clavate, slightly longer than the 
sporangia and overlapping them. 

On stones at low-water mark and below. 

Common along the whole coast; Europe. 

At once recognized by its cord-like appearance. The early form, which is densely 
covered with hairs, constitutes the C. tomentosa of some writers. Areschoug, however, 
considers that the true C. tomentosa of Lyugbye is distinct, and characterized by its 
elongated linear paraphyses, which are scarcely as long as the sporangia, which ripen 


early in the season, while those of C. filum ripen in the latter part of summer and 
autumn. ~ 


o2 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


LAMINARIA, Lamx.—Devil’s Aprons. 
(From lamina, a plate.) 


Fronds attached by a branching base,* stipitate, stipe expanding into 
a ribless entire or laciniate lamina; fruit forming bands or sori in the 
central part of the lamina, consisting of unicellular paraphyses and uni- 
locular sporangia densely packed together; cryptostomata wanting. 


A genus comprising not far from twenty-five species, which inhabit principally seas 
in high latitudes. They all grow in pools at low-water mark and in deep water, and 
some attain a very large size. The limits of the genus are well fixed, but the same 
can by no means be said of the species, with regard to which writers differ very 
much. The difficulty arises partly from the fact that the species lose some of their 
characteristic marks in drying, so that the study of herbarium specimens is unsatis- 
factory, but still more from the fact that the species vary greatly in outline and habit 
according to the season and the place of growth, whether at an.exposed or sheltered 
coast or whether submerged or partly exposed at low tide. In general, the species 
may be classed in two groups, those in which the frond is ribbon-like, that is, long in 
proportion to the breadth and not split up into segments, and those in which the frond 
is proportionately broader and fan-shaped and, except when young, laciniate. To the 
former group belongs the L. saccharina of older writers, to the latter L. digitata, and 
it is with regard to the extent to which subdivision shall be carried in the two cases 
mentioned that recent-writers differ very widely. Our species have not been suffi- 
ciectly studied in situ to warrant us in giving the determinations with any degree of 
confidence. More information with regard to their winter condition is very much 
needed. The most detailed account of the Laminarie of the eastern coast is to be 
found in the paper of De la Pylaie in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Ser. 1, 
Vol. IV, 1824, entitled ‘‘Quelques observations sur les productions de Vile de Terre- 
Neuve, et sur quelques algues de la céte de France appartenant au genre Laminaire.” 
The article is accompanied by a plate in which is sufficiently well shown the habit of 
our common species. The same writer in 1829 gave a more extended account of his 
collections in the ‘‘Flore de Terre-Neuve et des iles Saint Pierre et Miclon,” an incom- 
plete work comprehending the Laminariacee and Fucacee, of which, however, the plates 
were never published. The species of De la Pylaie have not been accepted without 
question by algologists, and all agree that he was too liberal in the formation of new 
species. Harvey ignores the greater part of them in the Nereis. Agardh and Le Jolis 
give them a more respectful consideration, and the former especially is inclined, in his 
paper on the Laminariacee and Fucacee of Greenland, to admit several of De la Pylaie’s 
species. In the present case we do not feel at liberty to make use of the notes with 
regard to American forms which have been kindly furnished by European correspond- 
ents, but must content ourselves with a superficial account of the perplexing forms of 
this exasperating genus, adding that the identity of our forms with those of Europe is 
not in all cases proved. ; 

Of the species of Laminaria given in the Nereis, L. fascia in now placed in Phyllitis ; 
L. lorea and L. dermatodea refer to the same plant, which is now placed in Saccorhiza ; 
L. longicruris is still kept as in the Nereis; L. saccharina and L. digitata are kept with 
limitations; and L. trilaminata is, as Harvey suspected, merely an abnormal winged 
form of some other species, corresponding to the trilaminate condition mentioned under 
Agarum Turneri. J 

The marks used in distinguishing the Species are the arrangment of the root-fibers; 
the structure of the stipe, whether solid or hollow, whether provided with distinct. 
cavities containing mucus (muciparous glands) the shape of the lamina, more particu- 


* A few species, as L. solidungula, Ag., have a disk-like base, and L. sessilis, Ag., 
cluding L. apoda, Harv., found on our west coast, has no stipe properly speaking. 


re 


, THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 93 
Diarly of its basal portion; the presence or absence of aseries of alternate depressions 
and elevations within the margin; and the position of the fruit. The growing portion 
of the Laminarie is at the base of the lamina, and the apex of the stipe and the old 
fronds are pushed off by thenewly formed onesbelow. The fruit is perfected in autumn 


- and winter. 


, 


L. LONGICRURIS, De la Pyl. (ZL. longicruris, Aun. Sci., 1. ¢., Pl. 9 a 
and 6; Phyc. Brit., p. 339; Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. I, Pl. 6.) 
Exs.—Algze Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 117. 

_ Fronds solitary or gregarious, attached by numerous long, slender, 
branching fibers ; stipe six to twelve feet long, one to two inches thick, 
slender and solid at the base, becoming hollow and inflated at the middle 
and upper part, contracted at the apex; lamina ovate-lanceolate, five to 
twenty feet long, two to three feet broad; margin very wavy, within the 
margin two rows of depressed spots; fruit forming a continuous band 
in the center of the frond; color lightish brown; substance rather 
delicate. 

Common in deep water, and at Eastport at low-water mark. 

From Nahant, Mass., northward; North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans. 

A striking species, easily recognized when in typical condition, but unfortunately 
variable, though not so much so as our other species. The root-fibers are long, rather 
slender, and much branched. The stipe is slender at the base, but expands gradually 
upwards until it is at times two inches in diameter. The greatest diameter is about 
two-thirds of the way up the stipe, which is then contracted, sometimes quite suddenly. 
When young and only a few inches long, the center of the stipo is filled with a solid” 
mass of delicate filaments, butit soon becomes hollow. When torn from their attach- 
ments by storms, large specimens, in consequence of the hollow stipes, float in a pecu- 
liar way, the upper part of the stipe projecting above the water like an elbow and the 
lamina dipping below the surface. The lamina is, in comparison with the stipe, 
shorter and broader than in our other species. This is especially the case in young 
specimens, where the stipe may be several times longer than the lamina. In mature 
plants, however, the comparative length of the lamina varies very much with the — 
place of growth. The present species has never been certainly known to occur south 
of Cape Cod. Specimens resembling L. saccharina, but with hollow stipes, have been 


collected in Long Island Sound. Whether really belonging to L. longicruris is doubt- 
ful, and the subject requires farther investigation. 


L. SACCHARINA, (Linn.) Lam.x.? 
Frond attached by numerous branching fibers; stipe solid throughout, 
terete, somewhat swollen in the middle, three inches to four feet long ; 
lamina elongated, lanceolate, fusiform or cuneate at base, three to thirty 
feet long, six to eighteen inches wide; margin wavy, a row of depressions 
on each side of lamina; fruit forming a central band. 
Var. PHYLLITIS, Le Jol. (L. phyllitis, Phye. Brit., Pl. 192.) 
Fronds small, lamina thin, margin slightly wavy, base of lamina fusi- 
form. 


94 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


~ 


hit 
SF ae 


Var. CAPERATA, (De la Pyl.). (Z. caperata, Ann. Sci., 1. ¢., Pl. 9 @.) 

Stipe long in proportion to the lamina; lamina thick, one to two feet 
broad, cuneate at base. - 

Common on stones at low-water mark along the whole coast; var. 
caperata common north of Cape Cod. 


In the present species we include all the New England forms which have a solid 
stipe and undivided lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate frond. It is very probable that 
two, or possibly three, really distinct species are thus united, and it is also doubtful — 
whether any of our forms are the same as L. saccharina of Europe, as limited by recent 
writers. Clearly to distinguish them is, however, at present out of the question. In 
going northward the forms here included become broader, and the base of the lamina 
is more frequently obtuse, and possibly the extreme forms should be referred to 
L. latifolia, Ag. The exact determination of the New England forms referred to 
L. saccharina cannot be successfully undertaken without an examination.of European 
herbaria. Probably we have most of the forms described by De la Pylaie in the 
Flore de Terre-Neuve, but that writer has not displayed a commendable caution in 
the deseription of new species; and as European botanists differ as to what species 
the forms of De la Pylaie are to be referred, American botanists would not help the 
matter by pretending to give accurate determinations. De la Pylaie says that at 
Newfoundand L. saccharina does not occur, but is replaced by ZL. longicruris. The 
statement is singular, since, from De la Pylaie’s own description, L. caperata closely 
resembles L. saccharina ; and if any species may be said to replace L. saccharina, it is 
L. caperata, rather than the abundantly distinct L. longicruris. 


L. DIGITATA, (Turn.) Lamx. (L. digitata, Ner. Am. Bor.—L. steno- 
loba, De la Pyl., Ann. Sci. Nat., 1. ¢., Pl. 9 &.) 

Exs.—Alge Am. Bor., ae Anderson & Eaton, No. 119, sub. 
nom. L. flexicaulis. 
_ Fronds attached by fibers, which are often arranged in whorls; stipe 
solid, stout, one to five feet long, more or less round below, compressed 
above, destitute of muciparous glands; lamina at first oval or lanceolate, 
afterwards split into digitate segments, two to six feet long, one to 
three feet wide; base fusiform or ovate; fruit in dispersed patches on the 
segments. 

Montauk, L.I.; Gay Head, Mass.; and common north of Cape Cod. 


With regard to the limits of L. digitata a difference of opinion prevails; andin the — 
present case we have retained, without criticism,.the older name to designate the ~ 
common digitate form of our coast. Of the two species described by Le Jolis it is 
probable that we have L. flexicaulis comprehended in the present form. The species 
is common with us in pools at low-water mark and below. The stipe varies consid- 
erably in length, according to the place of growth, and when well developed is stout — 
and much compressed above, so that it projects rigidly above the surface of the water — 
at low tide. The lamina is usually more or less fusiform at the base, but is sometimes 7 
oval, and the segments vary considerably, sometimes being very numerous. 


L. PLATYMERIS, De la Pyl., Ann. Sci. Nat., 1. ¢. Pl. 97 ; = 
Fronds attached by stout, irregularly nS fibers ; ae six inches ae | 
a foot long, solid, roundish, compressed, provided with mmueipa 


oe — s.r 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 95 


glands, passing abruptly into a broadly ovate or cordate lamina, which 
splits up into a few broad segments; substance thick, color blackish. 
Deep waier. 
Peak’s Island, Maine; Gloucester, Mass. 


Distinguished from the last by its short, thick stipe, which is furnished with 
muciparous glands, and which terminates abruptly in a broad; thick lamina, which is 
usually decidedly cordate atthe base. Itis aninhabitant of deep water, and is occa- 
sionally found washed ashore in the autumn, but is always much less common than 
the last species. Le Jolis considers that L. platymeris is, at least in part, the same as 
his L. flexicaulis ; but what seems to us to be the true L. platymeris differs from L. flexi- 
cauliz in having muciparous glands in the stipe, a peculiarity which, according to Le 
Jolis, is found in ZL. Cloustoni, but nojin L. flexicaulis. 


SACCORHIZA, De la Pyl. 


(From caxxo¢, a sack, and fcfa, a root.) 


> 


Fronds attached at first by a disk-like base, from which are given off 
later a few short root-like fibers; stipe compressed, plane, gradually 
passing into a ribless lamina; cryptostomata scattered on both sides of 
the frond; fruit as in Laminaria. 


A genus differing from Lamiraria principally in the form of the basal attachment 
and in the presence of cryptostomata on both surfaces of the frond. The typical 
species, S. bulbosa, not found on our coast, is attached by a sack-like base, and the ~ 
fruit is borne on the marginal upper portion of the stipe. In the present genus were 
at one time included all the Laminarie whose attachment is discoidal rather than by 
branching root-like fibers. There are, however, forms still retained in the genus 
Laminaria, as L. solidungula, in which the base is a disk, and our own species S. derma- 
todea, although in its younger stages attached by a disk, soon has a series of short 
fibers, which, as the plant increases in size, become branched. The cryptostomata are . 
small pits sunk in the surface of the frond, from which arise groups of hairs, as in 
the Fucacee. They are visible to the naked eye in the young plants, but disappear 
with age. 


S. DERMATODEA, Dela Pyl. (Laminaria dermatodea, De la Pyl., Ann. 
Sciences, l. c., Pl. 9 g, non Agardh nec Harvey.—L. lorea, Ag. Spec.; 
Harvey, in Ner. Am. Bor.) 

Exs.—Algze Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 120. 

Fronds usually gregarious, base at first discoidal, afterwards with a 
whorl of short, thick, usually simple fibers; stipe six inches to two feet 
long, compressed, gradually expanding into a thick, coriaceous-lanceo- 
late or lance-ovate lamina, one to six feet long, six to eighteen inches 
wide, at first entire, but afterwards torn above into several segments; 
fruit in scattered sori, which become confluent at the base of the frond; 
paraphyses narrowly club-shaped, about.15™™ long; sporangia .12™ long 
by .02™™ broad. . 

From Marblehead, Mass., northward. 


Acharacteristic species of the North Atlantic. " Its southernmost limit is Marblehead, 
where only one specimen has been collected. It is less rare at Gloucester, and is rather 


96 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


‘common on the coast of Maine, but much less abundant than other Laminaria. It is 
the most easily recognized of our Laminaria, in spite of its great variability in outline, 
The substance is more tough and leathery than any of our other species and the mar- 
gin is thick and never wavy. At Eastport it is found in deep pools, but elsewhere itis _ 
an inhabitant of deep water. As usually seen washed ashore it resembles one of the 
digitate forms of Laminaria, for it is usually torn into segments, and not rarely split to 
the very base. Itisatonce distinguished from our digitate Laminarie by its uniformly 
flat stipe, very short root-fibers, and cryptostomata. In most cases the stipe expands 
very gradually into the blade, but occasionally in old specimens the base is cordate. 
The fruit is found in the autumn and winter. In the specimens which we have ex. 
amined the paraphyses were very narrowly club-shaped and colored to the tip, being 
destitute of the hyaline tip found in Laminaria. 


AGARUM, (Bory) Post. & Rupr. 


(From agar-agar, 2 Malayan word referring to some edible sea-weed.) 


Fronds stipitate, attached by a branching root-like base ; lamina per- 
forated with roundish holes; stipe prolonged into a midrib; fruit scat- 
tered in patches (sori) over.the fronds, consisting of elub-shaped, one- 
celled paraphyses and ellipsoidal unilocular sporangia; plurilocular 
sporangia unknown. 


A genus differing from Laminaria in having the lamina perforated with round holes 
and furnished with a distinct midrib. It includes four described species, which differ 
in the size of the perforations, in the shape of the lamina, and the prominence of the 
midrib, characters which an observation of our common species shows to be very vari- 
able. The species inhabit the Arctic Ocean, the northwestern shore of the Atlantic, 
and the North Pacific. The New England form, 4. Turneri, also occurs in the Pacific, 
extending as far south as Japan, and, on the west coast, 4. fimbriatum, Harv., considered 
by Agardh to be the same as Fucus pertusus, Mertens, extends as far south as Santa 
Barbara, Cal. 


A. TURNERI, Post. & Rupr.—Sea Colander. (Fucus cribrosus, Mer- 
tens.—F’. agarum, Turner, Hist. Fuc., Pl. 75.—Laminaria agarum and L.. 
Boryi, De la Pyl., peu de Terre-Neuve.—Agarum Turneri, Post. & 
Rupr., Illustr. Alg., Pl. 22; Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. I, Pl. 5.) 

Exs.—Alge Am. ie Farlow, Anderson & Haton, No. 112. 

Base much branched, stipe two inches to a foot long, cylindrical below, 
flattened above and prolonged into a distinctly marked midrib; lamina 
menbranaceous, one to four feet long, ovate-oblong, cordate and much 
crisped at base, margin wavy; perforations very numerous, orbicular, 
irregularly scattered with a smooth or wavy margin ; fruit in irregular 
patches in the central part of the frond; sori .05-6™™ in thickness; 
paraphyses club-shaped, colored below, expanded and hyaline at the top; 
sporangia narrow, ellipsoidal, .035™™ long by .012™™ broad. 

Common from Nahant northward in deep water and at Eastport i in 
pools; North Pacific. 


One of the curiosities of our marine-flora, which is washed ashore from deep water 
at the southern limit of its growth, but farther north grows in pools at low-water mar 


Ad, 


— 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 97 


The plant is perennial and young specimens are entirely without perforations until 
_ they have attained a length of two or three inches. The perforations, which are 
supposed by the fishermen to be the work of animals, are formed in the lower part of the 

frond and increase in size,as they grow older, so that the perforations are larger in 
the upper and central parts of the frond. New holes are also formed between those 
already formed, so that there is a difference in size depending upon the age of the holes 
in all parts of the frond except the base. The formation of the holes begins by an 
elevation of small portions of the frond, which appears as if some small point like that 
of a pencil had been pressed against it; at length the frond ruptures circularly and 
the hole formed is minute and above the plane of the frond. The margins of the large 
holes are often wavy, and when dried with a slight pressure the waviness becomes so 
marked as to lead one to suppose that the specimens belong toa distinct species. The 
midrib varies considerably in breadth and oceasionaly it grows out, forming a lamina 
at right angles to the frond. The usual perforations are found in the additional 
lamina, which sometimes grows to be as large as the original lamina. The fruit of 
Agarum, which is incorrectly figured in the Nereis as having a form of tetraspores, 
resembles very closely that of Laminaria. The species apparently does not bear fruit 
on the Massachusetts coast, at least we have never been able to find any; but at East- 
port the fruit is formed as early as September. The sori are scattered irregularly over 
the central part of the frond and are most easily seen after the frond has been out of 
the water a short time. The sori are not so thick as in Alaria and Laminaria and the 
paraphyses do not have so prominent a hyaline extremity as inthose genera. Harvey 
states that the lamina are sometimes ten or twelve feet long, but this is probably an 
overestimate. 


ALARIA, Grey. 


(From ala, a wing.) 


Fronds attached by a branching root-like base, stipitate, membrana- 
ceous, with a distinct midrib; fruit borne in special lateral leaflets below 
the lamina, consisting of club-shaped, one-celled paraphyses and ellip- 
soidal unilocular sporangia; plurilocular sporangia unknown. 


A genus readily known by the small, ribless leaflets. given off from the stipe below 
the lamina, in which the the fruit is borne in the autumn. The genus inhabits the 
colder waters of the northern hemisphere and the species sometimes attain a length of 
fifty feet. The number of species does not exceed half a dozen, and the specific marks, 
such as the shape of the midrib, the lateral leaflets, and the base of the lamina, are 
_ variable, so that all the species cannot be said to be well marked. 
_ A. ESCULENTA, Grey. (A. esculenta, Phye. Brit., Pl. 79.—Laminaria 

musefolia, Dela Pyl., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 1, Vol. IV, Pl. 9 d.—L. linearis, 
“De la Pyl., 1, ¢, Pl. 9f.) 

Stipe cylindrical-compressed, from four inches to a foot long, a quarter 

to half an inch wide; midrib solid, scarcely wider than the stipe; lam- 

_ina one to ten feet long or even longer, two to ten inches from side to 

side, decurrent on the stipe, margin wavy ; fructiferous leaflets numer- 
_ ouse, shortly stipitate, three to eight inches long, half an inch to two 
inches broad, linear-ovate or linear-spathulate. 


4 Var. LATIFOLIA, Post. & Rupr. (Laminaria Pylati, Bory, in Flore 
—, S. Miss. 597 


98 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, 


de Terre-Neuve.—Alaria Pylaii, Ner. Am. Bor.—A. esculenta, var., Post. 
_& Rupr., Illustr. Alg., Pl. 18.) ; 
Base of lamina cuneate, fructiferous leaflets obovate-spathulate. 
Common on exposed coasts at low-water mark and below, from Nahant 
northward. The variety at Eastport, Maine, Northern Europe, and 
Pacific coast. | 


As yet no species of Alaria has been found south of Cape Cod, although it is prob- 
able that they occur at exposed points like Gay Head and Montauk. In the Annales 
des Sciences, De la Pylaie mentions three varieties of A. esculenta—platyphylla, teniata, 
and remotifolia—as occurring at Newfoundland, and in the Flore de Terre-Neuve he 
makes two new species—-Laminarie musefolia, including L. esculenta, var. platyphytla 
and var. remotifolia, and L. linearis, including L. esculenta var. teniata. These species 
are characterized by the different forms and position of the fructiferous leaflets, which, 
it must be admitted, are so variable and so constantly pass into cne another, that De 
la Pylaie would have done better in retaining them all as forms of one species. Zam- 
inaria Pylaii, Bory, founded on a single specimen brought by De la Pylaie from New- 
foundland, also seems to be merely a variety of L. esculenta, in which the lamina is 
cuneate at the base. At Eastport the broader forms are common, and one sees all 
stages from decurrent to cuneatelaminxz. Agardh refers to L. Pylati, Bory, the Alaria’ 
esculenta var. latifolia, of Postels and Ruprecht, whose plate represents excellently 
the extreme forms found at Eastport. The present species is used as food in Scotland 
and Ireland, where it is called badder-locks, henware, murlins, and also in Iceland, 
but it is not eaten with us. 


ORDER IIT. OOSPOREA, Sachs. 


Male organs (antheridia) composed of sacks borne on simple or branch- 
ing filaments, sometimes sessile, containing motile antherozoids; female 
organ (oogonium) in the form of a sack, whose contents change into one 
or more spherical masses (oospheres), which are directly fertilized by the 
antherozoids and become oospores. 


In the order Conjugatee there was a direct union of similar bodies called zoospores, 
and no clear distinction of male and female cells. In the Oosporeew the males are smali- 
motile bodies (in algz), which directly impregnate the spherical masses of proto-— 
plasm, called oospheres, either before or after they have escaped from the mother-cell, — 
the oogonium. Asa result of the impregnation, a wall of cellulose is formed round — 
what was before merely a mass of protoplasm, and the so-called oosphere becomes an 
oospore and capable of germinating. The marine plants of the order may be divided — 
into two suborders, as follows: & : 


a. Large olive-green plants, having the antheridia and oogonia in nearly 
closed sacks borne in a definite part of the plant; fronds foliaceous, 
often provided with air-bladders .......--...- chee FUCACEA. 

b. Minute grass-green plants forming turfs or tufts; antheridia and 
oogonia naked, sessile, or pedicellate, borne laterally on the uni- 
cellular branching frond... 32 e eee Re eee . VAUCHERIEZE. 


q 99 


q THE MARINE ALGZ OF NEW ENGLAND. 
3 Suborder FUCACEA, C. Ag. 


_ Plants dicecious or hermaphrodite, fructifying organs borne in con- 
_ceptacles or cavities lined with sterile filaments and opening outwards by 
‘a narrow pore; antheridia in ovoid sacks borne on branching threads 
and filled with minute antherozoids having two lateral cilia; oospores 
spherical, borne 1-S in a mother-cell. Marine plants of an olive-green 
color, attached by a disk-like base, fronds usually branching dichoto- 
mously, rarely indefinitely expanded, often provided with air-bladders 


and with cryptostomata. 

An order characterized by the presence of antherozoids borne in sacks and by 
oospores, varying in the different genera from one to eight in a mother-cell, both an- 
theridia and oospores being contained in holiow conceptacles, which are produced 
either in definite parts of the frond or on special branches or rarely indefinitely scat- 
tered over the frond. The fertilization in this order was first described by Thuret in 
the Annales des Sciences, Ser. 4, Vol. 2. The fronds vary very much in the different 
genera. In Durvillea the frond resembles a large Laminaria, and from this simple 
form there are all degrees of complication, until in Sargassum, the most highly devel- 
oped genus, there are distinct stems, leaves, air-bladders, and branching fructiferous 
receptacles. In high latitudes the order is chiefly represented by the common rock- 
weeds, Fuci, which line the rocks between tide-marks, while in low latitudes the 
gulf- weeds, species of Sargassum, abound. The Southern Ocean abounds in curious 
and varied forms of this order, Australia being particularly rich in species. The New 
England coast is especially poor in representatives of the order, the genera Halidrys, 
Himanthalia, Pelvetia, and Cystoseira, common on the coast of Europe, being entirely 
wanting with us. The fronds are dotted with small pits, called cryptostomata, from 
which grow tufts of hairs. 


SYNOPSIS OF GENERA. 


Fronds with distinct stems and leaves...............0..--, Sargassum. 
Fronds without distinct stems and leaves— 
Lamina provided with a midrib, receptacles terminal, continuous with 


Le GING oe ee ae a alls es eR am ee MY BE ys Fucus. 
Midrib wanting, receptacles on eed lateral branches. . Ascophyllum. 


ASCOPHYLLUM, (Stackh.) Le Jolis, emend. 


(From ackog, a sack, and ¢vA/ov, a leaf.) 


Fronds attached by a disk, linear, compressed, destitute of a midrib, 
irregularly dichotomous, furnished with air-bladders; receptacles on dis- 


tinct, simple, lateral branches; spores four in a mother-cell. 


_ A genus including the Fucus nodosus of older writers, which differs from the true uci 
in having a linear frond destitute of a midrib and spores in fours instead of in eights. 
The generic name Ozothallia proposed by Decaisne and Thuret, who were the first to. 
give a detailed account of the conceptacles of F. nodosus, was referred by Le Jolis to 

the older genus Ascophylla of Stackhouse. 


_ A. NoDosuM, Le Jolis. (Lucus nodosus, L.; Phyc. Brit., Pl. 155; Ner. 


Bi: 


5 Ae 


3 


dichotomously flabellate. 


100 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. — 


Am. Bor., Vol. I, p. 68.—Fucodium Prien. J. Ag.— Ozothallia nodgaag? 
Dene. & Thuret.—Ascophyllum ELST, Le J olis; tudes Phycolo: y 
giques, Pls. 18-20.) ; 

Fronds dicecious, one to five feet long, coriaceous, compressed, sub- 
dichotomous, margin distantly toothed; air-bladders oblong, broader 
than the frond; receptacles ovoid or ellipsoidal, terminating short lat- 
eral branches, which are borne either solitary or clustered in the axils — 
of the teeth. - 

Common between tide-marks from New Jersey northward; Europe; 
Arctic Ocean. ; 


One of our most common species, easily recognized by the large bladders in the con- 
tinuity of the frond, which is thick and narrow and entirely destitute of a midrib. 
The fruit is found in lateral branches in winter and spring, and in June the receptacles 
fall off and are sometimes found in immeuse quantities covering the bottoms of tide- 
pools. 


FUCUS, (L.) Dene. & Thuret. 


(From ¢vxoc, a sea-weed. ) 


Fronds dicecious or hermaphrodite, attached by a disk, plane, costate, 
dichotomous, margin entire or serrate, often furnished with air-blad- 
ders; receptacles terminal, continuous with the frond; spores eight in— 
a mother-cell. 


In the beginning of the present century the name Fucus was used not only to desig- 
nate all the plants included in the present order, but was applied to all marine alex. 
Since that date the word has been used in a more and more restricted sense, and is — 
now only applied to those members of the Fucacee in which the spores are in eights — 
and in which the frond is plane and costate. In some of the species, however, the 
midrib is rather indistinct. Most of our species are very abundant and very variable, 
and older writers have described a3 species a good many forms which are now con-— 
sidered to be merely varieties. Hence the synonymy of the species is in confusion, — 
although our species, none of which are peculiar to America, can be referred to definite — 
European forms. The species described by De la Pylaie in the Flore de Terre-Neuve— 
are most of them to be referred to older species. The New England species naturally ~ 
fall into two different groups. In the first, of which F. vesiculosus is the type, the fronds ~ 
are dicecious and the midrib: distinct throughout. In the second, represented by I. 
evanescens, they are hermaphrodite and the midrib indistinct. 


F. VESICULOSUS, L.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 204; Etudes Phycol., Pl. 15. 
Fronds dicscious, six inches to three feet long, stipitate, midrib dis 


oval, often forked. 
Exs.—Algz Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 109. 
Var. LATERIFRUCTUS, Grev. | es 
‘Lateral branches, which bear the receptacles, narrow and d 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 101 
7 Var. SPHAROCARPUS ; Ag: 
Ultimate divisions of frond repeatedly forked, bearing very numerous 
niall receptacles. 
_ Var. SPIRALIS. 
Fronds short and spirally twisted. 
Everywhere common between tide-marks. 


The varieties of this very common species are so numerous that it is useless to de- 
scribe the greater part of them. The southérnmost limit of the species on the eastern 
‘coast is, as far as known, the coast of North Carolina, where itis reported to have been 
collected by Rey. E. M. Forbes in Curtis’s account of the botany in the Geological and 
Natural History Survey of North Carolina. Jucus bicornisand F. microphyllus of De la 
Pylaie appear to be merely forms of F’. vesiculosus. The species with which the present 
is likely to be confounded along our northern coastis F. evanescens, a broad plant, whose 
midrib is only distinct in the lower part of the frond, and whose conceptacles are her- 
maphrodite, not dicecious, as in the present species. It fruits most abundantly in autumn 
‘and winter, but the fructification can be seen at any season of the year. 


F. CERANOIDES, L.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 271. 

“Frond plane, coriaceo-membranaceous, linear-dichotomous, mid- 
ribbed, without vesicles, margin very entire; lateral branches narrower 
than the principal divisions, repeatedly forked, level topped, bearing 
fruit at their apices ; receptacles spindle-shaped or bifid, acute.” (Ner. 
Am. Bor., Vol. I, p. 70.) 

_ New York, Agardh ; Europe. 


The authority for the existence of this species on our coast is Agardh. Harvey had 
never seen American specimens, nor have we ever found any. The species, judging 
from herbarium specimens, resembles very closely L. vesiculosus, especially var. lateri- 
cs us, but is said to be thinner and to be destitute of air-bladders. It inhabits rather 
brackish waters. 


_ F. segRAtus, L.; Phyc. Brit., Pl. 47; Etudes Phycol., Pls. 11-14. 

_ Fronds Segeaia, two to six ee fae, midrib distinct throughout, 
‘margin serrate; bladders wanting; receptacles serrate, flattish, pointed. 
e. Newburyport, Mass:, Captain Pike; Pictou, N. S., Rev. J. Fowler ; 


Europe. 


A very common species of Europe, but very rare ou our coast, being known in only 
two localities. In the supplement to the Nereis itis reported from Newburyport, hav- 
ing been once detected by Captain Pike, but not seen there since. The only other 
locality is Pictou, where it was detected’ by Rev. J. Fowler, who sent specimens to 
ofessor Eaton in 1869. The species is easily recognized by its serrated margin, and 
grows lower down in the water than I’. vesiculosus. 


| 4 FP, EVANESCENS, Ag., Icon. Ined., Pl. 13. (Mucus platycarpus, in Far. 
Jow’s List of the Marine Algz of the United States.) 


102 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, 


elongated ; receptacles swollen, broad, usually united in pairs, and some: | 

tines with a small margin formed of the unchanged frond. . 
Exs.—Alge Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Haton, No. 107. : 
Eastport; Maine; coast of Massachusetts; Northern Europe; Arctic 


Ocean. 


A species apparently common north of Cape Cod, and at Eastport quite as common 
as F. vesiculosus, for which it might be mistaken. As found with us, it is broader than 
the last-named species and is usually without bladders, and when these occur they 
seem nore like irregularly inflated portions of the frond than spherical cavities. The 
receptacles contain both antheridia and oospores, the latter occupying the base and 
the former the upper part of the conceptacle. The receptacles are broader and less 
swollen than in F. vesiculosus and are often in pairs, the pairs being united below. 
The whole plant is shorter, stouter, and more foliaceous than F. vesiculosus. The spe- 
cies as found in the Arctic regions is variable, and several forms have been described. 
The form which occurs at Eastport comes very near the typical form. FF. miclonensis 
of De la Pylaie is probably a small form of the present. 5 : 


F. FuRCATUS, Ag., Icon. Ined., Pl. 14. 

Fronds hermaphrodite, branching very regularly dichotomous, stipi- 
tate, one to three feet long, midrib distinct below, scarcely visible above, 
margin narrow, rigid, entire; bladders wanting; receptacles flat, nar- 
row, linear-fusiform, sometimes forking. 

Exs.—Algz Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 108. 

Peak’s Island, Maine; coast of Massachusetts north of Boston ; North-_ 
ern Europe; Arctic Ocean; North Pacific. 


A common and beautiful species on exposed coasts north of Boston. It is found 
lower down than F. vesiculosus, at the limit of low-water mark. The frond is narrow, 
tough, and destitute of bladders, and the branching very regular, almost flabellate. 
It is easily distinguished by the receptacles, which are not in the least swollen and are 
narrow and longer than in any other species, being sometimes four inches long. The 
color is dark. Our form corresponds perfectly to specimens from Spitzbergen. The 
species is less variable than most of the genus and is found at all seasons of the year. 


F. FILIFORMIS, Gmelin. (Ff. distichus, L., in Farlow’s List of the Ma- 
rine Algz of the United States.) a 
Fronds hermaphrodite, three to six inches long, flabellately acne 
mous, Stipitate below, midrib present but indistinct ; air-bladders want- 
ing; receptacles linear-oblong, swollen, borne in pairs, sometimes forking, 
In pools near high-water mark. Bee 
Nahant, Marblehead, Mass. | 


Our smallest species, found only in spring and in pools where the water is not Vv 
pure. Our form is the same as No. 201 of Areschoug’s Alge ip from F 
mark, which Agardh BESS to F, eee Whether F. distichus, L., is not the same d 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 103 


SARGASSUM, Ag. 
(From sargazo, the Spanish name for the gulf-weed) 


Fronds attached by a disk having branching stems, leaves with a 
midrib and distinctly stalked air-bladders; fruit in special compound 
branches; conceptacles hermaphrodite; spores single in the mother-cell. 


The most highly organized and by far the largest genus of the Fucacee, of which at° 
Jeast 150 species have been described. They inhabit the warmer waters of the globe, 
where they replace the Fuci. Australia, Japan, and the adjacent coast of Asia are 
particularly rich in species. We have one species which does not come north of Cape 
Cod, but which is common southward. The genus has been subdivided by Kiitzing, 
but even with his limitation the species of Sargassum are very numerous. 


S. VULGARE, Ag. (Fucus natans, Turner’s Hist. Fuc., Pl. 46, non 
Linn.—S. vulgare, Phye. Brit., Pl. 343.) 

Fronds two to five feet long, stem filiform, smooth, irregularly 
branching, leaves shortly petiolate, linear-lanceolate or oblong-lanceo- 
late, one to three inches long, a quarter to half an inch wide, sharply 
serrate, midrib distinct, cryptostomata numerous on both sides of the 
midrib; air-bladders spherical, quarter of an inch in diameter, stalked, 
arising from a transformed leaf, the upper part of which often remains 
as an appendage; stalks naked or slightly winged; receptacles filiform, 
branching cymosely, one to two inches long. 

Var. MoNTAGNEI. (S. Montagnei, Bailey, in Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. I, 
Pl. 14.) al 

Leaves narrowly linear, elongated, receptacles two to four inches long. 


Below low-water mark in warm, shallow bays from Cape Cod south- 


ward. 


In spite of its variations, with the exception of S. bacciferum, which is sometimes 
washed ashore, we have but one species of Sargassum on our coast. As usually found, 
it is more slender in all its parts than the typical S. vulgare of the West Indies, but it 
is occasionally ford of the typical form. In var. Montagnei, which is common, we 
have an extreme form, in which the fructifying branches are much elongated, but one — 
sees all variations from short to long. 


S. BACCIFERUM, Ag.—Gulf-weed. (Fucus natans, L.; Turner's Hist. 
Fue., Pl. 47.—S. baceiferum, Phye. Brit., Pl. 109.) 

Fronds six inches to a foot and a half long, stems filiform, smooth, 
leaves linear-lanceolate, two to four inches long, midrib distinct, erypto- 
stomata usually wanting; air-bladders stalked, spherical, tipped with a 
filiform point; receptacles short, cylindrical, forked. 

Washed ashore at Bath, L. L., Mr. A. R. Young, and found floating off 
the coast near the Gulf Stream; West Indies, and floating in the 
Atlantic. 


The common Gulf-weed, which grows attached in the West Indies, where it fruits, 


104 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


and which is found floating and infertile in the course of the Gulf Stream and in the 
so-called Sargasso Sea, between 20° and 45° N. and 40° W. It is rarely washed ashore 
in New England, but is frequently brought in by fishing vessels. It is said that there 
is a large mass of this sea-weed in the ocean not far from Nantucket, but there is no 
definite information on the subject. The species in its floating form is distinguished 
from the last by its narrower leaves, destitute of eryptostomata, its darker color, and 
denser habit. : 


SusorpER VAUCHERIE A. 


Comprising a single genus, Vaucheria, whose characters are given 
below. 


VAUCHERIA, D.C. 


(Named in honor of Jean Pierre Vaucher, of Geneva.) 


Fronds green, unicellular, composed of long, irregularly or falsely 
dichotomously branching filaments, monoecious or dicecious; oogonia 
sessile or stalked, containing a single oospore; antheridia either short 
ovoid sacks or formed at the tips of branches, which are frequently 
spirally twisted; antherozoids very small, with two cilia; non-sexual 
reproduction by very large zoospores, which are covered with cilia, or by 
motionless spores formed at the ends of short branches. 


The Vaucherie abound both on our coast and in inland waters, and some species 
grow upon damp ground in gardens and meadows. They either form thick turfs of a 
dark-green color when growing in places which are not constantly submerged, or else 
extend in indefinite-shaped masses when growing where there is plenty of water. 
They are generally easily recognized at sight, and are known under the microscope 
by the long branching filaments of a deep-green color, destitute of cross-partitions 
except when the fruit is forming. Although very abundant on our shore, the species 
are little known, because the specific characters depend upon the fruit. The deter- 
mination of sterile specimens is out of the question, and,even when fruiting, dried 
specimens are of comparatively little value. A considerable number of species of 
Vaucheria have been described, but as a great part of them have been described from 
individuals bearing the non-sexual spores only, recent writers, as Walz and Nordstedt, 
have reduced the number of species very much by omitting imperfectly characterized — 
forms. Nordstedt admits nineteen species in Europe. The American species have 
never been critically studied. Specimens should be kept in fluid rather than mounted 
on paper, and sketches of the fruit should be made at the time of gathering. It 
should not be forgotten by the collector that some of the species are dicecious, and 
also that a species is not perfectly known unless the non-sexual spores are described 3 
as well as the oospores. j 


V. THURETII, Woronin, Beit. zur Kenntniss der Vaucherien, 1 in Bot. 
Zeit., Vol. XX VII, p. 157, Pl. 2, Figs. 30-32. ei 
Moneecious ; filaments .03-8"™ in diameter, forming short, dense bus 
antheridia sessile, oval, .05-7™™ broad by .10-14™™ long; contents 0: 
antheridia colorless; oogonia either sessile or on short lateral branches, | 
obovoid or pyriform, inclined, .25-30™™ long by 20™™ wide; 00s ores | 
spherical, .15-18™™ in diameter, yellowish brown; cell- det Tathoe ins : 


52 ‘ ; 
, . "| * p - - -_ 


THE MARINE ALGZ OF NEW ENGLAND. 105 


non-sexual spores (?).08™™ broad by .10-12™™ long, motionless, borne on 
short branches, which are at right angles to the main filaments, from 
which they break off, allowing the spores to escape from the ruptured 
end. 

Exs.—Wittrock & Nordstedt, Alg. Scand., No. 228. 

On muddy shores and sides of ditches, where it forms large patches 
of a dark velvety green. Summer. 

_Wood’s Holl, Mass.; Eastport, Maine; Perth Amboy, N. J., Wolle; 
Europe. 


This species, which is apparently common on muddy shores of New England, agrees 
so well with the description and figure of Woronin, 1. c., that there can be no doubt 
about the identity of our plant with that of the European coast. The non-sexual 
fruit was unknown to Woronin. At Wood’s Holl we found what appeared to be the 
non-sexual fruit of the species. It consisted of oval-spores, smaller than the oospores, 
borne at the tips of short branches, which were given off at right angles to the main 
filaments. The branches with the spores fall off, and the latter, after some time, 
eseape from the ruptured end of the cell. The spores are motionless and destitute of 
cilia, reminding one of the non-sexual spores in V. geminata, Walz. During the four 
or five days which we were able to watch them they underwent no change. In the 
specimen of Wolle, above mentioned, similar bodies are found, but Nordstedt thinks 
it probablg that they belong to a species different from V. Thuretii. He is led to this 
conclusion apparently from the fact that the filaments bearing the non-sexual spores 
are rather smaller than those which bear the oospores and antheridia. In the Wood’s 
Holl specimens the filaments were, as a rule, somewhat smaller than those bearing 
the oospores; but the difference is very slight, and one sometimes finds oosporiferous 
filaments measuring only .03™™ in diameter, while the non-sexual spore-bearing fila- 
ments average from .04-5™™ in diameter. In one case we found an antheridium on the 
non-sexual spore-bearing filament, which resembled precisely the antheridia of V, 
Thuretii. We conclude then thatthe non-sexual spores probably belong to the present 
species, but the question requires further examination. A specimen of what appears 
to be the same species exists in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural His- 
tory. It was collected by Prof. J. W. Bailey from some Bags near New York, and- 


_ is labelled, in his own handwriting, V. velutina. 


—t*. -. 


VY. LITOREA, Nordstedt (Ag., Spec. Alg., p. 463.—V. clavata, Lyngb., 
Hydrophyt. Dan., p. 78, Pl. 21 d.—V. litorea, Nordstedt, in Botan. No- 
tiser., 1879, p. 180, Pl. 2, Figs. 1-6.—V. piloboloides, Farlow,, List of 
Marine Algz, 1876.) 

Diccious; filaments densely tufted, rather rigid, .10™™ in diameter; 
antheridia?; oogonia club-shaped, borne on a short sterile cell at the tips 
of short recurved branches, .20™ broad by about .35™™ long; oospores 
filling the upper part of oogonium, spheroidal, .18-19™™ broad by .23- 
25™™ long; cell-wall dense, .02™™" in thickness; non-sexual spores? 

Atlow-water mark in the gravel. ib 

Parker’s Point, Wood’s Holl, Mass.; Europe. 


We refer to the present species a Vaucheria much coarser than the species last 


_ described, which forms rather bristly tufts of a dingy green, from two to four inches 


high, in gravelly places. Only one specimen, collected in August, 1876, was in fruit, 


7 


106 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. — és 
and at the time, as there were no antheridia, we hastily inferred that the spores were — 
non-sexual. It now seems probable that the plant is the V. litorea of Nordstedt, 1. ¢.» 

a dicecious species. The species was common at Wood’s Holl in August, 1879, but con- 
stantly sterile. The antheridia of V. litorea, Nordstedt, are long and cylindrical and 
borne on ashort sterile cell at the tips of the branches. The antherozoids are discharged 
by openings at the apex and sides of the antheridium. Our plant will be easily recog- 
aized by its habit and the recurved branches bearing the oogonia. 


OrDER IV. FLORIDEA. 


Alga of a red or purple color ; antheridia containing spherical, hya- | 
fine antherozoids, which are without cilia; sexual fruit or cystocarps 
developed from a procarp, which consists of a trichogyne, at whose base ~ 
is a trichophore, the spores formed either from the trichophore or the ad- 
jacent cells which compose the carpogenic system; spores at maturity 
either naked or inclosed in a pericarp; non-sexual reproduction by 
tetraspores, bispores, and seirospores; fronds filamentous, crustaceous, 
membranaceous, or irregularly expanded, varying from gelatinous to 
cartilaginous in substance, occasionally calcareous. Principally marine. 


The Floridew, which are the same as the Rhodospermeew of Harvey, inclyde a large 
number of species, all of which have some shade of red, although it may be nearly 
black on the one hand or approach shades of green on the other. In decay, however, 
the color becomes orange and finally green. It is not to be inferred, however, that 
all red algws belong to the Floridew. There are a few Cyanophycee in which the color 
is pink, but in these species the frond is merely an agglomeration of red cells, each of 
which is practically a distinct individual, whereas in the Floridee the cells are organ- 
ically united, and constitute a single plant. The structure of the frond in this order 
varies in the different genera, and we have forms which correspond closely to the 
fronds of the Phwosporew, as, for instance, in Nemalion we have a frond which, apart 
from its color, is undistinguishable from that of Mesogloia, and soon. The non-sexual 
Yeproduction is by tetraspores, cells which divide into four parts—rarely by bispores 
or two-parted cells—and seirospores, or chains of oblong cells formed directly from the _ 
branches. The sexual fruit, known as the cystocarp, is developed from a procarp, as 
has already been explained. The division into suborders is founded principally on 
the differences in the cystocarpic fruit, the full development of which is not known in 
many cases. Differences in the fronds and tetraspores serve to mark the genera. 
Agardh and Harvey divide the Floridee into two series—the Desmiospermee, in which 
the spores are arranged in a definite series with regard to a placenta or common point 
of attachment, and Gongylospermew, where the spores are heaped together without — 
order. A study of the development, however, shows that this distinction has not the — 
value which it was formerly supposed to have, and certain suborders with differently 
arranged spores are by those who lay stress upon the development placed in proxim- — 
ity to others in which the spores are irregularly grouped. Although, owing to mod- ~ 
ern researches, we know much more about the real nature of the cystocarps than was . 
known a few years ago, it must be admitted that the suborders of Floridew are far q 
from satisfactory. As a matter of fact, the order is a very natural one, and, as is the 
case with most natural orders, the species and genera pass so gradually into one an- 
other that sharply marked divisions are out of the question. At the base of the order 
is a small number of genera whose position is doubtful, owing to our lack of informa- 
tion about the fructification. Then come the Porphyrew, in which we have fronds of 
a single layer of cells (Porphyra) and certain cells grow out so as to form a very sho! 


poy 


2 | 
= 


, 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 107 


trichogyne. After fertilization, the contents of the cell at the base of the trichogyne 
divide, quadrant fashion, and we have a number of spores produced at once from the 
original cell. In Nemalion the trichophore, or swollen base of the trichogyne, divides, 
and the divisions grow out laterally and form short filaments, each cell of which becomes 
a spore, so that at maturity the cystocarpic fruit consists of a dense tuft of radiating, 
moniliform filaments. In the Ceramiee we have favelle, or cystocarps, in which the 
carpogenic cells bud out and produce several lobes, each of which divides into a num- 
ber of very short filaments, which do not separate from one another, but remain ad- 
herent. The cells of the filaments are changed into spores, which form irregular 
groups, but are still held together by the mass of jelly which surrounds them. In the 
more highly developed suborders the spores either radiate in filaments from a sort of 
placenta which is produced from the carpogenic cells or else are terminal on short 
stalks. The pericarps are special sacks or conceptacles, inclosing the spores and. 
developed from the cells below the procarp, or we may have the cystocarps borne in 
the interior of solid fronds, whose external portion may then be said to form a pericarp 
around them. I will be seen that the structure of the Floridee is more complicated 
than that of the other orders of alg, and the student cannot expect to obtain a clear 
idea of the different suborders without considerable study. The following key will aid 
somewhat, and the reader should consult the plates appended to this paper: 


1. Spores formed in the cells of the frond itself...... ....-Porphyree. 
2. Spores (cystocarps) not formed directly from the cells of the frond, 
Pate PONE A °SPCCiAl PVOGALP jc. ass eS os 2 aoe. eae 3 

3. Spores without a special covering or pericarp ....... a 0 ee ees 4. 
Panes with a Special covering oo. wel Po St 10 
PPBER TER OU 20 a. i02 oo iat oni PEE ope ala pa bee So were Se oO 5 
peetes Inmersed: 1 fhe fronds. 25 ay. oe 5 ok wn ga ee 7 
Spores immersed in external wartS. 22.55.2220 .55.00 cen eee 6 


AB. Spores free on the surface of a lobulated mass .... Spermothammec. 


Spores irregularly grouped in masses which are surrounded by a 


ELAM TLV CLOPE sole Nien thers Se. a= ch a eae ee Ceramiec. 
See MOL ELECh, Cy INATICAL 8 sp jij ao a0 et wpa a font Spongiocarpec. 
Fronds horizontally expanded ............. wo------- Squamariec. 

7. Spores arranged in dense tufts of radiating moniliform fila- 
SUG TELTES he wa Ais i ae at 5 ol 2 i a ne NP, eo bg a Nemaliece. 

4 Spores on an axile placenta i in swollen branches.......... Gelidiec. 
Spores in numerous radiating tufts around a central placenta or 
PARBOCOUIE COIL 32 hob we  eiinaie Suen ag Ot a, Moone .- Nolieriew. 
Spores arranged without order........-.--.-.-....-.-- Skt 8 

8. Spores forming a single mass or nucleus and entirely buried in the 
RECA oo hae ae ses oa MS tila e a in. whe oo, wine Cie eee 9 


Spores in several masses, separated by the tissue of the internal part of 
the frond and rising in swellings above the surface. . . Gigartinec. 


aetonns hollow and tubular... ore eee Dumontiec. 
LUE OE SOL cy 2 ae a ee Rel ee tie a »..-..-. Cryptonemiee. 

10. Spores arranged without regular order.........-... A Oe 11 
Spores in small, scattered tutts, borne on branching filaments— 
Hypnee. 

Spores in ialiatine moniliform filaments........-.-....-- Pepi a 0 


a 


108 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Spores pyriform, on simple or bene stalks from a basal pla. 


CONHE Sh Sale De ood bee a ee ee ee 13 

11. Wall of the conceptacle thin, composed of the divisions of an in- 
voluere united by. jelly ©... i... 228 2.220 22. eee Spyridiec. 

Wall of conceptacle JTS sporiferous masses arranged around a 
placenta ely eA ea ah toes ee eee Rhodymeniec. 


12. Filaments arising from a single cell at the base of a thin membrana. 


ceous conceptacle which is sunk in the frond. . . Scinaia (Nemaliee). 


Filaments arising from a distinct basal placenta, conceptacles ex- 


CORN ois es cy Sie ele Sine ye tare ee Oy eke, ee Spherococeoidec. 
13. Fronds coated with a caleareous inecrustation..........-. Corallinee: 
Fronds without incrustation........ cc. eee eee Gey Awe Rhodomelec. 


FLORIDEZ INCERTA SEDIS. 


TRENTEPOHLIA, (Ag.) Prings. 
(Named in honor of Johann Iriederich Trentepohl, of Oldenburg.) 


Fronds arising from a cellular base, filamentous, branching, composed 
of short cells placed end to end, branches ending in a hair; spores single, 
borne in oval cells terminating lateral branches; antheridia and tetra- 
Spores unknown. 


A genus which in the present paper comprises a number of small marine species 
placed by some writers in Callithamnion and by others in Chantransia. In the Nereis 
Am. Bor., Harvey placed T. Daviesii and T. virgatula in Callithamnion. But cystocarps 
and antheridia are wanting, and according to Thuret and Bornet, Areschoug, and 
Pringsheim, the spores are undivided, although, on the other hand, Agardh and Harvey 
state that they are tripartite tetraspores. We have never seen any indication of divis- 
ion in American specimens. The genus Chantransia as limited by Thuret included not 
only marine species, but a number of fresh-water forms. Sirodot, however, in his Htude 
sur la Famille des Lémanéacées, Annales des Sciences, 5th Series, Vol. XVI, has shown 
that at least some of the fresh-water species of Chantransia are nothing but the initial 
stage of different species of Lemanew. On the other hand, Chantransia investiens, Lenor., 
a minute fresh-water alga which grows on different species of Batrachospermum, and 
which is made the type of the genus Balbiania by Sirodot, has distinct antheridia, 
trichogynes, and cystocarps, and this is also the case with the marine species C. corym- 
bifera described by Bornet and Thuret in Notes Algologiques. Thespecies of Chantransia, 
then, may be divided into two sets. In the first, including C. investiens of fresh water 
and the marine C. corymbifera, we have autonomous species related to Callithamnion, 
and differing in the simpler procarp and cystocarp and in the undivided non-sexual 
spores. In the second set we have the numerous fresh-water Chantransi@, in which 


there are no cystocarps, in which the species are not autonomous, but merely prothalloid f 


stages of other species. 
The question remains as to the relations of the marine Chantransie in which no 
cystocarps nor antheridia have been found. Judging from analogy, if they are 


initial stages of other plants, those plants must be members of the Nemaliew. But 
the habitat seems to forbid such an assumption, since the marine Chantransiw abound 
on Zostera, Rhodymenia, and other algw on which certainly no species of Nemalion or 
other related genera occur on our coast. We have thought best, in the absence of © 


direct information with regard to cystocarps and antheridia in the species here include 


ig tae 


E 
¥ 
a 


a ; iy 
i ‘ 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 109 


to retain the name Trentepohlia which was once adopted by Harvey, and at a later 
date also by Pringsheim, since it sufficiently indicates that the species in question 
should be kept distinct from Callithamnion, and at the same time does not assume the 
existence of cystocarps like those described by Thuret and Bornet in C. corymbifera. 


T. VIRGATULA, (Harv.). (Callithamnion virgatulum, Harv., Phye. Brit., 
Pl. 313; Ner. Am. Bor., Part I], p. 243.) Pl. X, Fig. 3. 

Fronds minute, tufted, branches erect, straight, alternate or secund ; 
spores sessile or on short stalks, borne either singly or in twos and 
threes along the branches. 

Var. SECUNDATA. (Callithamnion luxurians, Ner. Am. Bor.—C. secun- 
datum, Lyngb.) 

Branches patent, with attenuated, naked, secund, secondary branches. 

On Ceramium, Laminaria stems, and other alge. The variety espe- 
cially on Zostera. 

Common in Long Island Sound; Gloucester, Mass.; Peak’s Island, 
Maine. 


A common species found in summer on different alga. On the filamentous species 
it forms small tufts, and on Zostera it fringes the margins of the leaves with a fine 
plush scarcely more than a quarter or halfaninch high. The synonymy of the species 
is very complicated, it having been confused with the next by some writers. The 
variety is common on Zostera, and is usually found in American herbaria bearing the 
name of C. luxurians. There is little doubt thatit is the C. luxurians of the Nereis Am. 
Bor., but whether it is the species described under that name by Agardh is doubtful. 


T. Dayresn, Harv. (Conferva Daviesii, Engl. Bot., Pl. 2329.—Cal- 
lithamnion Daviesii, Phyc. Brit., Pl. 314.) 

Fronds minute, tufted, branches scattered, patent, bearing in their 
axils fasciculated ramuli, at whose tips are borne the spores. 

On Rhodymenia. 

Gloucester, Mass. 


The limits of the species are not well marked. The extreme form is found in C, 
efflorescens, Thuret, kept as a distinct species by most writers, in which the branches 
are few, long, and given off at wide angles, and the spores borne in dense corymbs or 
heads in the axils. This form has been found on Cystoclonium purpurascens at! Gay 
Head. 


Among the genera whose relations to the Floridew must be considered doubtful are 
Choreocolas and Pseudoblaste, described by Reinsch in Contributiones ad Algologiam et 
Fungologiam. Of the last-named genus a single species, of the former five species, are 
attributed to the eastern coast of America. The species of Choreocolax consist merely 
of rose-colored filaments, which are parasitic in the fronds of different Floridew, upon 
the surface of which they produce irregularly swollen masses, composed in part of the 
threads of the Choreocolax and in part of the distorted tissues of the host-plant. The 
species of Pseudoblaste consist of aggregations of cells arranged in longitudinal series, 
which form hemispherical masses on the surface of different Floridee. In neither genus 
is any form of reproduction known, and, for this reason, the descriptions of Reinsch 
must be regarded as inadequate, since it by no means follows that plants consisting of 
rose-colored filaments belong tothe ’loridee. One often finds on our coast Floridee whose 


410 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. — 


Suborder PO RPHYRE AS. 


Fronds brownish purple, composed of cells imbedded in a gelatinous 
net-work, arranged in filaments or in membranes formed of a single 
layer of cells; spores formed by the division of a mother-cell into eight 
‘cells, arranged by fours in two layers; antherozoids spherical, color- 


less, destitute of proper motion, formed by division of a mother-cell into 
32-64 parts. 


The present suborder comprises the genera Porphyra and Bangia, and perhaps also - 
Erythrotrichia and Goniotrichum. In Porphyra the frond consists of a single layer of cells, 
of which those near the base send downwards root-like appendages, by means of which 
the fronds are attached to the substratum. The spores are formed at the marginal 
portion of the frond by the division of the vegetative cells, at first into two cells by a 
vertical partition, and the subsequent division of the two cells into four by eruciate — 
partitions. Thus, when mature and seen from above, the eight spores seem to be 
arranged in two superimposed series of four. The spores escape by the dissolution of 
the outer part of the frond, leaving behind the empty gelatinous net-work. When 
free they are found to consist of protoplasm without a cellulose wall, and they move 

-about for a short time with an ameboid motion. The antherozoids are also formed 
by the division of the vegetative cells, but the division is carried farther than in the 
production of the spores, for, in addition to the vertical and cruciate partitions de- 
scribed in the latter case, a second vertical and cruciate division takes-place, so that 
the original vegetative cell is divided into 32-64 célls. Janczewski applies the name 
antheridium to the collective mass of antherozoids formed from a single vegetative cell. 
As the division takes place the antherozoids lose their color. When mature they are 
spherical and escape in a manner similar to that of the spores. Bornet and Janezewski 
state that the antherozoids are destitute of any proper motion, and we can confirm 


fronds are distorted by parasites, which produce deformities like those described by 
Reinsch as due to species of Choreocolax. Such distortions are perhaps most frequently 
found on Cystoclonium purpurascens. In our present ignorance of the frnetification,  — 
specific identification is out of the question, and, in this connection, it is only necessary 
to quote the generic descriptions of Reinsch, 1. c., with an enumeration of the species _ 
attributed to our coast: ei, 
CHOREOCOLAX. True vegetable parasites; fronds consisting of two portions, one 
of which extends through the tissue of the infected plant, the other of which swells 
above the surface of the infected plant, forming a convex mass, whichis hemispherical — 
or spherical, semi-ellipsoidal or irregular in outline; the cells which are contained in — 
the infected plant either more slender than the others or of the sameshape, cellsofex- 
ternal portion equal or unequal, arranged without order in densely intricate subramose — 
threads, terminal cells sometimes longer and more slender; fructification?; polysporan- Be 
gia? Pears 
C. RABENHORSTI. On Delesseria sinuosa, Anticosti; Gloucester, Mass. 5 a 
C. POLYSIPHONIZ. On P. fastigiata, Atlantic shore of North America. e 
C. MIRABILIS. On Rhodomela subfusca, Atlantic shore of North America. 
C. AMERICANUS. On Lophura Royana, &c., Atlantic shore of North America. 
C. TUMIDUS. On oe amin EILET West Gre Mass. 


outline, formed of Sani aa an ear ae in longitudinal s se 
arising from a densely appressed base (the cells without any organic connection 
the cells of the infected plant) ; propagation ? 

P. IRREGULARIS. On Lophura Lo; yand, Atlantic coast of North puerioes 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. | 111 


this statement by our own observations, although Koschtsug maintains the contrary. 
The genus Bangia, except that the cells composing the frond are arranged in cylindri- 
eal filaments instead of expanded membranes, differs in no essential respect from Por- 
phyra and the production of spores and antherozoids is the same. 

The development and structure of thespecies of this order have formed the subject of 
a number of important papers, viz: Porphyra laciniata, in Etudes Phycologiques, by Bor- 
net and Thuret; Etudes Anatomiques sur les Porphyra, by Janczewski, in Anrfales des Sci- 
ences, Ser. 5, Vol. XVII; and Ueber die Geschlechtspflanzen von Bangia fusco-purpurea, in 
Pringsheim’s Jahrbiicher, Vol. II. In the Nereis. Am. Bor., Harvey placed Porphyra 
and Bangia with the Ulvacee, which they resemble in so far as they consist of simpls 
membranes and filaments some of whose cells change directly into spores. Thesporee 
of the Porphyree, however, are motionless bodies, not zoospores as in the Ulvacee, and 
their color is not green, but brownish red. The systematic position of the order has 
been in doubt, because, although there were well-known spores and bodies to which 
the name of antheridia was applied, no one had succeeded in detecting trichogynes 
and procarps, which must necessarily exist if the Porphyree are to be classed with the 
Floridee. Dr. G. Berthold, however, has recently published in the Mittheilungen aus 
der zoologischen Station zu Neapel a communication in which he claims to have discoy- 
ered trichogynes in species of Bangia and Porphyra. According to him, the cells pro- 
duce short trichogynes to which the antherozoids adhere, and as a result the contents 
of the cell divide and produce the spores at once. In other words, the Porphyrew are 
the simplest of the Floridee; a vegetative cell produces a trichogyne and is itself the 
carpogenic cell from which the spores are formed. Dr. Berthold goes further and says 
that some of the spores are nonsexual and are true tetraspores, but his article is not 
accompanied by illustrations. Bornet, to a certain extent following Cohn, suggests a 
possible connection of the Floridee with the” Phycuchromacee by means of the Porphy- 
ree. Admitting that Hryihrotrichia and Goniotrichum are related to Porphyra and 
Bangia, we have in Goniotrichum algxw composed of rose-colored discoid al cells packed 
in a thick gelatinous tube, from which they escape much as in some of the Phycochrom- 
acee. ; 


PORPHYRA, Ag. 


(From topovpa, a purple dye.) 


e 


Fronds gelatinous, membranaceous, composed of a single layer of 
brownish-red cells, those near the base sending out root-like processes ; 
spores borne near the margin of frond, eight arising from a single mother- 
cell; antheridia marginal, consisting of 32-64 spherical, colorless an- 
therozoids. 


A small genus, the species of which are characterized by the relative position of the 
spores and antheridia and by the shape of the frond. Most of the species have been 
founded on variations in the outline of the frond, and recent writers agree in uniting 
many of the species of the older algologists. 


P. LACINIATA, Ag.— Laver. (P. linearis, Grev.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 211, 
Vig. 2.—P. vulgaris, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 211, Fig. 1.—P. laciniata, 
Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 92; Etudes Phycol., Pl. 31.) 

Fronds three inches to a foot and a half long, persistent throughout 
the year, color livid purple, substance gelatinous -but firm, at first 
linear, but becoming widely expanded and finally much lobed and 
laciniate; antheridia and spores forming a marginal zone, usually borne 


112 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. — 


on diffrent individuals, or when borne on the same individual not inter. 


mixed, but on separate portions of the frond. 
Common on stones near low-water mark. 
Found in all parts of the world. 


This common species abounds on rather smooth stones and pebbles. and when the 
tide falls covers them with slimy films, which make walking over them. difficult. 
The shape of the fronds is very variable, but as generally found they are much folded 


and laciniate. The species is used for making soups in Europe, but is not used in this 


country, except by the Chinese, who import it from China, not knowing that it occurs 
abundantly on our own coast. P. leucosticta probably occurs in New England, but has 
not yet certainly been observed. It is a spring species, softer and brighter colored 
than P. laciniata, and the antheridia and spores are found on the same individual, 
forming spots within the margin rather than a marginal zone. 


BANGIA, Lyngb. 
(Named in honor of Niels Hofmann Bang, of Copenhagen.) 


Fronds gelatinous, simple, filamentous, cylindrical, densely tufted, 
composed below of a single row of cells, which, by repeated vertical 
division, become densely cellular above; antheridia and spores formed 
by transformation of the cells of the upper part of the filaments. 


A small genus, of which most of the species are marine, but some are found in fresh 
water. The species are not well characterized, for the differences in the length of the 
filaments, color, and number of cells seen in cross-section, marks upon which most 
writers have relied, depend to a erat extent upon the age of the plant and its place — 
of growth. 


B. FUSCO-PURPUREA, Lyngb.; Phyc. Brit., Pl. 96; Reinke, 1. ¢, 
Pls. 12, 13. 
Filaments blackish purple, two to six inches long, clustered in dense 


s 


masses, lubricous; antheridia and spores usually on different individ- 


uals. 
On wharves and rocks between tide-marks. 
Rather common along the whole coast. 


Easily recognized by the fine, soft, dark-purple filaments, which cover rocks and 


wood work in patches of considerable size with a dense gelatinous fleece. Although 
found on wharves in sheltered localities, it also occurs on rocks exposed to the waves. 


ERYTHROTRICHIA, Aresch. 
(From epudpoc, red, and rpzycov, a small hair.) 


Fronds rose-colored, simple, filamentous, composed of a single row of 
similar cells placed end to end; cell contents cc ee ina eo 
mass, which forms a spore. 


A small genus, whose pretine a Ez. ODS is by many writers 


of the cell contents in a sinh si or spore. If Fides ciliaris of the eee 


g 
* 
{ 
E 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 113 


occurs at Charleston but is not known farther north, is also to be included in the 
present genus, then the definition given above will have to be modified so as to include 
plants having more than one row of cells, an extension of the genus apparently 
adopted by Thuret, but not originally adopted by Areschoug. 


E. CERAMICOLA, (Lyngb.) Aresch. (Bangia ceramicola, Chauvin, 
Phye. Brit., Pl. 317.—2. ceramicola, Le Jolis, Liste des Algues Marines 
de Cherbourg, Pl. 3, Figs. 1, 2.) 

Filaments diffuse, forming a web or fringe on alge, cells about as long 
as broad. 

On alge, especially the smaller Floridee, in tide-pools. Late summer 
and autumn. 6 
Gloucester, Mass., Mrs. Davis, Mrs. Cochrane ; Peak’s Island, Maine, 

W. G. F.; Europe. 


In examining with the microscope the filamentous Floridew one often meets with a 

»w filaments of this species. Itis not, however, common to find it in such abundance 
. a the shore as to attract the eye of the collector who is not especially in search of it. 
I. attains its full size in the month of September. 


? GONIOTRICHUM, Kiitz. 
(From yovia, an angle, and tpzyov, a small hair.) 


K\ onds filamentous, branching, composed of rose-colored, disk-shaped 
cells, embedded in jelly. 


A gei us composed of only two or three species. Kiitzing describes two species, but 
his limi, ition of them is not now kept by algologists. Zanardini describes and figures 
a G. cer.'escens, which is not red in any sense. The systematic position of the genus 
is very doubtful, and were it not for the color of the cells, G. elegans would probably 
be placed in the Nostochinew. The only reproduction known consists in the escape of 
the cells froin the gelatinous sheath and a division into two new cells, then into four, 
and so on until a new filament is formed. 


G. ELEGANS, Zanard. (Bangia elegans, Chauv.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 246.) 

Filaments about .02™" in diameter; cells cuboidal or ovate, about 
009-10" in diameter. 

On Dasya elegans. 


Cotuit Port, Mass., Mrs. J. T. Lusk ; Europe. 


A small and rare plant, growing in tufts scarcely a tenth of an inch high, We have 
only one American specimen, collected by Mrs. Lusk, of Gloucester. The locality was 
incorrectly given in the List of the Marine Alge of the United States, Proc. Am. 
Acad., 1875, the specimen not having been found by Mrs. Lusk at Gloucester, but at 
Cotnit, Mass. 


Susorper SQUAMARIEA. 


Fronds forming horizontally expanded crusts, usually membrana- 


_ ceous, occasionally somewhat incrusted with lime, composed of closely 


j 


y 
: 


packed vertical filaments arising from a horizontal stratum of cells; 


fruetification either in external protuberances composed of parallel fila- 


s ; 
oh, 


114 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. — 


ments or immersed in the frond; antherozoids formed from the cells of — 
the protuberances or the superficial cells of the frond ; cystocarps com- 
posed of few spores arranged end to end in a few rows, or in filaments 
which branch slightly; tetraspores zonate or cruciate, stalked or 
attached laterally to the filaments of the frond or protuberances. 


A small order, more abundant in tropical seas than on our coast, comprising species 
which in habit resemble lichens rather than alge. A few species, as Peyssonnelia 
squamaria and P. australis, attain a considerable size, and ‘are distinctly foliaceous. 
The greater part of the species, however, form closely adherent crusts, which are 
sometimes more or less gelatinous and sometimes slightly calcareous. The structure 
6f the fronds is simple. From a horizontal base, composed of a single layer or a few 
layers of cells, arise vertical filaments, which in some genera are densely united so as 
to form a parenchymatous frond, or in others are only slightly held together by a 
gelatinous intercellular substance. The fructification is found either in external 
raised spots or sunk in the frond. The antheridia are either formed directly from 
the cells of the filaments which constitute the protuberances or from the external 
cells of the fronds themselves. The tetraspores are either cruciate or zonate, and 
their position constitutes an important generic mark. The development of the sys- 
tocarps is known in only a.few species. In Peyssonnelia, according to Dr. Bornet, 
the procarp is formed from the cells of the filaments, which form the protuberances. 
The upper cell elongates and forms the trichogyne, and the fertilization consists 
merely in the change of the cells of the procarp into spores, thus constituting a very 
simple form of cystocarp, to which Zanardini has given the name of cystidie. Ac- 
cording to Prof. Fr. Schmitz, in Cruoriopsis cruciata, Dufour, there are winding fila- 
ments like those described by Thuret and Bornet in Dudresnaya. We have but few 
Squamariee on our coast, and the study of the suborder cannot easily be pursued 
with us. 


PEYSSONNELIA, Decaisne. 


(Named in honor of J. A. Peyssonnel.) 


Fronds horizontally expanded, attached by the under surface; sub- 
- Stance parenchymatous throughout; fructification in external convex 
protuberances (nemathecia) composed of slender parallel filaments, on 
which are borne the antheridia, cystocarps, and tetraspores; anthero- 
zoids produced in all the cells of the nemathecial filaments; tetraspores 
cruciate, oblong, sessile or shortly stalked; cystocarps composed of few 
. Spores, placed one over another in one or two rows or in short, branch- 
ing filaments. 


- 


Asmall genus, comprising probably not more than twelve or fifteen good species. 
P. squamaria, common in Southern Europe, is not known with us. It may be that — 
several of the species described by Crouan in the Annales des Sciences and the Florule ig 
du Finistére occur with us; but it must be confessed that from the description given _ 
by Crouan it would be ae no means an easy matter to recognize them. Those who — 
have an opportunity for dredging on shelly bottoms at localities like Gay Head, Block ‘ 
Island, Montauk, or Eastport should make a ae are for species of the present 
genus. 


ees 
he 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. eo TEE 


P. Dusyi, Crouan; Phye. Brit., Pl. 71; Florule du Finistére, Pl. 19, 


_ Fig. 180; Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sciences, 1877, p. 239. 


Fronds dark purple, thin, completely adherent to the substratum, 
somewhat calcareous beneath; cystocarpic spores few in number (4-6), 
arranged in one or two rows. 

On shells and stones at low-water mark and in deep water. 

Eastport, Maine; Magnolia, Mass.; Europe; California. 

As yet only found in a sterile condition, apparently not common. The species 
might possibly be mistaken for Petrocelis cruenta at first sight. It is, however, more 
decidedly reddish and thicker. Under the microscope the structure of the frond is 
seen to be parenchymatous throughout, while in Petrocelis the vertical filaments are 


nearly free from one another. P. imbricata, Kiitz.,Tab. Phyc., Pl. 90, from Newfound- 
land, is a doubtful species, which is not likely to be recognized by future botanists. 


PETROCELIS, J. Ag. 
(From ze7pos, a stone, and x7d:¢, a stain.) 

Fronds gelatino-coriaceous, horizontally expanded, indefinite in out- 
line, adhering closely to the substratum, vertical filaments united below, 
but above rather loosely held together by a gelatinous substance; 
antheridia and cystocarps unknown ; tetraspores spherical, cruciate, 


formed directly from some of the cells of the vertical filaments. 


A genus represented by a single species, which is widely diffused in the North At- 
lantic. At once recognized by the peculiar position of the cruciate tetraspores, which 
are in the continuity of the vertical filaments. There is usually only a single tetra- 
spore in each filament, but Ruprecht, in Phycologia Ochotensis, figures a form in which 
several contiguous cells are transformed into tetraspores. 


P. CRUENTA, J. Ag. (Cruoria pellita, Harv., in Phye. Brit., Pl. 117, 
non C. pellita, Lyngb.) PI. 14, fig. 1. 

Covering rocks and stones near low-water mark with a dark purple, 
velvety stain. 

Common from Nahant northward; Europe. 

The present species often accompanies Hildenbrandtia rosea, from which it is dis- 
tinguished at sight by its darker color and velvety gloss when moist. It is also de- 
cidedly thicker and more easily scraped from the rocks. The species is not yet known 
south of Cape Cod, but may be expected. The fronds of the present species are 
infested by a green unicellular parasite, which is frequently seen in the shape of ovoid 
sacks, drawn out at the lower end into a slender stalk amongst the vertical filaments. 
It is, in all probability, the parasite mentioned by Cohn, in Ueber einige Algen von 
Helgoland, as occurring in Cruoria pellita, to which, as far as we know, no name has 
as yet been: given. 


HILDENBRANDTIA, Nardo. 
(Named in honor of Prof. Franz Edler Hildenbrandt, of Vienna.) 
Fronds crustaceous, without calcareous deposit, forming thin, reddish, 
horizontal expansions of indefinite extent, composed of cuboidal cells 
arranged in vertical lines and arising from a horizontal basal layer ; 


~ 


116 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


tetraspores lining the walls of immersed. conceptacles, zonate, cruciate, 
or irregularly placed; cystocarps unknown. 


A small genus, comprising half a dozen species, which form thin crusts on rocks and 
stones both in salt and fresh water. The systematic position of the genus is doubtful, 
and must remain so until the cystocarps are known. Since the tetraspores are borne 
in special conceptacles, the genus has been placed by some writers with the Coral- 
lineew, although the species are not strictly calcareous. By others it is placed with 
the Squamariew. Antheridia are only known in H. riwularis, where they are said by 
Borzi to be long cylindrical cells formed from the superficial cells of the thallus, each 
cell containing a number of spherical antherozoids arranged one above another. 


H. ROSEA, Ktitz. (H. rubra, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 250; Farlow, in. 
Report of U. 8. Fish Comm. for 1871.) 

Fronds thin, closely adherent to the substratum, cells of teats the 
same size in all parts of the frond; conceptacles numerous, completely 
immersed, spherical; tetraspores either zonate or irregularly divided, 
lining the walls of the conceptacles and mixed with filiform, slender 
paraphyses. 

On stones and rocks near low-water mark. 


Everywhere common. 


One of our commonest species, which forms continuous thin crusts, often of consid- 
erable extent, tinging the rocks with a pinkish or somewhat brownish color; not 
easily mistaken for any other alga on our coast, except possibly young forms of 
Petrocelis, which is, however, thicker, more velvety in appearance, and darker in color. 


Suborder NEMALIE/. 


(Helminthocladiew, Agardh & Harvey.) 

Fronds more or less gelatinous or occasionally coated with a calea- 
reous deposit, filamentous, branching, formed of an axial portion com- 
posed of elongated longitudinal filaments, which giye off short, corym- 
bose, horizontal branches, which constitute the cortical portion; anthe- 
ridia in tufts on the superficial cells; cystocarps immersed in the frond, 
borne on the peripheral filaments, composed of densely packed chains 
of spores radiating from a central cell, either without any proper enve- 
lope, or with a filamentous involucre or surrounded by a proper mem- 


branous pericarp ; tetraspores ? 


A comparatively small suborder, comprising species whose fronds, except in color, 
resemble the fronds of the Chordariew in the Pheosporee, since they consist of an axis 
composed of longitudinal filaments and a cortex of short, much-branched horizontal 
filaments. All our species are soft and somewhat gelatinous, but the species of Lia- 
gora, which abound in the tropics and are found in Southern Europe and in this 
country in Florida and California, have a more or less distinct coating of carbonate 
of lime. The procarps and cystocarps in this suborder are very simple. There are afew 
species belonging to the genus Batrachospermum which oceur in fresh water. In that _ 
genus the formation of the cystocarps is very simple. The trichogyne and trichopor 
are represented by a single large cell, constireted near the base. After fertiliza 


MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 117 


Nemalion the procarp consists of a short branch composed of a few cells, the upper of 
which enlarges and bears a hair-like trichogyne. The fruiti in Nemalion has no special 
covering, but in Helminthora aud Helminthocladia the lower cells of the procarp pro- 
duce whorls of filaments which form an involucre around the spores, and in Scinaia 
they produce a membranous sack which opens at the apex, so that when ripe the fruit 
consists of a conceptacle opening outwards, at whose base is borne a tuft of spores 
arranged in filaments. With regard to the tetraspores in the present suborder, a dif- 
ference of opinion exists. Contrary to what is found in other Floridee, the cysto- 
earpic individuals are common, whereas tetrasporic individuals are unknown except 
in Nemalion, in which genus, on the authority of Agardh, they are borne in the super- 
ficial cells and are tripartite. 


NEMALION, Duby. 
(From vyua, a thread.) 

Fronds gelatinous, cylindrical, solid, repeatedly dichotomous, cortical 
filaments corymbose, giving off descending branches, which unite with 
the axial filaments; antheridia in tufts on the superficial cells; procarps 
borne at the base of the corymbose branches, consisting of few cells ; 
cystocarps immersed, without special covering, sporiferous filaments 
radiating from the trichophore; ‘“tetraspores tripartite in the superfi- 
cial” cells. (Agardh.) 


A small genus, comprising seven or eight species, only one of which, N. multifidwm, is 
widely diffused. 


N. MULTIFIDUM, Ag., Phye. Brit., Pl. 36. (Mesogloia multifida, Ag., 
Syst.) Pl. 12, Fig. 1. 

Fronds brownish purple, lubricous, two to eight inches long, cylindri- 
cal, several times dichotomous, axils obtuse. 

On exposed rocks at low-water mark. Summer. 

From Watch Hill, R. I., northward; Europe. 


Not uncommon on rocks exposed to the action of the waves. Commonly found with 
cystocarps, but no tetraspores have been seen on American specimens. In the Nereis 
the species is said to have been collected at Bangor, Maine, by Mr. Hooper. This 
must be an error, however, since Bangor is on the Penobscot River, above the limit of 
salt water. Specimens of the present species are so gelatinous as to dry with diffi- 
culty. They should be exposed in the air for two or three hours before pressing. 


SCINATA, Bivona. 


(In honor of Domenico Scina, of Palermo.) 


Fronds subgelatinous, dichotomous, cylindrical or compressed, axis 
small, composed of slender colorless filaments, horizontal filaments end- 
ing in short corymbs of small, round, colored cells, the centers of all the 
corymbs bearing large, colorless, cylindrical cells, which by their juxta- 
position form an epidermis over the whole frond; antheridia in small ~ 
tufts on the superficial cells; cystocarps borne just below the cortical 
layer, consisting of membranous sacks opening externally, with a tuft 
of spore-bearing filaments attached to the base; tetraspores unknown. 


118 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, — 


A small genus, containing at the most only four or five species, of which S. furcel- 
latais widely distributed. The genus is unmistakable on microscopic examination by 
the slender axis and large colorless cylindrical cells which cover the surface of the 
fronds, and by the peculiar cystocarps which are visible to the naked eye as dark red 
grains just under the surface. The species should be studied from living or alcoholic 
specimens, since, owing to the delicate substance, pressed specimens are pay dis- 
torted. 


S. FURCELLATA, ‘Bivona. (Ginannia furcellata, Mont.; Phye. Brit., 
Pl. 69.—S. furcellata, Notes Algologiques, Pl. 6.) 

Fronds solitary or clustered, cylindrical, rising from a disk-like base, 
several times dichotomous, divisions regular, apices obtuse. 

On stones and shells in five to ten fathoms. 

Newport, R. I., Bailey ; Gay Head, Mass., W. G. F. 


A rare species with us, but widely distributed throughout the world, being found in 
most warm seas. In size and regularity of its dichotomous branching it resembles 
Polyides rotundus, but is much more delicate in substance and brighter colored. With 
us it is only known at a considerable depth and in rather cold waters, but in the Med- 
iterranean it is frequent in warm shallow waters. It is not uncommon on shells of 
Mytilus near the Devil’s Bridge, Vineyard Sound, Mass., and is found washed ashore 
in the neighboring beach of Gay Head. The Californian form of what is supposed to * 
be the same species is much more robust, and the var. uwndulaa, which Montagne con- 
sidered a distinctspecies, is somewhat compresed and constricted at intervals. When 
pressed the specimens are quite flat and the axis is plainly seen, giving the appearance 
of a membranous frond with a midrib. ; 


SuBORDER SPERMOTHAMNIEA. 


Fronds filamentous, monosiphonous, branching; antheridia tufted ; 
cystocarps involucrate, spores borne free on the surface of a lobulated 
mass produced by the carpogenic cells. 

In this suborder we would place Spermothamnion and Bornetia, separated from Cal- 


lithamnion and Griffithsia, respectively, in consequence of the spores being borne free. 


SPERMOTHAMNION, Aresch. 


(From ozepua, a seed, and Sayviov, a small push.) 


Fronds tufted, composed of procumbent monosiphonous filaments 
attached to the substratum by disk-shaped cells and vertical branching 
filaments; antheridia sessile on the inner side of the branches, composed 
of oval or cylindrical masses of small cells; cystocarps terminal on the 
branches, surrounded by an involucre of shortincurved branchlets, spores — 
free from one another and not surrounded by a gelatinous envelope; ; , 
tetraspores tripartite, single or aggregated, borné on the inner pie of 4 
the branchlets. 


A small Poe comprising, as far as known, less than half a dozen pe: as 


MARINE ALGA: OF NEW ENGLAND. 119 


in Callithamnion, held together by a gelatinous envelope. The trichophoric apparatus 
and the early stages of the development of the cystocarps, however, scarcely differ in the 
two genera. The species of Spermothamnion have been considered related to Wrangelia, 
but if we are toregard W. penicillata as the type of the last-named genus, as has been 
done by Thuret and Bornetin Notes Algologiques, the resemblance is not close._ In spite 
of the fact that the fruit of Spermothamnion is not a true favella, there is little doubt 
that the genus should be placed in the Ceramiee, near Callithamnion. The development 
of the genus has been very thoroughly studied and has formed the subject of several 
admirable papers, among which may be mentioned Pringsheim’s account of 8. roseolum, 
in his Beitraige zur Morphologie der Meeres-Algen; Negeli on S. Turneri and hermaphro- 
ditum, in Beitrige zur Morphologie und Systematik der Ceramiaces ; and Thuret and 
Bornet on Spermothamnion flabellatum, in Notes Algologiques. 


.  §. TURNERI, Aresch. (Callithamnion Turneri, Ag.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 
179; Ner. Am. Bor., Part III, p. 241.—S. roseolum, Pringsh., 1. ¢.?—. 
Herpothamnion Turneri, Neg.) 

Fronds forming densely matted tufts, procumbent filaments branch- 
ing, attached by disk-like cells, vertical filaments one to three inches 
high, simple or slightly branching, naked below, pinnate above with 
opposite or sometimes alternate spreading pinnate branches, ultimate 
branches long and slender, often ending in a hair; antheridia ovate or 
cylindrical, sessile on the upper side of the branches; cystocarps involu- 
crate, terminal on the branches; tetraspores tripartite, borne on the 
upper side of the ramuli, either solitary and pedicellate or clustered and 
sessile on short fastigiate branches. 

Var. VARIABILE, Harv. 

Branches and branchlets alternate or secund. 


In very dense tufts on alge at low-water mark or in deep water. 
Common in Long Island Sound; var. variabile, Boston, Dr. Durkee. 


A species which is often found washed ashore in dense globose tufts from our southern 
limit to Nantucket. At the latter locality it is often found in very large quantities 
washed from deep water by the surf on Siasconsett Beach. The filaments are delicate 
and of a pleasant lake color. North of Cape Cod the species is hardly known with cer- 
tainty. Specimens collected at Noank, Conn., have both tetraspores and young cysto- 
carps on the same individual, but we have never seen antheridia on American speci- 
mens. Our plant seems to be the same as that figured by Pringsheim under the name 
of S. roseolum, and also corresponds closely to the species of that name in Algw Scandi- 
navicz, No. 83. It appears without doubt to be the C. Turneri of the Phycologia Bri- 
tannica and the Nereis, but we are unable to say whether it is the true C. roseolum of 
Agardh. 


Susorper CERAMIE/. 


Fronds filamentous or compressed, either monosiphonous or with a 
more or less corticated monosiphonous axis ; antheridia in sessile tufts 
or patches or in a series of whorls; cystocarps (favelle) composed of 
spores arranged without order and surrounded by a gelatinous envelope, 

_ naked or involucrate. 


— See 


g 


120 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, . 


A large order of filamentous alge, many of whieh are monosiphonous throughout, 
while others are corticated either throughout or partially. The position of the anthe- 
ridia and tetraspores varies in the different species. The cystocarp is a favella, which 
is either naked or surrounded by an involucre arising from the cells below the carpo- — 
genic cells. In cases where the frond consists of an axis with dense whorls of branches 
the favellz may be partly concealed but not really immersed in the frond. The order 
is tolerably distinct. The fronds resemble closely those of the Wrangeliew, and on 
the other hand the order passes gradually into the Cryptonemiee by the genera Gloiosi- 
phonia, Calosiphonia, and Nemastoma, in which the fruit is properly a favella, but is im- 
mersed in the comparatively dense outer portion.of the frond instead of being free as 
in the Ceramiew. In fact, it is difficult to say in which suborder Gloiosiphonia should 
be placed. 


ya 


1. Tetraspores external, occupying the place of a branchlet or ultimate 


Celupsic sob 246 wee Bisjpicrers oe epee ae eH a 8 JO Sues Rees ere ER 8a 53)) 2 
2. Tetraspores wholly or partly immersed, formed from the corticating 
COlIS ee Hehe. BUN Cree oe einen eae ws (ae ee ay ea eae fo piayeee te A: 


3. Fronds filamentous, monosiphonous, or with a false cortex composed 
of descending filaments, favelle naked or with only a rudiment- 


ARV DVOUCLS Rose one 2 a emo ee ee see eeeees Callithaminon. 
Fronds filamentous, monosiphonous, dichotomous, favellze involu- 
STAGES Ars Ses Laan vere OS GOaN ah as oo te alae eee eee Grifjithsia. 
Fronds filamentous, branches densely whorled on the axis, favelle 
IM VOlMCTAbe seater eels ne  lotelare chatey oR EC ane ..-.. .Halurus. 
Fronds compressed, corticated, decompound-pinnate, favellz involu- 
CPALC oso 9 ylge este Cnt eles SRE y rane eke: ee pals Jott eae Ptilota. 

4. Fronds filamentous, monosiphonous, cortications at the nodes and 
extending over the internodes..-.......-.... pte ae Ceramium. 


CALLITHAMNION, Lyngb. 
(From «adAo¢, beanty, and Saurov, a small shrub.) 


Fronds filamentous, branching, filaments either monosiphonous 
throughout or becoming corticated by the growth of descending, rhizoi- 
dal filaments ; antheridia forming hemispherical or ellipsoidal tufts on 
the branches; cystocarps composed of irregular masses of roundish — 
spores covered by a gelatinous envelope (favellz); tetraspores tripartite, 
cruciate, or polysporic ; seirospores present in some species. 

A large and beautiful genus, of which nearly 150 species have been described. A1- 
though the genus has been divided into a number of smaller genera, the number of © 
species still retained in Callithamnion proper is large. Nzegeli, in his paper on the Mor- — 
phology of the Ceramiacez, divides Callithamnion into a number of genera and sub- 
genera, but we have thought best to retain the genus in an extended sense, regarding 
Nee eli’ sdivision assubgenera. Spermothamnion, included by Negeliin Herpothamnium, Ss 
has been separated because the cystocarpic fruit is not strictly a favellaas in Callitham- 

nion proper. Seirospora is still retained, although it is possible that it could safely be 
separated as a distinct genus. The Bon: in Callithamnionis composed, in the beginning, 
of rows of cells arranged in branching filaments. In the subgenus Rhodochorton, Ww! 
relative position is doubtful because the cystocarps have not yet been observed, the: 
are procumbent filaments, from which arise vertical branching filaments. In the 


— 
ee 
§ 


MARINE ALGA) OF NEW ENGLAND. 121 


&pecies of Callithamnion, as here understood, the procumbent filaments are wanting or 
imperfectly developed, and the erect filaments either remain throughout monosipho- 
nous, that is composed of single rows of cells, or become corticated by the growth of 
descending filaments, which proceed either from the base of the branches or from 
the cells of the main filaments. The false cortication formed by the interlacing of 
these filaments is precisely analogous to what is found in some species of Hctocarpus 
and related genera. The filaments in Callithamnion are either all indeterminate in 
growth, or else, as in the subgenus Antithamnion, they are of two kinds; the main fila- 
ments being indefinite and the branches definite, so that we have indefinitely elongating 
stems clothed with short, definite branches, or, to use the expression of Negeli, with 
leaves. The antheridia are generally in the form of short tufts of hyaline cells, situated 
on the upper branches. In the present genus it is not rare to find species in which 
antheridia, cystocarps, and tetraspores are borne on the same individuals, a union 
rarely to be seen in the Floridew. The cystocarps are often binate, which is easily 
understood if one considers the structure of the procarp, which is formed as follows: 
One of the cells of the young branches enlarges and is then divided by partitions par- 
allel to the length of the branch into a central or axial cell and a number of peripheral 
cells, generally four. One of the peripheral cells is then divided into an upper and 
one or more lower cells by a transverse partition, and the upper cell then loses its color 
and grows upwards into a very long trichogyne. The antherozoids unite with the 
tip of the trichogyne, and the fertilizing influence is propagated through the tricho- 
gyne and the cells at its base to the two lateral peripheral cells, which then enlarge 
and divide on opposite sides of the axis and form eventually a bipartite favella. The 
tetraspores are either tripartite or cruciate. In the subgenus Seirospora there is a 
form of non-sexual spore known as seirospores, in which at the extremity of the 
branches are formed tufts composed of chains of oval bodies, each one of which is 
capable of germinating. 

As is apt to be the case in a large genus, the species of Callithamnion are not well 
defined. Certain groups of species are distinct, but writers are not agreed as to the . 
limits of the species in each group. By some a great many species are allowed which 
others regard as mere varieties. On our coast C. Baileyi, C. byssoideum, C. corymbo- 
sum, and perhaps others might be indefinitely split up, but we have preferred to adopt 
the opposite view. Within certain limits collectors may be expected to make out our 
species of Callithamnion, but it must often happen that forms are found which cannot 
with certainty be referred to any of the described species. That such forms are, as a 
tule, new species cannot be accepted, but botanists having large sets of species of the 
present genus soon become very liberal in the interpretation of spécific limitations. 


SUBGENUS RHODOCHORTON, Neg. 


Fronds composed of procumbent filaments, from which arise vertical 
monopodial filaments; cortications wanting; tetraspores cruciate. 


C. Roruu, Lyngb. (Rhodochorton Rothii, Neg.—Thamnidium Rothii, 
Thuret, in Le Jolis’s Liste des Algues Marines de Cherbourg, PI. 5, 
_ Figs. 1-2.—C. Rothii, Phye. Brit., Pl. 120 b.) 

Fronds forming indefinite patches half an inch high, vertical filaments 
slender, naked below, bearing a few erect, appressed branches above, 
which become at the time of fructification congested and corymbose, 
_ bearing at their tips cruciate tetraspores; antheridia and cystocarps 
mnknown. 


s Forming dense velvety patches on rocks between tide-marks. 


122 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. — 


Common from New York northward; California; Europe. 


A common species, especially frequenting the under surface of rocks and stones near — 
low-water mark. It has not yet beeu found with us in fruit, but Californian speci-— 
mens bear tetraspores. In Europe the time of fructification is the spring, and the 
species should be examined at that season on our own coast. Harvey states that the 
tetraspores are tripartite, but other writers—as Thuret, Agardh, and Nzgeli—agree 
in asserting that they are cruciate. In Californian specimens the formation of the 
tetraspores is somewhat irregular, and although in most cases the cruciate division is 
plain enough, in others it seems to be rather tripartite. 


SuspcENus ANTITHAMNION, Thuret. 


Branches opposite or whorled, without cortication ; tetraspores  cru- 
ciate. 


C. CRUCIATUM, Ag. (Antithamnion cruciatum, Neg.—C. cruciatum, 
Phye. Brit., Pl. 164.) 

Fronds tufted, one or two inches high, main branches sparingly and 
irregularly branched, secondary branches short, borne in twos or fours 
just below the nodes, always regularly opposite, and when in twos the 
succeeding pairs at right angles to one another, below subdistant, at 
the apex densely approximate and corymbose, pinnate with erect, alter- 
nate, distichous branchlets; tetraspores cruciate, sessile, or shortly 
stalked at the base of the secondary branches. : 

On wharves at low-water mark and on algz in shallow water. 

Red Hook, N. Y., Harvey; Orient, L. I.; Noank,Conn.; Wood’s Holl | 
and several oeeteda in Vineyard Sound, W. G. F.; Hakone 


Not common, but, on the other hand, not rare south of Cape Cod. It isa smalland 
not very beautiful species when growing, but rather pretty when pressed. It is dis- 
tinguished from the following species by its small size and sparingly branched main 
branches and by its tetrastichous, not distichous, secondary branches, which are 
densely approximate at the tips, so that in dried specimens the plant is rather pale 
except at the tips. Cystocarps and antheridia have never been found on our coast. 
Crouan states that the cystocarps, which are rare, are large, rounded, and slightly © 
lobed. The branches of the present species, as well on our own shore as in Europe, — 
are beset with small cysts with oily contents—the Chytridium plumule of Cohn. Tho 
same parasite is also found on the branches of C. Pylaiswi and C. plumula on the New 
England coast. 


©. FLOccosuM, Ag. (0. floccosum, Phye. Brit., Pl. 81—Pterotham-— 
nion floccosum, Neg.) ue 
‘Fronds three to six inches long, capillary, main branches irregularly 
and sparingly branched below, above with numerous alternate branches, — 
which give the tips of the frond arhombic-ovoid outline, clothed through- " 
out with short, simple, opposite, distichous, subulate, secondary branches; 
tetraspores cruciate, sessile or on short stalks on the lower fee i t 
secondary branches. 


MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. © 123 


On submerged alge. 

Eastport, Maine, W. G. F.; Portland, Maine, C. Bb. Fuller ; Glouces- 
ter, Mass., Mrs. Bray and Mrs. Davis; South Boston, .Dr. Durkee ; 
Northern Europe. 


A beautiful and easily distinguished species, found only i in the colder waters of the 
Atlantic, a variety occurring as far south as South Barbara, on the coast of California. 
_ It is apparently not uncommon in spring from Boston northward, sometimes occurring 
in company with C. Pylaisewi. It is rare, however, on the northern coast of Scotland. 
It is easily distinguished from its allies in this latitude by the simple, subulate, sec- 

ondary branches with which the main branches are clothed throughout. 


C. Pytais1, Mont. (Wrangelia Pylaisei, Ag. Sp.—C. Pylaiswi, 
Ner. Am. Bor., Part I, Pl. 36 b.—Pierothamnion Pylaisci, Neg.) 

Fronds three to six inches long, main branches alternately decom- 
pound, secondary branches short, rather stout, opposite, distichous, 
once or twice pinnate with short subulate ramuli; tetraspores cruciate, 
sessile on the ramuli; favellze binate on the upper branches. 


Ly eee 


On wharves and alge below low-water mark. 
Orient, L. I., Miss Booth; Wood’s Holl, Mass.; and common from 
Nahant northward. 


A common species of the Atlantic coast from Boston northward, but much less 
abundant southward. It is found early in the spring on wharves and washed ashore 
with other algz, but in the summer it is only seen in a dwarfed and battered condi- 
tion. It is sometimes found in company with C. Americanum, and it is by no means 
beyond a doubt that the two species are really distinct. In C. Pylaisei the fila- 
ments are more robust, and the cells themselves shorter and broader than in C. 
Americanum, the main branches are less decompound and spreading, and the apical 
branches are more erect and compact. It is, however, in the secondary branches 
‘that the difference is best seen. In C. Pylaiswi they are short and thick, and the ulti- 
mate divisions are broadly subulate. In C. Americanum they are long, slender, and 
flexuous. Those who have only seen the typical forms of the two species would 

_ scarcely believe that they were not very distinct species. The collector, however, 
especially on our northern coast, often finds transitions between thetwo. Atthe time 
the Nereis was written the cystocarpic fruit was unknown, and the spécies seemed to 
_ Agardh to belong rather to the genus Wrangelia. The fruit, which is not uncommon 
in the spring, is distinctly the same asin Callithamnion, and is a true favella. The 
_ antheridia differ from those of C. corymbosum and its allies. Instead of forming ses- 
_ sile, hemispherical tufts on the internodes of the branches, as in the last-named spe- 
_ cies, the antheridia of C. Pylaisei are in the form of rather loosely branching tufts 
inserted at the nodes of the secondary branches, and occupy the position of the ulti- 
_ mate branches, reminding one somewhat of the antheridia of C. graniferum, Menegh., 
figured by Zanardini in Phycologia Adriatica, Pl. 11, or the figure of C. polysper- 
mum in Phycologia Britannica. As far as our observations go, the antheridia and 
: ey olocarps of the present species are on different individuals. The color, when dried, 
is usually somewhat brownish, and decidedly less rose-colored than in C. Americanum. 


C, AMERICANUM, Harv., Nereis Am. Bor., Part II, p. 238, Pl. 36 a. 
_ (Pterothammion Americanum, Neg.) 

Fronds three to six inches long, capillary, main branches alternately 
_inany times branched, ultimate divisions plumose, secondary branches 


124 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, 


rather long and slender, opposite, in twos or occasionally in fours, gen-— 
erally distichous, widely spreading, once or twice pinnate, ultimate : 
divisions opposite or secund, long and slender; tetraspores cruciate, 
sessile on the upper side of the secondary branches; favellz binate. 

Exs.—Alg. Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 89. 

On wharves and algz below low-water mark. Spring. 

From New Jersey northward. | 


A common and very beautiful species, more abundant in Long Island Sound than — 
farther northward. It varies considerably in the compactness of the branching and 
the tenuity of the cells. The species with which it is likely to be confounded is © 
C. Pylaiswi, as already indicated. The long and slender secondary branches are less _ 
regularly placed than in some other species of the subgenus, and they are not always 
distichous nor opposite, although that is generally the case. We have also seen a 
specimen on which both tetraspores and cystocarps were found together. 


C. PLUMULA, Lyngb., Phye. Brit., Pl. 242. 

Fronds two to four inches long, main branches alternately decom- 
pound, secondary branches opposite of in fours, distichous, short, 
recurved, pectinate on the upper side with 1-3 pinnated branchlets ; 
tetraspores cruciate, shortly pedicellate on the branches. 

On wharves and on shells in deep water. 

Long Branch, N. J., Harvey ; Orient, L. 1., Miss Booth; on steamboat 
wharf, Newport, R. t dredged in 8-10 fathoms, Gay Head, W. G. F. ; 
off Block Island, Professor EKaton. ; 


A rare species on the American coast, and known in but few localities. It is found 
occasionally on wharves just below low-water mark, but more frequently on shells in 
from five to ten fathoms. It is tolerably abundant off the Devil’s Bridge, near Gay 
Head, where it is found in company with Lomentaria rosea. It is one of the most easily 
recognized species of the genus found on our coast. The branches are beautifully 
symmetrical and distichous, two opposite branches being given off from each cell, or 
occasionally there are four in a whorl, two being smaller than the others. The 
branches are recurved and furnished on the upper side only with 1-3 pinnate 
branchlets. 


4 
SUBGENUS PLEONOSPORIUM, Neg. : 
Fronds erect, pinnate, cortication wanting; antheridia cylindrical on — 
the upper branches; favelle terminal, involucrate; tetraspores poly- 
sporie. 
C. BoRRERI, Ag., Phye. Brit., Pl. 159. z : 
Fronds dicecious, densely tnftedl, monosiphonous, with a few viiordal 
filaments at the base, filaments one to four inches long, capillary, main 
branches several times pinnate, branches beset in lower part with 
usually simple, elongated branchlets, distichously pinnate above, ulti- 
mate ramifications broadly ovate or triangular in outline, branchlets | 
naked below; antheridia cylindrical; tetraspores sessile on the up : 


s 
MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 125 


branchlets, numerous, tripartite or polysporic; favellz terminal on 
lateral branches, usually composed of several distinct lobes, furnished 


_with an involucre by the growth of a few incurved accessory branches 


below. 
~ On wharves and Fuci. 
New York, Harvey; New Haven, Professor Eaton; Newport; New 
: Bedford; Wood’s Holl; Europe. 
Apparently rather a common species, especially on wharves and Fuci at low-water 
mark. The species is easily recognized, when in fruit, by the polysporic tetraspores 
and by the favelle, which are terminal, not lateral, as in the rest of our species, and 
have-a sort of involucre formed by the growth of accessory ramuli from the cells just 

below the favelle. When sterile the species may be recognized by the regular, 

broadly pinnate tips, at the end of nearly naked branches. We have found both poly- 
spores and fayellz on American specimens; and in spite of the fact that our plants are 

- always more slender than European forms of the species, there can be almost no doubt 
that we have the true C. Borrerit. Whether all the sterile forms referred by Ameri- 
ean botanists'to C. Borreri are correctly determined is doubtful. Some perhaps belong 
rather to C.reseum. The present speciesis placed by Bornet in the genus Corynospora, 
because of the terminal and involeurate favelle and polysporic tetraspores. As 
writers differ about the limits of Corynospora, we have kept the species in Callitham- 
nion, although in some respects it differs from the rest of the genus, and the young 
stages of the cystocarps remind one strongly of Spermothamnion. The fruit is, how- 
ever, a true favella. The number of spores in the polyspores in American specimens 
rarely exceeds 8 or 10, whereas Negeli puts the number as high as 20-28 in European 
specimens. As usually found in early summer, the species is small and delicate, but 
later it becomes coarse. Specimens collected as late as possible in the autumn are to 
be desired, and the number of spores in a polyspore should be ascertained more defi- 
nitely. In Contributiones ad Algologiam et Fungologiam, p. 44, Pl. 23, Fig. 1, 
Reinsch describes and figures a Callithamnion Labradorense, which is said to have poly- 
spores—whether a polysporice condition of C. floccosum or not can hardly be deter- 
mined from the description. 


SUBGENUS EUCALLITHAMNION, 


_ Fronds erect, cortications generally present; antheridia in tufts, either 
on the nodes or internodes of the branchlets; tetraspores tripartite; fa- 
_yellz usually binate, lateral. 

Sect. I. PENNATZ. 

Growth monopodial, fronds distichously pinnate, pinne alternate, corti- 
cations rudimentary or wanting. 

C. ROSEUM, (Roth), Harvey. (C. roseum, Phyc. Brit., Pl. 230.—Phle- 
_ bothamnion roseum, Kiitz.) 
4 Fronds capillary, two to four inches high, filaments diffusely branched 
below, main branches slightly corticated, secondary branches long, 
flexuous, distichously pinnate, pinnz crowded at the ends of the branches, 
long, spreading or slightly incurved ; antheridia in tufts on the nodes 
of the branchlets; tetraspores tripartite, sessile on the branchlets; fa- 
vellez binate on the upper branches. 


4 
e 
‘ 


126 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


2A 
4 
t 


New York Harbor, Mr. A. R. Young ; Wood’s Holl, Mass. es - 


There must remain some doubt as to the correct determination of American speci- : 


mens of the present species in the absence of fruit of any kind. Sterile specimens of 
C. roseum are likely to be mistaken for varieties of C. polyspermum or C. Borreri. In 
C. polyspermum the pinne are short and subequal, so that the outline of the tips of the 
branches is linear or oblong, while in C. roseum the pinnzw, which are crowded at the 
ends of the branches are long, gradually diminishing in size towards the apex, so that 
the plumose tips are pyramidal or broadly ovate in outline. The filaments of C. rosewm 
are finer.and more nearly rose-colored than those of C. Borreri, and the pinne are less 
regularly distichous. Furthermore, there are no polyspores in C. roseum, and the 


favell~ are not terminal and subinvolucrate asin C. Borreri. All three of the species ~ 


above named are distinct from the species of the following group in their distichously 
pinnate ramification, and all three are reddish, inclining to a brownish color. They 
collapse when removed from the water, but are hardly gelatinous, ae all adhere 
well to paper in drying. 


C. POLYSPERMUM, Ag. (C. polyspermum, Phye. Brit., Pl. 931. —Phile- 
bothamnion polyspermum, Kiitz.) 


Fronds capillary, cortications wanting, two to three inches high, main 


branches irregularly divided, with few secondary branches below, dis- 
tichously pinnate above, branches linear or oblong in outline, simply 
pinnate, pinn alternate, short, subequal, incurved, upper pinne some- 
times pinnulate; tetraspores tripartite, sessile on the upper side of 
branchlets ; favelle binate near the ends of the branches. 


Hell Gate, N. Y.; Jackson Ferry, Harvey ; Europe. 

The only localities for this species within our limits are the two given by Harvey. 
We have seen Californian specimens collected by Mr. Cleveland near San Diego, but 
have never found the plant on the New England coast. The species is related to 
C. roseum and is distinguished from it by the short, subequal ultimate branches. 

Sect. I. FRUTICOSA. 
Growth sympodial, main axis and branches densely corticated : branch- 


lets pectinate or pinnate, ultimate divisions alternate or secund. ‘ 


C. TETRAGONUM, Ag. (0. tetragonum, Phye. Brit., Pl. 136.—C. brachi- 


atum, Harv., |. ¢., Pl. 13.—Dorythamnion tetragonum, Neg.) 


Fronds moneecious, two to six inches high, coarse and spongy, shrub- 


like, pyramidal in outline, color dark purple, main filaments densely — 
corticated, smaller filaments monosiphonous; main axis percurrent, F 
attached by a disk, pinnate with long, undivided, alternate branches, | 
which are once or twice pinnate, the ultimate divisions beset on all sides — 
with short, stout, incurved, acutely pointed, fasciculate branchlets; q 
cells stout, not much longer than broad; antheridia in tufts on the — 
upper internodes; tetraspores tripartite, sessile on the upper branch- 


lets ; favelle binate. 
Common on stones and alge pele low-water mark. 
Long Island Sound; Europe. 


MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 127 


m, 
Our most robust and coarsest species, not uncommon in Long Island Sound, but 10t 
_ yet recorded north of Cape Cod. The color is dark, and in the water almost black, 


and the substance is rather spongy, the plant not collapsing when removed from the 


_ water, as do most of the New England species of the genus. 


C. BAILEyI, Harv. (C. Baileyi, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part III, PL. 
35 b.—Dorythamnion Baileyi, Neg.) Pl. XI, Figs. 1-2. 

Fronds moneecious, two to four inches high, setaceous, shrub-like, 
‘pyramidal in outline, color purplish red, main filaments densely corti- 
cated, the rest monosiphonous; main axis percurrent, attached by a 
disk, pinnate with long, undivided, alternate branches, which are once 
or twice pinnate, the ultimate divisions beset on all sides with rather 
slender, flexuous, recurved or incurved, fasciculate branches; cells 
several times longer than broad; tetraspores tripartite, sessile on the 
upper branchlets; antheridia in tufts on the upper internodes ; fave 
binate. 

Var. LAXA. 

Cortications less marked than in the type, branchlets long and slen- 
der, divisions widely spreading below, fastigiate at the apex. 

On Zostera, stones, sponges, and algz below low-water mark. 

Common from New Jersey to Cape Cod; Boston Bay, Harvey ; Port- 
land, C. B. Fuller. 


As is suggested by Harvey in the Nereis Am. Bor., the present species is not only 
very variable in habit, but itis also difficult to distinguish some of the forms from C. 
tetragonum. We are inclined to believe that it would be better to consider the pres- 
ent species as a delicate form of C. tetragonum, in which the cells are longer and more 
slender, the branchlets less dense and robust, the color less inclined to blackish, and 
the substance more delicate. Ifwe are to unite Khodomela subfusca, R. gracilis, and 
R. Rochei in one species, as has been done by Agardh, with good reason as it seems, it 
would be equally correct to unite C. Baileyi and C.tetragonum, since the difference in 
habit might result from variations of habitat and season. With us, the form here 


_ referred to the typical C. Baileyi is more common than C. tetragonwm, and is found on 


wharves, on Zostera, shells, and stones in rather warm waters and sheltered places, 
while C. tetragonum frequents places where there is a current of water, or grows on 
algz in somewhat ®xposed pools. The var. laxa has a diffuse ramification and the 
cortications are not prominent, and we at one time supposed that it might be the C. 


_ Dietzie of the Nereis, as far as we could recollect the specimens of that species in the 


Harvyeyan Herbarium at Dublin. In such cases, however, it is not safe to trust to 
one’s memory, and in the present article we.are unwilling to express an opinion about 


| CO Dietzie. 


Sect. I. Byssomz. 

Branching monopodial or dichotomous, cortications present at the base, 
ultimate branches decompound, very delicate, usually ending im a hyaline 
hair. 

C. ByssompEuUM, Arn. (C. byssoidewm, Phye. Brit., Pl. 262.—Phle- 


bothammnion byssoides, Kiitz.—Peecilothamnion byssoideum, Neg.) 


Bs | 


128 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Fronds globosely tufted, one to three inches high, filaments very del- — 
icate, slightly corticated at base, main branches many times divided, 
secondary branches long and flexuous, pinnate with numerous pinnately 
compound branchlets; antheridia sessile in tufts at the nodes of the 
branchlets ; tetraspores tripartite, sessile on the upper side of branchlets ; 
favelle binate on the upper branches. 

Var. UNILATERALE, Harv. 

Fronds small and very delicate, branches and branchlets often secund. 

Var. FASTIGIATUM, Harv. 

Branches fastigiate, the lesser ones densely rammlose at the tips. 

Var. WALTERSH, Harv. 

Upper branches distichously compound-pinnate, branenler patent. 


On Zostera and different alge. 
Common in Long Island Sound ; Gloucester, Mass. 


The forms which have been referred on our coast to C. byssoideum and C. corym- 
bosum are hopelessly confused. Although as described by algologists the two spe- 
cies are sufficiently distinct, in practice it is difficult to say where one begins and 
the other ends. According to the books, the ramification of the upper branches is 
dichotomous in C. corymboswm, whereas itis always alternately pinnate in C. byssoideum. 
In some of the forms of the last-named species, however, the tips are corymbose and 
the cells of the axis are short and zigzag to such a degree that the tips at least appear 
to be dichotomous. Of the two species in question, C. corymbosum is the less delicate 
and gelatinous, andis not so decidedly rose colored as C. byssoideum, but, as far as our 
present information goes, although in its typical form C. byssoideum is not only com- 
mon—apparently more common than in Europe—but also easily recognizable, its ex- 
treme forms are not sufficiently well known. The Ktitzingian method would be to 
split the species up into four or five new species. According to Crouan and Bornet, 
this species has seirospores. 

C. cORYMBOSUM, (Engl. Bot.) Lyngb. (C. corymboswm, Phye. Brit., Pl. 
272; Htudes Phycol., Pls. 32-35.—Paecilothammion corymbosum, Neg.) — 

Fronds tufted, two to three inches high; filaments very delicate, cor- 
tications wanting except at base, main branches several times pinnately 
or irregularly divided, secondary branches pinnate with dichotomously- — 
multifid, fastigiate branches which end in hyaline hairs; tetraspores 

5 : : 1: hy . 
tripartite sessile at the nodes of the branchlets, occupying the place of 
an ultimate branchlet; antheridia in tufts, sessile on the upper inter- 
nodes; favellz binate on the upper part of the branches. 

Var. SECUNDATUM, Harv. : 

Lesser branches frequently secund, ultimate branchlets imegulan, 
scarcely corymbose. 

On Zostera. 

Halifax, Boston Bay, New London, Providence, Harvey. 


secundatum, Massachusetts Bay, Greenport, Harvey. 


pt OSS es ta 


. 
“" 


= THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 129 


We have only quoted the localities given by Harvey, although we have found what 
we take to be C. corymbosum at Newport, Wood’s Holl, and in considerable abundance 
at Nahant, always growing on Zostera. An examination of the different published ex- 
siceatzs of European writers would lead one to think that several different species had 
been included under the name of C. corymbosum. One might doubt whether the form 
of Crouan, No. 139, and Areschoug, No. 15, belong to the same species. At Nahant the 
same form occurs as that distributed by French algologists. 


C. DIETZL&, Hooper. 

“Fronds capillary, pellucidly-articulate nearly to the base, the lower 
part percurrent, distichously-pinnate, stem veiny, branches alternate, 
simple, set at each node with short, alternate, subsimple or pimnato- 
dichotomous plumules, and often terminated by a dense fascicle of 
ramuli, rachides zigzag; articulations of the stem six or eight times, 
of the rachides three or four times, of the ramuli eight or ten times as 
long as broad; apices subattenuate, obtuse, or subacute; tetraspores 
elliptical, tripartite, solitary on the uppermost ramuli.” (Ner. Am. Bor., 
Part I, p. 236.) 

Greenport, Mrs. Dietz. 


Only known through the description given by Harvey in the Nereis. Harvey states 
that it is related to C. corymbosum and C. versicolor. The specimens referred to Wood’s 
Holl in Proc. Am. Acad., 1875, p. 376, were probably incorrectly determined. 


Susgenus SEIROSPORA, Harv. 


Fronds erect, main branches corticated; antheridia in tufts on the 
outer side of short branches; tetraspores tripartite; bispores and seiro- 
spores present; cystocarps destitute of enveloping jelly. 


_ (.SEIROSPERMUM, Griff. (Seirospora Griffithsiana, Harv., Phyc. Brit., 

_ Pl. 21.—Phlebothamnion seirospermum, Kiitz.—C. versicolor, var. seiro- 

_ spermum, Harvy., in Hooker’s Journ. Bot.; Pecilothammon seirospermum, 
Neg.) 

Fronds diccious, capillary, two to six inches high, pyramidal in out- 
line, main axis percurrent, pinnate with alternate, undivided, lateral, 
branches, which bear secondary branches beset with delicate, erect, 
_dichotomo-multified, corymbose branches, main branches corticated, 
smaller branches monosiphonous and byssoid; antheridia in tufts on 
the outside of short branchlets; tetraspores tripartite, sessile on the 
upper branchlets, sometimes replaced by bispores; seirospores oval, in 
_moniliform tufts at the ends of the branches; cystocarps composed of 
radiating chains of spores without gelatinous envelope (Bornet.) 

On Zostera, shells, and stones below low-water mark. 


Common throughout Long Island Sound ; Salem, Mass., Harvey. 
8. Miss, 59-9 


————— el 


Sal als al Ed bel ln Rall 


130 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


One of the commonest and most beautiful of the genus south of Cape Cod, but only 
known in one locality north of the Cape. It is often brought up on fishermen’s nets, 
and, as a rule, inhabits deeper water than most of the genus. It often attains the 
height of four or five inches, and is broadly pyramidal in outline. The main branches 
are rather stout and distinctly corticated, but the ultimate ramifications are very soft 
and flaccid. With us seirosporic specimens are very common, making the species 
easily distinguishable, but no form of tetraspore or bispore has been observed on Ameri- 
can specimens. According to Bornet, tetraspores, bispores, and seirospores sometimes 
occur on the same individual. From a comparison of our plant with authentic Eu- 
ropean specimens there can be no doubt of the specific identity of the two. Accept- 
ing the account of the cystocarps given by Bornet, it is extremely doubtful whether 
the species should be kept in the present genus, and perhaps the genus ae 2 
should be restored, not, however, as originally adopted by Harvey. 


SPECIES’ INQUIREND Ai. 


C. TENUE, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part III, p. 130. (Griffthsia tenuis, 
Ag.) 

‘Filaments tufted, ultra-capillary, irregularly much branched, diffuse, 
flexuous, the branches and their divisions very generally secund, spring- 
ing from the middle of the internodes; ramuli few and distant, patent, 
filiform, beset toward the attenuated apices with whorls of minute bys- 
soid fibers; articulations cylindrical, those of the branches 4-6 times, — 
those of the ramuli 3-4 times as long as broad, and gradually shorter — 
towards the extremities.” : 

Beesley’s Point, N. J., Harvey. 


Two specimens which can probably be referred to the present species have been re- 
ceived from Nantucket, one presented by Mrs. Lusk, the other by Mr. Collins. In the 
absence of fruit the genus cannot be determined. Negeli,in Beitrage zur Morphologie ~ 
und Systematik der Ceramices, says that the tetraspores are terminal on asingle-celled 
pedicel. According to Harvey, the species is distinguished by the branches, which are — 
all given off from the middle of the internodes of the branches of the preceding grade. 
Negeli says that this species has normal branches like those of Griffithsia barbata, and. 
he regards those given off from the internodes as adventive branches. 


C. TOCWOTTONIENSIS, Harv. MSS.., jide Bailey. 


Providence, Bailey ; Warwick, Hunt. 


As far as we know, this species, mentioned by S. T. Olney in his List of Rhode Island ° s 
Plants, fortunately for printers and the throats of American algologists, has never eee a 
described. 


nae Ee eee 


GRIFFITHSIA, Ag. a 
(Named in honor of Mrs. Grifiths, of Torquay.) . “a 


Fronds filiform, monosiphonous, without cortications, dichotomously — 
peuee branches of two a the vepetanye a Be the 


: 
"7 
7 
cs... 


THE tea ALGZ OF NEW ENGLAND. 131 


side of short fascicled branches ; cystocarps (favelle) involuerate: 

A beautiful genus, comprising between 30 and 40 species, but only represented on 
our Eastern coast by a single species and on the Western coast by two doubtfully 
determined species. “ihe genus is distinguished from Callithamnion by the involucrate 
fayelle and by the disposition of the tetraspores. As we have Spermothamnion sepa- 
rated from Callithamnion in consequence of the absence of the gelatinous envelope 
found in true fayelle, so we have Bornetia separated in a similar way from Grifithsia. 
The genus can generally be recognized at. sight by the rather large but very delicate 
cylindrical, oral, or, at times, globose cells, which do not bear immersion in fresh 
water eyen for a short time, and by the branching, which is dichotomous or a modifi- 
cation of the dichotomoustype, The accurate specific determination from sterile speci- 
mens alone is generally impossible, so great is the resemblance of the fronds in the 
different species. The antheridia vary very much in the different species. In our 
only species they are sessile on the upper halfof the globose terminal cells; in G. coral- 
lina they surround the nedes in tufts ; and in G. sefacea they are in dense approximate 
whorls, attached, to the inner side of incurved branchlets. The tetraspores also vary 
in the different species. In G. Bornetiana and G. corallina they are in whorls at the 
nodes, and are aftached to the innerside of short simple branches, which form a whorl 
around the node. In G. setacea the tetraspores occupy a position which corresponds to 
that of the antheridia. The fayelle are always truly involucrate and, as far as is 
known, terminal, in our species occupying the place of a suppressed dichotomy. The 
development of the procarp of C. corallina has been fully studied by Janezewski. In 
that species he found two trichogynes to each carpogenic system, as is.also the case in 
the genus Ceramium, A non-sexual mode of propagation, by means of cells which 
give off root-like processes, has been described by Janczewski in G. corallina, and a 
similar process takes place in G. Bornetiana. 


G. BoRNETIANA, Farlow. (G. corallina ? Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part 
Il, p. 228, non Agardh.—G. globulifera, Kiitz., Tab. Phyc., Vol. XII, 
Pl. 30.—G. globifera, J. Ag. in part.—G. Bornetiana, Proc. Am. Acad., 
1877.) 

Exs.—Alg. Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson. & Bajos No. 88. 

Fronds digcious. and dimorphous. 

MALE PLANT:—Globosely tufted, one to three inches high; filaments 
repeatedly dichotomous; lower cells cylindrical-obovoid, several times 
longer than broad, becoming shorter and broader above; terminal cells 
globose-pyriform ; antheridia sessile, densely covering the upper half of 
terminal cell. Pl. X, Fig. 4. 

FEMALE PLANT.—Two to five inches high, loosely tufted, filaments re- 
peatedly dichotomous; lower cells cylindrical-obovoid, becoming broadly 
pyriform above and then gradually diminishing in size toward the tip; 
favellz solitary on the upper part of the superior cells; cells of involucre 
10-20, unicellular, club-shaped, somewhat incurved. Pl. XI, Fig. 3. 

TETRASPORIC PLANT.—More slender than the female plant; tetra- 
spores tripartite, densely clustered around the nodes of special branches; 
cells of involucre short and suberect. Pl. X, Fig. 5. 

On wharves, sponges, shells, and occasionally on Zostera. 


132 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Common from Nantucket southward. 


A summer plant which attains perfection during the month of July, disappearing 
later in the summer. It is sometimes found washed ashore in large quantities after a 
storm. The species has been known for some time, but until recently it has passed 
for a form of G. corallina, a species common in Europe. It differs from that species in 
«several respects. The antheridia form a sort of cap over the top of the terminal 
cells of the male plant, which is considerably smaller than the female plant and has 3 
different habit, in consequence of which it was called a variety, var. globifera, by Har- 
vey. The female and tetrasporic plants more closely resemble the true G. corallina. 
They do not end in large globose cells, as in the male plant, but the largest cells are 
below the tip, which is tapering and acute. When the tetrasporic plant has narrower 
and more acute cells than usual it constitutes the var. tenuis of the Nereis. The slen- 
derest specimens, however, are usually sterile. In the structure of the procarp this 
species differs considerably from G. corallina as described by Janczewski. There is 
only one trichogyne instead of two, as in the last-named species. The procarp begins 
by the growth of a hemispherical cell at the upper part of an articulation. The cell is 
then divided into two parts by a partition parallel to the base. It is from the lower 
cell thus formed that the involucre is formed, and from the upper arise the carpogenic 
cells in the following way: By usually four oblique partitions there are formed four 
external hemispherical cells and a central pyramidal cell with a broad base. By sub-_ 
sequent division of one of the hemispherical cells, generally of the one lying nearest 
the axis of the plant, there is cut off a cell which divides into three smaller granular 
cells, the upper of which grows into a trichogyne. The spores are formed by the sub- 
sequent growth of the other three hemispherical cells. There are two sets of hair-like 
organs which arise from the upper border of the cells in this species; one set is short 
and granular, consisting of a cuboidal basal cell with short corymbose filaments; 
the other set occupies a similar position, but the hairs are long and hyaline, eonsist- 
ing of a long basal cell, which bears at its apex a whorl of three or more cells, which 
in turn bear other whorls, the whole hair being several times compound. 


HALURUS, Kiitz. 
(From adc, salt, and ovpa, a tail.) 

Fronds monosiphonous, branching, beset throughout with short, ap- 
proximate, incurved, di-trichotomous, whorled, secondary branches ; tet- 
raspores tripartite, attached to the inner side of special branches, 
arranged in whorls one above another; antheridia in similar position, 


forming closely verticillate tufts; favelle terminal on short branches. 


A genus composed of one, or according to some writers two, species, separated from 
Grifithsia principally by the character of the frond. 


H. EQUISETIFOLIUS, Kiitz. (Griffithsia equisetifolia, Ag.; Phye. Brit., 
Pl. 67.) 

Fronds four to eight inches long, arising from a disk, irregularly : 
branching, secondary branches trichotomous below, dichotomous above, 
much incurved, densely covering the branches, rhizoidal descending fila- _ 
ments given off from some of the lower branches. "eee 

Brooklyn, N. Y.? 


A plant resembling a Cladostephus, except that its color is a dirty red. The species’ 
_is very doubtfally known on our coast. It is mentioned in the Nereis as having be 
sent to Harvey by Mr. Hooper, of Brooklyn, but there is no definite infor ae ag tq 


ae 


the locality where the plant was collected. é ‘bap tae 


Ree eee ee 


SE I NT Tn ey 


ae 


Dif 
Ss THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 133 


PTILOTA, Ag. 
(Gan nttAwtoc, feathered. ) 


Fronds compressed, ancipital, decompound, branches distichous, pec- 
tinate-pinnate, composed of a monosiphonous pinnate axis of larger 
quadrate cells and a cortex of smaller cells; antheridia terminal on 
short corymbose branches; tetraspores tripartite; cystocarps (favellz) 
terminal on the branches, usually involucrate. 


An easily recognized genus, comprising about twenty species, of a deep red or red- 
dish-brown color, only scantily represented on our coast, but represented on the Cali-- 
fornian coast by a number of beautiful species. The genus reaches its greatest develop- 
ment in Australia. The growth is by an apical cell, from which arises a monosi- 
phonous axis of indefinite growth and short secondary branches. The origin of the 
cortications has been fully explained by Nezgeli in Die neuern Algensysteme, page 206. 
The monosiphonous axis is clearly seen on holding specimens up to the light, and is 
also visible at the growing tips where the cortications are wanting. The,cortications 
do not form a true solid tissue, but rather, as shown by Negeli, densely interwoven 
branching filaments. A detailed account of the development of the frond in different 
species is given by Cramer in Physiologisch-systematische Untersuchungen iiber die 
Ceramiaceen. The development of the procarp is given by Bornet in Notes Algolo- 
giques, page 15. The position of the tetraspores is variable, and serves as a specific 
mark. 


P. ELEGANS, Bonnem. (Ptilota sericea, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 191.— 
P. plumosa, var. tenuissima, Ag.) 

Fronds brownish red, three to six inches high, main branches fili- 
form, irregularly branching, secondary branches compressed, closely pin- 
nate, with opposite pinnate branchlets, ultimate divisions without corti- 
cation; favelle terminal on the branches, irregularly lobed, naked or 
with a short involucre; tetraspores solitary on the ends of the branch- 
lets, at first tripartite, becoming polysporic. 

On the under side of rocks between tide-marks and on shells and alga 
in deep water. 

Throughout our whole limit; Europe. 


A much more delicate species than the next, and recognized at once by the fact that 
the younger parts of the branches are without cortications, whereas in the next species 
the cortications extend nearly to the apex. It also differs in the position of the tetra- 
spores, and the favellz are usually naked, while in the following species they are sur- 
rounded and almost concealed by a well-marked involucre. The usual color is a gray- 
ish black, but in fading it often becomes pinkish. North of Cape Cod the species is 
usually Sound clinging to the under surfaces of rocks at low-water mark, in company 
with Ceramium Hooperi, Rhodochorton Rothii, and Sphacelaria radicans. In such situa- 
tions the specimens are small. At Newport and Gay Head the plant attains a much 
larger size, and is abundantly washed ashore from deep water. 

_ PP. SERRATA, Kiitz. 
Fronds dark red, three to six inches long, compressed, ancipital, de- 


3 compound-pinnate, pinnz opposite, one pinna being short, undivided, 


134 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, 


straight or faleate, sharply serrate, especially on the lower side, and the 
opposing pinna pinnately divided or compound; pinne nearly at right 
angles to the axis, apices acute; tetraspores borne in dense ellipsoidal - 
cluster either at the ends of the simple pinne or on the serrations and 
tips of the compound pinne; tetrasporic masses interspersed with mono- 
siphonous incurved branches; favelle in similar position to the tetra- 
spores, nearly concealed by the large, incurved, usually serrate divisions 
of the involucre. 

On alge, especially on stems of Laminaria, below low-water mark. 

Common north of Boston; Thimble Islands, near New Haven, and 
dredged off Block Island, Prof. Eaton. | 


A common and characteristic alga of our northern coast, extending through Green- 
land to the northern coast of Europe, and also found in the North Pacific. The present 
species, together with Huthora cristata and Delesseria sinuosa, form the greater part of 
the specimens collected for ornamental purposes by ladies on the Northern New England 
coast. P. serrata, when dried, is usually very dark colored, unless it has previously 
been soaked for some time in fresh water, and it does not adhere well to paper unless 
under considerable pressure. It cannot be mistaken for any other species growing on 
cur coast. Whether it is a variety of P. plumosa is a question about which writers do 
not agree, but, although in this connection our form has been kept as a distinct spe- 
cies, it is highly probable that it is really nothing more than a coarser northern form 
of P. plumosa. The typical form of P. plumosa is certainly unknown in New England. 
The type is more slender, and the pinnez are pectinate, not serrate. The position of 
the fruit is the same, the principal difference being in the more strongly marked in- 
volucre of the favellz and in the tetraspores, which are borne on densely fastigiate 
branches, which have no cortications, and some of which are incurved and project 
beyond the general sporiferous mass. In P. plumesa the tetraspores are also borne on 
the tips of monosiphonous branches, but they are not densely conglomerate, nor are 
the projecting incurved ramuli prominent. The present species is very rare south 
of Cape Cod, being known in only two localities and in a much reduced form. 


CERAMIUM, Lyngb. 


(From «epayiov, a small pitcher. ) 


Fronds filiform, dichotomous or occasionally subpinnate, monosipho- 
nous, composed of a series of large ovate or quadrate cells, with bands of 
small corticating cells at the nodes, and in some species also extending 
over the internodes; antheridia forming sessile patches on the upper 
branches; tetraspores tripartite, formed from the corticating cells; 
cystocarps (favelle) sessile at the nodes, usually involucrate. 


A universally diffused and easily recognized genus, of which, however, the species _ 
are by no means easily recognized. The genusis distinguished by the monosiphonous, 
dichotomous frond, with bands of small corticating cells at the nodes, or, in some cases 
covering the internodes as well. The tips of the filaments are forked and usually de 
cidedly incurved, whence the generic name is derived. The apical growth and forma, 
tion of the cortex is fully detailed by Negeli and Cramer in Pflanzenphysiolog: 
Untersuchugen, PartIV. The procarp in Ceramium is furnished with two trich 


THE MARINE ALG& OF NEW ENGLAND. 135 


tips of the branches. The genus has been split up into a number of different genera 
by Kiitzing, but by most writers his divisions are only accepted assubgenera. Sterile 
_ specimens are not easily determined and it is always desirable to have tetrasporic 
plants. Although we have an abundance of the genus on our coast, the number of 
species is comparatively small, and the group of species having spines at the nodes is, 
as far as is known, quite wanting. 


SEot. I. Fronds without spines, cortical cells decurrent from the nodes and 
more or less completely covering the internodes. « 

C. RUBRUM, Ag. (C. rubrum, Phye. Brit., Pl. 181.) 

Fronds robust, dichotomous, subfastigiate, branches erect, apices in- 
curved or forcipate, nodes contracted below; tetraspores in irregular 
series at the nodes, immersed; favelle lateral, solitary, with a short in- 
volucre. 

Var. PROLIFERUM, Ag. (C. botryocarpum, Phyc. Brit., Pl. 215.) 

Fronds beset on all sides with numerous, lateral, simple or forked 
branchlets. 

Var. SECUNDATUM, Ag. 

Branchlets generally secund. 

Var. SQUARROSUM, Harv. 

Fronds small, regularly dichotomous, fastigiate, with very few, short, 
lateral branchlets, lower divisions distant, spreading, upper divisions 
close together, widely spreading, apices often revolute. 

Everywhere common; var. squarrosum on Zostera, Massachusetts Bay. 


A ubiquitous and variable species, of which we have enumerated only the principal 
forms. The typical form is easily recognized, and the same is true of most of the va- 
rieties. The var. decurrens has the internodes partly naked, especially in the upper 
part. The var. decurrens of the Nereis is referred by Agardh to the next species, 
and is distinguished from the true var. decurrens of C. rubrum, which has immersed 
tetraspores, by the large tetraspores arranged in a regular circle at the nodes and pro- 
jecting decidedly above the surface. 


C. CIRCINNATUM, Kiitz. _ 

Fronds setaceous, dichotomous, fastigiate, divisions erect, patent, 
apices forcipate, internodes partly corticated by the cells which are de- 
current from the nodes; tetraspores large, projecting in a ring around 
the upper nodes. 

Glencove, L. I., Mr. Young ; Dartmouth, Mass., Miss Ingraham ; Mag- 
nolia, Mass., Mrs. Bray. 


Agardh, in his Epicrisis, refers to the present species the C. decwrrens of Harvey (Phyc. 
Brit., Pl. 276), which in the Nereis Am. Bor., is made a variety of C. rubrum. There is 
a var. decurrens of C. rubrum which is admitted by Agardh, which, if we understand 
correctly, has small immersed tetraspores. This form occurs also with us, but we 
have no notes as to the locality. To the present species we refer forms in which the © 
upper internodes are scarcely corticated at all and in which the large, projecting tet- 
Taspores are in a single ring at the upper nodes. 


, 
_ 
Bo 
EP Te 
_ 


4 =e 


irregularly placed lateral branches, apices straight, erect, cortical cells = 


136 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. _ 


Sect. IL. Fronds without spines, cortical cells confined to a definitely lim: 
ited band round the nodes, the internodes diaphanous. 

C. DIAPHANUM, Roth; Phye. Brit., Pl. 193. 

Fronds brownish red, filaments two to four inches high, loosely tufted, 
main branches setaceous, rather stout, distantly forking, beset with short, 
lateral, dichotomous branchlets, apices incurved; tetraspores immersed, 
in whorls at the nodes; favelle lateral, involucrate. 

Nahant, New Bedford, Mass.; Providence, R. I.; New York Bay, 
Harvey; Europe; California. 


_ The localities given are quoted from the Nereis. As far as our own experience goes, 
the present species is of very infrequent occurrence on the New England coast, 
although we have specimens collected at Lynn, Mass., and others from the vicinity 
of New York, collected by Mr. A. R. Young, which may possibly be referred to C. dia- 
phanum. In almost all cases the C. diaphanum of American collectors is the C. strictum 
of the Phycologia Britannica a species closely related to the present, and agreeing with - 
it in the fructification, but differing in ramification. C. diaphanum has rather stout 
leading branches, which are beset with secondary dichotomous branches which are 
alternately given off from the main branches, and which are much finer than the main 
branches, the tips being capillary. The general outline of the frond is pyramidal, and 
that of the principal branches and their ramifications is oval-elongated. In C. 
strictum there are no leading branches, but the filaments‘are of a pretty nearly uni- 
form diameter, regularly dichotomous throughout, and form globose tufts. Both 
species differ from our other species, except C. Hooperi, in being of a brownish-purple 


- rather than of a distinctly rose-colored tint, and both adhere closely to paper in drying. 


C. STRIOTUM, (Ktitz.) Harv. (C. strictum, Phye. Brit., Pl. 334.—Gon- 
groceras strictum, Kiitz.) 

Fronds brownish red, filaments capillary, two to six inches high, 
densely tufted, branches uniformly dichotomous throughout, divisions 
erect, fastigiate above, apices forcipate ; tetraspores immersed, whorled 
at the nodes. ° 

On Zostera and other marine plants. 

Common from New York to Cape Cod. 


This species forms large tufts at the base of Zostera in warm, shallow bays, and is 
often in company with Polysiphonia Olneyi. In the Little Harbor at Wood’s Holl it 
is found in large quantities, after a heavy blow, lying unattached on the mud, just 
below low-water mark. 


©. HoopeRi, Harv. (0. Hooperi, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part II, 
p. 214.—C. Deslongchampsit, Farlow, in Report U. 8. Fish Comm., 1875.) 
. Fronds dark purple, one to four inches high, filaments procumbent 
and densely interwoven at base, above dichotomous, with short, erect, — 


forming a sharply defined band at the nodes, axile cells short above, 
becoming twice as long as broad below; rhizoidal filaments unilatera 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. Lat 


- single at the nodes, numerous, usually unicellular, often ending in irreg- 
ular disks; tetraspores in a circle at the nodes, immersed in the cor- 
tical cells; favelle? 
Forming tufts on mud-covered rocks at low tide. 
New Haven, Prof. Eaton; near New York, Mr. Young; Newport, 
R. I.; common from Nahant to Eastport. 


This species is not, as Harvey and Agardh supposed, very distinct, but, on the con- 
trary, can scarcely be distinguished from C. Deslongchampsii, except in the tetraspores, 
which are immersed, not projecting as in that species. Both species inhabit similar 
localities, both are deep purple in color, are procumbent at the base, and have numer- 
ous rhizoids; the branching and erect tips are the same in both. Furthermore, as it 
occurs with us, C. Hooperi not unfrequently bears precisely such irregular botryoida] 
masses as are found on C. Deslongchampsii in Europe, and which are figured in the Phy- 

' cologia Britannica. Harvey, as wellas Negeliand Cramer, doubts whether these masses 
are really favelle, and, judging from American specimens, they are more probably 
monstrosities. In one case we found the distortions on a specimen bearing tetraspores, 
and Negeli and Cramer have observed a similar case, a presumption against the 
favelloid nature of the swellings. Fully-matured tetraspoves are to be desired, and 
it may be that they will be found to be prominent, as in C. Deslongchampsii, in which 
case the validity of the species would be more than doubtful. 


C. FASTIGIATUM, Harv., Phyc. Brit., Pl. 255. 

Fronds lake-red, densely tufted, two to five inches high, filaments 
capillary, dichotomous throughout, divisions erect, level-topped, apices 
erect or slightly incurved; tetraspores secund on the outer side of the 
branches, prominent; favellz small, lateral, with a short involucre. 

On Zostera. 

Massachusetts Bay; Greenport; Newport; Long Branch, Harvey. 


This species is at present a puzzle. In American herbaria one frequently finds speci- 
mens labelled C. fastigiatum, and some specimens bear Harvey’s own handwriting. 
Unfortunately, the species is persistently sterile, for we have only twice found 
tetraspores in what seemed to be this species, and sterile specimens are hardly suf- 
ficient for determination in the genus Ceramium. What was apparently considered by 
Harvey to be his C. fastigiatum is common south of Cape Cod and forms beautiful tufts 
on Zostera. The color is a lake-red, the filaments are all capillary and regularly dichot- 
omous, the upper segments being level-topped, so that when spread on paper the 
species has a regular outline. The apices are erect, not rolled inwards at the tip, and 
short rhizoidal processes are given off from some of the nodes. Harvey states that 
the tetraspores are prominent and secund on the outer edge of the branches, while 
Agardh says they are whorled at the nodes. In one specimen we found them as de- 
seribed by Harvey. It must be admitted that when sterile the species approaches 
too near C. tenuissimum, and it is much to be desired that a large set of fruiting speci- 
mens be examined to settle the disputed question of the tetraspores. C. fastigiatum is 
@ species apparently not well known to continental botanists, who seem to have at 
times included it in other species without reference to British specimens. With us it 
is common, although, considering that there may be a doubt about the determination, 
we have only quoted the localities given by Harvey. By Agardh C. fastigiatum is con- 

_ sidered closely related to C. Deslongchampsii, but judging by Harveyan specimens, 
both from Ireland and New England, we can hardly think that the two species are 
immediately related. 


138 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. — 
C. coRYMBOsUM, Ag. - Meer | 
“Wronds capillary, rather regularly decompound-dichotomous, branches — 

erecto-patent, corymbose, fastigiate, apices forcipate, lower joints four to 

five times longer than broad, upper joints subequal ; tetraspores naked, 
emergent, secund on the outer side of the branches, lower portion rest- 

ing on the cortical layer.” (Agardh, Hpicrisis, p. 93.) 

Atlantic coast of North America. 


This species is said by Agardh to resemble C. fastigiatum in its ramifications, but 
with more expanded branches, and to differ in having a violet color and a different ar- 
rangement of the tetraspores. From this it would appear that the two species are 
practically distinguished by the different position of the tetraspores. With regard to 
their position in C. fastigiatum, as has already been said, Agardh and Harvey do not 
agree. 


C. TENUISSIMUM, (Lyngb.) Ag. 

Fronds rosy-red, two to four inches high, densely tufted, capillary, 
decompound-dichotomous, branches erect, patent, apices forcipate; tet- 
raspores borne on the swollen nodes, usually on the outer side, often 
several together; favellz lateral, involucrate. 


Var. ARACHNOIDEUM, Ag. 
Fronds more slender than in the type, tetraspores exserted, secund 
on the outer side of the branches, solitary or several together. 


Var. PATENTISSIMUM, Harv. 

Fronds small, dichotomies distant and patent, the branches ending in 
dichotomo-multifid, divaricating, corymboso-fastigiate branchlets. 

On Zostera and alge. ; 

Common in Long Island Sound; Gloucester, Mass., Mrs. Davis; 
Kurope. E 


The present species, according to Agardh, includes the C. nodosum of the Phycologia — 
Britannica, but Harvey’s plate certainly does not correctly represent the tetraspores of — 
the typical form of the species. In the type the nodes are swollen, especially on the j 
upper margin, and the rather large tetraspores project beyond the cortical cells, 
usually on the outer side of the node, and there are frequently from two to four together. 
In the var. arachnoideum the tetraspores become almost naked, being only slightly 
covered by the cortical cells in their lower part. The var. patentissimum of Harveyhas ~ 
a somewhat different ramification from the type. It must beadmitted that the limits 
of C. tenuissimum are not well marked, and it may be that in the present case we 4 


have confused two distinct species. 


C. CAPRI-CORNU, (Reinsch). (Hormoceras Capri-Cornu, Reinsch, Con- 4 
trib. ad Alg. et Fung., p.57, Pl. 47.—C. Youngii, Farlow, Rept. U.S. oe 
Comm., 1875.) 


‘ 
3 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 139 


fastigiate, apices much incurved, branches beset throughout with very 


- short ineurved or recurved branchlets, cells in upper part scarcely as 


long as broad, two to three times as long below, corticating cells form- 
ing a sharply defined band at the nodes; tetraspores and favellz? 

In eight feet of water. 

Canarsie, L. I., Mr. A. R. Young. 


This curious species has unfortunately never been found in fruit. We have only 
seen three specimens, which were all collected by Mr. Young. The largest was about 
three inches high and the filaments were coarser than those of C. diaphanum and ©. 
strictum. It is easily recognized by the numerous short incurved branchlets which 
arise singly or in twos and threes at the nodes. It is possible that a large series of 
specimens would have shown that the present is a form of some other species, but 
when received from Mr. Young in 1875 it seemed so distinct that the name C. Youngit 
was given to if, and under that name it was mentioned in the Report of the U.S. Fish 
Commission for 1875, but without any description. The Hormoceras Capri-Cornu of 
Reitisch, from Anticosti, judging from the plate and description in the Contributiones, 
published in 1874~75, is apparently the same as C. Youngii, and the name of Reinsch 
has the priority. 


SusporpeR SPYRIDIEA. 


Fronds filiform, monosiphonous, formed of longer branching filaments 
of indeterminate growth, from which are given off short, simple branches 
of determinate growth, cells of main filaments corticated throughout, 
the secondary branches corticated only at the nodes; antheridia borne 
on the secondary branches, arising from the nodes and finally covering 
the internodes; tetraspores tripartite, borne at the nodes of secondary 
branches ; eystocarps subterminal on the branches, consisting of obovate 
masses of spores in dense whorls around the central cell, with a pericarp 
formed of monosiphonous filaments packed together in a gelatinous 
substance. 

An order consisting of a single genus and a’small number of species, most of wien 


_aretropical. The systematic position of the order is a matter of dispute. The fronds 


aii a 


resemble closely those of the Ceramice, as do also the tetraspores, but the cystocarps 
are peculiar and not closely related to those of any other order. A section of the ma- 
ture fruit, which is usually either two or three parted, shows a monosiphonous axis, 
around the upper cells of which the spores are arranged in irregularly whorled groups. 
The whole is surrounded by a wall, which is formed by the union, by means of a jelly, 
of the elongated tips of sabdichotomous filaments which arise from the cortical cells 
of the nodes just below the sporiferous cells. The antheridia are first formed at the 
nodes, but soon extend over the internodes for a considerable distance. The devel- 
opment of the frond is fully given by Cramer, 1.¢. In the Nereis the order is placed 
next to Ceramiacee, and in the Epicrisis of Agardh between the Dumontiaceeé and the 
Areschougice. 


140 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, 


SPYRIDIA, Harv. 
(From orvpic, a basket.) 


Characters those of the genus. 

S. FILAMENTOSA, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 46. Pl. X, Fig. 1, and Pl. XII, 
Fig. 2. 

Fronds filamentous, in expanded tufts four to eight inches high, 
branches irregularly placed, spreading, repeatedly divided, secondary 
branches subequal, spirally inserted, ending in a mucronate tip com- | 
posed of two or three hyaline cells; tetraspores tripartite, sessile at 
the nodes ef branchlets, solitary or clustered; cystocarps two or three 
lobed. | 

Var. REFRACTA, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part III, Pl. 34 a. 

Fronds robust, subdichotomous, the branches naked, divaricating, with 
very wide axils, arched, the terminal ones frequently revolute. 

On Zostera, wharves, and mud below low-water mark. 

Common from Cape Cod southward; Massachusetts Bay, Harvey; 
most warm seas. 


Rather a beautiful species when growing, but which becomes brownish in drying and 
does not adhere very well to paper. It does not collapse when removed from the 
water, but remains covered with drops which adhere to the branchlets. The branches, 
although rather coarse, are brittle. The species is more common in Long Island Sound 
than in Europe, certainly than on the Atlantic coast. It may be recognized under the 
microscope by the monosiphonous corticated branches and hyaline branchlets, corti- 
cated only at the nodes and with a mucronate tip. The antheridia, of which, so far 
as we know, no description has hitherto been given, surround the branchlets, covering 
several cells near the base. They arise from divisions of the cortical cells, which form 
closely packed, short filaments, and extend over the internodes, those from the differ- 
ent nodes becoming confluent. The individuals which bear the cystocarps are distinct 
from those which bear the antheridia, and may be recognized by their more dense 
habit. 


* SusorpeER CRYPTONEMIE. 


Fronds solid or becoming hollow with age, cylindrical, compressed or 
membranaceous; antheridia forming superficial spots or small tufts; 
tetraspores usually cruciate and scattered in the cortical layer, some- 
times in localized spots; cystocarps consisting of a single mass of irreg- _ 
ularly placed spores surrounded by a gelatinous envelope, but not pro- 
vided with a special cellular pericarp, immersed in the substance of the | 
frond, spores discharged by a narrow passage formed between the cells 


of the cortex. 


An order comprising about 14 or 15 genera and between 125 and 150 species, most o 
which are inhabitants of warm seas, and vary in consistency from subgelatinous to 
coriaceous and cartilaginous. Our only two species belong to the tribe Nemasio 


eos 
¥ 


bats 


¢ 


THE MARINE ALGA! OF NEW ENGLAND. 14] 


tion owing to the great variationin shape. The suborder approaches very closely to 

_ the Ceramiee, since the cystocarps are in many of the species true favellz, which, in- 

_ stead of being naked, are concealed in the fronds. It is in fact merely an arbitrary 
matter whether one places Gloiosiphonia in one suborder or the other. The fronds are 
more complicated than those of the Ceramiee. In genera like Glotosiphonia and Ne- 
masioma there is an axis formed respectively of a monosiphonous filament or bundle ot 

_ filaments, and an ill-defined cortex formed simply of the loosely united laterai fiia- 
ments. In other genera, as in Halymenia, the cortex is more distinctly marked, and ir 
Prionitis and Cryptonemia the frond is dense and coriaceous. 


GLOIOSIPHONIA, Carm. 


(From yAoog, sticky, and o:gwr, a tube.) 


Fronds monecious, gelatinous, cylindrical, branching, solid above, 
and formed of a monosiphonous axis, whose cells in their central por- 
tion bear whorls of four secondary branches, which divide so as to form 
umbels, which collectively form the cortex ; descending filaments formed 
from the lower part of secondary branches; lower portion of fronds 
hollow ; tetraspores cruciate, borne at the summit of the cortical fila- 
ments; antheridia forming spots on the surface of the fronds; cysto-— 
carps borne on the lower part of the cortical filaments, consisting of 
tufts of branching, radiating filaments densely packed in a single mass 
and surrounded by jelly. 


_A genus containing but a single certainly known species, found both in Europe and 
this country. The genus has been placed by some writers in the Cryptonemiew and by 
others in the Ceramiew. It in fact connects the two suborders, the fruit being a favella 
in which the spores all arrive at maturity at the same time, forming, in the terminol- 
ogy of some algologists, a simple nucleus. The ripe cystocarps are concealed in the 
frond, as in the Cryptonemiew, but, on the other hand, the structure of the so-called 
cortical layer is like the outer portion of Dudresnaya, which is generally placed in the 
Ceramiee. A detailed account of the development of the cystocarp in G. capillaris will 
be found in Notes Algologiques, p. 41. 


G. CAPILLARIS, Carm. (G. capillaris, Carm., Phye. Brit., P1.57; Notes 
Algologiques, Pl. 13.) 
Fronds gelatinous, four inches to a foot long, solid above, hollow below, 
main branches subsimple, terete, naked below, densely beset above with 
decompound lateral branches, branchlets tapering at both extremities ; 
_cystocarps abundant, frequently forming nodosities. 
In pools below low-water mark. 
_ New London, Harvey; Nahant, W. G. F.; Chelsea, Miss Brewer ; 
: Gloucester, Mrs. Bray and Mrs. Davis; Hampton Beach, Dr. Durkee ; 
_Peak’s Island, Maine, Prof. Goode. 


d A widely diffused but locally rare species, found in early summer and disappearing 
in Angust. It is easily recognized at sight by its delicate gelatinous substance and 
brilliant rose color and by the tapering branchlets. Cystocarpic specimens are not 

unfrequently found, but tetrasporic plants are rare and have never been observed in 

this country. The species shrinks very much in drying and adheres closely to paper. 


142 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


NEMASTOMA. 


(From ynya, a thread, and crope, a mouth.) 


Fronds gelatino-carnose, compressed -eylindrical or plane, dichoto- 
_mous or subpinnate, composed of an axial layer of dénsely woven longi- 
tudinal filaments, from which are given off short, lateral, dichotomous, 

fastigiate filaments, which are united by a gelatinous substance to form 
a peripheral layer; tetraspores cruciate, borne in the peripheral layer; 
antheridia borne on the superficial cells of the periphery; eystocarps 
(favellz) buried in the peripheral layer, spores escaping by a narrow — 
opening between the peripheral filaments. 


A genus comprising not far from a dozen species, which inhabit principally the 
warmer waters of the globe, the genus being particularly well represented in Aus- — 
tralia. The fronds of the different species vary from only slightly compressed and 
linear to broad and palmate, and in G. marginifera the frond resembles in shape that 
of Rhodymenia palmata. The substance is rather gelatinous and the microscopic struc- 
ture resembles very closely that of the fronds of some of the Nemaliew. The fruit of 
N. marginiferais described by Bornet, in Notes Algologiques, as being a true favella like _ 
that of Callithamnion. ‘The genus is generally placed near Gloiosiphonia, and, like that. 
genus, closely connects the Ceramiee with the Cryptonemee. 


N. (?) Barron, Farlow, Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sciences, 1875, 
p. 3o1. 

Fronds purplish-rose colored, gelatinous, four inches long, one inch 
wide below, vermiform, once or twice dichotomously divided, axils acute, 
apices attenuated ; tetraspores cruciate, borne on the tips of the peri- 
pheral filaments; cystocarps 


Washed ashore at Gay Head, W. G. F. 


A very rare species, of which only asingle specimen is known. It was found on the 
beach near the light-house at Gay Head, Mass., in company with Scinaia furcellata, in — 
August, 1871. The specimen was a fragment, without the base of the plant, but — 
with abundant tetraspores, which were borne on the tips of the peripheral filaments. 
In the absence of cystocarpic specimens the genus cannot be ascertained with cer- : 
tainty, and botanists who visit Gay Head, should seach for the plant by dredging off 4 
the Devil’s Bridge in five to ten fathoms. The specimen collected was at first sup- 
posed to be a portion of a broad specimen of Nemalion purpureum, a species not yet — 
known on our coast. The peripheral filamentsare loosely united together by a gela- 
tinous mass, as in the subgenus Gymnophlea of Agardh. 


SusorpER DUMONTIE. 


Fronds tubular, branching or proliferous; cystocarps immersed in 
the frond, composed of a single mass of irregularly placed cells, similar 


in most respects to those of the Cryptonemiee. 


A small suborder, included by Harvey in the Cryptonemiee. The development of th 
eystocarps is not well known, and on our coast there is no material to be obtained for 
the study of the suborder. The common Dumontia filiformis of Northern Euro 
wanting with us, and the genus Halosaccion, of which we have one represel 


7 


S > > =. 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 143 


has never yet been found with cystocarpic fruit, the genus being referred to the pres- 


_ ent suborder in consequence of the resemblance of the frond to that of Dunontia. Ac- 


cording to Bornet, the spores in D. filiformis are borne directly on the carpogenie cell, 


whereas in the nearly related genera of Cryptonemiee there are sterile cells between 


the spores and the carpogenic cell. 


HALOSACCION, Kiitz. 
(From adc, the sea, and caxkzov, a small sack.) 

Fronds hollow, tubular or sack-shaped, simple or proliferously branched, 
consisting of an internal layer of large, roundish, angular, colorless cells, 
usually arranged in linear series and packed closely together by a gela- 
tinous substance; tetraspores cruciate, immersed in the cortical layer; 
eystocarps? 

A small genus, including about ten species, of which H. ramentaceum is common in 
the North Atlantic, the other species being confined to the North Pacific and ex- 
tending as far south as California on the east coast and Japan on the west coast. 
The species are all coarse and somewhat cartilaginous, and are either in the form of 
elongated obovate sacks or tubular and proliferous. The cystocarpic fruit is unknown, 


and the genus is placed conjecturally near Dumontia in consequence of the structure 
of the frond. 


H. RAMENTACEUM, (L.) Ag. (H. ramentaceum, Ner. Am. Bor., Part 
II, Pl. 29 a.—Ulva sobolifera, F\. Dan., Pl. 356.) 

Fronds brownish purple, six to fourteen inches high, cylindrical-com- 
pressed, attenuated at the base, simple or irregularly branched, more or 
jess densely beset with scattered or crowded, simple or forked, lateral 
proliferations; tetraspores large, spherical, cruciate ; cystocarps ? 

Var. GLADIATUM, Eaton, Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. II, p. 347. 

Proliferations long, simple, somewhat incurved, inflated. 

On algze in deep pools and on mud-covered rocks at low-water mark. 

From Gloucester, Mass., northward; North Atlantic and Pacific. The 
variety at Eastport. 


A characteristic species of our northern coast, occasionally found at Gloucester and 
becoming very common at Eastport. The fronds are very variable in shape, yet, on 
the whole, easily recognized. The most marked form is the var. gladiatum. The 
robustness depends a good deal on the place of growth. In exposed pools the fronds 


_are short and very densely proliferous; in sheltered harbors, like that of Eastport, the 


proliferations grow long, and are of rather delicate texture, approaching H. microspo- 
rum, which hardly seems a distinct species. Kjellman, in Spetzbergens Marina kloro- 
fyllférande Thallophyter, mentions certain hemispherical protuberances on the fronds 
of this species, and the same are found on our coast. As before stated, the specimen — 
of Asperococcus compressus credited to Gloucester, Mass., was an error, the specimen 
being in reality a sterile and partly bleached Halosaccion. 


SusorpeR GIGARTINEZ. 


Fronds terete, compressed or membranaceous, fleshy or cartilaginous; 


_ antheridia in superficial spots or sunk in small crypts; tetraspores 


{44 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


ciuciate or zonate, usually collected in nemathecia or in superficial spots 
(sori), sometimes scattered; cystocarps composed of numerous masses — 


of irregularly placed spores, between which are found portions of the 
tissue of the interior of the frond, the whole sporiferous mass being 
covered by the swollen surfaces of the frond, which are sometimes raised 
in subspherical conceptacles; spores discharged phyeush special car- 
postomes. 


A large suborder, comprising species which are sometimes more or less cylindrical in 
shape, but which are more frequently expanded and of a coarse, subcartilaginous con- 
sistency. Some of the largest Floridee are found among the Gigartinee, and perhaps 
no other suborder contains so many ill-defined species as the present. Owing to the 
thickness and opacity of the fronds, the study of the development of the cystocarps is 
attended with very great difficulty, and as yet no full account of the formation of 
the fruit of any of the species has been published. In the Notes Algologiques, Bornet, 
however, gives a brief account of the formation of the cystocarp in Gymnogongrus 
patens. In all the species the spores are irregularly grouped in several distinct masses, 
which are imbedded in the tissue of the frond, the cells of which undergo a change as 
the spores ripen, their walls becoming thick and lamellated, and traversed by numer- 
ous small canals. In Callophyllis and some other genera the sporiferous mass and the 
enveloping tissue of the frond form subglobose swéllings external to the surface of the 
fronds, but in other genera, as Gymnogongrus, the sporiferous mass occupies the central 
part of the frond, which swells on all sides. The cystocarps discharge their spores 
through carpostomes or narrow canals formed in the cortex of the fronds. Sometimes 
there is a single carpostome, but in some genera, as Gymnogongrus and Ahnfeldtia, there 
are several. 


LSM roms; CELE te ic! 25is oe ee ee See we ctutb wie Loria Sidhe Rieke see eee ee 
2 sHTOnAS COMpPLressed5:2tes. leks eee see eee Raters yee De 4 
Soupstanee TiCid MhOrMy.\ce sce oes lees eee ee cae oe Almfeldtia. 
Substance soft, succulent......... ee eee Sarnacicie eateaee ‘Cystocloniwm. 
fronds thin, leat-like,.. 2.5. -- 2-6 we cee cees sees. Phyllophora. 
Fronds cartilaginous or subeartilaginous......-.....-..-..--.--. 5 
5. Cystocarps external in special leaflets ..........-..--..- Gigirt 
Cystocarps immersed ....... = sve, S aaerele ees Se a ree i: Eee . 6 
6. Central part of frond composed of roundish polygonal cells. 

Gymnogongrus. 

7. Central part of frond formed of slender anastomosing filaments. 
Chondrus. 


PHY LLOPHORA, Grev. 
(From ¢vAAov, a leaf, and ¢epa, to bear.) 


Fronds stipitate, stipes expanding into a rigid-membranaceous, flat, 
simple or cleft lamina, proliferous from the disk or margin, composed 


internally of oblong polygonal cells, with a cortical layer of minute, — 


colored, vertically seriaied cells; antheridia contained in small cavi- oo 


ties; tetraspores cruciate, arranged in moniliform filaments, which < 
packed together in external excrescences (nemathecia) ; eystocarps 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 145 


ternal, globose, sessile or pedicellate, containing within a thick peri-— 
_ earp several irregular masses of spores imbedded among the cells of the 
_ frond; spores discharged by a narrow carpostome. 


The genus comprises eight or nine species of the North Atlantic and Mediterranean, 
one species, P. Clerelandii, being found on the coast of California. The species are 
dark red, rather coarse and rigid, not adhering to paper, and are very apt to be cov- 

_ ered with Bryozoa. They inhabit rather deep water, and are characterized by their 
external fruit, the tetraspores being arranged in nemathecia or warts composed of 
densely packed filaments, each cell of which becomes a cruciate tetraspore. Some of 
the broader forms pass with collectors for species of Khodymenia. 


P. Bropizi, Ag.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 20. 

Stipes cylindrical at base, compressed upwards, noohitted| the branches 
expanding into oblong or wedge-shaped, simple or forked, membrana- 
ceous laminz, often proliferous at the summit; cystocarps globose, ses- 
sile on the lamine; nemathecia spherical, pedunculate, at the tips of 
the lamine. 

In five to ten fathoms of water. 

Newport, R. I.; Wood’s Holl, Mass.; and common from Nahant north- 
ward. 

P. MEMBRANIFOLIA, Ag.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 163. 

_ Stipe cylindrical, filiform, branched, the branches expanding into 
broadly wedge-shaped bifid or dichotomous laminz; cystocarps ovoid, 
stipitate, rising from the branches or lamine; nemathecia forming 
broad, dark-colored, convex patches in the center of the lamine. 

In deep water on stones. 

Common from Long Island Sound northward; North Atlantic. 


Our two species of Phyllophora are perfectly easy to Pee when tetrasporic speci- 

_ mens are obtained. P. Brodieiis a larger plant than P. membranifolia, and the lamin 

are longer and larger and less broad at the base than in P. membranifolia. P. Brodiwi 

varies considerably, however, and in the spring the bright-red broad laminew are often 

broken from the stipes and washed ashore, when they might be mistaken for some 
species of Rhodymenia. 


GYMNOGONGRUS, Mart. 


(From yuuvoc, naked, and yoyypoc¢, an excrescence. ) Pen 

Fronds dark red or purple, carnoso-coriaceous, terete, compressed or 
flat, dichotomous, composed of a medullary stratum of roundish, angu- 
lar, colorless cells and a cortical stratum of closely packed short fila- 
ments formed of small colored cells; tetraspores cruciate, borne in 
: hemispherical nemathecia; cystocarps immersed in the swollen frond, 
consisting of several irregular masses of spores imbedded among the 
cells of the frond; spores discharged by a carpostome. 


A genus of abont thirty species, found principally in the warmer parts of the world, 
li rather coriaceous, but not attaining any great size. The genus is distinguished 


S. Miss. 59 10 


ee 


146 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


- 


from Chondrus, to which several of the species were formerly referred, by the structure 
of the frond and the arrangement of the tetraspores; from Phyllophora Uys the absence 
of a stipe and the immersed eystocarps. 

G. Norvecicus, J. Ag. (Spherococcus Norvegicus, Ag. —Chondrus 
Norvegicus, Lyngb.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 187.—Oncotylus Norvegicus, Kiitz.) 

Fronds deep red, two to four inches high, linear, dichotomous, flat, 
fastigiate, axils rounded, patent, apices obtuse; cystocarps immersed 
in the upper segments projecting on both sides of the frond; nema- 
thecia sessile, hemispherical, on both sides of the oe 

In deep pools on rocks. 

Penobscot Bay, Mr. Hooper ; Peak’s Island, Maine, W. G. ae Nahant, 
W. G. F.; Beverly, Mass., Miss Alexander. Europe. 


Our plant, which is apparently rather rare, is the same as that of Europe, although 
narrower forms are sometimes seen which perhaps might be referred to the G. Torreyt 
of Agardh. G. Grifithsie is to be expected with us, as it is common in Europe. The 
present species is found only in the autumn and winter, either in deep cold pools or | 
below low-water mark. Its resemblance to the simpler forms of Chondrus crispus is so 
great that it is perhaps mistaken for that species by amateur collectors. Its color, 
however, is red rather than purple, and the whole plant is thinner and more delicate 
than C. crispus, which, moreover, has quite a different microscopic structure. 


G. TORREYI, Ag. 
Frond compressed, flattish, dichotomous, fastigiate, segments linear, 
very narrow, the axils rounded. 


New York, Prof. Agardh. 


A species known only by the above description of Agardh. Bailey, in Am. Jour. 
Sci., Vol. VI, 1848, p. 39, makes the singular statement, in speaking of Dasya elegans, 
Ag., that he has examined a fragment of the original specimen of Spherococcus Torreyi — 
in the Torrey Herbarium, ‘‘ which,” he says, ‘‘unless I am greatly mistaken, was 
founded on a battered specimen of this plant.” 


» 


AHNFELDTIA, Fries. 
(Named in honor of Nils Otto Ahnfeldi, of Lund.) 


ee Ye en 


Fronds cartilagineo-corneous, subterete, dichotomous or irregularly © 
branched, composed of densely packed elongated cells within and a — 
horizontal layer of closely packed short filaments formed of small colored — 
cells; cystocarps immersed in the fronds; tetraspores in nemathecia — 
which surrounded the branches (?). 

Asmall genus, comprising stiff, wiry, or cartilaginous alge, whose fructification is — 
not well known. As it is, the genus is distinguished from Gymnogongrus rather by the — 
rigidity and terete character of the fronds than by any more definite character, since — 
the fact that the tetraspores in the present genus are in the nemathecia which surround ~ 
the branches, even.if fully proved, which is not the case, would hardly constitute s 
ficient ground for the separation of the genera. In the only common species of 6 


North Atlantic cystocarps have never been seen and the nemathecia have ) not bee 
satisfactorily examined. In Ahnfeldtia gigartinoides of the west coast ine -oystocary 


P . s 


' 


a 


THE MARINE ALG& OF NEW ENGLAND. 147 
postomes by which the spores are discharged. However ill defined the present genus 
may be, there is no difficulty in recognizing at sight our only species. 

A. PLICATA, Fries. (Gymnogongrus plicatus, Kiitz.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 
288.—Gigartina plicata, Lam.x.—Spherococcus plicatus, Ag.) 

Fronds horny, terete, filiform, very irregularly branched, entangled, 
branches di-trichotomous, with lateral, often secund, branches, axils 
rounded, terminal divisions elongated; cystocarps and tetraspores ? 

Var. FASTIGIATA. 

Fronds regularly dichotomous, terminal segments equal. 

On rocks and alge in exposed tide-pools. 

From New York northward; Europe; North Pacific. 

Forming very irregularly branched, rigid tufts several inches in diameter. The 


color is usually nearly black, becoming on exposure yellowish or greenish. More wiry 


and rigid than any of our other Floridee. 


CYSTOCLONIUM, Kiitz. 


(From xvoric, a bladder, and kAwvov, a small twig.) 


Fronds fleshy, succulent, terete, decompoundly branched, composed 
of three strata of cells, an axile series of loosely interlaced filaments 
formed of delicate elongated cells, surrounding which is a layer of large 
rounded cells and a cortical layer of small roundish-angular cells; an- 
theridia in spots on the upper part of the fronds, interspersed among 
the unchanged cortical cells; tetraspores zonate, scattered in the cor- 
tical layer; cystocarps large, immersed in the frond, usually prominent 
at one side, with a single carpostome. 


The account given above of the structure of the frond refers to the appearance pre- 
sented in sectioning the mature plant. A study of the development shows that the 
external and medial layers really are derived from the axial filaments, or rather that 
all three are formed from a common set of filaments at the apex of the frond. The 
frond of Cystoclonium might be mistaken for that of Khabdonia, but the fruit is very 
different. The genus comprises about half a dozen described species, but only one is 
at all well known. 


C. PURPURASCENS, Kitz. (Hypnea purpurascens, Harv., Phye. Brit., 
P1. 116.) 

Fronds brownish rose-colored, six inches to two feet long, an eighth 
to a quarter of an inch in diameter, terete, subpinnately decompound, 
much branched, branches alternate, elongate, beset with alternately 
decompound branchlets which taper at each end; cystocarps numer- 
rous, large, often forming nodose swellings in the branches. 

Var. CIRBHOSA. 

The branches drawn out into long, twisted tendrils. 


148 REPORT. OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, 


In tide-pools and just below low-water mark. 
Very common from New York northward; Europe. 


With the exception of Ceramium rubrum, the present is probably the most common 
species of Floridew found on our coast. It not unfrequently attains a length of a 
foot and a half, and when washed from its attachment and exposed to the sunlight - 
assumes a bright orange color, which is attractive to many collectors. The Solieria 
chordalis, said by Mr. Samuel Ashmead* to have been collected in Greenland by the 
Hayes Arctic expedition, was probably a sterile plant of Cystoclonium purpurascens. 


GIGARTINA, Lam.x. 
(From yyaptov, a. grape-stone. ) 

Fronds fleshy, cartilaginous, compressed, composed of an internal 
layer of longitudinal, slender, anastomosing filaments, which pass hori- 
zontally outwards and divide dichotomously into short moniliform fila- 
ments, the whole set in a gelatinous substance; antheridia in super- 
ficial spots; tetraspores cruciate, densely aggregated, forming spots 
just below the surface; conceptacles external. 


A genus of which nearly fifty species have been described, but some of which are 
of doubtful value. They abound in the Pacific Ocean, several species being found in 
California, but we have only one species. 


G. MAMILLOSA, Ag.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 199. 

Fronds dark purple, three to six inches high, half an nee to two 
inches broad, flattish, channelled, linear, decompound, dichotomous, 
fastigiate, upper segments wedge-shaped, bifid; cystocarps borne in 
short papille given off from the surface and margin of the frond. : 

On rocks at low-water mark, in company with Chondrus crispus. 

Common from Boston northward; Europe. a 


Bearing some resemblance to the common Irish moss, with which it usually grows, 
but distinguished by the numerous papilla which cover the surface of the fronds and 
bear the fruit. The present species may occur in California, but most of the speci- 
mens of G. mamillosa from the west coast belong rather to G. papillata, Ag. - 


CHONDRUS, Stack. 
(From yovdpoc, cartilage.) 


F 
: 
E 
4% 


Fronds and tetraspores as in. Gigartina ; cystocarps immersed in the j : 
frond. 


A small genus as limited by modern writers, but formerly made to include a large — 
number of forms. The three genera Gigartina, Chondrus, and Iridewa are very nearly — 
related. In the first-named genus the cystocarps are borne in external conceptacles, @ 
and in the last two they are immersed. E 


C. CRISPUS (Linn.), Stack.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 63.—Irish moss. 
Fronds purple, three to six inches high, stipitate, flabelliform, dichoto- , 
mous, fastigiate, flat, the segments linear-cuneate; cystocarps immer 
in the frond and usually projecting on one side. 


a 


Owe 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 149 
On rocks at low-water mark. 


Common from New York northward. 


The common Irish moss which is used for culinary purposes, and also for clarifying 
beer. It is also said to be used in the manufacture of cheap cotton cloths. Although 
very variable in shape, it is not likely to be mistaken for any other species, except 
possibly sterile specimens of Gigartina mamillaris or Gymnogongrus Norvegicus, which 
is, however, a rare species. When growing exposed to the light, the color is a yel- 


low-green. 
SusorgpER RHODYMENIE A. 


Fronds membranaceous or filiform, solid or tubular; antheridia form- 
ing superficial patches; tetraspores tripartite, cruciate, or zonate, either 
scattered in distinct spots or sometimes sunk in crypts; cystocarps ex: 
ternal, containing densely packed subdichotomous filaments, arranged 
in distinct masses around a basal placenta with a thick pericarp, which 
is connected by numerous filaments with the placenta. 


The present suborder is exceedingly ill-defined, and no two writers agree exactly as 
to its limits. In the typical genera we find a distinct basal placenta on which are 
borne masses of spores, which when young areseen to be formed of subdichotomous 
filaments, but which when mature are arranged without order and held together by a 


gelatinous envelope. Diverging from the type, we have genera like Cordylecladia, in 


which, even at maturity, the spores preserve to a certain extent a moniliform arrange- 
ment, and we then have a cystocarp but little different from that of Gracilaria, which 
belongs to the Spherococcoidew. On the other hand, we have the order connected with 
the Crypionemiee by Chrysymenia, which is now placed by Agardh in the Rhodymeniacee. 
The position of Rhodophyllis and Euthora is doubtful. Here we have no distinct basal 
placenta, but rather a central placenta or carpogenic cell, reminding one somewhat of 
the genus Rhabdonia and its allies, which have been included in the Solieriew. Euthora, 
at any rate, demands a more accurate study, and our own species of Rhodophyllis, R. 
veprecula, does not well correspond with the typical members of the suborder in rela- 
tion to its cystocarpic fruit. Lomentaria and Champia agree with the Rhodymeniee in 
their fruit, although the fronds are peculiar, and we have kept them as a division of 
the present. 


Tribe I. RHODYMENIEZ proper. 
Cystocarps with a basal placenta, fronds solid. 


Fronds dichotomous or palmate......- es een Bea aah .---.fhodymenia. 
Fronds pinnately compound ..........-- scibeysral ean, aid ------.Plocamum. 
pbronds. filiforie ...- 266-02 enews 2 Se bis Be pareatsis eels oe -.. Oordylecladia. 


? Tribe Il. RHODOPHYLLES. 

Cystocarps with a central placenta, fronds membranaceous. 
Tetraspores zonate, frondsdichotomous or pinnate .--.----Lehodophyllis. 
Tetraspores cruciate, fronds dentato-pinnate...........-...-.Huthora. 

Tribe HI. LOMENTARIEZ. 

Cystocarps with a basal placenta, fronds tubular. 


Fronds constricted at the joints, but with no proper diaphragms, tetra- 
_ spores sunk in depressions of the frond..........-. ...-Lomentaria. 
Fronds with numerous diaphragms, tetraspores superficial. ... Crampia. 


150 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


RHODYMENIA, (Grev.) J. Ag. 


(From podeog, red, and vunv, a membrane. ) 


‘Fronds flat, membranaceous, dichotomous or palmate, composed of 


an internal layer of large roundish-angular cells and a cortical layer of — 


smaller cells, in some cases arranged in short horizontal filaments; 
tetraspores cruciate, either collected in superficial spots (sori) or scat- 
tered in the cortex; cystocarps external, sessile, with a distinct_car- 
postome, spores irregularly grouped in masses attached to a basal pla- 
centa and surrounded by a gelatinous envelope. . 


A genus which formerly was made to include a large number of flat membranous 
species, a large part of which have by recent writers been removed to other genera. 
We have but one species on our coast, Khodymenia patmata, the common dulse, of which, 
unfortunately, the cystocarpic fruit is unknown, and the study of the fruit of: the 
genus is out of the question with us. 

R. PALMATA, (Linn.) Grev.; Phye. Brit., Pls. 217, 218; Ann. Sei. Nat., 
Vol. ILI, Ser. 4, Pl. 3, Fig. 8.—Dulse. 

Fronds purplish red, broadly wedge-shaped, six to twelve inches long 
and four to eight inches broad, irregularly cleft, palmate or dichoto- 
mous, sometimes repeatedly laciniate, the margin often winged with 
leaflets; tetraspores cruciate, scattered in patches over the frond, im- 
mersed in the cortex; cystocarps? 

Var. SARNIENSIS. | 

Divisions very numerous, narrow, sublinear. 

On Fuci, Laminarie, and other alge, between tide-marks, and extend- 
ing into deep water. 

Common from New York northward; North Atlantic; California? 


This, with Chondrus crispus, forms the only species eaten in New England. The present 
species, although one of the commonest red sea-weeds in the North Atlantic, has never 
been known to bear cystocarps, and hence the generic position is doubtful. The 
description given applies to the typical form, and although the fronds are very variable 
in outline, the species is easily recognized. It is sold in the seaport towns, where it 
is to be found dried on the fruit-stands of the women who sell green apples, corn-balls, 
and other dainties. It is said to possess anthelmintic properties, which, if one can 
judge by its disagreeable taste, is very probable. 


PLOCAMIUM, Lyngb. 


(From rAoxauoc, a lock of hair.) 


Fronds compressed, membranaceous, pinnately decompound, the pin- 3 


nules alternately secund in twos, threes, fours, or fives, composed of an 
inner layer of longitudinal, oblong cells and a cortical layer of sm 
polygonal cells; tetraspores zonate borne in special branchlets ; 


Sn RE TS ae 


| THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 151 


carps external, sessile or pedicellate, with a distinct carpostome, spores 
in several masses composed of closely packed radiating filaments borne 
on a basal placenta. 


A beautiful genus, comprising about twenty-five species, the most striking of which 
are found in Australia, New Zealand, and at the Cape of Good Hope. PP. coccinewm is 
very widely diffused in the North Atlantic and Pacific, and possibly also in the south- 
ern hemisphere; but it has only been observed once on the coast of New England, 
and that perhaps requires verification. The genus is at once recognized by the branch- 
ing. The frond is linear and distichously pinnated, the pinnules, which are always 
alternately secund in groups of from two to five, being of two kinds; the lowest 
pinna is short, simple, and acute, while the remaining pinns are pinnulate or pecti- 
nato-decompound. The cystocarps of Plocamium are similar to those of Rhodymenia, 
and the zonate tetraspores are in special branchlets or leaflets, known as stichidia. 


P. COCCINEUM, Lyngb.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 44. 

Fronds narrowly linear, without a midrib, decompound pinnate, pinnz 
alternately secund in threes or fours, the lowest subulate and entire, the 
upper pectinate on the upper side; conceptacles marginal, solitary, ses- 
sile; tetraspores zonate on divaricately branching processes borne on 
the inner side of the pectinated branchlets. 

Boston Bay, Miss Hawkshurst. 


The above-named locality, given in the Nereis, is the only one known on the New En- 
gland coast, for this widely diffused species, if we except the vague statement of Bailey 
in the American Journal of Science, Vol. III, 1847, p. 84, thatit has been found by Rev 
J. L. Russell on the coast of Massachusetts. One sometimes finds forms of Huthora 
cristata labelled P. coccineum in American herbaria. The common Californian form of 
the species is coarser than the European, and has been named by Kiitzing P. Califor- 
nicum. It is not, however, distinct. 


CORDYLECLADIA, J. Ag. 
(From xopdvan, a club, and «Aadoc, & branch.) 


Fronds filiform, irregularly branched, carnoso-cartilaginous, formed 
of two strata of cells; medullary layer of oblong, longitudinal cells, 
cortical of roundish, colored, subseriated, vertical, minute cells; con- 
ceptacles sessile on the branches, subspherical, furnished with a cellular 
pericarp at length perforate, containing a densely packed globular mass 
of roundish-angular spores, formed by the evolution of much-branched 
filaments issuing from a basal placenta; tetraspores immersed in the 
periphery of pod-like ramuli, oblong, cruciately parted. 

20. Huntu, Harv. 

“Fronds densely tufted, springing from a common, expanded, crust- 
like disk, livid purple, tereti-compressed, once or twice forked or se- 
cundly branched; branches subulate, alternate, acute; fruit?” (Ner. 
Am. Bor., Part I, p. 155.) 

Narragansett Bay, Mr. George Hunt. 


7 / 


152 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES 


A species only known from the description in the Nereis, which is quoted above, 
and from the specimen in Herb. Harvey for an examination of which we are indebted 
to Prof. E. Perceval Wright. In the absence of fruit, the genus must remain in 
doubt, and it is hardly likely that the species, as described by Harvey, will be again — 
recognized by American algologists. 


RHODOPHYLLIS, Kiitz. 


(From podoy, a rose, and ¢uAAov, a leaf.) 


Fronds membranous, dichotomously compound, with proliferous or — 
pinnatifid margins, composed of an internal layer of large roundish- 
angular cells and a cortical layer of smaller cells; tetraspores zonate, 
immersed in the cortex of the frond or marginal processes; cystocarps — 
external, subspheri¢al, borne usually on the margin of the frond or on 
lateral processes, spores arranged around a central carpogenic cell in 
masses composed of densely packed radiating filaments, whose cells at 
maturity become irregularly placed. 


A genus comprising about twenty species, which mostly inhabit the Australian 
coast. They have membranously expanded fronds resembling those of the genus — 
Rhodymenia, but they are as arule smaller and thinner, the internal layer consisting 
of usually two series of cells. The genus is distinguished from Rhodymenia by the 
zonate tetraspores, and by having the earpogenic cell or placenta in the center of the 
conceptacle instead of at its base. In the typical species of Kiitzing, R. bifida, there 
is, according to Dr. Bornet, a large carpogenic cell at the center of the conceptacle, 
around Hee the sporiferous masses are gathered, and the game is true with regard 
to our own Rhodophyllis veprecula. 


R. VEPRECULA, J. Ag. (Ciliaria fusca, Rupr.—R. veprecula and Cal- 
liblepharis ciliata, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part II, pp. 105, 152, non 
Calliblepharis ciliata, Kiitz.) 

Fronds deep red, attached by a branching base, two to five wnichigt 
long, a quarter of an inch to an inch and a half broad, decompoundly 
dichotomous, margin pinnate, pinne linear-lanceolate, ciliate, with short — 
subulate or forked teeth; tetraspores zonate, borne in the cortex of — 
the cilia; cystocarps subglobose, usually borne at. the base of the eilia, — 
often densely aggregated, sometimes borne on the surface of frond. 

Var. CIRRHATA, Harv. : 


Fronds very narrow, dichotomous, the apices cirhiform, repeatedly 
forked. 


On the larger alge in five to ten fathoms, and rarely i in pee tide- - 
pools. Autumn and winter. 


= 


Campobello Island, Grand Menan, Maine, Prof. Eaton ; ; cous, 
Mass., W. G. F.; Arctie Ocean. oo : 


The present species is a characteristic Arctic form which oceurs as far 801 


ies in the autumn or in winter. It is recognized by 1s beautiful nae 


dll ah 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 153 


destitute of a midrib and with a ciliated margin. It bears a close resemblatce to Cal- 
liblepharis ciliata, Kiitz., which is a common European species, and it was introduced 
under that name in the Nereis, in which work Rhodophyllis veprecula was cited on the 
authority of Agardh. But subsequent observation and examination of the cystocarpic 
fruit has shown that the C. ciliata of the Nereis is the same as Rhodophyllis veprecula, 
Ag. Gobi states that R. veprecula of Agardh is the Fucus dichotomus of Lepechin, and 
he considers that C. ciliata~Kiitz., should also be included with it under the name of 
Rhodophyllis dichotoma (Lepechin). We have retained the name of Agardh because we 
only wish to assert that our plant is a Rhodophyllis already described by Agardh, but 
do not wish to go so far as to express an opinion with regard to the identity of the 
two European plants, since we have never been able to examine the fruit of C. 
ciliata in good condition. Our form, as found on the Massachusetts coast, is well de- 
veloped and agrees perfectly with specimens collected by Dr. Kjellman in Greenland, 
The narrow variety was found by Harvey at Halifax. Im Herb. Gray is a narrow 
specimen from Labrador, marked Calliblepharis jubata, apparently in Lenormand’s 
handwriting. 


EUTHORA, Ag. 


(Derivation uncertain. ) 


Fronds membranaceous, subdichotomously pinnate, formed internally 
of large oblong cells, between which is a network of slender branching 
filaments with a cortical layer of small cells; tetraspores cruciate, im: 
mersed in the cortex of the thickened apices; cystocarps external, sub- 
spherical, marginal, containing a central nucleus attached to the walls 
of the conceptacle composed of tufts of radiating sporiferous filaments 
around an ill-defined cellular placenta. 


A small genus of only two species, one of which is found in the North Atlantic and 
the other in the North Pacific. The structure of the frond in our species is peculiar 
and is the same as that of the genus Callophyllis. Between the rather large cells of 
the interior run small branching filaments, best seen in longitudinal sections. The 
genus is separated from ERhodymenia, in which it wasformerly included, in consequence 
of the peculiar frond and cystocarp. The structure of the latter is not at all well 
known and should be stndied on our coast, where there is an abundance of material. 
The conceptacles are small and are borne on the margin of the frond, and the carpos- 
tome is not at all prominent. The arrangement of the spores is complicated and not ~ 
easily described. They are arranged in tufts of short filaments, radiating from a com- 
mon point, and the different tufts, which are very numerous, apparently surround a 
central cellular placenta, not at all sharply defined. At any rate, there is no large 
earpogenic cell, either at the center, as in Ehodophyllis, or at the base, asin Rhodymenia, 
and it is by no means certain that the genus should be placed in the present suborder. ” 


HE. CRISTATA, J. Ag. (Spherococcus cristatus, C. Ag.—Rhodymenia 
cristata, Grev.; Phyc. Brit., Pl. 307.—Callophyllis cristata, Kiitz.) 

Fronds rosy-red, one to five inches high, membranaceous, flabellately 
expanded, main divisions widely spreading, alternate, repeatedly sub- 
divided, upper divisions alternate, linear, laciniate at the tips, with a 
fimbriated margin; tetraspores cruciate, in the thickened tips of the 
frond; cystocarps small, marginal, nearly spherical. 
On alge, especially on Laminaria, in deep water. 


154 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Staten Island; Newport, R. I., Bailey; dredged off Napatree Point, i 
R. L, Prof. Haton ; Gay Head, in eight or ten fathoms; and common — 
from Nahant northward. i 


Together with Delesseria sinuosa, this species forms ‘the bulk of the membranaceous 
red sea-weeds collected by ladies on our northern coast for ornamental purposes. 
Probable in no part of the world are more beautiful and luxuriant specimens found 
than at Magnolia Cove, Gloucester, Mass. Specimens vary very much in breadth. : 
Some have the main divisions an inch wide and the terminal divisions are densely 
flabellate. Others are scarcely an eight of an inch wide and the terminal divisions” 
are rather diffuse, the fimbriations being prolonged into sharp teeth. The first-men- 
tioned form approaches the figure in the Phycologia Britannica, while the last resem- _ 
bles Spherococcus coronopifolius. The Long Island forms are scarcely an inch high. The 
species is found at all seasons of the year, and inhabits rather deep water, its favorite 
habitat being the roots of Laminarie. 


LOMENTARIA, (Gaill.) Thuret. 


(From lomentum, a pod with constricted joints. ) 


Fronds filamentous, branching, hollow, with constricted nodes, formed 
of one or more layers of roundish-angular cells with a few longitudinal 
filaments in the interior; tetraspores tripartite, borne in cavities 
formed by the infolding of the cortex; cystocarps external, sessile, con- 
taining a nucleus composed of oblong masses of irregularly radiating 
spores attached to a placenta surrounding a large basal carpogenie cell, 
which is connected with the pericarp by filaments. 


A small genus, containing species which have been placed by some writers in Chylo- 
cladia and Chrysymenia. As limited by Thuret, the genus includes species in which 
the tetraspores occupy small cavities hollowed out in the cortex. The development 
of the fronds has not been fully studied. They are hollow and much constricted at 
the joints, but in our species there are no distinct diaphragms as in Champia. The — 
walls of the filaments are composed of a membrane consisting of a single layer of round- 
ish-angular cells, or there are two or three layers, the outer cells being smaller than 
the rest. The inner side of the wall is traversed by long, slender filaments, to which 
are attached, laterally, small round cells, by which the filaments are attached to the 
walls. The cystocarps are external, and, in section, one sees a large basal triangular- 
ovoid carpogenic cell surrounded by closely packed sporiferous lobes, in which the cells 
are at first arranged in the form of densely radiating filaments, but at the time of ma- 
turity become irregularly placed. The pericarp is rather broadly ovate, with a dis- 
tinct terminal carpostome, and its walls are connected with the carpogenic cell by 
filaments, between the bases of which lie the sporiferous masses, around which is a~ 
gelatinous envelope. 


L. UNCINATA, Menegh., in J. Ag., Spec. (Chylocladia Baileyana, Hary., | 
Ner. Am. Bor., Part I, p. 185, Pl. 20 e.—Chylocladia uncinata, Ag., Zan. 
Icon. Adr., Pl. 43.—Chondrosiphon uncinatus, Kiitz.) ‘ 

Fronds oiiniah red, densely tufted, two to five inches high, Die : 4 
tes uty. much branched, branches about one-tenth of an inch in diam a 


~ 


ae 
— 
2. 


—— 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 155 


in cavities on the branchlets; cystocarps sessile on the branches, ovoid, 
with a distinct terminal carpostome. 

Var. FILIFORMIS, Harv., l. ¢. 

Slender, elongate, with longer and less arching branches. 

On wharves, sponges, &e., below low-water mark. 

Quincy, Mass., Harvey ; common from Cape Cod southward. 

A common and characteristic species of Long Island Sound, forming very densely 
branching tufts. The branches are usually arched backwards and bear secund branch- 
lets which are much constricted at base. The arrangement of the tetraspores in cavi- 
ties can easily be seen in fresh or alcoholic specimens, but not well in pressed plants. 
Ii is principally on the authority of Zanardini that our species is united with his C. 
uncihata, and as he had plenty of material for comparison his opinion is probably cor- 
rect. The Adriatic specimens of C. uncinata which we have examined corresponded 
better with the var. filiformis than with the more common secund form of Long Island 
Sound. 

L. ROSEA, (Harv.) Thuret. (Chrysymenia rosea, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 
398 a.—Chylocladia rosea, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part IT, p. 186.) 

_ Fronds rose-colored, compressed, hollow, triangular in outline, main 
divisions simple or once or twice forked, one and a half to three inches 
long, an eighth to a quarter of an inch broad, tapering at the apex, pin- 
nate with simple or pinnate, opposite, distichous branchlets, which are 
much contracted at the base; tetraspores tripartite, sunk in cavities in 
the cortex of branches. 

On stohes and shells in ten fathoms. 

Portsmouth, N. H.; Newport, R. I., Harvey; Gay Head, W. G. F.; 
Northern Europe. — 


A rare and beautiful species, easily distinguished from the last by being broader and 
flattened, with beautifully regular, opposite, distichous pinnzw. As far as we know, 
the eystocarpic fruit of this species has never been seen. It is tolerably abundant on 
shells of Mytilus, in company with Scinaia furcellata, off Gay Head. 


CHAMPIA. 
(In honor of UM. Deschamps, a French botanist.) 


Fronds filamentous, branching, hollow, nodose, formed of one or more 
layers of roundish-angular cells with cellular diaphragms at the nodes, 
traversed internally by a few longitudinal filaments; tetraspores tripar- 
tite, scattered in the cortex; cystocarps as in Lomentaria. 


A small genus, comprising about a dozen species, most of which are tropical or Aus- 
tralian, our species, C. parvula, being the most widely diffused. The genus resembles 
Lomentaria very closely in the cystocarpic fruit. The fronds, however, are not only 
constricted at the joints, but are nodose throughont, a diaphragm composed of a sin- 
gle layer of cells extending across the nodes. The tetraspores are not contained in 
sunken cavities as in Lomentaria. A section of the cystocarps of C. parvula and L. 
unmita shows the same arrangement of the spores, but in the jirst-named species 
the carpogenic cellis larger and projects further into the eonceptacle. 


156 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


C. PARVULA, (Ag.) Harv. (Chylocladia parvula, Phye. Brit., Pl. 210.— 
Champia parvula, Ner. Am. Bor., Part II, p.76.) Pl. XV, Figs.2,5. 
Fronds brownish red, globosely tufted, two to four inches high, intri- : 
cately branching, branches opposite, alternate, or whorled, nodose, joints — 

once or twice as long as broad, apices obtuse; tetraspores tripartite, 
scattered in the cortex; conceptacles scattered, sessile, ovoid, with adis- 
tinct carpostome. 

On Zostera and alge below low-water mark. 

Common from Cape Cod southward; Europe; Pacific Ocean. 


A homely species, which does not collapse when removed from the water. The con- 
ceptacles are larger than in our species of Lomentaria, and better adapted for the study 
of the arrangement of the spores. 


SusorpER HYPNE. 


Fronds filiform or subcompressed, branching; tetraspores zonate; cys- 
tocarps external or partly immersed, filled with a spongy cellular mass, 
in which the spores are borne in small, scattered tufts on a branching 
filamentous placenta. 


A small suborder, in which the cystocarpic fruit is peculiar. Sections of the cysto- 
carps show a loose cellular structure which fills the interior, and scattered through 
the mass are small tufts of spores which remind one of the cystocarps of the Gigartinew. 
In the present instance, however, the spores are not arranged irregularly in globose 
groups, but they are attached to filaments which branch among the general cellular 
mass which fills the conceptacle. In the Notes Algologiques an account of the devel- 
opment of the fruit in H. musciformis is given by Bornet. 


HYPNEA, Lam.x. < : 
(From Hypnum, a genus of mosses.) 


Fronds filiform, virgately or divaricately branched, with subulate 
branchlets, composed of an internal layer of large roundish-angular cells, 
which become smaller outwards, and a cortex of small, colored, polygo- — 
nal cells; tetraspores zonate, borne in swollen branchlets; eystocarps — 
external, subglobose, borne on the branchlets, containing a placenta com- 
posed of filaments which form a network, to which are attached at inter- “a 
vals tufts of spores. ; is 


A genus of about twenty-five or thirty species, most of which are tropical and. vainer 3 i. 
ill-defined, since the sterile and fertile plants of the same species vary considerably 
in aspect. Most of the species have the tips of the branches swollen and rolled in- 
wards. The cystocarps are peculiar, and in sections one sees small tufts of pyr a 
spores, scattered through a nearly solid tissue composed partly of a network of branch: q 
ing filaments which form a sort of placenta and partly of the cells of the frond itself. 


H. MUSCIFORMIS, Lam.x. 
Fronds filiform, purplish red, tufted, eee: branched, six to ti 


THE MARINE ALGZ OF NEW ENGLAND. 157 


inches long, branches elongated, irregularly placed, clothed below with 
numerous, short, subulate branchlets, thickened and nearly naked near ~ 
the apex, which is often much incurved ; tetraspores zonate, berne in 
somewhat swollen branchlets ; cystocarps subglobose, numerous, on di- 
varicately branched spinescent branchlets. 

New Bedford, Mass., Harvey ; Wood’s Holl, W. @. F.; Orient, L. L., 
Miss Booth ; and southward to the West Indies. 
_ In four or five fathoms of water. 


A. common species of the West Indies, and probably not rare in Long Island Sound, 
although not very common. Tft is usually found washed ashore in sheltered places 
like the Little Harbor, Wood’s Holl, after a heavy blow, where one sometimes finds 

- intricately twisted tufts two feet indiameter. With uscystocarps have not been seen, 
but the frond is very well developed on our coast. It may be recognized by the yel- 
lowish-purple color, by the long branches covered with short, subulate branchlets, and 
especially by the swollen, naked apices, which are rolled strongly inwards or almost 
cireinate. Fertile specimens from the West Indies are more robust and do not so fre- 
quently have inrolled apices. The species does not adhere well to paper in drying. 


SusorDER GELIDIEA. 


Fronds of a dénse cartilaginous structure, filiform or compressed, 
branching ; antheridia in superficial patches; tetraspores cruciate, borne 
in the cortical layer; cystocarps formed in swollen branches and com- 
posed of spores arranged singly or in short filaments on the surface of 
an axile or parietal placenta, carpostomes present, often two in number; 


Rather a small order of dark-colored, rigid sea-weeds, whose fronds are formed of 
densely packed cells, and whose cystocarps are born in swollen terminal branches, 
but are not strictly external. In Gelidium the spores are sessile on an axile placenta, 
and there are two carpostomes on the opposite surfaces of the fronds. In Pterocladia 
the placenta is attanched to the lateral wall of the cystocarp, the spores are borne few 
in a Tow, and there is but one carpostome. 


GELIDIUM, Lam.x. 
(From gelu, frost, and, secondarily, gelatine. ) 


9 


Fronds cartilaginous, terete or compressed, decompound-pinnate, 
formed of long cylindrical cells in the axis, surrounded by roundish 
cells which become small and polygonal at the surface; antheridia in 
superficial patches; tetraspores cruciate, scattered in the cortex; cys- 
tocarps immersed in swollen branchlets, containing oblong or pyriform 

spores borne on an axile placenta which is attached by filaments to the 
walls of the cystocarp; carpostomes usually one on each side of the 
frond. 


A genus of narrowly linear or nearly terete algz of a dense structure, found in nearly 
all parts of the world. The limits of the species are hot well marked, because the 
ramifications on which the principal specific distinctions depend are very variable. 
_ The genusis recognized on our coast by the peculiar cystoearps, which are formed in 


bilan a il 


ih eal 
a . 
7 


158 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


x Re 
small branchlets, which become swollen and usually have an opening on each side for 

- the escape of the spores. A longitudinal section shows an axile placenta which 
passes through the cystocarp, on which the spores are borne, not in chains but singly. 

Numerous filaments connect the placenta with the wall of the cystocarp. The ac- 

count given above of the frond applies merely to what one sees in sections of the ma- 

ture branches. A section of the younger portions shows that there is originally an 

axile filament, from which are given off other filaments which are nearly parallel to 

the axis, and which afterwards turn outwards and form the cortical layer, the cells 

of which they are composed becoming rounder and short. The genus differs from 

Pterocladia merely in the position of the placenta, which in the last-named genus is. 
not central, but is attached laterally to the wall of the cystocarp. 


G. CRINALE, J. Ag., Epicr. (Gelidium corneum, var. crinale, auct.— 
Acrocarpus lubricus and crinalis, ee Tab. Phye., Vol. aN Pls. 32, 
33.) 

Fronds czspitose, dark purple, setaceous, one to three inches high, 
primary axis procumbent, from which arise erect, subterete, once or 
twice pinnate branches, pinne distichous, alternate, short, patent, acute, 
often pinnatifid; tetraspores cruciate, borne in thickened subspathu- 
late or pinnatifid apices. 

Forming tufts on mud-covered rocks and stones at low-water mark. 

Portland, Maine; Red Hook, N. Y., Harvey; New Haven; Wood’s 
Holl, W. G. F.; Malden, Mass., Mr. Collins ; Europe; California. 


We have followed Agardh in separating the var. crinale from the polymorphic and 
very widely diffused G. corneum. 'The typical form of the latter occurs in Florida and 
on our west coast. G. crinale has been as yet recorded in but few localities, but it is 
probably common along our whole coast. It isa homely, insignificant species, usually 
not much thicker than a bristle,and forms small blackish patches on mud-covered 
rocks. 


SusorpER SOLIERIE. 


Fronds filiform or ‘compressed ; tetraspores cruciate or zonate; cys- 
tocarps immersed in the frond, usually prominent at one side, spores 
arranged in short filaments and arranged in tufts around a large central 
carpogenic cell or a central placenta, which is attached i. the wall of 


cystocarp by filaments; carpostome distinct. 


A small suborder, of which we have but a single species. It is characterized by 
having the spores produced few in a row and attached either, as in Solieria and 
Eucheuma, to a large central cell, or, as in Rhabdonia, to a large cellular placenta at 
the center of the cystocarp. Whether Rhabdonia should be united in a suborder 
with Solierta is perhaps doubtful. By some the genus is considered to be related to — 
the Rhodymeniee, and its affinity to Rhodophyllis and perhaps Euthora is not remote. 


RHABDONIA, Harv. 
(From pafdoc, 2 wand.) 


Fronds deep red, cylindrical or nodose, branching, formed of an ax 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 159 


a layer of large roundish-angular cells and a cortical layer of smaller 
cells; tetraspores zonate, scattered, immersed in the cortex; cysto- 
carps immersed in the frond, and projecting at one side, opening by a 
distinct carpostome, inclosing tufts of spores arranged in short, dense 
filaments, surrounding a globose, cellular, central placenta, connected by 
filamentous bands with a plexus of the axial filaments which surrounds 
the sporiferous mass. 

A genus comprising from fifteen to twenty species, the greater part of which are con- 
fined to Australia, divided by Agardh into two subgenera, in one of which the frond is 
cylindrical and in the other constricted at intervals. Our species belongs to the first 
division, and the frond resembles closely that of Cystoclonium purpurascens, and the 
same is true of the tetraspores. The cystocarps are large, and project on one side. 
The genus is placed by Agardh near Solieria, but in that genus the spores are placed 
around a very large central carpogenic cell, while in Rhabdonia they are attached to a 
large, solid, central placenta formed of cells. The placenta is attached to the walls of 
the cystocarp by numerous bands of interwoven filaments, between which are the 
sporiferous masses, which consist at maturity of short filaments, whose cells are changed 
into spores, which are not held together by a gelatinous envelope as in Champia. 

R. TENERA, Ag. (Gigartina tenera, J. Ag., Symb.—Solieria chordalis, 
Harv. (non Ag.), Ner. Am. Bor., Part II, p. 121, Pl. 23 a.—Rhabdonia 
tenera, J. Ag., Spec.—R. Baileyi, Harv. MSS., Am. Journ. Science, Vol. 
VI, p. 39.) Pl. XIV, Fig. 2. 

Fronds deep red, from six inches to a foot and a half long, cylindrical, 
attached by a small disk, simple below, above densely branched, alter- 
nately decompound, branches long, virgate, erect, tapering at the base 
and apex, and furnished with numerous, linear, fusiform branchlets ; 
tetraspores zonate, scattered in the cortex; cystocarps numerous, 
immersed, but projecting at one side. 

In warm, quiet bays, in shallow water. 

Common from Cape Cod southward; Goose Cove, Gloucester, Mass., 
w..G. TF, 

A characteristic species of Long Island Sound, and only known in one locality north 
of Cape Cod, but extending southward to the West Indies. It forms beautiful tufts 
often two feet long, in muddy places around wharves and in sheltered places, and is 
not likely to be mistaken for any other plant, except possibly for a large form of 
Cystoclonium purpurascens. The procarps consist of three cells, and from the inner- 
most or that nearest the axis grows a long trichogyne, which curves round in a tor- 
tuous fashion, and makes its way to the surface, reminding one of the trichogynes of 
Halymenia ligulata, figured by Bornet. The section of the cystocarp given by Harvey 
in the Nereis does not pass through the center, and the cystocarp is not a closed cav- 


ity, as supposed by Harvey, but has a distinct carpostome; nor are the spores pyri- 
form and attached to separate pedicels, but they are formed from the cells of short 


filaments. ? 
oe . ws 


160 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Susorper SPONGIOCARPEA. eo 


Fronds solid, cylindrical, branching; antheridia in spots on upper — 
part of fronds; tetraspores cruciate, immersed in the cortical filaments; 
cystocarps in external wart-like protuberances, composed of parallel 
- filaments, spores obovate, densely packed around the surface of a cellu- 
lar mass which surrounds the tip of a short pedicel. | 


The present suborder was made by J. G. Agardh and Harvey to include a single 
species, Polyides rotundus, a species in several respects anomalous. ‘The development 
of the cystocarps of that species was first made out by Thuret and Bornet, and ade- ~ 
tailed account was published in the Etudes Phycologiques. In its development the 
eystocarp of Polyides resembles that of the genus Dudresnaya. There is produced from 
the cells at the base of the trichogyne a number of filaments which wind amongst the 
short filaments, of which the wart-like bodies near the tips of the fronds are formed. 
These filaments come in contact with certain cells of the protuberances, which then 
divide and produce the spores. Although this indirect fertilization of the carpogenic 

_ cells by means of winding filaments is the same as is found in Dudresnaya, the mature cys- 
tocarp is different inthe two genera. In Polyides the ripe spores are arranged in aregu- 
lar layer around a small placenta, which is borne on a short pedicel produced from the 
carpogenic cell. In Dudresnaya coccinea the spores are irregularly srouped around a 
placenta surrounding the carpogenic cell itself. In D. purpurifera, however, accord- 
ing to D. Bornet, jhe cystocarps more nearly rgsemble those of Polyides, and he thinks 
it not popes to unite the two genera in one suborder. 


POLYIDES, Ag. 


(From zodve, many, and idea, form.) 


Fronds cylindrical, dichotomous, composed of interlaced branching 
filaments, consisting of elongated cells and curving outwards at the sur- 
face so as to form a cortical layer of horizontal filaments; antheridia in 
patches on the upper part of frond, consisting of short, densely packed 
filaments bearing clusters of antherozoids; tetraspores cruciate, im- 
mersed in the cortical layer; cystocarps in wart-like protuberances on 
the upper part of the frond. 

P. ROTUNDUS, Grev.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 95. pe 

Fronds blackish red, cylindrical, cartilaginous, three to six inches 
long, attached by a disk, with an undivided stipe, which becomes above 
repeatedly dichotomous, apices obtuse; warts flesh-colored, numerous 
on the upper divisions of the frond. 

On stones in deep pools and in deep water. 

Common from New York northward; Europe. ate 


A species easily recognized by its regularly dichotomous, cylindrical frond, fe 
dark, almost black, color, and dense cartilaginous substance. When sterile it 
be mistaken for Piiredarin fastigiata, a common species of Northern Europe, which 
may be expected to occur on our coast. In fruit, however, they are easily distin; 
' since the cystocarps of Polyides are borne in externa] warts, while those of i 


— An BSE 
mM 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 161 


are in the somewhat swollen tips of the frond. The present species is usually found 
washed ashore from deep water, but on the northern coast is found also in deep tide- 
pools. When dried it becomes brittle and does not adhere to paper. 


Susorper SPH AROCOCCOIDEA. 


Fronds cylindrical or membranaceous, substance often very delicate; 
antheridia forming superficial patches or occasionally contained in 
sunken cavities; tetraspores cruciate, zonate, or tripartite, often col- 
lected in spots (sori) on the surface; cystocarps external, hemispherical 


_ or flask-shaped, spores arranged in moniliform filaments, which radiate 


4 


7 


———<o 


from a basal placenta, carpostome distinct. : 


The present suborder is by Agardh and some other writers divided into two, the 
Spherococcoidee, which include rather coarse cartilaginous algx#, which are cylindrical 
or somewhat compressed, but hardly membranaceous, and the Delesseriew, which are: 
rosy-red and of delicate texture and distinctly membranaceous. The fruit, however, 
is very similar in both groups. The spores are arranged in subdichotomous filaments, 
which radiate from a basal placenta, which in some genera, as Gracilaria, projects far 
into the cavity of the cystocarp. The suborder differs from the Rhodymeniee in that 
the moniliform arrangement of the sporiferous filaments is preserved even at matu- 
rity, and the filaments are distinct from one another and not held together by a gelat- 
inous envelope. It must, however, be admitted that there are genera, which seem to 
indicate a close relation between the two suborders. 


GRINNELLIA, Harv. 
(Named in honor of Mr. Henry Grinnell, of New York.) 


Fronds rosy-red, occasionally purple, delicately membranaceous, with 
a slender percurrent midrib, composed of a single layer, at the midrib 
of several layers, of large polygonal cells; antheridia in tufts on both 
sides of the frond; tetraspores tripartite, in swollen spots on the frond; 
cystocarps sessile on the frond, flask-shaped, spores in dichotomously 
branching filaments arising from a basal placenta. 


A genus comprising a single species, which is found from Cape Cod to Norfolk, sep- 
arated from Delesseria because the tetraspores are formed in incrassated spots on the 
frond. The genus is too near Delesseria, of which it should perhaps form a subgenus. 


G. AMERICANA, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part II, Pl. 21b. (Delesseria 
Americana, Ag.—Aglaiophyllum Americanum, Mont.— Cryptopleura 
Americana, Kiitz.) Pl. XIII, Figs. 2-4. 

Exs.—Alg. Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 64. 

Fronds diccious, four inches to a foot and a half long, one to four 
inches wide, lanceolate, tapering at the extremities, occasionally bifid 
or proliferous, margin smooth or wavy; antheridia in small spots on 
both sides of the frond ; tetraspores scattered over the frond in thickened 
spots; cystocarps scattered, sessile, flask-shaped. 

8. Miss. 59 -——11 


162 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER. OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


On wharves, shells, stones, and sponges below low-water mark, and 4 
extending to several fathoms. 
Cape Cod, southward. 


This, with the exception perhaps of Dasya elegans, is the most beautiful alga of — 
Long Island Sound. Itis often found in tufts on wharves below low-water mark, and — 
it flourishes in rather warm, shallow bays. It is met with at all seasons of the year; 
and, according to Miss Fisher, of Edgartown, the ladies of Martha’s Vineyard collect 
it in winter, when it is found in considerable quantities on the ice. The male plant 
is smaller than the cystocarpic, and the antheridia may be detected by the naked eye 
in the form of small, whitish, glistening spots. The walls of the conceptacles are 
thinner than those of Delesseria. The swellings in which the tetraspores are borne 
can hardly be called warts, and the figure given by Harvey in the Nereis is somewhat 
exaggerated. The surface of the frond is raised, and becomes more or less convex, - 
but there are no such irregular projections as represented in Harvey’s figure. 


DELESSERIA, Lam.x. 


(In honor of Baron Benjamin Delessert. ) 


Fronds bright red, thin, membranaceous, laciniate or branched, cos- 
tate, and often with lateral veins, composed of a single or a few layers 
of large polygonal cells; antheridia in spots on the frond; tetraspores 
tripartite, grouped in spots (sori) on the frond or on marginal leaflets; 
cystocarps external, sessile, with a basal placenta, from which radiate 
the numerous subdichotomous, sporiferous filaments. 


A beautiful genus, comprising fifty or more species, distributed all over the globe. 
They are of delicate texture and rosy-red color, and are generally leaf-like in appear- 
ance, although some are narrowly linear. The genus is not likely to be mistaken for 
any other on our coast, unless it be Grinnellia, in which the tetraspores are borne in 
thickened portions of the frond. The fronds, when young, are more or less leaf-like 
and provided with a midrib, and generally also with lateral nerves; and, as they — 
grow older, they become more or less stipitate by the wearing away of the blade of — 
the leaf, which leaves the thickened. midrib either naked or with a small winged 
margin. When still more advanced, owing to the growth of the lacini# and the — 
wearing away of the lateral nerves, the stipes appear to branch and to bear several — 
leaf-like fronds. In some species the membranous portion of the fronds consists of a 
single layer of cells, which are rectangular when seen in section and polygonal seen — 
from above. At the veins the cells form several layers, and in some species it is only ~ 
at the tip that the fronds are formed of a single layer. When the cystocarps are P 
formed, the cells are divided by numerous partitions parallel to the surface of the — 
frond, and the wall of the conceptacle, when mature, consists of several layers of cells, — 
all of about the same size and smaller than the cells of the frond. = 


D. stnvosaA, Lam.x.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 259. 
Fronds four to eight inches whe and two to four broad, stipitentn be- 4 
low, stipe often elongated and branched, with oblong or obovate, deeply 
sinuate or pinnatifid toothed leaves, midrib percurrent, lateral veins 
opposite, extending to the lacinie ; tetraspores tripartite, either borne in 
aiiall oe leaflets or = Wetges foloraes che wells oe es 


ee eee 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 163 


From New Haven northward. 


One of the more common Floridee north of Cape Cod, and not rare in the colder 
waters of Long Island and Vineyard Sounds. It is found all the year, but especially 
in the autumn and winter. It is at once recognized by the presence of a midrib and 
lateral veins and by its general resemblance in outline to an oak-leaf. 


D. ALATA, Lam.x.; Phyc. Brit., Pl. 247. 

Fronds two to four inches long, an eighth of an inch wide, stipitate 
below, above pinnately decompound, divisions linear, margin. entire, 
costate, lateral veins scarcely visible; tetraspores tripartite, borne in 
the apices of the segments or in special leaflets; cystocarps hemispheri- 
cal, on the upper veins. 

Var. ANGUSTISSIMA, Harv. Gorse! Brit., Pl. 83. 

Fronds very narrow, blade of the leaflets almost wanting. 

From Boston northward, with the last ; Europe. 


A common species of Northern New England, but not yet found south of Cape 
Cod. Our form is uniformly narrower than the common European form, and there is 
scarcely a trace of lateral veins. Hypoglossum Grayanum, Reinsch, Contributiones ad 
Algologiam et Fungologiam, p. 55, Pl. 42, appears to be the same as D. alata of the New 
England coast. 


D. LePRIEURU, Mont.; Ner. Am. Bor., Part II, Pl. 22 c. (Hypoglos- 
sum Leprieurii, Kiitz.—Caloglossa Leprieurit, J. Ag., Epicr.) 

Fronds purple, one to two inches high, about a tenth of an inch wide, 
dichotomous, articulato-constricted, costate, proliferous from the costa, 
segments linear-lanceolate, attenuate, rhizoids and new leaflets formed 
at the constrictions ; tetraspores tripartite, in oblique lines extending 
from the midrib to the margin; cystocarps sessile on the midrib. 

West Point, Bailey; Fort Lee, N. Y., Mr. Averill; Harlem River, 
C. H. Peck; and common southward. 


This small species inhabits tidal rivers where the water is warm, and is found on 
wood-work, stones, and water-plants. It is probably not rare near New York, and on 
our Southern Atlantic coast itiscommon. It extends to the West Indies, and is also 
found in the warmer waters of both hemispheres. It is distinguished at once from 
our other species by its small size, purple color,and very thin constricted fronds. 
The species was placed by Harvey in the subgenus Caloglossa, which is separated as a 
distinct genus by Agardh in his Epicrisis. 


GRACILARIA, Grev. 
(From gracilis, slender.) 
_ Fronds filiform or compressed, carnoso-cartilaginous, dichotomous or 
irregularly decompound, composed of an inner layer of large angular 
cells, which become smaller outwards, and a cortical layer of small col- 
ored cells; antheridia in cayities sunk in the cortex or superficial; 
tetraspores cruciate, dispersed in the cortical layer; cystocarps exter- 
nal, sessile, spherical or cenical, with a large cellular placenta at the 


164 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


base, from which radiate the sporiferous filaments, pericarp thick and 
connected with the placenta by slender filaments. 


A genus containing not far from forty species, none of which really deserve the generic 
1ame, for they are usually coarse and often decidedly cartilaginous. The specific dis- 
tinctions are principally derived from the branching, which in the present genus is 
_ very variable. Some of the species, as G. lichenoides, are used as food. 


G. MULTIPARTITA, J. Ag.; Phyce. Brit., Pl. 15. 

Fronds purplish red, four to twelve inches long, compressed or sub- 
membranaceous, deepiy cleft vertically in an irregularly dichotomous 
or palmate manner, divisions linear wedge-shaped, acute; cystocarps 
large, conical, scattered over the frond. 

Var. ANGUSTISSIMA, Harv. 

Fronds narrow, nearly filiform below, compressed above, irregularly 
dichotomous, the apices frequently palmately divided. 

On stones and on muddy bottoms below low-water mark. 

Massachusetts Bay, Harvey, and common from Cape Cod southward; 
Europe; California. 


A coarse and variable species, which is generally of a dingy purple color. The 
limits of the species are difficult to fix. Occasionally one finds with us specimens as 
broad as the common European form, but on the coast of California, and especially of 
Florida, one finds forms which look like large Rhodymenie. Most of our specimens 
are narrower than the type, and the var. angustissima of Harvey, it must be confessed, 
has more the habit of G. compressa than of G. multipartita. At Orient we have seen 
what we supposed was G. confervoides, but unfortunately our specimens were mis- 
placed. 


SuporDER _,RHODOMELESA. 


Fronds usually filiform and branching, sometimes membranaceous or 
(in exotic genera) reticulate; antheridia ovate or lanceolate in outline, 
formed by the transformation of monosiphonous branchlets, occasionally 
covering the surface of discoidal branches; tetraspores generally tripar- 
tite, borne either in localized portions of the fronds or in specially modi- 
fied branches (stichidia); cystocarps external, with a distinct ovate or — 
urceolate conceptacle or pericarp, spores pyriform, borne on short stalks 
given off from a basal placenta. 


The largest suborder of the Floridew, and one containing many of the most beauti- 
ful sea-weeds. The suborder is mainly characterized by the cystocarpic fruit, which 
is external, and has the spores borne separately on short stalks which arise from a 
placenta which surrounds the carpogenic cell at the base of the conceptacle. Inthe — 
Dasye, however, the filaments which bear the spores branch and fill the larger por- 
tion of the conceptacle, but we have not thought it advisable to separate them asa _ 
suborder. The antheridia, except in the genus Chondriopsis, where they assume a pecu-— 
liar shape, form ovate or siliculose tufts, generally developed from monosiphonous — 
branchlets or rather hairs. The position of the tetraspores varies in the different — 
genera. In some cases the branchlets become broadly ovate and the tetraspores 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 165 


borne in parallel rows. Such collections of tetraspores are called stichidia. The 
fronds in the present suborder vary greatly. In the more beautiful genera of tropical 
regions they are in the form of complicated net-works or in membranes in which the 
cells are arranged in regular order, but in the majority of the genera the fronds are 
filiform and branching and generally beset, at least at some seasons, with delicate 
hairs. In most of the genera represented on our coast the fronds have a polysiphonous 
axis, that is, on cross-section there is seen to be a central cell surrounded by a circle 
of large cells, and in longitudinal sections there is a central filament composed of large 
cells, and on each side a lateral filament whose cells correspond in length to those of 
the central filament, the upper and lower walls of the three cells forming two parallel 
lines. 


Fronds flattened... ; ie PI A ay es lr AS gS SPR ane Odonthalia. 


2 UL LS LEED gee ee a eS eS batman eee iL 
1. Tetraspores borne in the smaller branches ........--. vi oleieCauki a’ arnvany 2 
Pemanperes DOLE Il StIChIGIa. \ 5 37 <3 5.5. S- 6S. a oe eee Ree: 5 

2. Superficial cells small, irregularly placed...............--.-.---. 3 
Superficial cells, at least in the younger branches, in transverse 
ELS BE ee ee eer ee 5 a ee A Polysiphonia. 
meeacnos filiiorm throughout ...- ....< 0-52. 22.2265- see . Rhodomela. 
Ultimate branches club-shaped, much attenuated at base. Chondriopsis. 

4, Fronds beset with monosiphonous branchlets................ Dasya. 
Fronds without monosiphonous branchlets, superficial cells quad- 
MME ae Ao ays Sates ate LIL eS td WAL aN aU MCAS Bostrychia. 


CHONDRIOPSIS, J. Ag. 


(From yovdpoc, cartilage, and oc, an appearance.) 


Fronds brownish red, terete or subcompressed, pinnately decompound, 
branches virgate, much constricted at the base, composed of a monosi- 
phonous axis surrounded by a few (4-6) siphons and surrounded by sec- 
ondary siphons, cortex of small polygonal cells; antheridia borne in 
short disk-like branchlets covering both surfaces except at the margin; 
tetraspores tripartite, in club-shaped branchlets; cystocarps sessile, 
ovate, with a distinct carpostome, spores pyriform, on short pedicels 
from a basal placenta. 


A genus of which about twenty species have been described, which inhabit princi- 
pally the warmer parts of the world, some being widely diffused. They are as a whole 
difficult to distinguish, the specific marks being principally the ramification and shape 
of the branchlets, points in which the different species vary very much. The anther- 
idia are very peculiar. On the upper branches are borne flattened, more or less in- 
curved, disk-shaped branches, whose margin is wavy. The antheridia cover both 
sides of these discoidal branches, except at the margin, which is composed of large 
hyaline cells. The fronds are intermediate between those of Rhodomela and Laurencia, 
and the branchlets are always much constricted at the-base. Most of the species were 
formerly included by Lamouroux and others in the genus Laurencia. By C. A. Agardh 
they were, in the Species Algarum, placed in Chondria, a genus retained by Harvey in the 
Nereis. Since as originally defined the genus Chondria embraced alge of rather remote 
relationship to one another, J. G. Agardh, in the third volume of his Species Algarum, 


_ geparated the present group, under the name of Chondriopsis, the name Chondria beng 


o- 
> 

- 
all 
TF 


166 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


abandoned altogether. The habit of the species of the present genusis much like that — 
of Laurencia, but the polysiphonous character of the fronds is more evident, the sub- 
stance more delicate, and the branchlets more distinctly club-shaped than in that 
genus. As in Laurencia, the apices are all depressed, the growing point being sunk in 
a hollow concavity, from which, as well as from the younger part of the fronds, project 
numerous tufts of hyaline, dichotomous, monosiphonous filaments. 


C. DASYPHILA, Ag. (Laurencia dasyphila, Phye. Brit., Pl. 152.) 

Fronds diccious, four to eight inches high, broadly pyramidal in 
outline, cylindrical, robust, densely branched, generally with a percur- 
rent axis and alternate, spreading, pinnately decompound branches, ulti- 
mate divisions short, club-shaped or top-shaped, very obtuse at apex 
and much constricted at base; cystocarps sessile on very short branch- 
lets. 

Var. SEDIFOLIA, Ag. (Chondria sedifolia, Ner. Am. Bor., Part II, 
Pl. 18 g.) 

Branches fasciculate, approximate, branchlets obovate-oblong. 

On rocks and stones at low-water mark, and on Zostera. 

Common from New York to Cape Cod; Europe. ier 


A rather coarse species which does not collapse when removed from the water, but 
which glistens on account of the water held by the tufts of hyaline filaments at the 
tips of the branches. The species is recognized by its coarseness and broadly pyra- 
midal outline and by its club-shaped ultimate divisions. The variety has rather less. 
obtuse tips and isnot uncommon. In spite ofits coarseness, the species quickly decays 
in fresh water. 


C. TENUISSIMMA, Ag. (Laurencia tenuissima, Phye. Brit., Pl. 198.— 
Chondria tenwissima, Ner. Am. Bor., Part I, Pl. 18 f; Etudes Phycol., 3 
Pls. 43-48.) 

Fronds diecious, four to eight inches high, narrowly pyramidal in : 
outline, cylindrical, slender, rather loosely branched, with a pereurrent 
axis and long, suberect, alternate, virgate, pinnately decompound | 
branches, ultimate branchlets narrowly fusiform, attenuated at both 
extremities. 

Var. BAILEYANA. (Laurencia Baileyana, Mont., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 3, 
Vol. Il, p. 63.—Chondria Baileyana, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Vol. II, 
PL. 18 a.—Chondria striolata, Farlow, List of Marine Algz.) 

Branches erect, subsimple, beset with slender curved branchlets, which — 
are much attenuated at base and blunt at the apex. . . les 

On stones at low-water mark. gue ic 

Squam, Mass., and common in Long Island Sound; Europe. : 


Pear fa oS 


A variable species, distinguished from the last by its lighter yellowish color, less 
dense branching, and slender fusiform branchlets. The typical form is common wi 
us, but not so common as variety Baileyana, which was considered by Agardh - 


the same as C. striolata Ag. The species seems to us rather 10 be a form of C. ona i i 
at aan 


i , THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 167 


‘ sima, but it must be confessed approaching C. dasyphytla. Bailey was inclined to refer 


; 


it to C. dasyphylla. He quotes Montagne, who first described the species, as Laurencia 
dasyhhylla, as follows: ‘“‘ Notwithstanding the close affinity of this alga to Laurencia 
tenuissima and to L. dasyphylla, it cannot be confounded with either ofthem. The 

_ absence of ramification distinguishes it sufficiently from the first, and the form of the 
ramenta does not permit it to be referred to the second, from which it is in other re- 
spects quite distinct.” Just what is meant by the ‘‘absence of ramification,” by which 
L. Baileyana is to be distingished from L. tenuissima, is not easy to see. 


C. LITTORALIS, (Harv.) J. Ag. (Chondria littoralis, Ner. Am. Bor., 
Part Hi, p. 22.) _ 

“Fronds robust, elongate, subdichotomous or irregularly much 
branched, branches flexuous, attenuated, with rounded axils, ramuli 
scattered or crowded, fusiform, attenuated at the base and apex, simple 
or pinnulated, acute.” (Harvey, |. c.) 

Wood’s Holl, Mass., W. G. F. 


The description taken from the Nereis applies pretty well to a specimen collected at 
Wood’s Holl. We have seen several specimens of the species collected at Key West. 
It is dark colored and coarse, but has the branching and habit of C. tenuissima. The 
Key West specimens are reddish yellow, perhaps owing to exposure to the sun. Spe- 
cies of the present genus vary so much in appearance, according as they are more or 
less thoroughly ‘“‘squashed” in pressing, that the determination of dried specimens fre- 
quently has but little value. 


: 


C. ATROPURPUREA, (Harv.) J. Ag. (Chondria atropurpurea, Harv., 
Ner. Am. Bor., Part I, Pl. 18 e.) 

Fronds four to six inches high, robust, very densely branched; branches 

| patent, secondary branches tapering at the base and apex, beset with 

scattered fusiform ramuli. 

Var. FASCICULATA, Farlow. 

Secondary branches borne in clusters; cystocarps broadly ovate, sessile 
on short lateral branchlets. 

From Charleston, 8. C., southward, Harvey. Var. fasciculata, Fort 
Hamilton, N. Y. 


The characters of the present species are not well defined. Specimensfrom Charleston, 
determined by Harvey himself, are robust and have the ultimate branches scattered, but ~ 
unfortunately they are without fruit. What has been supposed to be a variety of the 
same species occurs rather commonly on the coast of California, and was distributed in 
the Alg. Am. Bor., No. 57. It is, however, not beyond question whether the form dis- 
tributed should not rather have been referred to C. nidifica, Harv., described in the 
Supplement to the Nereis The plant which is here described as var. fasciculata is less 
robust than specimens from California and Charleston, but resembles them in the dark 
color and secondary branches which taper at both extremities. It differs from Charles- 
ton specimens in having the branches in tufts, in which respect it resembles some Cal- 
ifornian specimens, Whether the New York form should be considered a variety of 
(. atropurpurea rather than C. nidifica is perhaps doubtful. 


168 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


ODONTHALIA, Lyngb. f 

(From odove, a tooth, adg, the sea.) : 

Fronds dark purple, plane, deeply distichously pinnatifid, witha ~ 

rudimentary midrib, margin alternately toothed, formed of oblong inter- — 
nal cells and small irregularly shaped cortical cells; tetraspores tripar- 
tite, arranged in two rows in short, corymbose, stipitate, lanceolate 
branchlets (stichidia), which are marginal and generally axillary; eys- 
tocarps similarly placed, ovate, with a distinct carpostome and pyriform 


spores borne on a basal placenta. 

A small genus of seven or eight species, which are confined mainly to the colder 
waters of the northern hemisphere. O. dentata occurs in the North Atlantic, extend- 
ing as far south as Halifax. Several other species inhabit the North Pacific, especially 
the vicinity of Kamtschatka, one species occurring as for south as Japan and another 
in California. The species are dark and opaque, and the polysiphonous structure is 
scarcely visible in the older parts of the fronds, but is clearly seen in young shoots, 
especially in adventitious growths. 

O. DENTATA, Lyngb.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 34. 

Exs.—Alg. Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 56. 

Fronds four to twelve inches long, quarter of an inch broad, decom- 
poundly pinnate, branches oblong, deeply pinnatifid or bipinnatifid, 
laciniz alternate, linear, sharply inciso.dentate toward the truncated _ex- 
tremities; tetrasporic and cystocarpic branchlets clustered, axillary. 

Halifax, N. S., and several localities on the Saint Lawrence River. 

This species has not yet been found within our limits, but may be expected on the 
Maine coast. It is easily recognized by its color and ramification, and does not adhere 
to paper in drying. As a rule, American forms of this species are narrower than the © 
common British form, but they are not distinct, and at Halifax the common British 
form was dredged by Professor Hyatt in abundance. The O. furcata of Reinsch, — 


Contributiones ad Algologiam et Fungologiam, p. 58, Pl. 42 a, is apparently the com- 
mon narrow form of the present species. 


RHODOMELA, J. Ag. 
(From podeog, red, and pedac, black.) 

Fronds dark red, filiform or subcom pressed, pinnately decompound, 
branches filiform, not contracted at base, composed of a monosiphonous 
axis surrounded by several siphons and a thick cortex of small, irregu- 
larly placed, polygonal cells; tetraspores tripartite, borne in the ultimate — 
branches; cystocarps sessile or pedicellate, spores pyriform, on short ; a 


stalks from the basal placenta. 2 


A small genus of dark-colored algz, confined to rather high latitudes in both hemi. a 
spheres. Itis connected by the genus Rytiphlwa with Polysiphonia. The polysiphonous — 
character of the frond is seen at the tip, and in most species cross-sections of the ste 
show a circle of large cells surrounding the axial cell and a thick cortical layer. he 
young the species are covered with dichotomous hairs. The genus is distinguish 
at sight from Chondriopsis by not having branchlets constricted at the base. . 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 169 


_ RB. susprusca, Ag.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 264. 

Exs.—Alg. Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 55. 

Fronds six inches to a foot and a half long, terete, pinnately decom- 
pound, branches virgate, lower branchlets patent, subulate, the upper 
fasciculato-corymbose; tetraspores prominent in subtorulose branchlets; 
eystocarps sessile, ovato-globose. 

Var. GRACILIOR, J. Ag. (Khodomela gracilis, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., 
Part Il, Pl. 13 ¢.) 

Fronds slender ; tetrasporic branches distinctly torulose. 

In deep tide-pools and at a depth of several fathoms. 

Throughout our whole limits; Europe. 


A species which varies very much with the time of year and the place of growth. 
Tt is usually common in the spring months, when it is often washed ashore, and in the 
summer and autumn it is occasionally found, especially in dredging, in a denuded 
form, nothing remaining but the older branches, which are perennial and which give 
rise the following season to rather delicate new branches. Asusually seen on Cape Ann 
the fronds are short, robust, and dark colored, even in early spring, while at Wood’s 
Holi and in Long Island Sound the common spring form is much attenuated, delicate, 
and of a brighter red color, forming the Rhodomela Rochei of the Nereis. In spite of 
the difference in aspect, the extreme forms are connected by numerous transitional 
stages which make it impossible to admit a specific distinction. By Agardh &. Rochei 
is considered to be the spring form of the typical FR. subfusca, but we are more inclined 
to regard it as the young of the var. gracilior, which is more common south of Cape 
Cod, the type occurring northward. The species does not adhere well to paper. 


POLYSIPHONIA, Grev. 


(From rodve, many, and odwv, a tube.) 


Fronds filamentous or subcompressed, distichously or irregularly 
branching, formed of a monosiphonous axis and several (4-20) siphons, 
often with secondary siphons, and either naked or with a cortical layer 
of irregular cells, furnished with numerous tufts of hyaline, monosipho- 
nous, dichotomous filaments; antheridia lanceolate in outline, borne on 
the dichotomous filaments; tetraspores tripartite, in one, rarely in two, 
rows, in the slightly altered upper branches; cystocarps ovato-globose 
or urceolate; spores pyriform, on short pedicels borne around a basal 
carpogenic cell. 


The largest genus of Floridew, of which more than two hundred species have been 
described, but not all of which can be considered valid. They abound in all parts of 
the world, especially in warm, shallow waters. Some are perennial, but the majority 
are annual and disappear during the winter. They are easily recognized at sight by 
the structure of the frond and the tetraspores, which are almost always in a single row 
in the upper branches, rarely in a double row, and not in swollen special branches or 
stichidia, as in Bostrychia, which is nearly related to Polysiphonia. The growth is from 
a single apical cell,from which is formed a monosiphonous axis. By tangential di- 
visions of the upper cells there is formed a number of peripheral cells and a central 


RE alas 
(ee ee 


170 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


cell. The peripheral cells are similar to one another and of the same lente as the : 

central cell, and, as the successive secondary cells lie exactly or nearly exactly over — B. 
ene another, the mature frond appears to be composed of a central filament or axis 4 
surrounded by a number of secondary filaments or siphons, as they are termed in speak- 
ing of the present genus and its allies. There is formed in some species a second set 
of cells alternating with the siphons, and also corticating, generally irregularly sinuous 
cells, which cover the surface. The tetraspores, according to Prof. E. P. Wright, are 
formed by out-growths from the axial cell. The antheridia are borne on the delicate, 
colorless filaments which form tufts on the younger parts ofthe frond. The filaments are 
dichotomous and the antheridia cover the lower cells of one of the forkings, the branch 
Sometimes being prolonged beyond, when the antheridia are said to be mucronate. 
The cystocarps are terminal on short branches, and contain within a pericarp, whose 
cells are arranged in longitudinal series, pyriform spores on short stalks around a small 
basal placenta. Some of our species are not well defined, and a prolonged observation — 
on the shore, especially during the spring months, is necessary before the limits of 
some species can be accurately fixed. 


SEcT. I. Stphons four, cortications wanting. 

P. URCEOLATA, (Dillw.) Grev.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 167. 

Fronds deep red, becoming blackish, czspitose, three to ten inches 
high, setaceous, branches subdichotomous, with short, alternate, patent 
or recurved, decompound branchlets, siphons four, cells below 4-5 
times longer than broad, becoming shorter above; cystocarps on short 
lateral branches, urceolate, with a distinct neck; antheridia linear- 
oblong, mucronate. 

Var. FORMOSA, Ag. (Polysiphonia formosa, Phye. Brit.) 

Filaments soft and flaccid, branches long, flexuous, branchlets some- 
what attenuated, cells 5-10 times as long as broad. 

Var. PATENS, Grey. (P. subcontorta, Peck, Twenty-third Report New 
York State Botanist.) ; a 

Branches numerous, recurved or revolute. 

On wharves and rocks at low-water mark. 

From New Jersey northward; Europe; California. 


A common perennial species, most abundant in the spring, when it has a deep blood- © 
red color. It is frequent on old wharves and wood-work and on the under surface of 
rocks near low-water mark, where it forms small turfs, in company with Callithamnion 
Rothii. The var. formosa is found only in the spring, and is softer, forms longer 
tufts, and has longer cells than the type. It is the only form of the species which 
adheres well to paper or which can lay claim to beauty. It is especially luxuriant in 
April at Wood’s Holl and the region of New Bedford, and forms dense tufts sometimes 
afoot long. As usually seen in summer, the species is blackish and setaceous and 
covered with diatomes. The var. patens, which differs somewhat in general habit from 
the type, is not uncommon with us. Through the kindness of Mr. Peck, we have been 
able to examine a specimen of his P. subcontorta, which, judging from the description 
in the Twenty-third Report, seemed to be closely related to, if not a form of, P. Har 
veyi. An examination of the specimen, however, seems to us to show that it is var. 
patens of the present species, which it resembles in microscopic characters. 


P. SUBTILISSIMA, Mont. Ue 
Filaments densely tufted, two to fot inches ae purplish 1 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. Tt 


_ rising from a creeping base, capillary, alternately decompound, branches 
3 multifid, attenuate, branchlets filiform, internodes once and a half as 
— long as broad. 
Var. WESTPOINTENSIS, Harv, 

More slender and delicate. 

Jackson Ferry, N. Y.; Newburyport, Mass., Harvey; Providence, R. 
I., Mr. Olney ; Gloucester, Mass.? W. G.F. The variety at West Point. 


The present species is with difficulty distinguished from P. Olneyi, which, in its turn, 
too closely approaches P. Harveyi. The two last-named species are attached by a 
small disk, and the filaments do not rise from a creeping base, as in the present spe- 
cies. The vertical filaments of P. subtilissima are of a purple color, and are fine and 
soft, and the cells are not much longerthan broad. We have seen specimens collected 
by Me. Olney near Providence which may with certainty be referred to the present, and 
have found floating in ditches at Gloucester tufts of a very dark, delicate species which 
may probably be referred to it. The specimens were apparently washed from some 
muddy shore, but the creeping basal filaments could not be seen. Gloucester col- 
lectors should search for the plant in muddy ditches towards Little Good Harbor. 

P. OLNEYI, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part I, Pl. 17 b.—Dough Balls. 

Fronds brownish red, densely tufted, from two to five inches high, 
filaments capillary, much branched, branches patent or divaricate, 
decompound, attenuated above, with scattered slender branchlets, 
internodes three or four times as broad below, becoming shorter above; 
antheridia ellipsoidal, not mucronate; cystocarps broadly ovate, nearly 
sessile. 

On Zostera. 


From New York to Halifax, most common south of Cape Cod. 


, 


The present species passes by numerous forms into P. Harveyi, and in spite of the 
marked difference in the typical forms of the two species, the question remains to be 
settled whether P. Olneyi is not a slender variety of P. Harveyi. In its typical form 
P. Olneyi forms dense soft tufts, sometimes called dough-balls by the sea-shore popula- 

tion. The filaments are divaricately branched below, but the upper branches are 
slender and erect and beset with fine byssoid branchlets. When old, however, the 
lower branches become rigid, and the branchlets rather spine-like, as in the next spe- 
cies. Both P. Olneyi and P. Harveyi are very common from Cape Cod to New York, 
growing usually on Zostera in shallow, quiet bays. As they mature they fall from the 
Zostera and are blown into small coves, the bottems of which are sometimes almost 
carpeted with the globose tufts of these two species, which lie loosely on the bottom, 
The typical forms of the present species collapse at once when removed from the 
water. = 


P. HARVEYI, Bail.; Ner. Am. Bor., Part II, Pl. 17 a.—WNigger Haw. 

Pl, XV, Figs. 3, 4. 
Vronds blackish red, globosely tufted, filaments two to six inches 
high, setaceous, when young with a leading axis, becoming divaricately 
_ much branched, branches alternately decompound, patent, often angu- 
larly bent, beset with numerous short, simple or forked, spine-like 


4 
= : 
a 


172 REPORT-OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 3 


branchlets, internodes all short, never more than twice as long as broad ; 
antheridia ellipsoidal, not mucronate; cystocarps broadly ovate, on — 
short pedicels. : 
On Zostera and other plants. . q 
Common in Long Island Sound and found in several place in Massa- 
chusetts Bay; Goose Cove, Squam, Mass. 


The typical form of the species is closely related to P. spinulosa, Grev., found 
Scotland and in the Mediterranean and Adriatic Seas, where, however, it aes not ap- 
pear to be at allcommon. We once collected specimens at Antibes, France, and cer- 
tainly at first sight it could not be distinguished from P. Harveyi. In the typical P.~ 
Harveyi the branches are rather rigid and the branchlets are spine-like and sometimes 
revolute. As the plant grows old the finer branchlets disappear, and there is left an 
irregular mass of coarse filaments beset with revolute branchlets, forming the P. arie- 
tina of Bailey, whichis in the Nereis considered a variety of P. Harveyi. Itis, however, 
rather an autumnal condition than a proper variety. The upper portion of the fronds 
of P. Harveyi are sometimes slender and byssoid, and as it is a well-known fact that 
the branchlets of Polysiphoni@ have the power of falling from their attachments and 
producing new plants, it may be, as has already been suggested, that P. Olneyt is the 
byssoid condition of P. Harveyi. 

Polysiphonia Americana, Reinsch, Contrib. ad Algolog. et Fungolog., p. 50, Pl. 33 a, as 
far as can be judged by the plate, closely resembles some forms of P. Harveyi, except 
in the color, which as given by Reinsch is bright pink. It is said by Reinsch to re- 
semble P. arietina, Bailey, in general appearance, but to differ in the erect, subdichoto= 
mous filaments, whose joints are bicellular. 


Src. U1. Siphons four, main branches corticated, ultimate branches with- 
out cortication. 

P. ELONGATA, Grev.; Phyc. Brit., Pls. 292, 293.—Lobster Claws. 

Fronds dark red, six to twelve inches long, robust, cartilaginous, 
irregularly branched, lower branches naked, upper beset with closely 
set, alternately multifid branchlets, which taper at the base and apex, 
cortications covering all but the younger portions of frond, section of 
branches showing four large siphons, with secondary siphons and a 
rather thick cortex; cystocarps ovate. ; 

Gloucester, Lynn Beach, Squam, Wood’s Holl, Gay Head, Mass. 


One of the largest but less common Polysiphonie, which is more abundant in the 
spring than at any other season. The species is perennial and in late summer and 
autumn the branchlets fall off, leaving the lower and coarser branches, which persist 
through the winter, and in the following spring produce at the apices tufts of delicate, ~ 
deep-red branchlets. It is recognized by its long cartilaginous main branches, which — 
are nearly naked, and which bear tufts of filaments at the apex. The popular name 
of lobster claws is tolerably appropriate. 


i 
‘ 
a 
A 
; 
P 


P. FIBRILLOSA, Grev.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 302. : 
Fronds brownish yellow, four to ic inches high, broadly pyrene we 
rather robust below, becoming slender above, with an undivided axis 
or divided near the base into several long, main branches, secondary 
branches alternate, several times pinnate, fibrillose, with short, scattered, 


ae 


SS 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 173 


simple branchlets, ultimate divisions capillary, tufted; antheridia ob- 
long, terminal; cystocarps ovate. 

On stones and Zostera at low-water mark. — 

Lynn, Mass., Harvey ; Wood’s Holl, Noank, Orient Point, Newport, 
and several places in Long Island Sound; Europe. 


Rather a common species in sheltered places south of Cape Cod, but only known 
northward from the reference of Harvey. It is smaller and more slender than the last 
species and the branches are not naked, but fibrillose. The present species is more 
nearly related to P. violacea, of which Harvey suggests that it may be a variety. 
The last-named species is more decidedly red in color, is a larger plant, and although 
the ultimate branches are in tufts, asin P. fibrillosa, the larger branches are destitute 
of the fibrillose branchlets characteristic of the latter species. 


P. VIOLACEA, Grev.; Phye. Brit, Pl. 209. 

Fronds brownish red, six inches to two feet long, elongated, pyramidal, 
usually with an undivided main axis, which has several long, widely 
spreading branches near the base, main divisions robust, becoming 
capillary at the tops, branches rather naked below, bearing above numer- 
ous multifid branchlets, ultimate branchlets densely tufted; antheridia? 
eystocarps broadly ovate, sessile or shortly pedicelled. 

Var. FLEXICAULIS, Harv. 

Branches very long, slender, angularly bent, much divided, divisions 
patent and sometimes secund. 

In deep tide-pools on exposed shores and on Zostera in deep water. 

Common from New York northward. Var. flexicaulis, Cape Ann; 
Portland, 0. B. Fuller; and northward. 


One of the commonest species of the genus, frequenting cold, exposed tide-pools, where 
it has a dense habit and rarely exceeds a foot in length. When growing in deep water 
itis long and slender. In spring it has a pink color, but late in the season it becomes 
dark colored, almost blackish. Specimens of the present species are sometimes found 
in American herbaria bearing the name of P. Brodiai, a species having six siphons, 
which has not as yet been detected with certainty on our coast. The P. Brodiai of 

_ Bailey’s List of United States Algw is, according to Harvey, P. fibrillosa. 


Sect. IL. Siphons more than four, corticating cells wanting. 
P. VARIEGATA, Ag.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 155; Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 3, Vol. 
XVI, PL 6. 
3 Fronds purplish brown, densely tufted, four to ten inches high, fila- 
ments setaceous and rigid below, capillary above, dichotomo-multifid, 
the lower axils patent, branches above somewhat zigzag, elongated, 
with alternately decompound, flaccid branchlets, siphons six in number, 
cortications wanting, internodes not much longer than broad; antheridia 
linear-oblong, mucronate; cystocarps ovate, short-stalked. 
At the foot of wharves, on Zostera, &c. 


174 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Massachusetts Bay, Harvey; common from Cape Cod to the Wes | 
Indies; Europe. 2a 


A beautiful summer species, forming large purple tufts on onde rhe and various — 
substances a short distance below low-water mark in warm, sheltered waters. The 
lower branches are rigid and widely spreading, but the tips are byssoid and collapse — 
on being removed from the water. When mounted on paper small specimens have a 3 
slight resemblance to P. Olneyi, but the species is coarser, and the siphons are six in- — 
stead of four in number. 


P. PARASITICA, Grev.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 147. 

Fronds dark brownish red, one to three inches high, filaments com- 
pressed, decompound-pinnate, branches alternate, distichous, 2-3 pin- 
nate, ultimate divisions erecto-patent, subulate, acute, internodes about 
as long as broad, sup aogs 8-9, cortications wanting; cystocarps ovate, 
on short stalks. 

Providence, R. I., Harvey; Europe; California. 


‘ 
i 
d 
| 


A small species, said to have been collected by Mr. Hooper on the authority of Har- 
vey. It differs from our other species in the compressed frond and uniformly distich- 
ous arrangement of the branches. In aspect it looks more like a fine Piilota than a ~ 
Polysiphonia. In drying it does not adhere well to paper. In California the species — 
is rather common, especially the large variety dendroidea. ¥ 

P. ATRORUBESCENS; Grev.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 172. 3 

Fronds tufted, dark red, two to twelve inches long, filaments setace- 
ous, rather rigid, branches long, erect, alternately decompound, with — 
scattered, simple or virgately tufted branchlets, which taper at the — 
base and apex, siphons usually 12, spirally twisted, articulations gen- 
erally 2-3 times as long as broad; antheridia oval, terminal; cystocarps 4 
broadly ovate, sessile. ; ; 

In deep water and washed ashore. g 

Gloucester, Mrs. Davis; Gay Head, Mass., W. G. F.; Fisher’s Island, 4 
Prof. Eaton; Orient, L. I., Wiss Booth; Noank, W. G. F.; Little Comp- 
ton, R. I., and Long nos N. J., Harvey; Europe. 


One of our less common species, recognized by the number of siphons, which are” 
usually spirally twisted, and by the long branckes, which bear small branchlets that 
taper at both extremities. Late in the season one finds denuded, rigid specimens, 
which bear little resemblance to the form found early in the season. It doesnot adhere 
well to paper in drying, and becomes quite black in the herbarium. 


P. NIGRESCENS, Grev. ce 
Fronds dark brown, three to twelve inches long, rigid below, bee ) 
ing flaccid and much divided above, branches alternate, decompc u no 
pihnaw, ultimate branches eee Eades 12-16, aie abo 


Sirs,” 


carps ovate, ae 


| 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 175 


Var. FUCOIDES, Ag.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 277. 

Fronds robust and naked below, upper branches pectinate or corym-- 
bose, articulations but slightly longer than broad. 

Var. AFFINIS, Ag.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 303. 

Fronds elongated, diffusely branching, branches distant, undivided 
below, densely pinnate at the tip, articulations two or three times as 
long as broad. 

In tide-pools and below low-water mark on stones and alge. 

- Common along the whole coast. 


One of our commonest and least beautiful species, which, although very variable, is 
generally easily recognized. In the Nereis, Harvey describes seven forms found on 
our eastern coast. Practically, the species as found with us is recognized under two 
principal forms. The first is rather robust, and has branches which are more or less 
pectinate or corymbose, and in the extreme forms, as var. Durkeei, Harv., 1. c., Pl. 17 ¢, 
they are compressed, and the pinne are distichous and abbreviated. The second form 
of the species is represented by the P. affinis of the Phycologia Britannica, in which 
the main branches are much elongated and more delicate than in var. fucoides, and the 
ultimate divisions are arranged in pyramidal tufts. Between the two types described 
occur innumerable forms which hardly require a further description. 


P. FASTIGIATA, Grey.; Phyc. Brit., Pl. 299. 

Fronds dark brown, forming globose tufts one to three inches in 
diameter, filaments rigid, of nearly the same diameter throughout, re- 
peatedly dichotomous, fastigiate, apices subulate, spreading, occasion- 
ally forcipate, siphons averaging about 20, articulations decidedly broader 
than long; antheridia oval, in dense terminal tufts; cystocarps ovate, 
taking the place of a terminal dichotomy. 

On Ascophyllum nodosum. 

Common from New York northward; Europe. 


A yery common species, at once recognized by its form and place of growth. It 
forms tufts on Fucus (Ascophyllum) nodosus and, according to Harvey, on Ff. vesiculosus. 
Its color is so dark that one at first sight would hardly suppose it to be one of the 
Floridee. The filaments are rigid, and the plant does not collapse in the least when 
temoved from the water, nor does it adhere to paper in drying. The antheridia 
are very abundant early in the season. The species, like most of the genus found on 
our coast, is dicecious, but occasionally one finds both sexes on the same individual. 
In this connection, it would be well to inquire if there is not a proterandrous condi- 
tion among the Floridew, as in the higher plants. It has seemed to us that such a 
condition may exist in P. variegata, and possibly in the present species. P, fastigiata 
is said to have been collected in California, but the locality is doubtfal. It has been 
found also in Australia and New Zealand. 


BOSTRYCHIA, Mont. 
(From foorpuyov, a small curl.) 
Fronds dark purple, compressed or filiform, distichously or irregu- 
larly branching, composed of several (4-11) cells (siphons) arranged 


’ around a central filament, the siphons either naked or corticated with 


_ subcubical cells, apices usually monosiphonous; tetraspores tripartite, 


‘ 


176 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


in a double row in terminal fusiform branches (stichidia); cystocarps 
terminal on the branches, ovate, with a distinct carpostome, spores pyri- i: 
form, attached to short filaments which are given off from a basal pla- 
centa. | ‘ 


A genus of about twenty species, characterized by their lurid purple color and by grow- — 
ing in places where the water is not very salt, some species, it is said, even growing 
in fresh water. They inhabit principally the tropics. The genus is intermediate 
between Polysiphonia and Dasya, and some species have been previously referred to 
Rhodomela. The tetraspores are in stichidia, as in Dasya, but the cystocarpic spores 
seem to us more nearly like those of Polysiphonia. The frond is originally monosipho- 
nous, and soon becomes polysiphonous, the number of siphons not being as constant 
as in Polysiphonia. The corticating cells, when present, are regularly arranged in 
transverse bands. The development of the frond has been studied in detail by Dr. 
Ambronn in B. scorpioides. 


B. RIVULARIS, Harv., Ner. Am. Bor., Part II, Pl. 14 d. 

Exs.—Alg. Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 54. 

Fronds an inch high, capillary, rising from a procumbent base, branches _ 
flexuous, bipinnate, pinnz distichous, alternate, patent, loosely pinnu- — 
late, pinnules subulate, section of main branches showing about seven 
siphons; tetraspores cruciate, in two rows in oblong stichidia below 
the tips; cystocarps ovate, terminal on the shortened, naked, lower 
pinne. 

On submerged logs in patches. 

Hell Gate, N. Y., Harvey; Fort Lee, N. Y., Mr. Averill; College Point, 
Astoria, O. H. Peck; common southward; Australia. 


A common species from Charleston, 8. C., southward, but only odoasisnany found 
with us. The only certain localities are near New York City, and it is extremely 
doubtful whether it was ever found in the arctic waters of the Isle of Shoals, where 
it was reported by Captain Pike. The species is small and rather insignificant, but 
is easily recognized by its polysiphonous structure and ramification. There are no 
cortications, and the species belongs to the subgenus Stictosiphonia. 


DASYA, Ag. 
(From dacve, hairy.) 


Fronds bright red, filiform or compressed, distichously or a 4 
branching, composed of a monosiphonous axis surrounded by several — ‘ 
(4-12) siphons, often corticated with irregularly shaped cells, clothed in. 4 
the upper part or throughout with colored, monosiphonous, dichoto- ig 
mous branchlets; antheridia in siliculose tufts on the branchlets; tetra- 
Spores tripartite, borne in regular rows in lanceolate or ovate- lanceolate 
enlargements of the branchlets ; cystocarps ovate, acuminate, Sess: 
or pedicellate, spores terminal on branching filaments arising fr 
basal placenta. — i 


- 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. yer 


are tropical, Australia being especially rich in species. The genus is divided into a 
number of subgenera, and is connected by Bostrychia and Tenioma with Polysiphonia. 
The tetraspores are in stichidia borne on the hair-like branchlets, while in Bostrychia 
they are in the polysiphonous branches, and in Tenioma the stichidia are formed from 
the flattened and scarcely altered branches. The cystocarps are borne on short lat- 
eral branches, which are usually slightly prolonged beyond the base of the cystocarp. 
The placenta of Dasya differs somewhat from that of Polysiphonia and our other gen- 
era of Rhodomelee. The spores are pyriform, but are borne on rather long branching 
filaments which surround the carpogenic cell at the base of the conceptacle, and 
which rise high up in its interior instead of being nearly sessile around the carpe- 
genic cell, as in Polysiphonia. The development of the cystocarp has been studied in 
detail by Janezewski in D. coccinea. The fronds are either filamentous or more or less 
flattened, and, as in the case with most of the suborder, are formed from a monosiph- 
onous axis, from the cells of which whorls of filaments are given off, which in the 
older parts of the frond become parallel to the axis and replace the siphons of Poly- 
siphonia. In most of the genus there are also secondary siphons and corticating cells, 
and either at the tip or throughout the frond tufts of delicate, dichotomous, monosiph- 
onous branchlets, which are colored and not hyaline, as in the hairs of some other 
genera. 


D. ELEGANS, Ag., Sp. Alg. (Rhodonema elegans, Martens.—Dasya 
pedicellata, Ag., Syst.; Bailey, in Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. IIT, p. 84.)—Che- 
mille. Pl. XV, Fig. 1. 5 

Exs.—Alg. Am. Bor., Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, No. 51. 

Fronds dicecious, villous, lake-red, six inches to three feet long, cylin- 
drical, attached by a small disk, alternately 1-3 pinnate, with a percur- 
rent axis, densely clothed throughout with tufts of purple, capillary, 
monosiphonous, dichotomous branchlets, sections of branches showing 
five cells around the axial cell; antheridia densely covering the lower 
cells of one of the divisions of the branchlets; tetraspores in two or 
three rows in linear-lanceolate or ovate pointed stichidia on the branch- 
lets; cystocarps sessile on very short branches (pedicels) which are 
borne on the main branches. . 

On Zostera, wharves, &c., below low-water mark. 

Common from Cape Cod southward; Adriatic Sea. 


A beantiful species, known to lady collectors by the name of chenille, at once recog- 
nized by its long, cylindrical, branching fronds, densely fringed with fine lake-colored 
filaments. It is found throughout the year. In drying it adheres closely to paper. 
The antheridia are much like those of Polysiphonia variegata, but are longer. The 
species extends to the West Indies, but appears to be more common in Long Island 
Sound than elsewhere. There is in the collection of the Peabody Academy of Salem 


_ a very large specimen, said to have been collected at Ipswich Beach, Mass., but the 


: 
2 
* 


j 


locality must be regarded as doubtful. At any rate, the species is quite unknown 
elsewhere north of Cape Cod. 


Suporper CORALLINEZ, Decaisne. 


Fronds rose-colored or purple, calcareous, horizontally expanded or 


erect and branching, crustaceous, foliaceous, or filiform, continuous or 
8, Miss, 59-12 


178 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. _ 


articulated ; antheridia, carpospores, and tetraspores borne in distinet 
cavities (conceptacles), which are either external or immersed in the 
fronds; antherozoids spherical, attenuated at one end, or provided — 
with two short projections borne on short filaments at the base of the . 
male conceptacles ; carpospores pyriform, terminating short filaments — 
which surround a tuft of paraphyses at the base of the female concep- — 
tacles; tetraspores zonate, occasionally binate. 


4 
e; 
F 


The present order includes all the calcareous Floridee except a comparatively few 
species which belong to the Nemaliee and Squamariee. Although classed by the 
earlier writers with the corals rather than plants, the species of Corallinee are now 
placed at the head of the Floridew, in consequence of their highly differentiated or- 
gans of fructification. Our knowledge of the fructification of the Corallinee is de- — 
rived. principally from the Etudes Phycologiques of Thuret and Bornet and the Re- 
cherches Anatomiques sur les Melobésiées of Rosanoff. Thuret and Bornet describe three 
different forms of conceptacle, containing, respectively, the antheridia, the earpospores, 
and the tetraspores, the last only being mentioned by Harvey in the Nereis. The 
tetraspores, which are much more common than the carpospores, are usually zonate, 
although occasionally binate, and from the fact that they are borne in distinct con- 
ceptacles, which is not the case with the other Floridew, it had erroneously been con- — 
sidered that the carpospores of the Corallinee were four-parted. The cystocarpic 
spores, or carpospores, are always pyriform and undivided, and accompanied by para- 
physes. The number of trichogynes is large, and they project in a tuft at the orifice 
of the conceptacle at the time of fertilization. The antherozoids differ from those of 
the other Floridee in having appendages. 

The Corallinee abound in the tropics, and but few representatives are found in 
northern seas. Our own coast is especially poor in species. The study of the devel- 
opment of the plants of this order is difficult, owing to the calcareous deposit, and 
soaking in acid injures the more delicate parts. The species are nearly all fragile ~ 
when dried, and it is not easy to preserve herbarium specimens in good condition. 
The suborder may be divided into two tribes. The Corallinee proper have articu- 
lated fronds, which rise vertically from the substratum, as is seen in our common 
Coralline. The WMelobesiew are not articulated, but form irregular horizontal crusts, | : 
which sometimes rise in irregular erect branches. A 4 
Fronds erect, filiform, articulated......... tn oh e's o's. ss «2 sO 
Fronds horizontally expanded or vertical and inarticulate. 

Eronds horizontal 2252205. 23>. 222 eee ee eee Melobesia. — 

Fronds rising in irregular protuberances from a horizontal base, 


Lithothamnion. — 


CORALLINA, Lam.x. 


(From kopaAdcoy, a coral.) 


occasionally with two horn-like Rey oe 


A genus comprising about thirty to thirty-five species, mostly tropical, C. officin 
squamata, and a few others extending high northward. The fronds of Coralli 


THE MARINE ALGZ OF NEW ENGLAND. _ 179 


bliquely outwards to form the cortical layer. The increase in the length of the frond 
arises from the elongation of the central bundle of filaments. The whole plant is 
overed by a dense cuticle. The conceptacles are formed from the terminal cells of 
the filaments just mentioned, which cease elongating and lose their calcareous incrus- 
tation, the cuticle also falling away. The peripheral filaments, at the same time, 
‘continue to elongate and project beyond the central bundle of filaments, thus forming 
the wall of the conceptacle. 


C. OFFICINALIS, L.; Phye. Brit., Pl. 222.—Common Coralline. 
_ Dicecious, fronds two to six inches high, arising in dense tufts from a 
calcareous disk, decompound-pinnate, lower articulations cylindrical, 
twice as long as broad, upper articulations obconical or pyriform, slightly 
compressed, edges obtuse; conceptacles ovate, borne on the ends of the 
- _ branches, or some of them hemispherical and sessile on the arliculavions, 
_ Var. PROFUNDA, Farlow. 

Fronds elongated, with few, irregular branches. 

Common in tide-pools; the variety in deep water. 

Europe; North Pacific? A 


The only species known on our coast, often lining the bottoms of pools, and when 

Paxposed to the sun begoming white and bleached. OC. squamata, which is monecious, 

_ and has a filamentous base, and whose upper articulations are compressed with sharp 

a edges, especially on the upper side, is a common species of Northern BTN, and may 
& p be expected with us. 


i igh » de PPR ART, 


7 


wy 


MELOBESIA, Aresch. 


3 (Possibly from peArfora or wnAoBootc, the daughter of Oceanus.) 


SSPE ENS 1 


Fronds calcareous, horizontally expanded, orbicular, becoming con- 
"fluent and indefinite in outline, conceptacles external or iminersed; 
~ antherozoids spherical, furnished with one or two short projections; 
tetraspores either two or four parted, borne sometimes in conceptacles 
having a single orifice, at other times in conceptacles having several 
orifices. 

The limits of the three genera Melobesia, Lithophyllum, and Lithothamnion are not 
well defined. In WU. Thuretii, Bornet, the plant consists merely of a few short filaments, 
which are buried in the substance of Corallina squamata and several species of Jania, 
‘upon whose surface the conceptacles of the Melobesia are alone visible. From this 
‘species, in which the frond may be said to be rudimentary, we pass through forms in 
which the frond is in the form of calcareous crusts or plates till we meet heavy, irreg- 
warly branching forms, which resemble corals much morethan plants. In the present 
paper, Welobesia, including Lithophyllum of Rosanoff, comprehends all the smaller and 
thinner forms in which the frond does not rise in the form of irregular tubercles or 
branches, while in Lithothamnion are placed the branching and heavier species, referred 
by the older writers, as Linnzus, Ellis and Solander, Tee and others, to’ Millepora 
or Nullipora, and by Kiitzing to Spongites. Our common species, L. polymorphum, which 
does not often branch, shows the insufficient basis on which the genera of this group 
test. Although there is considerable diversity in the structure of the fronds, the 
organs of fructification, with some slight modifications of the antherozoids and tetra- 
res, are the same as in Coralling and Jania, The most detailed account of the 


* 


“180 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


frond in the Melobesioid group is that given by Rosanoff in his work already vefouedl - 
to. According to Bornet, however, the cystocarpic fruit of the Melobesie escaped the — 
observation of Rosanoff, and what the latter called cystocarps were only a form of 
the non-sexual or tetrasporic fruit. The tetraspores are found in two different forms— 
either in hemispherical conceptacles, which have a single central orifice of good size, 
at whose base the spores are borne around a central tuft of paraphyses, or else in — 
truncated conceptacles, whose flattened upper surface is perforated with numerous 
orifices, beneath each one of which is a tetraspore, separated from its fellows by a — 
large, colorless cell. 
The fronds of the smaller species of Melobesia, as M. Lejolisti and M. farinosa, ‘consist of 
two portions, the basal and the cortical. The former consists of asingle layer of cells, 
which arise from the division of the spore into four cells and subsequent marginal growth. 
The cortical layer in the smaller species is composed of small cells cut off by oblique par- 
titions from the upper part of the basal cells. Inthe larger species of Melobesia, more — 
particularly those placed in the subgenus Lithophyllum, the cortical layer ismuch more — 
marked, and the cells of which it is composed seem to be arranged in lines which are 
curved at the base, but are straight above and at right angles to the direction of growth. 
In some of the small species of Melobesia certain of the basal cells elongate and swell 
at the summit, so that when seen from above they look larger than the neighboring 
cells. Rosanoff applied to such cells the name of heterocysts, a word badly chosen, — 
since the heterocysts in the Nostochinew, where the term was first employed, cannot — 
well be compared with the heterocysts in Melobesia. The conceptacles in all our species 
of Melobesia are external. The form generally found is that which contains the tetra-_ 
spores. Our species all occur in Europe, and it is very probable that the remaining 4 
Northern Européan forms not yet recorded with us will be found on further search. 


a. Species small, growing on plants, basal stratum well marked, cortical. 
layer imperfectly developed. 


M. LEJOLISH, Rosanoff. (I. membranacea, Aresch., in Agardh’s Spee. — 
Alg.; Harvey, Phye. Brit., Pl. 347, in part.—W. farinosa, Kiitz., Spee. 
Alg.; Le Jolis’s Liste des Algues.—M. Lejolisti, Rosanoff, 1. ¢., p. 62,” 
Pl. 1, Figs. 1-12.) ; 

Fronds thin and brittle, at first orbicular but soon densely ona 
forming scaly patches of indefinite extent; heterocysts wanting, basal 
cells squarish, cortical cells few and indistinct; tetrasporic conceptacles 
very humerous, approximate, flattened-convex, orifice ciliated; tetra- 
spores four-parted ; antheridia and cystocarps ? ! 

On leaves of Zostera. : 


Wood’s Holl, Mass.; common from Nahant northward; Europe. 


A species which is certainly common on eel-grass on the northern coast and probably 
equally abundant in Long Island Sound, although definite information on this point is 
wanting. This is the form which is found in American herbaria bearing the nam 
usually of M. farinosa or M. membranacea. The orbicular character of the fronds so 
disappears, as they are found in great numbers, and at an early stage become confluer 
The conceptacles are so numerous that at times very little of the fronds themselves ce 
be seen. The latter easily crumble and fall from the plant on which they are grow 


M. FARINOSA, Lam.x. (I. farinosa, Aresch., in Agardh’s Spec. Al; 
non Le Jolis’s Liste des Algues.—M. farinosa and M. verrucata? Ha 
in part,—M. farinosa, Lam.x., in Rosanoff, 1. c., p. 69, Pl. 2, Fi 


4 

d THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 181 

Fronds thin, orbicular, becoming confluent, distinctly zonate ; hetero- 

_ eysts present, basal cells elongated-rectangular, cortical cells semicireu- 
lar or triangular seen from above; tetrasporic conceptacles small, hemi- 
spherical, orifice not plainly ciliate; tetraspores four-parted ; antheridia 
and eystocarps ? 

On Fucus vesiculosus. 

Wood’s Holl, Mass; in all parts of the world. 

Although only one locality is mentioned, the species probably occurs throughout 
our limits. It is distinguished from the last by the shape of the conceptacles and the 
absence of a circle of cilia around the orifice. The fronds are larger and more fre- 
quently orbicular, although scarcely thicker than in M. Lejolisii. In both species the 
caleareous incrustation is somewhat farinaceous as compared with the following, in 
which the incrustation is smoother and solid. MM. membranacea, Lam.x. related to MW. 
Sarinosa, but destitute of heterocysts and having tetrasporic conceptacles with several 
orifices, is to be expected on alge of our coast. 

M. PUSTULATA, Lam.x. (I. pustulata, Phye. Brit., Pl. 347 d; Rosa- 
noff, 1. c., Pl. 4, Figs. 2-8.) 

Fronds rather thick, circular, becoming reniform or orbicular, indis- 
tinetly zoned; heterocysts wanting, basal cells elongated vertically, cor- 
tical cells squarish; conceptacles large, hemispherical, orifice naked ; 
tetraspores four-parted. 


Probably common on the larger alg along the whole coast, but being undistinguish- 
able from the next species when sterile, one cannot be sure of the species unless it is 
in fruit. The tetraspores of W. pustulata are zonately four-parted, while those of M. 
macrocarpa are merely two-parted at maturity. In both species the fronds are rather 
thick and solid and do not crumble, as in the two preceding species, and the orbicular 
shape is preserved for a longer time. 


M. MACROCARPA, Rosanoff. (M. macrocarpa, 1. ¢., p. 74, Pl. 4, Figs. 
2-8 and 11-20.) 

Fronds as in M. pustulata ; tetraspores large, two-parted. 

On Chondrus. . 

Gloucester, Mass. ; Hurope. 

_b. Species rather large, growing on stones and shells, cortical stratum 
well developed. 

M. LENORMANDI, Aresch. (Lithophyllum Lenormandi, Rosanoff, |. c., 
p. $d, Pl. V, Figs. 16,17; Pl. VI, Figs. 1, 2, 3, 5.) 

Fronds saxicolous, closely adherent to the substratum, suborbicular, 
becoming squamulose-imbricate, slightly zonate, margin crenate, lobed ; 
tetraspores four-parted, in compressed, hemispherical conceptacles, with 
numerous orifices; antheridia and cystocarps ? 

On stones. 


Gloucester, Mass. ; Europe. 
Apparently common in many places, but fruiting specimens were only collected at 


’ 


182 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND TISHERIES, : 
Gloucester. The fronds form rose-colored crusts of considerable extent, and a ar’ 


large, but very much flattened. 


LITHOTHAMNION, Phil. 


(From Avoc, a stone, and & prov, a bush.) 


Fronds calcareous, thick, at first horizontally expanded, but after- 
wards producing erect knobs or coralloid branches; otherwise as in ~ 
Melobesia. : 


A genus comprising probably not more than twenty or twenty-five good species, most — 
of which are tropical. The larger and more solid forms inhabit deep water. In Litho- 3 
thamnion the cortical portion is markedly developed, and it not rarely happens that 
new lobes are produced which overlap the older ones and form an imperforate layer over 
the older conceptacles, which are thus occluded before the spores are ripe. In such — 
cases sections show conceptacles which are apparently buried in the central part of the 
frond. 


L. POLYMORPHUM, (L.) Aresch. (Millepora polymorpha, L.; Sp. Alg.— 
Millepora (Nullipora) informis, Lamarck.— Melobesia polymorpha, Harvey, 
Phye. Brit., Pl. 345.) 3 

Fronds thick and stony, purplish, becoming whitish, forming paul 
tations of indefinite extent and occasionally rising in thick clumsy lobes, e 


punctate throughout with the very numereus, small, immersed concep: — = 
tacles; antherozoids spherical, with an appendage at one end (Borne) ; : 
tetraspores two-parted ; cystocarps ? 

On rocks and stones in deep pools and below low-water mark. 


Common from Nahant northward. 


Not known with certainty south of Cape Cod, but very common northward, where ib — 
forms stony, purplish incrustations on rocks. As usually seen, it adheres closely to the — 
rocks, covering patches of indefinite extent, and would be mistaken for a species of © 
Melobesia. It is so hard and adherent that it is mistaken by persons on the shore for — 
a part of the rock itself. Although the determination of the present species admits ~ 
scarcely a doubt, the form usually found with us is smoother and less lobed than — 
European specimens of the same species. In the description given above the tetra- — 
spores are said to betwo-parted. This is true ofall the American specimens examined, — 
but it may be that what we have seen were immature spores, which, when ee are 
four-parted. 


L. FASCICULATUM, (Lamarck) Aresch. (Millepora fasciculata, Lar 
arck.—Melobesia fasciculata, Harv., Phye. Brit., Pl. 74.) 
Fronds purple, stony, attached, afterwards becoming free, very irre 
lar in outline, densely branching, branches fastigiate, subcylindri 
apices generally depressed; tetrasporic conceptacles densely coveri 
the branches, flattened, hemispherical; tetraspores two-parted. & 
On stones or in free globose tufts at low-water mark and-in le 
water. 
Eastport, Maine; Europe. 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 183 


Rather common at Eastport, whereitis often dredged. It isalso found at low-water 
mark during the spring tides, especially on Clark’s Ledge. Small forms of what may 
be the same species are occasionally washed ashore after storms as far south as Nahant. 
The species is at once distinguished from all our other forms by the very numerous, 


a short, stout, cylindrical branches. The conceptacles are external and contain two- 


parted spores, which may possibly be later four-parted, although in the specimens we 
have examined they seemed to be quite mature. The conceptacles, as far as could be 
made out, had no distinct orifice, and were very much flattened externally. 


ADDENDA. 


To follow Stilophora, page 89: 
ARTHROCLADIA, Duby. 


Fronds olive-brown, filiform, branching, composed of a large central 
filament formed of cylindrical cells and a series of polygonal cortical 
cells, which become smaller towards the surface; plurilocular sporangia 
moniliform, borne on branching monosiphonous filaments which form 
tufts on the branches. 


A small genus, consisting of a single species, which has been divided by Kiitzing into 
three, characterized by the tufts of monosiphonous filaments which bear the sporan- 
gia, and which are arranged in whorls, giving the fronds a nodose appearance. Har- 
yey and Agardh place the genus in the Sporochnaceew, while Le Jolis places it in a spe- 
cial suborder of Pheosporee. 


A. VILLOSA, Doby. (Sporochnus villosus, Ag., Sp.—EHlaionema vil- 
losum, Berk.) 

Fronds six inches to three feet long, delicately filiform, with a per- 
current axis and usually opposite, widely spreading, 1-2 oppositely pin- 
nate branches ; fructiferous filaments byssoid, in dense penicillate tufts 
which form irregular whorls; plurilocular sporangia moniliform, com- 
posed of numerous cells, about 15-20 in a row, generally secund on the 
branches of fructiferous filament; unilocular sporangia? 

Washed ashore at Falmouth Heights, Mass., Mr. F. T. Collins ; Cape 
Fear. 


A rare species, only known on the New England coast from the specimens collected 
hy Mr. Collins, which were rather smaller than Kuropean specimens. The species bears 
a more or less considerable resemblance to Désmarestia viridis, but the penicillate tufts 
are more regularly arranged in whorls, and bear the sporangia, which is not the case 
in the genus Desmarestia. : 


To follow Lyngbya, page 34: 
SYMPLOCA, Kiitz. 


Filaments as in Lyngbya, but adhering to one another in fascicles. 


Searcely distinct from Lyngbya except in the existence of a mass of jelly, by means 
of which the filaments adhere to one another in meshes. In habit the species of the - 


o 3 V 


‘total number of species increases as one goes southward, and that the increase is mainly due to the rela- 


184 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. — 


present genus resemble the species of Calothrix voter tan Lyngbya, but the laments 
are not prolonged in a hair-like extremity as-in the first-named genus. 


S. FASCICULATA, Kiitz. 
Filaments a quarter to half an inch high, united in tooth-like masses 
from a gelatinous base. .009-12™™ broad, sheaths thin, cells broader than 
‘ong. ; : “- 
On rocks between tide-marks. 
Newport, kh. I.; Hurope. 


Table of comparative distribution of New England species. 


6 mn: ms U Ld od 45 Ged lOPyS ee 
Se Inco ecu apeectadicse ca leyst (Ices 6 eee 
Ag | a9 20 20 86 |e og 4H. | $2] 89 
ay 0 aay ay BS, Ae of .|RP oy oRl of 
oO & On Ge Sates 2 PE 9) Se, PR / os 26 
HS us =o me aq |se8) aca Hep Bh se) 
o od os 06 iS OS.R|/ Ono] § |] Sa |] SS] sb 
Hoy} 2S 25 24 Ge |gH8 828! 2] Sg 139) 35 
aa | ge |) ge | gs | 8° |esalassl 2] S | Seles 
5 tt o'r 5 Co) o o 
wat wR) ee | 48 | Oo 1S 1) | eee 
Cryptophycez. -..- SYN aeee Se Bel Se ae eee Ad sealer (eeliesesttoaliaa|ecijacea|io=|| Jl -- 
hroococcacese.|....- | ohm Galeries Ame Besa clsseclessalecieseciselsccih oo. |. 
Nostochinez.--|.--.- noses 26M Beces A a 20 a|betae Pa i fetes PW ra) ela salisacaloGllacs|| sail ve -- 
Zoospore® ...-..--- SY Eee tet eel) ane eae aye cle ee aye alas eee so i oe) 2. |< 
Jhlorospore® ..|..--- Gs | See Bi0) | omee 28yloaaee Haeeeee 30 |—- -|15)--.-] 7]--| 6)..-./2 |-- 
Bryopsidez ..-..|..-.. Pa eae QF | Sears aL EE EN Dn teeee: Yee AISNE Sead (SS ese 
Botrydiex .....|....- Teepe Deiieye see Lyles ears | eee Ue ee selseioerealsellaclcc| locas Sell sel|-o41! 
Pheospores ...|.--.- 265 |e AQ |e aU eae BON |e eo 4 | ee UT ee all eye | epee a |e 
Oospores .--------. eRe (a Vat Uh ties Vanya eee eee ese rutbna Lilo eee er rE celle ol. 
Vaucheries. --.|.--.. WA Seeine PA es ele Ane Oe eee Py\eseal all ssastealleollss|leacclacisc: 
Hucaces .-..2-.|.---- Bilge il | ii ete ta oy Bee nal alsa pes els SA ollselice l= - 
Plorides.......--.- BO a) OO ea G9 Pees O Tee TL Nee A Bia cee 14 |B er 
Total. soc: 107 |---| 230 |---| 171 }---| 183 |---| 185%)-2 -|104+)|-=) 30} 42h LOp |e) 


Besides the genera and species, enumerated above, there are 4 genera and 10 species described, 
but not considered to be sufficiently well known. If these are counted, the total number of genera is” 
111, and 240 species. The comparison with Mediterranean and Adriatic species is imperfect, because 
there is no complete list of the algz of those seas, and our Pacific coast has not as yet been sufficiently 
well explored to make it possible to give approximately the number of our species found there. Inthe 
table the species marked peculiar to New England are those which extend along our whole coast, — 
those of more limited range being kept distinct. The table shows plainly the general fact that the 


tive increase in number of the Floridew. It also shows the close resemblance of our marine flora to that— 
of Northern Europe, and although the number of species common to Arctic waters is not large, as far as 
the numbers themselves are concerned, yet, if we consider the absolutely small total of species found — 
in Arctic regions, the number of species common to our coast is relatively very large. The general — 
poverty of our flora may be seen in comparing the number of genera and species found in New England ei 
with the number of species and genera in Harvey’s Phycologia Britannica and Le Jolis’s Liste des 
Algues Marines de Cherbourg. The number given by Harvey is 110 genera and 388 species ; that given ri 
by Le Jolis is 187 genera and 316 species. The Phycologia was published in 184651, and Le J olis’ 
Liste in 1863. In both works, more especially in the Phycologia, a number of species which we 


or may even be greater, than the figures given by Harvey and Le Jolis. In Phycex e Scantinsvie } 
Marinz, published in 1850, Areschoug describes 68 genera and 175 species. Since that dat ne 
additions have been made to the Scandinavian marine flora, and the total number of specie 


bly not far from that of the species of our own coast. — is a 


i | 


: 
aS 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 185 


ARTIFICIAL KEY TO GENERA, 


Notre.—The following key is intended to enable persons who are not at all acquainted 
with our sea-weeds to ascertain with a partial degree of accuracy the genera to which 
specimens which they may collect are to be referred. For this purpose the characters 
used are, as far as possible, those which can be seen by the naked eye, but, as in many 
eases, the generic distinctions absolutely depend on microscopic characters, one must 
not expect to be able to recognize all of our forms without making a more or less care- 
ful microscopical examination, especially in the case of the Cryptophycee and Pheo- 
sporee. It should of course be understood that the key is entirely artificial, and does 
not represent the true botanical relations of our genera; since in many cases the char- 
acters refer only to species of our Atlantic coast and would mislead astudent having 
@ specimen from other waters. 


1. Color bluish or purplish green,* algze of small size, usually more or 


/ EVE EEL EST TS Ese ec aie (Crytophycece) 5 
PME EIASSSLECT 2 2) oe ek apes oe Sok eo ws ee 18 
3. Color from yellowish brown to olive green or nearly black ...... 26 
4, Color red or reddish purple, rarely blackish, in fading becoming at 

Relies ROOMS Pes terse aire ee Oh Ce es (Floride) 48 
Beene sreancd in filaments := 5.55 -2.. oooh eo ee Oe 9 

Cells in colonies, but not forming filaments...... enews eo eee 6 
6. Cells grouped in twos or some multiple of two. .............--. 7 
Cells solitary, not adherent in twos ..-.....-.--..-- cacsieein aes 8 

7. Groups free, not united with one another by a gelatinous envelope. 
Chroococcus. 
Groups united by a gelatinous substance so as to form irregularly- 
REAR UC MIGIIOS ore es os ve oe Coe Glaocapsa. 
Groups united by a eernnons substance so as to form colonies of a 

SMB ERDIC RU ANG seat oo 2 See Fart aS se nell 23RD wis Entophysalis. 
8. Cells imbedded in a gelatinous substance, forming colonies of indefi- 

MMB AMO Loe a eee act) fee se Lok poke Polycystis. 

Cells imbedded in a gelatinous mass, which forms at first ovoidal and 
afterwards net-shaped colonies.... ..........- _-. Clathrocystis. 

9, Hiaments ending in a hyaline hair...........-.2-......2-. 224. 16 
Ree EEE CMGI M1) ARMAIT? soos sod. oe Ses a's bea Sates 10 

10. Filaments provided with heterocysts +} ...... ..-.--.22-0- eeeee: 11 
Filaments destitute of heterocysts ......---..----.2-.22 +--+: 12 

11. Filaments with a thin gelatinous sheath, spores not adjacent to the 
MELOCU BIS Pore ee ae es ba 5 ke bossa Pi eset AON OGULATIOR 


* Our marine species of Clathrocystis and the genus Beggiatoa are exceptions. The 
former is pinkish, and covers the mud and alge between tide-marks with a very fine 
gelatinous film. The species of Beggiatoa are whitish to the naked eye, and form very 
delicate films over decaying alge. 

t Vid. page 11. 


186 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, 


12. 


13. 


14. 


15. 


16. 


1, 


18. 


19. 


20. 


cysts ....- pe nee i A Sei ae Sele eee secs sphere 
Filaments with a gelatinous sheath ......... Aes Si eee 
Filaments without a gelatinous sheath..............-..-....-. 
Filaments spirally twisted............ -...---.- Seat tees pak 
Filaments not spirally twisted .....-:..... 2.222000 2-20 oe eee 
Cells bluish or purplish green ...-....-.--.-.--.-- -.-. 
Cells colorless or containing opaque granules............ Me 
Hilamente ee. 2402-2. ee BR ys 5 oh BS i 
Filaments adherent in meshes. 2.00.2 2222. See eee 4 
Filaments united in bundles and.surrounded by a general gelatinous — 

SWEAT Ce rest ou cise eas Semen Sait cece Microcoleus. 
Hilaments free...) 62082 <a. oe Calothria. 
Filaments imbedded in a dense mass of jelly..-....-... eStaaare 17 
Filaments nearly parallel, fronds forming a thin expansion... [sactis. 


Filaments diverging from the base of the hemispherical or somewhat 


fatiened fronds, +2... 622s Gok Meee ee ROR eee Rivularia. 
Filaments simple at the surface and forking in the interior of the — 


vesicular 4ronds ii. ./s 22 sin no nie ec ee Hormactis. 


Frondsunicelolar 2.0). 222 /c eee = see ee 

Fronds amulticellular~:. 225 25s ee eee ie eso ae 

Cells small, ovoidal, prolonged into a long, root-like process at the 
Se eee ule ova eset cd Olean ee eee Codiolum. — 

Cells large, filamentous, pinnately branching .......-...- Bryopsis. 

Cells large, with few, erect, alternate branches, some of which swell 


at the end and bear numerous spores.........-..------ Derbesia. — 
Cells very long, cylindrical, with irregular or subdichotomous ~ 
branches, spores large, solitary, in special lateral or terminal cells. — 


*Vaucheria. 
Fronds membranaceous .... 5)... <2 sss 5 auesiee ee) le eee 
Fronds filamentous ..o.....2 5. 2... ob ween, cee ee 
Fronds formed of a single layer of cells.... --....--.- Monostroma, 


rate so as to form tubular fronds 2.202220). 2S. .2 eee 


22; Hilaments simple ....2. 22. 22.0.3 Sie ee ee ee De 
Pilaments branching 22-224) ae eee Oe be Soe i 
23. Small alge, filaments soft and flaccid................---- 
Rather coarse alge, filaments more or less rigid, often twisted to- 
gether’. 202. 25. 22a ee eee eee _. =. Chaetomorph 
24. Some of the cells bearing long, hyaline hairs.....:... Bulbocol 
Hairs wanting»... 222 beac ee 
25. Branches small and root-like...----..--..-.+--.-.--- hizoclont 
Branehes distinct... 2)... o5 fe we eee cee ea Cladopi 
26. Fronds irregularly ‘globose, hollow, gelatinous..-...... . 
Fronds forming crusts or expanded pellicles........ a 


THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 187 

Fronds small, tufted, composed of a dense basal portion and an 
outer portion composed of free filaments ....-.....-......-- 28 

22 DE QISGITIT BN esa sn ree pay BLT 210 4 age See ees cher gis aaa age 29 
SeeePre Ss HEINE TEGOUS iam Scio er 2S 2 Sig own Spe as MeS e ee ge Ses dl 
Fronds membranaceous, expanded ........--..--..-----.--+?- 41 

27. Fronds densely parenchymatous throughout, fruit in external 
SNM PM EN Le alan d Osa Soin Jase gaia oie taisi mind tcsal eed AES Ralfsia. 


Fronds minute, thin, formed of a basal horizontal layer of cells and 
short vertical filaments, between which the sporangia are borne. 


Myrionema. 

28. Free filaments all alike. ............ Fes ree arene aes Myriactis.* 
Free filaments of two kinds, one short and the other exserted. 

Hlochistea. 

29. Fronds simple, hollow throughout, substance thin ...-......-.. 30 

Fronds simple, cylindrical, somewhat cartilaginous, with numerous 

“2 RULES ITT ag ine el .... Chorda. 

Fronds branching, substance thin, sporangia large, arranged in 

SEED SOLEUS (Ecd CTT e)S 0 cle ace en neeet.e.- SWAT. 

30. Sporangia densely covering the surface ........ ..-..- Scytosiphon. 

Sporangia external in scattered spots....-....--..--5 Asperococcus. 

31. Fronds capillary, branching, formed of single rows of cells (mono- 

SEMIOUIGUS el hoon «5 apenas Sa ce mia Suns isih, w, er aps de CLOCH IED Use 

Fronds cylindrical, solid or occasionally econ partially hollow 

"Ls FLT ge fina meen arent ee er ie yo o's 32 

32. Fronds slimy, composed of an axial layer of elongated filaments 

and a distinct cortical layer of short, horizontal fllaments .... 33 

Fronds composed of elongated internal cells, which become smaller 

mus POLY cond ahhe SULACE. is... 6... ce oes k wes Ova geese 35 


Fronds, at least in the younger portions, formed of cells of nearly 
uniform length, arranged in transverse bands, without any proper 


PPEMCADIAVCR sche. ey ue kak BR le smc ae 38 
Peters FOUN GENSe - 5 hols ss ea. ok. Soe ee eee Chordaria. 
MERSIN Te LITE AIDC CIC... ae os VN oe cies a sg Hacg Wak yee 34 


34. Outer cells of cortex producing plurilocular sporangia ..Castagnea. 
Outer cells of cortex not producing plurilocular sporangia. Mesogloia. 
30. Fronds traversed by a central filament formed of large cylindrical 


cells placed. cud io end << 923222050522 ws SS ME Pes > 36 
Fronds destitute of distinct axile filament ..........-.....-.- 37 

36. Sporangia in branching, monosiphonous filaments, which form tufted 
whorls on the branches. ben erg pester . Arthrocladia. 
Sporangia inconspicuous, formed from ihe Loreal AML. Desmarestia. 

37. Sporangia globose, prominent in the cortical layer ..-..Dictyosiphon. 


*When reference is made in Myriactis and the following genera of Phcosporee to 
free external filaments, it should be understood that only filaments whose cel]s contain 
coloring matter are meant, and that no account is to be taken of the numerous hyaline 
hairs with which most of the species of Phwosporee are covered at certain seasons, 


188 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


38. 


49. 


. Rhizoidal filaments few and limited 6 the base of the plant, branch- 


. Branches distichously pinnate....-....-..+.. RE ds Chatanie 
. Fronds simple or occasionally proliferous.-....-..-..---..-.+-- 
2 Madrip present... 2.22%... -- Jageest Whe sae ee vale) oe 


“i Midmb wanting 0.260 ele laetl cee ele ee ee 
. Fronds stipitate, perfor Atel with numerous holes.....-- .-,Agarum. — 


Fronds minute, ending in a ‘hyaline: hair, monosiphonous below, — 
densely beset above with very short branches, between which are 
Che Sporangia 22 ee ote eee oe ee ee Myriotrichia. 

Fronds ending in a large, single cell, the cells of the lower part 
giving off descending filaments, which become interwoven and 
form @ false:cortex-< 25-0 S220 Oe ee ee 


ing. irrecularly pinnate. 22... + ff. fe A eee Sphacelaria. 
Rhizoidal filaments numerous. ...- =. 2) == <4 a. oe oe eee 


Branches whotled:..2.¢ 20.22.3502 ee eee Cladostephus. — 


HTONUS MOTANCHING foo tre ace eee ae penne tw te 


Fronds entire, with a few separate leaflets on the stipe below the 
DAMNING, 2 eo) a ets ona Seto ect eteme oes Rg oe Alaria. 


44, Fronds thin, eineesie oa bie ay outs SING SS ee 
Fronds thick and coriaceous, distinctly stipitate...............- 
45, Sporangia densely covering the surface of frond.-......-- Phyllitis. 
Sporangia external in scattered spots: ......-----...--.- Punctaria. 
46. Cryptostomata present, fronds attached by short, nearly simple 
PINAZOIAS Jess Dee atin, See ae ae ae eee ee Saccorhiza. 
Cryptostomata wanting, fronds attached by prominent, branching — 4 
MN AOIAS si ee vais 2 ie a ee ee Lamimaria. 
47. Fronds without distinction of midrib and lamina, fruit borne on 
short lateral branches.(- 2.222.223 5.= - dee eee Ascophyllum. — 
Blade distinct from the midrib, bladders borne in the lamine, 
fruit terminal<.2 f° ces.- 2.2488 bones eee eee Fucus. 
Bladders and fruit borne on special stalks... .........- Sargassum 
48. Fronds caleareous...........-- ivseeedesevel Qo oaceeh ae 
Fronds not caleareous.....--.-+..-=--=-5 1 nso eos ae a 
Fronds erect, filiform, articulated ........-.....--..----: Corallina. 
Fronds thin, horizontally expanded..-.-......--...-.--. Melobesia. — 
Fronds thick, horizontally expanded, but rising at intervals in~ 
irregular protuberanees £2)-2%- sob eee ae eee Lithothamnion 
50. Fronds horizontally expanded, crustaceous or membranaceous. . 5] 
Fronds erect or umbilicate -. 22.2022: 22055..65- 4362-22 e iy 
51. Fronds parenchymatous, spores in external warts. ...-. Peyssonnelia, 
Fronds parenchymatous, spores in cavities sunk in 
PONG Coe as be Gs ohn ee ee Hildenbra 
Zs ‘8 : e oe i 
tin 


Bi cas das 


'» ieee 
~ 


THE MARINE ALG@H OF NEW ENGLAND. 189 


Fronds parenchymatous below, but above formed of loosely united 


filaments, tetraspores formed in the filaments ......... Petrocelis. 

52. Fronds tubular...... cS SEU A DG Sep et ae Cig a RAR hae erie 53 
Wrends filamentous.” -.--~-...:...--..------ ebaecerstoy eh olclccllc, cWes 54 
erste SHINO DLANACCOUS = air seins yes cies sine tS Geeta pe ale ate ny Seats 75 

53. Fronds cartilaginous, hollow throughout, rigid, proliferous, tetra- 
PERE MCENCIALG. 4 N55 epson a8 8 ewe eine ..- Halosaccion. 


54. 


5d. 


56. 


57. 


58. 


59. 


60. 


Fronds slender, much contracted at the joints, but without dia- 
phragms, tetraspores tripartite in depressed cavities .. Lomentaria. 
Fronds slender, nodose, with diaphragms at the nodes, tetraspores 


tripartite in the cortical layer.........--...-.-..- .-.-- Champia. 
Fronds monosiphonous, without proper cortex ................ 55 
Fronds with distinct axial and cortical layers ............... .. 62 
Fronds monosiphonous throughout.... ....-..--.--. ..-..--- 56 


Fronds at first monosiphonous, becoming polysiphonous above, 
spores formed by divisions of any of the cells, filaments simple, 


ae a MEBISET Se OLLT IG PEL c= ae eiacis ne he So 2 ee es ee oe ee Bangia. 
Fronds monosiphonous above, but below with a false cortex formed 
by descending filaments given off from the cells. .:.......... 60 


Fronds formed of large cells placed end to end, with bands of smaller 
- cells at the nodes, in some cases the nodal cells extending in a 


thin layer over the internodal cells.... 2 ..2..2----.- ee vee. 61 
Spores (as far as known) formed directly from the contents of any 
OMEN COUNT, Ci ya eS) yale Cis iiy 5 cetah . Seeger (ay ok Cie aac 57 
Spores on short pedicels, distinct, undivided ....... Trentepohlia (2). 
Tetraspores and cystocarps present ...........-. 02.222. . 22 -ee 58 

Filaments simple, forming a fine web over other alge. 
| Erythrotrichia. 


Filaments dichotomously branching, minutely tufted .. Goniotrichum. 
Fronds formed of prostrate filaments, from which arise erect pinnate 
filaments, cystocarps terminal, involucrate, spores irregularly 
grouped, not surrounded by a common gelatinous envelope when 
TLE INELSS Ce pa ei a ee oe cn a Spermathamnion. 
Cystocarps terminal or lateral, spores irregularly grouped at ma- 
turity, covered by a general gelatinous envelope .........--- 59 
Fronds dichotomous, formed of delicate vesicular cells, tetraspores 
in whorls at the joints, involucrate................... Griffithsia. 
Fronds dichotomous or pinnate, tetraspores scattered on the 
branches, solitary or aggregated, cystocarps lateral, usually bi- 
Be Pee Bae ee eee ee ee nae Callithamnion, in part. 
Fronds with a monosiphonous axis, nearly concealed by the densely 
whorled branches, cystocarps terminal on short branches, tetra- 
spores in whorls one above another on special branches. .Halurus. 
Fronds capillary or bushy, densely branching, cortications confined 
to the larger branches, and evidently formed of vein-like descend- 
ER IAM yo. a y'ois'. 6.70 Oey Helv a aehicc os Jallithamnion, in part, 


61. 


63. 


64. 


66. 


67 


69. 


Fronds pinnate, main branches corticated throughout with cells — 


. Fronds gelatinous, aeuipised internally of a dense mass of slenden 


. Fronds dichotomous, subcompressed, central filaments fine and nu-— 


Fronds compressed, ancipital, branches pectinate-pinnate, cove es 
everywhere, except at the tips, by polygonal, arealated cells. _ . 


Fronds dichotomous, tips usually incurved...........-. Ceramium. 


arranged in transverse bands, secondary branches corticated only 
atthe NOGeS: . 22 -. 55.2 Se eo pe eee ee Spyridia. 
Fronds nearly black, substance dense ............-......- pian Or 
Fronds rose-colored or purple, gelatinous or rather succulent, some- 
“times capillary ... 2. 4. 2.200 lhe ee ee a 
Fronds dichotomous, cylindrical, cartilaginous, spores borne in ex- ~~ 
ternal flesh-colored warts............. Sih ER te See oneness 
Fronds filiform, rigid, wiry, irregularly branching, forming dense, 
intricate: bunches. 2. 225.21 PRL aS te iene ee Ahnfeldtia. 
Fronds small, compressed, pinnate, forming small turfs, spores borne 
on an axile placenta in the enlarged terminal branches. . Gelidiwm. 
Cystocarps immersed in the fronds:. <7 2+.) s. 222 524 2 ee I 
Cystocarps external, ovate or urceolate.......-.-- 7a eee 


longitudinal filaments, which give off short, corymbose, lateral — 
branches, which form the cortex: ---....---.2 222! 122 heen 
Fronds succulent, consisting of an internal layer of slender longi- 
tudinal filaments and a cortex composed of roundish polygonal 
cells, which become smaller towards the surface....... ..... 
Spores arranged in regular radiating lines .......--..... ..--- 
Spores in an irregular mass. .<: 2. 0202)... 22.015 (2624p eee 
Cystocarps naked, cortical filaments free, often ending in hairs. 
. Nematlion. 
Cystocarps surrounded by a delicate membranous sack, cortical fila- 
ments ending in large hyaline cells, which are adherent to one an- — 
Others 5.40 ee Dee eee ee Scinaia. 


WMOTOUS £2. 22s 222 oe Pes ies atl ee ee eee Nemastoma. 
Fronds filiform, pinnate, central filaments few, rather large. : 
Gloiosiphonia. © 

Spores arranged in groups around a central placenta..:.Rhabdonia. — 
Spores grouped in several irregular masses in the interior of the — 


fronds ..2 oo. SE ee Cystoclonium. 
Fronds traversed by a distinct central filament or siphon .-..-. 72 
oa without a distinct central pare a Da kee es 


Fronds rel, cone rigid, filiform, ieeeoaee arcane 
Corda: 


ae 
a 
= 


93, 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 191 


Fronds long, cylindrical, densely clothed with lake-red hairs... Dasya. 
Fronds purple or dark red, occasionally blackish, superficial cells 
either throughout or at least in the young branches arranged in 


BEMESWOUNG Pall Soon eee Ge a et eae ee se eee a bea 74 
Fronds dark red, much branched, rather robust, superficial cells 
small, Aen larly PEACCUS Ste ssh SRR A ee, ee Ehodomela. 
74. = See borne in the younger branches .-........- Polysiphonia. 
eee pores borne in swollen, pod-like branches (stichidia). 
Bostrychia. 
75. Fronds cartilaginous, dense, spores immersed in the substance of 
DIL US SRR Sa eee Ro nag ate ee Spe ee a 76 
Fronds delicate or somewhat coriaceous ....-.- .-......--. 2.2. 79 
Fronds gelatinous, livid purple, composed of a single layer of cells, 
spores in marginal bands or spots ............-......- Porphyra. 
76. Fronds formed internally of numerous anastomosnig filaments which 
mee .corymbusely atthe surface: 22225. s 6. es hes. 77 
Fronds formed of roundish angular cells Shnorienaats io ea eee 78 
77. Fronds plane or slightly channelled ...........-..-..-.. Chondrus. 
Fronds beset with small papillz, in which the spores are borne. 
Gigartina. 
78. Fronds with a prominent stipe, which passes into a proliferous la- 
mina, cystocarps external, globose -..........:.... Phyllophora. 
Fronds linear, regularly dichotomous, cystocarps immersed. 
Gymnogongrus. 
MEMBER 22 Sio ls ic Sop cai tk iain bos a 80 
EG ANS Fe oN 5S es 2364 RES Tiga Sas ies BOM 82 
ape wrands rosy red, leaf-like...:. 22.) . 2.2.2 .522 0.2 ecle gests 81 
Fronds dark brownish purple, narrow, dentate, midrib scarcely dis- 
SOLED 220 pe 2 Se er a er 2a ee Odonthalia. 
81. Tetraspores in spots on the fronds, lateral veins usually present. 
Delesseria. 
Lateral veins wanting, tetraspores in thickened portions of the 
GRMN ee 8 | ae Poe is Bee os SG os od note _..-- Grinnellia. 
ae MEOH S MATLOW, MUCH CIVIGCH 2.5 ee a ee ee etme 84 
Fronds palmately or dichotomously divided................-.. 83 
83. Fronds deep red, broadly palmate, margins proliferous, tetraspores 
cruciate in paislies See ig F ies Hey ps ea rag ea _.---Lthodymenia. 


Fronds dark red, margins ciliate, gman zonate.. Khodophyllis. 
Fronds dark ~ iene deeply divided, tetraspores scattered, cruciate. 
Gracilaria. 


. Branches alternately secund in threes or fours, the lowest undivided 


and spine-like, the rest pinnate......--.....--.--.-. Plocamium. 
Fronds subflabellate, upper divisions divaricately toothed . Huthora, 


LIST OF PRINCIPAL WORKS CONSULTED. 


AGARDH, C. A. Species Algarum rite cognite. Gryphiswald, Vol. I, 1821; Vol. II. 
1828. . 
Systema Algarum. Lund, 1824. 
Icones Algarum Europearum. Leipsic, 182835. 
Icones Algarum Ineditz. Editio nova. Lund, 1846. 
AGARDH, J. G. Alge Maris Mediterranei et Adriatici. Paris, 1842 
Species, Genera, et Ordines Algarum. Vols. I, II. Lund, 1848~63. 
— Bidrag till kinnedomen af Spetsbergens alger. Kongl. Svenska Vetensk. 
Akad. Handl. Stockholm, 1867. 
Tillaigg till foregaende afhandling. Loe. cit., 1868. _ 
— De Laminarieis symbolas offert J. G. Agardh. Universitets Arsskrift, Vol. 
IV. Lund, 1867. 
Bidrag till kinnedomen af Gronlands Lamineer och Fucaceer. Kongl. Sven- 
ska Vetensk. Akad. Handl. Stockholm, 1872. 
Bidrag till Florideernes systematik. Universitets Arsskrift, Vol. VIII. Lund, 
1871. 
Epicrisis Floridearum. Contin. Spec., Gen., et Ord. Alg. Lund, 1876. 
AMBRONN, H. Ueber einige Falle von Bilateralitéit bei den Florideen. Bot. Zeit., 
1880. 
ARDISSONE, F. Prospetto delle Ceramiee Italiche. Pesaro, 1867. 
Le Floridee Italiche. Vols. I, I, fase. 1-3. Milan, 1874-78. 
ARESCHOUG, J. E. Phycew Scandinavice Marine. Upsala, 1850. ; 
Observationes Phycologice. Parts I-III. Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Upsala, 
1866-75. ‘ 
Om de skandinaviska algformer, som dro nirmast besligtade med Dictyo- 
siphon foeniculaceus eller kunna med denna littast forblandas. Bot. Notis. Lund, — 
1873. ; 
De copulatione microzoosporarum Enteromorphe Compresse. Bot. Notis. LES, 
1876. 
De algis nonnullis Maris Baltici et Bahusiensis. Bot. Notis. Lund, 1876. : 
ASHMEAD, 8. Remarks on a collection of marine algw. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Vol. es 
VI. Philadelphia, 1854. ar 
— Marine alge from Key West. Loc. cit., Vol. IX, "1857. 
— Remarks on Griffithsia tenuis. Loc. cit. ve X, 1858. 
Enumeration of the Arctic plants collected by Dr. I. 8S. Hayes in his eee . 
tion of Smith’s Sound, between parallels 78° and 82°, during the months of July 
August, and beginning of September, 1861. Loc. cit., Vol. XV, 1863. nae 
BAILEY, J. W. Noteson the alge of the United States. Ane Journ. Sci., 1847. 
Continuation of the list of localities of algw in the United States. Lo 
cit., 1848. ae 
Baitry, J. W., and Harvey, W. H. United States Exploring Expedition during t 
years 183842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S. N. Alge. Philadel: 
phia, 1862. Be, 
BERKELEY, M. J. Gleanings of British Alge; being an appendix to the Suppl 1 
to English Botany. London, 1833. i 
BERTHOLD, G. Zur Kenntniss der Siphoneen und Bangiaceen. Mittheil. a 
zoolog. Station zu Neapel, Vol. II, 1880. 
BorneET, E., and THURET, G. Recherches sur la fécondation des Florid 
Sei, Nat., S-r. 5, Vol. VII. Paris, 1867, 


< 


ir er 
5 Pi, 


_ Crovan, H. M. and P. L. Etudes microscopiques sur quelques algues nouvelles eh © ™— 


——_— se 
Fr Vows. 

{ n 

ny 

. . 


_ 


S: THE MARINE ALGH OF NEW ENGLAND. 193 


Bornet, E., and THurET, G. Notes Algologiques: recueil d’observations sur les 
algues. Fasc. 1., Paris, 1876. 

Etudes Phycologiques: analyse d’algues marines. Paris, 1878. 

Borzi, A. Sugli spermazi della Hildebrandtia rivularis. Rivista Scientifica. Mes- 
sina, 1880. Rey. Bot. Centralblatt., No. 16, 1880. 

Braun, A. Algarum Unicellularum Genera Nova et Minus Cognita. Leipsic, 1855. 

Ueber Chytridium. Abhandl. kénigl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1855. 

CasTaGNE, L. Catalogue des Plantes qui croissent naturellement aux Environs de 
Marseille. Aix, 1845. Supplement, 1851. 

Conn, F. Ueber einige Algen aus Helgolond. Beitriige zur n&heren Kenntniss und 
Verbreitung der Algen. Ed. L. Rahenhorst. Leipsic, 1865. 

Ueber parasitische Algen. Beitrage zur Biologie der Pflanzen, Vol. I, Part II. 

Breslau, 1872. 

Untersuchungen tiber Bacterien. Loe. cit., Part III. Breslau, 1875. 

Cornu, M. Sur la reproduction des algues marines. Comptes-Rendus. Paria, 
1879. : 

CRAMER, CARL. Physiologisch-systematische Untersuchungen tiber die Ceramiaceen. 
Denkschrift schweiz. naturf. Gesell. Ziirich, 1863. 


peu connues constituant un genre nouveau. Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 3, Vol. XV. 

Note sur quelques Dele marines nouvelles de la Rado de Brest. Loc. cit., 
Ser. 4, Vol. IX. 

— Notice sur le genre Hapalidium. Loc. cit., Ser. 4, Vol. XII. 

Florule du Finistére. Brest, 1867. 

Curtis, M.A. Geological and Natural History Survey of North Carolina. Part IIT, 
Botany ; containing a catalogue of the indigenous and naturalized plants of the 

. state. Raleigh, 1867. 

De Bary, A., and STRASBURGER, E. Acetabularia Mediterranea. Bot. Zeit., 1877. 

DECAISNE, J. Plantes de ’Arabie Heureuse. Archives du Museum. Paris, 1841. 

Essais sur une classification des algues et des polypiers calciféres. Ann. Sci- 
Nat., Ser. 2, Vol. XVI, 1842. 

DECAISNE, J., and THURET, G. Recherches sur les anthéridies et les spores de 
quelques Fucus. Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 3, Vol. III. Paris, 1845. 

Derses, A., and Soir, A. J. J: Mémoire sur quelques points de la physiologie des 
algues. Comptes-Rendus, supplement. Paris, 1853. 

Dickie, G. Notes on a collection of alge procured in Cumberland Sound by Mr. 
James Taylor, and remarks on Arctic species in general. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc, 
London, 1867. 

DILLWYN, L. W. British Conferve. London, 1809. 

DopeL, A. Ulothriz zonata: ihre geschlechtliche und ungeschlechtliche Fortpilanz- 
ung. Pringsheim’s Jahrbiicher, Vol. X, 1876. 

Dusy, J. E. Botanicon Gallicum. Parssecunda. Paris, 1830. 

Eaton, D.C. List of marine alge collected near Eastport, Maine, in August and 
September, 1872, in connection with the work of the U.S. Fish Commission, under 
Prof. §. F. Baird. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., 1873. 

Esper, E. J.C. Icones Fucorum. Nuremberg, 1797-1808. 

FarLow, W.G. List of the sea-weeds or marine alge of the south coast of New 
England. Rept. of U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries for 187172. Wash- 
ington, 1873. 

List of the marine alge of the United States, with notes of new and imper- 
fectly known species. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. Boston, 1875. 

-——— List of the marine alge of the United States. Rept. U. S. Fish Comm. for 
1875. Washington, 1876. 

_ On some alge new to the United States. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. 

Boston, 1877. 

S. Miss. 59-13 


194 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH ANI) FISHERIES. 


GrYLER, TH. Zur Kenntniss der Sphacelarieen. Pringsh. Jahrb., Vol. IV, 1866. 

GMELIN, S.G. Historia Fucorum. St. Potersburg, 1768. A 

Gos, C. Die Brauntange des finnischen Meerbusens. Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Peters- 
burg, 1874. 

Die Rothtange des finnischen Meerbusens. Loe. cit., 1877. 

Die Algenflora des weissen Meeres. Loe. cit., 1878. 

GOEBEL, K. Zur Kenntniss einiger Meeresalgen. Bot. Zeit., 1878. 

GREVILLE, R. K. Flora Edinensis. dinburgh, 1824. 

Algz Britannice. Edinburgh, 1830. 

Scottish Cryptogamic Flora. 6 vols. Edinburgh, 1823~28 

GUNNER, J. E. Flora Norvegica. Pars posterior. Copenhagen, 1772. 5 

Hatt, F. W. List of the marine alge growing in Long Island Sound within twenty 
miles of New Haven. Bull. Torrey Club, Vol. VI, No. 21, 1876. 

Grunow, A. Algen der ee Tonga, und Sout Inseln. Journ. aes Museum 
Godeffroy, Vol. VI, 1873~7 

Harvey, W. H. A Manual of ae British Algzw. Ed.1. London, 1841. 

Phycologia Britannica. 4 vols. London, 1846~51. 

—— Nereis Australis. London. 1847. 

Nereis Boreali-Americana. 3 parts and supplement. Smithsonian Contribu- 

tions to Knowledge. Washington, 1852~57. 

Phycologia Australica. 5 vols. London, 1858~63. 

Notice of a collection of algze made on the northwest coast of North America, 
chiefly at Vancouyer’s Island, by David Lyall, in the years 1859-61. Journ. 
Proc. Linn. Soc., Vol. VI, No. 24. London, 1862. 

Hauck, F. Verzeichniss der im Golfe von Triest gesammelten Meeralgen. Oecster- 
reich. bot. Zeitschrift, 1875 et seq. s 
Beitrige zur Kenntniss der adriatischen Algen. Loc. cit. 
Hooker, J. D., and Harvey, W. H. The Cryptogamic Botany of the Antarctic Voy- .— 

age of H. M. discovery-ships Erebus and Terror in the years 1839~43. London, 1845. 

JANCZEWSKI, E. Observations sur la réproduction de quelques Nostochacées. Ann. 
Sci. Nat., Ser. 5, Vol. XIX. Paris, 1874. j 

Fitudes anatomiques sur les Porphyra et sur les propagules du Sphacelaria 

cirrhosa. Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 5, Vol. XVII. Paris, 1873. 

Observations sur aecromscmont du thalle des Phéosporées. Mém. Soe. Sci. 


Nat. Cherbourg, 1875. ‘ 
Notes sur le développement du cystocarpe dans les Floridées. Loe. cit., 1877. 


JANCZEWSKI, E., and ROSTAFINSKI, J. Observations sur quelques algues possédant _ 
des zoospores dimorphes. Loc. cit., 1874. 

KJELLMAN, F.R. Bidrag till kannedomen om Skandinaviens Ectocarpeer och Tilop- 
terider. Stockholm, 1872. 

Om Spetsbergens marina klorofyllforande thallophyter. 2 parts. Kongl. 

Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., 1875-77. ~ 

Bidrag till kinnedomen af Kariska hafvets Algvegetation. Kongl. Vet. Akad. 

Forhand. Slockholm, 1877. 

Ueber Algenregionen und Algenformationen im 6stlichen Shige 

Kongl. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockholm, 1878. 

Ueber die Algenvegetation des Murmanschen Meeres an der Westkiiste von 
Nowaja Semlja und Wajgatsch. K6nigl. gesell. Wiss. Upsala, 1877. 

Kurzine, F. T. Phycologia Generalis. Leipsic, 1843. 

Species Algarum. JLeipsic, 1849. 

Tabulz Phycologice. 19 vols. 1845~69. i 

LAMOUROUX, J. V. F. Dissertation sur ERESTES espéces de Fucus peu counues 30 
nouvelles. Agen, 1805. Re 

Hssai sur les genres de la famille des Thalassiophytes non articulées. Sy 
Hist. Nat. Ann. Paris, 1813. 

—— Histoire des polypiers coralligénes flexibles. fae 1816. 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 195 


La Pyxark, B. DE. Quelques observations sur les productions de Vile de Terre Nouve 
et sur quelques algues de la céte de France appartenant au genre Laminaire. 
Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 1, Vol. IV. Paris, 1824. 

Flore de Terre Neuve et des iles Saint Pierre et Miclon. Paris, 1829. 

Le Jouts, A. Examen des espéces confondues sous le nom de Laminaria digitata, suivi 
de quelques observations sur le genre SEO Acad. Caes. Leop. Nova Acta, 
1855. Comptes-Rendus, 1855. . 

Liste des Algues Marines de Cherbourg. Paris, 1863. 

LyYNGBYE, H.C. Tentamen Hydrophytologiz Danice. Copenhagen, 1819. 

MaGnus, P. Zur morphologie der Sphacelarieen. Festschrift Gesell. Naturfor. 
Freunde. Berlin, 1873. 

Botanische Untersuchungen der Pommerania-Expedition. Kiel, 1873. 

—— Die botanischen Ergebnisse der Nordseefahrt von 21 Juli bis 9 September 
1872. Berlin, 1874. 

MELVILL, J.C. Notes on the marine alg of South Carolina and Florida. Journ. 
Bot. London, Sept., 1875. 

MENEGHINI, J. Monographia Nostochinearum Italicarum. Extr. Mem. della Accad. 
Scienze. Turin, 1842. 

MONTAGNE, C. Sixiéme centurie de plantes cellulaires nouvelles. Ann. Sci. Nat., 
Ser. 3, Vol. XI, 1849. 

NAEGELI, CARL. Die neuern Algensysteme. Ziirich, 1847. 

— Gattungen einzelliger Algen. Ziirich, 1849. 

Beitrige zur Morphologie and Systematik der Ceramiacee. Sitzungsberichte | 
konigl. Akad. Wiss. Munich, 1861. 

NAEGELI, C., and CraMeER, C. Pflanzenphysiologische Untersuchungen. Ueber dio 
Ceramieen. Ziirich, 1857. 

NORDSTEDT, O. Algologiska smiisaker. Vaucheria-studier. Bot. Notis, 187879, 

OLNEY, 8. T. Rhode Island plants, 1846, or additions to the published lists of the 
Providence Franklin Society. Proc. Providence Franklin Society, Vol. I, No. 2, 
April, 1847. 

Algz Rhodiacae. Providence, 1871. 

Peck, C. H. Twenty-second and twenty-third Annual Reports of the Regents of the 
University of the State of New York. Reports of the Botanist. Albany, 1869-72. 

POsTELS, A., and Ruprecut, I. J. Illustrationes Algarum Oceani Pacifici, imprimis 
septentrionalis. St. Petersburg, 1840. 

PRINGSHEIM, N. Beitrige zur Morphologie der Meeres-Algen. Abhandl. kénigl. Akad. 
Wiss. Berlin, 1862. 

Ueber die minnlichen Pflanzen und die Schwirmsporen der Gattung Bryopsis. 

Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1871. 

Ueber den Gang der morphologischen Differenzirung in der Sphacelariecen- 
Reihe. Abhandl. kénigl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1873. 

RABENHORST, L. Flora Europea Algarum Aque Dulciset Submarine. Leipsic, 1868. 

REINKE, J. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Tange. Pringsh. Jahrb., Vol. X, 1876. 

Ueber“das Wachsthum und die Fortpflanzung von Zanardinia collaris. Mo- 

natsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1876. 

- Ueber die Entwickelung yon Phyllitis, Scytosiphon, und.Asperococcus. Pringsh. 

Jahrb., Vol. XI, 1878. 

Ueber die Geschlechtspflanzen von Bangia fusco-purpurea. Loe. cit. 

Entwicklungs-geschichtliche Untersuchungen iiber die Cutleriaceen des Golfs 

von Neapel. Nova Acta Leop.-Carol., Vol. XL, No. 2, 1878. 


_Remscu, P. F. Contributionesad Algologiam et Hane lei Nuremberg, 1874-75. 


Bin neues Genus der Chroolepidacew. Bot. Zeit., 1879. 


_Rosanorr,S. Recherches anatomiques sur les Mélobésiées. Mém. Soc. Imp. Sci. Nat. 


Cherboury, 1866. 


_ Rostarrsxi, J. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Tange. Part I. Leipsic, 1876, 


. * 


; 
7 
J 


P) 
iy 
Pd 


RostaFINnskI, J., and WORONIN, M. Ueber Botrydium granulatum.  Leipsic, a 
Roru, A. W. Catalecta Botanica. 3 vols. Leipsic, 1797-1806. 
RuUPRECHT, F. J. Tange des ochotskischen Meeres. In Middendorf’s sibirische Re 
Vol. I, Part Il. St. Petersburg, 1847. 
Neue oder unvollstandig bekannte Pflanzen aus dem nérdlichen Theile al 
stillen Oceans. Mém. Acad. Sci. Nat. St. Petersburg, 1852. : 
Scumirz, F. Untersuchungen tiber die Zellkerne der Thallophyten. ies aaa 
Untersuchungen iiber die Fruchtbildung der Squamarieen. Sitzungsbericht "" 
der niederrhein. Gesell. Bonn, 1879. Pe 
Srropot, S. Etude anatomique, organogénique et physiologique sur les algues @ean 
douce de la famille des Lemaneacées. Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 5, Vol. XVI, 1872. 
Sommer, A. J. J. Mémoire sur deux algues zoosporées devant former un genre distinct, 
le genre Derbesia. Loc. cit., Ser. 3, Vol. VII. an 
STACKHOUSE, J. Nereis Briere: Editio altera. Oxford, 1816. 
THURET, G. Note sur le mode de reproduction du Nostoc verrucosum. Ann. Sci. Nat., 
Ser. 3, Vol. II, 1842. 
Recherches sur les zoospores des algues et les anthéridies des cryptogames. 
2parts. Loe. cit., Ser. 3, Vols. XIV, XVI, 1850~53. ; 
Note sur la fécondation des Fucacées. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg, 1835. 
Note sur la synonymie des Ulva Lactuca et latissima, L., suivie de quelques 
remarques sur la tribu des Ulvacées. Loe. cit., 1854. : 
Recherches sur la fécondation des Fucacées et les anthéridies des algues. 
Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 4, Vol. II, 1855. Seconde partie, loc. cit., Vol. III, 1855. e 
Deuxiéme note sur la fécondation des Fucacées. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cher- 
bourg, 1857. 
Observations sur la réproduction de quelques Nostochinées. Loe. eit. 
Essai de classification des Nostochinées. Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 6, Vol. I, 1875. 
TURNER, D. Fucisive Plantarum Fucorum Generi a Botanis Ascriptarum Icones De- 
seriptiones et Historia. 4 vols. London, 1808~19. 
Watz, J. Beitrige zur Morphologie und Systematik der Gattung Vaucheria. Pringsh. - 
Jahrb., Vol. V, 1866. 
WARMING, 'B. Om nogle ved Danmarks Kyster levende bakterier. videns Meddel. 
Naturh. For. Copenhagen, 1876. 2 
WEBER, F., and Mour, D. M. H. Grossbritanniens Conferven. Géttingen, 1803~5. . eS 
Wirrrock, V. B. Férsdk till en Monograti é6fver Algsligtet Monostroma. Stockiiotna 3 
1872 a 
Woop, i. C. A contribution to the history of the fresh-water alge of North Amer- 
ica. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, 241. Washington, 1872. 
Wricut, E. P. Ona species of Rhizophydium parasitic on species of Ectocarpus, wit 
notes on the fructification of the Eetocarpi. Trans. Royal Irish Acad., 1877. 
On the cell-structure of Griffithsia setacea, and on the development of its an- 
theridia and tetraspores. Trans. Royal Irish Acad., 1879. 
On the formation of the so-called siphons ma on the development of t 
tetraspores in Polysiphonia. Loe. cit. S F 
ZANARDINI, G. Iconographia Phycologica Adriatica. Vols. I-III, Parts Live < Ven 
ice, 1860~76 =e 


ALGA EXSICCATA. 


1850~°56. 
Alge Scandinavice Exsiccate. Series nova. Fase. 19, Sp. 430. 
1861~79 ne 
CHAUVIN, J. Algues dela Normandie. Fase. 7, Sp. 175. Caen, 1827. 2 
CrouaN, H.M.andP.L. Algues marines du Finistére. Fasc .3, Sp. 404. 
DESMAZIERES, J. B. H. J. Plantes cryptogames de France. LEditio I. 
Sp. 1301-1850. Lille, 184851. Editio II. Fase. ae oY 1-800. EM 


THE MARINE ALGA OF NEW ENGLAND. 197 


-Fartow, W. G., ANDERSON, C. L., and Eaton, D. C. Algw Am. Bor. Ezslecatie: 

2 Fase. 3, Sp. 130. Boston, 1877-7 79. 

" Houenacker, R. F. Alge marine siccatee. 

Le Jouis, A. Algues marines de Cherbourg. Sp. 1-200. 

Rapennorst, L. Die Algen Sachsens. Dec. 1-100. Dresden, 1848~60. 

; Die Algen Europas. Dec. 1-257. Dresden, 1861~78° 

WESTENDORP, G. B., and WaLLys, A. C. Herbier cryptogamique ou collection de 
plantes Peat aeanes et agames qui croissent en Belgique. Fasc. 11, Sp. 501-1400. 
Courtrai, 1851~59. 

_ Wirrrocs, V. B., and NorDstepT, O. Algze Aquz Dulcis Exsiccate precipue Scan- 
dinayicz quas adjectis algis marinis chlorophyllaceis et phycochromaceis dis- 
tribuerunt Veit Wittrock et Otto Nordstedt. Fasc. 1-6, Sp. 390. Upsala, 

| 1877-79. 

_ Wvatt, Mrs. Mary. Algz Danmonienses. Torbay. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 


PLATE I. 
J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


. Gleocapsa crepidinum, Thuret. 600 diam. 

. Isactis plana, Thuret. 600 diam. 

. Spherozyga Carmichaelii, Harv.: a, heterocyst; b,b,spores. 600 diam. 

. Lyngbya majuscula, Harv. 400 diam. 

. Oscillaria subuliformis, Harv. 500 diam. 

. Calothrix confervicola, Ag.: a, a, hormogonia; b, b, heterocysts; c, cell of host- 
plant. 400 diam. 


DOr We 


PLATE II. 
J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Hormactis Quoyi, (Ag.) Bornet: a,a, heterocysts. 600 diam. 
2. Rivularia atra, Roth: a, a, heterocysts; the cross-lines represent the gelatinous 
matrix. 500 diam. 
3. Microcoleus chthonoplastes, Thuret: a,free trichomata projecting beyond the 
ruptured sheath, 500 diam. i 
4, Spirulina tenuissima, Kiitz. 900 diam. 


PLATE III. 
J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Ulva Lactuca, (L.) Le Jolis: a, microzoospores which have escaped from mar- 
ginal cells; 6b, cells in which zoospores are forming; c, cells from which zoo- 
spores have escaped. 500 diam. 

2. Ehizoclonium riparium, Kitz. 20 diam. 
3. Cladophora letevirens, (Dillw.) Harv. 20 diam. 


PLATE IY. 
J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Bryopsis plumosa, (Huds.) Ag.; portion of upper division of the unicellular 
frond. 10 diam. 

2. Vaucheria Thuretii, Woronin : a,a, young antheridia; a’, antheridium which 
has discharged its antherozoids; c, ¢, oogonia with oospores. 100 diam. 

3. Phyllitis fascia, Kiitz; section of frond with plurilocular sporangia, a, cover- 
ing the surface. 500 diam. ; 

4. Derbesia tenuissima, (De Not.) Crouan: a, spores (zoosporangia?) nearly mature; 
6, b’, cross-partitions forming cell at base of sporangium. 100 diam. 

5. Punctaria plantaginea, (Roth) Grev.; transverse section of frond: a, plurilocular 
sporangia with zoospores; a’, the same when old, after the zoospores have 
been discharged and the internal cell-walls obliterated. 

199 


200 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 
PLATE V. 
J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Leathesia difformis, (L.) Aresch.; dissection showing a portion of cortical layer 
a, a, unilocular sporangia ; b, b, hairs. 400 diam. 

2. Chordaria flagelliformis, Ag.; longitudinal section of outer part of f frond shone 
ing cortical filaments with unilocular sporangia, a, and a few cells of inter- : 

nal layer. 500 diam. 

3. Asperococcus echinatus, Grev.; transverse section of frond: a, unilocular sporan- 3 
gia; b, hairs. 150 diam. 

4. Stilophora rhizodes, Ag.; longitudinal section of outer part of frond showing - 
sorus with cpeanignaaes and unilocular sporangia. 400 diam. 

6. Ralfsia verrucosa, Aresch.; vertical section of frond with a sorus. SES 
unilocular sporangia. a 

6. Sphacelaria cirrhosa, (Roth) Ag.; a portion of frond with propagulun. 200 
diam. @ 


PLATE VI. 
J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Chorda filum, L.; transverse section of portion of a frond showing paraphyes 
6, and amleaien sporangia, a. 200 diam. : 
2. Stilophora rhizodes, Ag.; portion of sorus taken from Pl. V, Fig. 4, more hihi 
magnified to show unilocular sporangia, a, a’, and paraphyses, in 600 diam. 
3. LEctocarpus littoralis, Lyngb., var. robustus, Blarloe plurilocular sporangia. — 

200 diam. 
4. The same with unilocular sporangia. 
5. Myrionema Leclancherii, (Chauv.) Harv.; vertical section showing plurilocular : 
sporangia. 400 diam. 


PLATE VIL. 
J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Castagnea virescens, (Carm.) Thuret; unilocular sporangium and hair, b. 400 ; 
diam. : 

2. Castagnea Zoster, (Mohr.) Thuret; transverse section of outer portion of frond — 
showing plurilocular sporangia, a, a’, and hair, 6. 400 diam. 

3. Elachistea fucicola, Fries; dissection of superficial part of frond, showing unt 
locular sporangia, a, a', and colored exserted filaments, b. 300 diam. _ 


PLATE VIII. 


J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Fucus vesiculosus, 1B fructifying tip of frond: a, air-bladder; }B, coneeptacles 


Natural size. ~ 


showing unilocular URSA a, and paraphyses, 6. 400 diam. 
PLATE IX. 
J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Fucus vesiculosus, L.; section through a female conceptacle. showin, 00 
and paraphyses. 200 diam. 
2. The same; section through male concept showing antheridia 


THE MARINE ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 201 


PLATE X. 
J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Spyridia jilamentosa, Harv.; axis with branch bearing antheridia, a. 
200 diam. 
; 2. Callithamnion corymbosum, Lyngb.; branch with antheridia. 200 diam. 
3. Trentepohlia virgatula, Harv. ; showing the undivided spores, a, a. 200 diam. 
4. Grifithsia Bornetiana, Farlow ; tip of male plant with antheridia. 400 diam. 
5. The same; portion of tetrasporic plant with tetraspores, a, and involucre, b. 
200 diam. 


PLATE XI. 
J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Callithamnion Baileyi, Harv. ; plant with tetraspores: a, before separation from 
the mother-cell; d, free from the mother-cell. 200 diam. 
2. The same; plant bearing binate cystocarp. 
3. Grifithsia Bornetiana, Farlow; plant bearing cystocarp (favella). 200 diam. 


PLATE XII. 
J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Nemalion multifidum, Ag.; dissection of outer part of the plant to show the 
eystocarp. 400 diam. : 
2. Spyridia filamentosa, Harv.; tip of female plant with a double cystocarp, the 
right-hand portion of figure representing the cystocarp and branch in sec- 

tion; the left-hand cystocarp being seen superficially. 400 diam. 


PLATE XIII. 
J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Polysiphonia Olmeyi, Harv.; branch with antheridium, a. 200 diam. 

2, 3, and 4. Grinnellia Americana, Harv.: Figs. 3 and 4 represent the antheridia 
seen from above and in section, a; Fig. 2, section through a cystocarp. 400 
diam. 

PLATE XIV. 


J. H. Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Petrocelis cruenta J. Ag. ; dissection of frond showing the tetraspores, a, ‘dé. 400 
diam. 
2. Rhabdonia tenera, J. Ag.; transverse section of frond showing cystocarp and 
carpostome. 200 diam. 


PLATE XyV. 
J. H, Blake and W. G. Farlow. 


Fig. 1. Dasya elegans, Ag.; branch with stichidium bearing tetraspores. 300 diam. 
2and 5. Champia parvula, Harv. : Fig. 5, portion of frond bearing a cystocarp, a; 
slightly enlarged; Fig. 2, section through a, showing arrangement of spores, 
- carpogenic cell, and carpostome. 400 diam. 
3 and 4, Polysiphonia Harveyi, Bail.: Fig. 4, branch with cystocarp; Fig. 3, sec- 
tion through the same, showing spores and carpogenic cell. 400 diam. 


. 


INDEX OF GENERA AND SPECIES. 


[The synonyms and species incidentally mentioned are in italics. The larger-sized figures indicate 


the page where the description is given.] 


Page. 
A. 
Aectabularia Mediterranea L.x ......--.-- 14 
EAI CHOULESLEHINOINSC esac eee eerie 57 
Acrocarpus crinalis K.g ..--..-...--2+---- 158 
MCLEOD TUCIES WN Ga i heetete areteyoreataltretsiefateisieisiep stele 158 
A'panumePost. 6c RUPE ~..-4-io6-5- seen 96 
“ jimbriatum Warv...--..-2---2-.----- 96 
oo ornerishost. 62 UPL ssccececes oe 5, 92, 96 
Aglaiophyllum Americanum Mont.....--. 161 
Almtfeladtiash ries ines cisscis cee =apecieces 144, 146 
S -gigortinowdes Ag .-......-5--2--2---- 146 
sep Lcata RTOS: = sac cebsaceelstie eee 4,147 
e «« v. fastigiata Post. & Rupr. ...-- 147 
PAN ATIA GIO, 2a sats attains oe = sissies ieelee oate 97 
menmeSCWlonta GLOVa- eee seeiceser eclseioe et 97 
“~6CS -y. latifolia Post. & Rupr.---- .- 97 
HOEY UAUIGTON pace lsiee nese cee es see 98 
AVF A70 POU RD I SRR Ses Sa reicsaasoadc 36 
Anabaina marina Bréb ......-..--.------ 30 
Antithamnion Naeg .............--...--- 121, 122 
SU MCTUCLMLUINU NAGE. san aan = sacie nine 122 
PAITESCR OU LCR Me memtaisieln wnieinnieiaeinie era ieee 139 
Arriba cladia dD wby seo mtatee cle olson winelorieier i 183 
BeVALLOSS OUD: sence cee csferece eee cee 183 
Ascophyalum Stack =e easeeees teeeeceee 99 
Pe MOCOSUMSbACK eseee* ce sae teenie 99 
BAIS CLOCOCCED terest meeee ices Somes setnete 17,88 
PA SPELOCOCCUS asx eeeereeseeeae cease eee 88, 90 
PMO ULLOS US la eo) een laiae mimiisiee isle 89 
MERCOMORESSILS Gitte meee eee eee 88, 143 
Sweechinatus Grevis-ocn-eeee = cee eee 89 
“ sinuosus Bory...-.----- SodnooBoSdEaC 88 
B. 
Bacillus Cobn ..... Se ee Sa | ee 32 
VS OCCT UD wiafae a cis a vista he Veele miami cee a Seoeee 11, 26 
Bacterium rubescens Lankaster .....----- 29 
EBOUDUAMUA SILOM Soccer eno EEE eee eee nEee 108 
anole yobs atee setae meee ee 110, 111, 112 
“ ceramicola Chauvin......--...----- 112, 113 
Wineactcanis Carm =) 222k sooeceee eee eeoee 112 
PUuRCLeGLiRs Chat vin wees eee eee 113 
‘““ fusco-purpurea Lyngb ........--.-.. 112 
Batrachospermum Roth .......--.------ 20, 108, 116 
Begeiatoa Trevisan ....22.. 022.20 502222. 12, 32 
“alba Treves v. marina Warm..---... 32 
“arachnoidea Rab ..............----<- 32 
Gan MURUNU NVAEIN: cen os osc cine coe seee ee 32 
So MILADIMISKOONN 2. a seonvackiee sane oases By 
iBladder-kelp gates seen Cie Le Oui a 15 
Bonnemaisonia asparagoides Ag ......... if 
Bornetia Thures ........ Ria ciate uienials cee a 118, 131 
202 


ee Se se ee ee eee ee ee 


Page. 
Bostrychia Mont ........-...----.--. 169, 1:75, 177 
arivularis Hany: cee e a eeeeee neers 

‘ scorpioides Mont.-.--..---2.--.-c--5 
Botry dies: . 22222052 betee eee 13, 14, 25, 58 
Botrydium granulatum (L.) Grev .....--- 

*  gregarium Farlow..-......--.------- 
Bryopsides ' 3 ...52 22. c-siececeee eae 13, 14, 25, 59 
IBEVOPSISWaaxaseeeeeeeaeeeee oneecch semen 

SO whypnoides Wsxs ses -ceeeceaeeeeee 

‘« plumosa (Huds.) Ag .......--.-..--- 

“ tenuissima De Not ............------ 
Bulbocoleon Pringsh.............-.-.--- 24, 517, 69 

‘« piliferum Pringsh..........- ancaseas 

Cc. 
Calliblepharis ciliata K.g.....-..-..----. 5, 152, 153) 2 

BLU tp) Eee ANAS AACEOSG Sd hese 153 
Callithamnion Lyngb.........-..----.- 21, 108, 109, 

118, 120, 131, 142 

« Americanum Hary ..-.-.-----------< 123 

6 Baileyi Harvses yess 20, 121, 127 

“ Sov. laxa Harlow ceoecwetenseeecet 127° 

“ Barreri Ag..-.: D SaSiietreha te a sos orate 124, 126 

SS orachtatumy Harvie. cca eles 126 

OM byssoidenm=Arn | 3552 -- seen 121,127,128 

Ne “ v. fastigiatum Harv .........-. 

«  « -y. unilaterale Harv ...:.222-2-- 

Si “vy. Waltersil Harv; = 2. 2222-c= 

“ corymbosum Lyngb.....--. 121, 123, 128, 129. 

it « v. secundatum Harv..........- 

* eruciatum Aig oor science eee 

((” Daniesti Hares: aoe eo eee eee ee 

{ Dietzize Hooper ces-c0 occ ee eens 127,129 

‘) tloccostim (Avge ane alien ieee 122, 125 

‘“ graniferum Menegh .-....----.---- 5 123 

‘‘ Labradorense Reinsch .......--.---- 

‘“ luxurians Ner. Am. Bor... ....---. 5 

& ) polyspermumpA\o eee eee eee 

\eplommulasiyne pb a2.) e eee 

‘t ‘roseum Harv s.si.- 2S: nesceeeeeeeee DT 

(¢ ‘Pylaissel Mont)-22 522222202 sce2ee8 5, 123, 124 

‘Rothiivayn gh) seace eee ee eee 121, 170 

“  secundatum Lyngb..----..-.---.---- y 

‘ seirospermum Harv..--...---.-..--- ; 

(¢) tenue ary oes ic eo aks eee sees j 

‘\ tetragonum Ag .........-.--.- -126, 

‘““ Toewottoniensis Harv ...........-.- 3 

S “METStCOlOn, AS. ot oo- eee 

é 


“« v. seirospermum Ag ...... 
virgatulum Hary 
Oallophyllis K.g...-.. SAmOcONS 

“ cristata K.g ...--.<0 


a 


MARINE 
; Page. 
Callophyllis laciniata K.g ..........------ 7 
MPMOWUNEHECA S262 on nn sacicesiscian\sae=s= == 163 
pemPbeRTeUnts Am 22 Joan. da ne taecsass 163 
Calosiphonia Crouan .-........--..------- 120 
25a (As) Phuretes: 25-2 22522282 =: 36, 184 
confervicola Ag..-............-..... 36 
** erustacea Born. & Thuret........... 36 
eee TRUONOMIES TATV.< ~ 2 <=. .caccssics--c-0 37 
‘© parasitica Thuret .....-....-..--.... 37 
Saepariotina. Thuret.-.------<..5.2-<. 40 
See WING A SM ene c cena 37 
Sscopulorum Ae —- n-ne 37,59 
SeErunApare, Harv... ----\-0-----=----< 37 
Capsicarpella Kjellm.-....--.--.-.-..---. 68, 74 
“* spherophora Kjellin .......-..--.-.- 74 
Castagnea Thuret --...-.-..-..-.----.-.-. 85 
Sie VIFOSCONS TRUTOL. === --..s-s2--n---% $5, 86 
pa AOstere -Ehuret.-=-=..-5-25---+-.+5- 86 
@erimiew) =... ..5:--.--- 25, 107, 119, 139, 141, 142 
een LTE) ene ccceme en cnc oodeanere 131,134 
* botryocarpum Harv ........--------- 135 
** Capri-Cornu (Reinsch) ...---.--.---. ‘188 
= eremmnatoum Kg... 2. sen eae 135 
PP eOEVINMOSHIN ALi 2. 550-6 csinjelm a otanis 138 
“* Deslongchampsii Farlow ---.--------- 136, 137 
“ diaphanum Roth............------- 136, 139 
“© fastigiatom Harv ---......-.-.------ 137, 138 
PePEMOMOKE AE Vi=-~ oc se> cee scsccm ss 76,136 
“nodosum Phyc. Brit......-.-.--..--- 138 
oe Dy 1. ae eae ae 4,135, 148 
aE V a CCUSTENS AO. = ose ae on mae 135 
be Pov. proiterum Ag .-.--.-.....-- 135 
“ “ v. secundatum Ag..-.......... 135 
x “* v. squarrosum Harv..-....-..- 135 
a SieIGtIM HAT. . <0. ----c0'soeesees-s 136, 139 
“ tenuissimum Ag ..............-.--- 137, 138 
“ “ vy. arachnoideum Ag.........-. 138 
“ “ y. patentissimum Harv .....--. 138 
PE OUNGe KATIOW. - 2522) 55-5=222255,25 138 
Seceeoreh serene saree rate ss ey shine aise 45, 46 
porece (Pw Ke See e onto aos 46 
MLETINEL CIE ES. oaial cia scsoe'eenceetua's 47 
oman (Hlor, Dan.) Kg -.---.----=. 47 
** longiarticulata Harv ......-..-./---- 48 
* melagonium (Web. & Mohr) K.¢g 46, 48 
i CUE wil 3 Th ie es ee eae 46,48 
** Picquotiana (Mont.) K.g.........--. 47, 48 
PSII (berks): Haty. 22-5 22e2ceoes 47,48 
SP LOLIILOS(O EAL +1 clove ceca s postin cn sae 49 
SER LOZIUOSY LIAL Fass ica = eles a sorzan< so =s 47 
“LAST D ea ye ee ae ee 95,77 
PEIN OS Ie soa cir a oe ancien aw'edin oe 5,77 
Pe MUUMUNOSO WE occ cece en nr cece 2 77 
Ciremipia Hary ..5-\..----22---s28s550= 149, 154, 155 
Seu DAEV Ue ALY 225 524 0cosnceccacseas 156 
Chontrangia Aut. -. 22-2226 0eciccecerece 108 
“ corymbifera Thuret........-.------- 108, 109 
PEIRENLOFESEENS, TRUVCL 55252 ccetecce ae 109 
Pe TIVOCSHIENS LONOY os 222- o's 205 ois 2'2n ans 108 
VLAD PEPE EEE OPE EER ECPER 10 
WALA G LD: pb PE EEE EE EP ERE EEE EEE 58 
Chlorodesmis vaucherieformis Harv ..---- 60 
OAL qT ee Ee =p PE PEP ree 10, 12, 40 
MUN OBDOUED 553-0) 26g 25 csa0ns Ss 12, 25, 40, 44 


Chlorozoosporew, see Chlorosporex. 


~ 


ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 


Page. 

Ohondria Ag ........--.-2-4- montooce seu=e 20,165 
“ atropurpurea Harv .-.-..-.---------- 167 

<> Batleyand Harv teeescewee eee = anal 4, 6, 166 

See COLLOTOLLUS EL SUT Vicar = tafe erecta enero etal ale 167 

Soe CEC Lal, taceeeeac siecleloe sm se cea 167 

«ty sedtfolia Harv: .S.cceseccee soe yeas 166 

Me SENDOLALE PAD = -\ctescise selenite eae cie ne 166 

“” siriolata Warlow.----2-.s-s+-7+-eccee 166 
MINTEMUISSTIEE LAD) Jotnwicciins creo ene een ome 4,166 
Chondriopsis Ag <<. 225-22. 5--- ssc s= 164, 165, 168 
“ atropurpurea Ag ................... 167 

“  *-y. fasciculata Farlow ......-... 167 

So Gena nth) AME Oooo eee sobodssScnone4 166 

Bea es) Ve SOCifOlia Ato ee essa cecststetets 166 

pee LGUORALIS PAO eee aemeeineieieite ste eines 167 

LO Dughm egies As ease oscesconooscuaKds 166, 167 

$e ‘« v. Baileyana Farlow ...-..-...-- 166 
Chondrosiphon uncinatus K.g ....-------- 154 
Chondrus| Stack ss-poesesceececeaeee sae 146, 148 
‘“ erispus (L.) Stack ......... 4, 9, 146, 148, 150 

SOP RNGRVEOLCIS Muy MC Dees ace memes anstats 146 
@hord a) Stackseceemcte sencsaneeeeee sce eee 91 
Se flim laa sgn Naeem = aie ertacterorsetstecins 91 

- “\ v. lomentaria K.g ...........-- 63 

‘* lomentaria Lyngb ....-....--.-...-- 15, 63 
tomentosa Lyngb .-.--.-.----..---.- 91 
OHNE? arcocabseacaedcd Osbosp coos 61 
(Gigmibng Ges eqcocedesecercenodccdaous 16, 17, 83, 116 
@hordariaeAors aan nen aces cena ecko eee 83 
DO" CN OUTFOR TTI NE BARB cocle Weocsace 5, 8, 57, 83, 84 
Ceehaoellitonmis Alo sen conee sees ieee 4, 57, 83 

st fy. densa Harlow. saciacseceee see 84 

‘a ‘¢ y. hippuroides Ag .......-. soos 66 
Choreocolax Reinsch .--.--.....--2--.--- 109,110 
‘* Americanus Reinsch.........-.----- 110 

CO UNA DMISeOIMSCH yeti esiate cieelae 110 

‘* Polysiphoniz Reinsch.....--.....-.- 110 

‘* Rabenhorsti Reinsch.............--- 110 

(o toumidus)Remsche! 40. -<steie es aaee 110 
@hroococcacewm acne sus fesse ve sew ee eeee 11, 25, 26 
Chroococcus!Naeg aec-- 2. ce-oeeencoeee 2Y 
Sobor PidusuNaege c=...) am censor 27 
ORPBOLENIA ECE Hee ae mie rnee cee eee 57 
ORY SHINENLM eee meee amen enice eee 149, 154 
SM NOSEH LAL sa eminie sepia nee erase eae 155 
Ohthonoblastus anguiformis Rab-..-------- 33 
1 STUD VES peo 3 sebacdceasecoarsos 33 

OF GIGS VEefe - eee basen dedtno des psEcol 34 
Olijlocla gia Glevaceeees assess senators 154 
PB ON ECY ONO TAT) == oe naan elem ae el~ la 154 

Oe Tr ORC OMAALV 2 else ene seas eae e 155 

PM MUTECUTLOLE NO on a wie ala ise ata lal mimi miatalate 154, 155 
Ohytridiwm A. Br .....2.2.--00200-------- 15, 68, 73 
(Si plomule: COMM ce o- ee pan eae 122 

‘* sphacelarwm Kny ......------------ 78 
Ciliaria fusca Rupr :..-----2--2..5------- 152 
Cladophora pyece se. cecesemta= sae eobibe: 50 
eer pid a) CELUdS:) Kero eeteeie tenet a= oO, 52, 55 
Ceareta CD ilwe) ies seeaee see eesce aes 50 
 Vcentralis AUCt. «2-0-6 eo -20 cscs - em 5 51 

“  erystalling Roth....-.......--------- 53 

* diffusa Harv ...---.---2--e-200-2e-22 53 

‘*  expansa Kig /...2.2...-200-0-- Sorte 55 

‘6 1 flawescens Kg) ..25--s0cc-eneneee-=- . 58 

“ flexuosa (Griff.) Hary....-02-sc0cce- 54 


9204 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Page. 
Cladophora fracta (Fl. Dan.) K.g ......-.. a6 
‘* glaucescens (Griff.) Harv..-...--.-- 52, 54, 55 
‘ “vy. pectinella Harv ..--..-----.- 53 
epecracilis(Griti.) Keto sasoasaan setts by} 
7 “vy. expansa Farlow...---.--..-- bY) 
‘ fenve tennis, Phuretss-sesss2 2s 55 
‘© Hutchinsie (Dillw.) K.g ...-..-..-.- 53 
** letevirens (Dillw.) Hary...-......--- 52,93 
Me wlanosa) (Oth) Kup ssa 3 2: eee 51 
te i. vetnelalis hare - 2 2.j-c-ceee ny | 
‘* Magdalenz Harv .....--.--2+..5---.- 56 
‘¢ Morrisie Harv.--.. eueesmelsebe cts a4 
‘* pseudo-sericea Crouan ..-..-..----.-- 52 
‘« refracta (Roth) Aresch......-.--.--. a2 
xp vGolphiana Agy sons. eases eee od 
ie prrepesbrisi()) KOee os ce sees some sn nis 51 
feb SETUCEH (EEUGS;) 2) 5 oe ow cieccicis becie ces 53 
‘S wadorum Aresch .-.. 22. -2<-022022--% 55 
“~ vaucherieformis Ag.....--.--.------ 50 
Cladosimhones. = sac: oaas 2 seek ae 66 
Cladostephus Ag..........:---..---- 15, 75, '7'%, 182 
Pe IEDOIMLGUOSUSHAL Seine ae alaininis a eesti 78 
“ verticillatus Ag...-........---..-.-. _ 7 
“=  -¥. spongiosus Farlow......--.- 78 
Clathrocystis Henfrey.....--..--.-------- 23, 28 
* eruginosa Henfrey.-.-<..-2.\.---.--- 29 
“ roseo-persicina Cohn-.-..-.--...---. 28 
Codiolum A. Br ....--....-.. Bes bn eee OSS 58 
by SRE SATAN VAR CEST = ae ae) ale recreate a8 
‘ Nordenskioldianum Kjelim .-.-....--. 58 
Oodium Stack .---.-:....---+-=- papa hee 58 
* tomentoswm Stack.........-.-------- 8 
Ooilonema Aresch...---.2-...-..---2-05- 66 
Goleochwie Bréb vias ceba-cse eee seine 57 
Oonferva crea Dillw-..-...------------s20- 46 
MP OreRUcolt DOL. -.2 = thee een) Sekine 49 
eM QnenOsa, CNOUAN -- feu see) s)scisone Sele 49 
“* brachiata Engl. Bot'.....-'.....--.--- 74 
pCOULEDENS SHAT: <= areas Has S how seheces 45 
Se amopleva Aresch . -. 5225-25 <-50-a5228 49 
A UNLDICLO: HAT, <a anae 3h oo ae ee 49 
eel | OTOHNAN a2. 555540 ane eeee 47 
MLO USCUUL Dw. es. cena aac 34 
‘* melogonium Web. & Mohr .......... 46 
 penicilliformis Roth..-.......--.---- 45 
* Picquotiana Mont: .--.-...--...--=<s 47 
eet COTULOSC SLAIN a inte ee an oe aoe 49 
Se VOUNGANG WALv s--s5 55s Joaa-seneees 45 
Gorallinere 22 2545222855 sanceeea see 25,177 
Gorallina ssa. 22 aa oet can eee eee 178, 179 
SPO GIN AIS a2 0a a ae Nr ee ee 4,179 
Se RIT H COR ID) ON eee eS Coes See 179 
CN DSTN (1D 2a eee cE TEL Ae ATL 98 
Goxrdylecladia Ag: _.. 2.2522... secec 3 nies 149,151 
Oe Ue Grnagnrie 5 bh a geen ARE e es oe ay tel 151 
CaghculariaK. oi. 6. bee Bean eesee 71 
Corynephora marina Ag.........-22-.---- 82 
Corunosnend Aiea cc sisoe.bcecabaces 125 
Cruorta pellita Harv......---..22--- epee 115 
Cruoriopsis cruciata Dufour.............. 114 
Oryptococeus roseus K.g ..-.....2---22---- 29 
Gryptonemra Ae ee ne ee ae 141 
Cryptonemies.--..-.......... 25, 120, 140, 142, 149 
Gryptephy cer - 22225. c- se - tc 2k es 8, 11, 25, 26 
Cryptopleura, Americana K.g -....c000-2-- 161 


Cyanophycee, see Cryntoniyere! 
Cylindrospermum Carmichaehi K.g ...--- 
tt DOLYSPOT UTM AK fae one een ene eee ee 
Cystoclonium-Keg 222-25 e- = see eee 
‘‘. purpurascens K.g.-...... 4,110, 147, 148,159 
a "cv. cirrhosa Harv. 5-222 2ssseeeee 147— 
Cystoseirew: 2.32 525582 S23 esas eae eee 8, 81, 2, 99 
Cystoseira myrico, AG..--..-.2---.--.--00- 


Dasya Ag. 0.2 ccc ces eceueten eee eee 
** \coceined Ag = 2235s le senuesese coe 
‘elegans Agee ices eeee eases -4, 6, 146, 162, 177 
‘t pedicellata C. Ag ..2 2222-22 2250sc4e== ; 

Dasyactis plana K.g.......---.----------- 39 

Dolesseria L.x.....:--.---2-2-0-- Beecse 5 161,162 
ie alata las oro heen eer eeee a 5,163 — 
F ““-v. angustissima Harv..-.......- 
“ Americana Ag........---..--------. 

eprienrii Monto 2. --- 2s---seeeaee J 
iu sinmuosavbnx a2 cens seen seeee 4, 5, 134, 154, 162 

Delesserieee:. 2025222 as LI eee 


“« tenuis3sima (De Not.) Crouan--..-..-- 
Desmarestiew:: 22502 22.2 55523 222: e eee 
DesmarestiaD.x2s 2: Sheek 22 oss see eee ee 

* caculeata ds. x san. jesecbecne eee eee 

8 igubate Di Ks ssencsn oe saseeneereee 

SOS winidis}s.x < 22c8 26 ue eee 
Desmiospermeee ...+---5--22-5-csnscee eee 
Dichloria viridis Grev.-.--..----+---0---- 
Dictyosiphon Grev .-.-........-..------ 15, 6G, 84 

““ feniculaceus Grev..-.---..--.------ 

“ foeniculaceus Aresch ......-....-.--- ¢ 

“ hippuroides Aresch ......--.---.- sae 
Dictyosiphones. -2-25-25542-—-2 2 sees 


Dietyoten, <2. Soe jeodaeee ee eee a eee eee 
Dolichospermum polysporum Wood .-.-.- 
Dorythamnion Baileyi Naeg.--.....----- 

“ tetragonum Naeg........--------.--. 
Dudresnaya Bonnem...-...------.. 21, 114, 141, 160 

$4) COCCINEM: As -Gryen see ene Reo 60 

oS SDULDUTIFEN DIN 2 ea eee 
Dalse » -ssscee sae s-csa sees eee 
Damonties -55: 22225522222. 225-22-6ee 25, 189, 142 5 
Dumontia filiformis Grey .....-..-------- 142, 143, 
Durvillea Bory ..-------2----c-02es0--50 


Eictocarpaceee. .- 2.222. - 222 s2ccancencas--== 
HCIOCAED EG Dea ase= sees an ae see ces eee eee 
SES yneb. 2 eels eRe 15, 68, 8 
* amphibius Harv ...+.-..---.:...-- pe 

“ Anticostiensis Reinsch ........--.--. 

“ prachiatus Harv .-..-.- on se 22a Oe 

“ Chordariz Farlow ...............-- 

‘* confervoides Le Jolis 

c  ‘* -y hiemalis Kjellm .... 
“4 y. siliculogus Kjellm .....------ 


q 


Page. | Page. 
Ectocarpus Diazie Harv -.....----------- 75 | Fucus canaliculatus L......-.--------. Hos 8 
ePMURKCGS ATV <2 2-22-52 ene e een nee 70 ceramoidesIs)--- iso. -0sooe sab Scien n= 101 
oe etinrlouns Churet—.=..-.=.cste0nsssss- 73, 74 ‘¢-“cribrosus Mertens....---:---=s2-22.-- 96 
Seiaseieniatus Harve: = cscsce noses cs 68, 72 Sy Gtstichumlas Gases cee eae oes eee 102 
«**_-y. draparnaldioides Crouan .-.. 72 ** evanescens Ag..........-----. 5, 18, 100, 101 
2 CCT eS eet Soe pee 72,73 SS) filiformis: Gimelisasceec cee oes eos 102 
SePEAIUIOSHS Ale @ cana = se ccn~ = ona -~ Cyaar Al) pee LOL CALUS WA eh eS eel seamen ions 102 
= cS COnUIS HALLOW =.= sosees sc oe 70 ‘* microphyllus De la Pyl.....----.---- 101 
* Grifithsianus Le Jolis..-.--...-.-.--- 74 COTES Wee ea pneSpodebecengenscesos 103 
“Sinemais Orouan. ..-.-...----.=2:---- 71 SO natans LOD 258 2- oee eee nee 103 
SeEPrIWONEDREIREN,. --—(-- 2 2accs 2-222 75 i HOUGEU Wee ssbeoobccupanenoccoouece 18, 99 
“ Landsburgit Harv .-..-.------------ 75 “ pertusus Mertens .-.---..----.---... 96 
SPGLOFAUIS AuyneD |-.22------c— <== ul0 73, 74 ‘\  platycarpus Farlow ......-.-.------- 101 
“vy. robustus Farlow -..-.-.------- 77> SO SOLTAGNS Ways eesti eine 101 
SS SHS PIATV.§<—--2- S252 fa secon es ce 72 «vesiculosus L......-.-----.- 18, 100, 101, 102 
Pane Matohellss ary. ..--2----<.---s--->- 72 ‘ “« v. laterifructus Grev.......-- 100, 101 
SOMESPILILS GLUE nas Sea cee oes == 15, 68 “« ~=6 vy. spherocarpus Ag..--....... 101 
** reptans Crouan ..............-----.- 69 Na ove apiralisrAmct sesesenmess sae 101 
** sphzrophora Harv ....-.....-.------ 74 | Furcellaria fastigiata L.x......----. eerss 160 
“ tomentosus Lyngb..-....-----.----- 70, 72 G 

DemInredas EPATY, 52-52 ----/'nise=t's--% 71 ¥ 
Wo) SRS Soe 2 eee edesendseSar soende sees | (EGITGES) “Sea neohocnr cede soespeasaebeosece 25, 157 
Fgregua Aresch .-..--.-.--.----.-.-...... IbpCaL |) Gio nt bp .pecoeee coesee peeeen cemeeueuce 157 
Elachistea Duby ..----.-- S Sasi atate ee eet 16,80 Fe COMMEWII MacX --e versyaw clciciciatee ee aces 7, 158 
“attenuate Harv ..-....----22----s=- 81 ae “ v. crinale Auct .....---0.-2-55- 158 
“~~ Canadensis Rupr .-.-=.----<.. -=----- 81 poe CrinalenAo ees loaf oases 7,158 
SeIRECUUE ATOREM. 2. s-ocsiceneee = = -25 = RAD |) (Grbechy mires bps Gere eneesecereteectoacdsucac 148 
“71 be 80, 82 se mamillosa Ams 2. S.).\saeeeeeieee 148, 149 
SPICE DDT cna c= oie = els = eo 80, 81 Gee OUD ULLEE NO anatase nitialaral oe tote a teies 148 
“~ mulvinata Harv ...-...-------------- 80 e Hanli Caiie) Lis Keswe sais sissies ee 147 
= scutnlata Duby -.-.-...--.--.2:--22% 80 FOMLENETO DPA Paneer eae sane eee eee 159 
Elaionema villosum Berk. .-.----.--.------ AGaalt Cagebha nth Barpcrip SucmeMOnraRHoOnosec: 25, 143, 156 
Enteromorpha compressa Auct ...-.------ 43 | Ginannia furcellata Mont......---------- 118 
= antestnalis Auct .-.. ...------------ 43 | Giraudia sphacelarioides Derb. & Sol ----- 75 
PueARCE PUUTOL...-..---25-2--2-+05- AI Gleogence | Cobnyecaee -.2 2540 (eases ee 26 
PS Tnnkind Grev-- =... -.- 222 2----220- 44 | Gleocapsa (K.g) Naeg ...--..--.--------- 23, 27 
“GGT GET ESS te eee ees 44 © crepidinum: DPhurets=:.=s2-25=n)--- 556 27 
Entonema Reinsch .......-.-..-.--------- 69 sun Lteigsoniy BOImMeb=. 2 sees eee 27 
Entophysalis K.g .--...-.-..:---.....-... 29 S SLEQO DINE LOZA PS) ne atone ee eee 27 
GeIROINMOS Mes areas cece aca osm ZO GLPOUIChid,: | ssa eae sale dese 2 Le eee 38 
ae ArROna Harlow. ----2-s2'--<7-~«-s 29 | Gloiosiphonia Carm...-........----- 120, 14.1, 142 
Erythrotrichia Aresch.-....-...-..--. 110, 111, 112 CO UPR ORs ain Seer Peer eens sot acd 141 
* ceramicola Aresch ......----....---- 113 | Gongroceras strictum K.g...-..----------- 136 
Buactis amend K.g....-----.-----.------ 38 | Gongylosperme@....-..---------------=--- . 106 
Ti EO ee See ARE ee BI eIee 36) Goniotrichum Kg. 0522222 sacee ones 110, 111, 213 
SRREMITIIUCIESINE. oo. saan initia o's Sos wisi= oe 38 OS CORNULESCENSYLAM a2 eee eee 113 
“ hemispherica K.g...-.----+--+-0---- 38 4 GIG EIS VE e eeeporeecacdSeectcecec . 113 
SeRICOMIUE NE oan 31122 ease folds s'siwe es sls So iGTaciaria GLevenass2 se ses/ees eee 161, 163 
“* Lenormandiona K.g ...-.-.--.------ 38 Se CONUDT.CSS) GLOVite een ete eee eee 164 
SIME NG oes swan ales =~ = 2 38 «confervoides Grev ..----- BEnURoE a5 164 
PERI OUUIN DENS NS 25. ooo oo 2 205s - = 38 OPICRENOLOES NEY ee an soon ntact aianee 164 
Mresriitannnon .-222222-.22.2222222225.- 125 Mmnltipartita Ags 2.01 ts2s2> hese see 6, 164 
PWR AG... . ccccce cnn connen es 202 50- 158 “ “ y,. angustissima Harv..--...--- 164 
Eneladophora .....-...--.-----20+---.--2- ea Griinthsyp Ao 522 oon ogee = wenn sees 118, 130 
Euthora Ag...... A ESO n ES SB ee gOC 149, 453, 158 Ti Gti Oh) ee ospodecncecotasd = Sotsoss 130 
Se CEISIMAAG: .. 2b. testcase 5, 6, 8, 134, 153 ‘* Bornetiana Farlow...--.---------.-- 131 
F CHURN) INE Aarinode soo cape 5scose 131, 132 
Z DF CTPEG UY QWTIGI NS pep anc apse see sone Bee 132 
BMUOTIAEDesocn as fan csaoss sous eee 11, 19, 25, 106 COT DUUS ET OU At Oi pee ain sate tehtata al aeriniare nee ele 131 
: Ploridex Incert# Sedis..........--.-----. 108 EP OLODULUS CNOA sa aad terete nino aration se 131 
3 MEEMOCD (2 et ani eon dwasns na 18, 25, 40, 92, 95, 99, 100 SUBIC LEO AN de atetat sate aiataiatal Sei telale tee 131 
Fucodivm nodosum J. Ag ...--.---------- 100 DS UTED ING Ee oo SERBIA IO eS 130 
f Fuens (L.) D.c.ne & Thuret.........-.... 100 | Grinnellia Harv........-...---.--..----5: 161, 162 
ATT ATi 9119 | ae ee ak 96 ‘6 Americana Harv...-.-.--------+---- 6, 161 


COs DEAS PY, 523s ono dalde'e no's 101 


Gymnogongrus Mart........-.-..--+---- 144, 145 


206 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 


Page. 

Gymnogongrus Grifithsice Ag. ....-...... 146 
‘| ‘Norvegicus Ag ........---..-.. _---- 146, 149 

OS FARR VE 3a Sac so beccosooSeS 147 

(4 Gtaraeeypl AVG Cocacosansesqseacaseorogs 146 
Gymnophleag Ag ....-..----220204--22--05 142 

Hi. 

Hematococcus binalis Hassal.........---- 27 
Halidrys Lyngb-.------------------------ 81, 99 
Haliseris polypodioides Ag....-.--------- % 
JEL HAT IESE sooscnosasonsosmegcsaEso0as 75 
Halosaccion K.g....-. Fy Ea at 81, 89, 142, 143 
‘¢ microsporum Rupr...--....--.------ 143 

“* ramentaceum Ag ...........-.- ----. 5, 443 

4 “ v. gladiatum Haton..........-. 4143 
IMTS IG sooo sag sesibe scobooneceodsood 132 
VE QUISCHILONUS Keg en = see antelsmielensein= 132 
Halyinenid AG iy. womens case n ee aas-nm-- 141 
OO naahiay IM so Se eebooo bs sbsaotaosbe 159 
Helminthocladia Ag........-.-+---------- 117 
Helminthocladtece ..--. 2.2205 22-22 scenne 116 
LET CUIMANTRON ANAC wecnne eines ne nin = a= mieleiala 117 
Herpothamnion Naee.-.-.-------------== 120 
Ge LLUIILC TOMI ELE efoto teat ate ta eletein atta tale lerate 119 
Hildenbrandtia Nardo.............-...--- 115 
1S TDWI PAD d)a AMR ion saokenco nado a5 5564 116 

Pet OSG BKC Ouest eel erin ielsiate ta atevein a craic teiets 4,116 

MM RDI2U PCO REL cay get stalete aise te oleeists Elateie sie ia taste 116 
Himanthalia lorea Lyngb -----..--------- 8, 99 
HonmachsRboneterase secre en ae eee ee 38, 39 
EB ALAN LbUTe bq cee ere ele ee == elec els 40 
 PHOTLOWte BOINO bs eee nein wees nee alee 40 

im @uoyal (Ac) ubormebicce see sseeree oe 39 
Hormoceras Capri-Oornu Reinsch........ 138 
SELON IVOLTUCIUUTT PRS = nla eialalni=tei= ae isieiea sie 44 
ae ROOMEMLE WM abO Mee cee meee ne sete 45 
 Carmichaehi Harv ...--....--.------ 45 

Set COMODETIS HIS. Ors oes wpa nn eiea cee eae cS oe 45 

PES CCLOSUN Bl abONueee eee sere see ee 45 

SEO UUIUY ILLITE INO moe ee eyed cas 45 
ey droclathtws BOL) === ~ ees eee 89 
ERY PERS soe aac ena eee cima Soins 25, 156 
Je Gq a) Ve2 4) Dip: cea aes Saar Sieg I eats en 156 
TOTS CHLOLIMNIS Wi axce ei etee lee siete 156 

EE NUTDUNASCONS Harve ssc eesece cee. 147 
Hypogtossum Grayanum Reinsch -.....-. 163 
DO! A CALL Hs ER Rae Se Se Bo 163 

I. 

TRI APASBOLY. on scene ees aeneaeeele sees ee 148 
uirish=’mossecs. sacs cies ace senemnc eee eemntes 9 
J. 

ACURA Op BB ARR eS SMa RS Sabre aah Sao oc OAS ae 179 
L e 
DGMANATICCERE) .. we oe ene See en ne 12, 61, 92 
GGAMINATIOD ee) sees soo oc esc aeeseeeseews 17,90 
JEDI J bp e556 Goons soe epASneers --15, 92, 95, 99 
“agamum De laePyl - os... os -n2-4se 96 
Mn OLDOUO seb TEV melee e\cieisio a to reed se 92 
Ce boreytMelawe yl. sn Sau ys 96 
“ cespitosa Ag.......... ese adcsaqssese 62 


Laminaria caperata Dela Pyl.-...-.- spac 


be 


z3 


DLourencia Vusx = 225 255355 et eee 


“e 


oe 


be 


Claustont Le Jolis .......-.----.-. . 
debilis\Crouan jee ee- eee eee eee 
dermatodea De la Pyl...-....--... 50 
digitata L.x .....-.. -.-.--.0.6 pees 
esculenta De la Pyl...---.-..-----..6 

“« v. platyphylla De la Pyl.....-.- 

“« y. remotifolia De la Pyl........ 

«vy. teniata De la Pyl ....-...... 
APETV san soocdoneoasesoccoss eee 
AIG 18 Re epee aS nasoon oaacososcs 
jleaicaulis Le Jolis.........-.------- 
latifolia Ag .......-- Serelae ee eee 
linearis De la Pyl.......-..-...---<- 
longicruris De la Pyl ......... 5, 10, 92, 93, 94 
lored AG iso te amon meses eee eee 
musefolia Dela Pyl ...-..---------. 
phyllitis LAI ose sere ele eee 
platymeris Dela Pyl.--..----.------ 
Pylaii Borys tosece oe sence eee 
Saccharinaguex = coe heeeee eee ee 92, 93, 94 

“« y. caperata (De la Pyl.) -....... 94 

“« v. phyllitis Le Jolis.......--... 
BCSSULIS) AS io) ote a soe eee 
solidungula Ag... 2.5 cece cee nee 
stenoloba Dela Pyl.........-..--.--- 
trilaminata Olney.-.----.-------.--- 
165, 166 

166. 

166, 167 
166,167 


Batleyana Mont) .-2--- 022-22 o2eeesee 
dasyphila Ae oe en scnecactnee eee 
tenuissvmd,. GLev -22--2 see eee ee 


Leathesia S. F. Gray..--------2-.------=-- 15, 81, 82 


te 


ce 


difformis Aresch.....-.,..--.-.----. S82 
tuberiformis 8. F. Gray.---.-.-.----- 4,57, 82 


Trerbleinia Te oe ae nee enon cee eet 


oe 


e 


amethystea K.g .-..-2--22-cs00-.---- 
Chal Dea Ke Been we oyatelnemeeieintteeeee 


Pemaned) .o5 bacuecneeeeee eee Beehos-0 
Leptothri« rigidula K.g ...-.-.-..--.-.--- 
TAG OT Na Sale elena eee oie ee eee 
Tnnekia atra Lyng ee---- seers eerie eee 
Lithoderma fatiscens Aresch ..-.-..------ 
Tithophyllum Rosanoff .--...--.---------- 


te 


Lenormandit Rosanoff ..-..-..------- 


DEithothamnion Phillies... eee nee 


ce 


fasciculatum Aresch ...--..--.--.... 
polymorphum Aresch ..-.---.-.-... 


Titosiphon pusillus Harv ..-----.----.---- 
Tomentaries 3 sc.-25-- scene sone eee 


ce 


ce 


Lyn 
“6 


gbya Ag........... Wiobosdesscccess 


uncinata Menegh ........-......- 
SS avadiliformis Hany acesser epee 


estuarii Liebm ........-...--.--.-.- 
eruginosa Ag.....-.--.---------- wan 
Oarmichaelii Harv.....------------- 
CTISPILPA Bima cee sensintn = ar ere eetelater eo 
Cutlerie Harv ..---.------------- 
ferruginea Ag ...-.--.------ ae 
flacca Wary ......----...-. = oe 

SUlod Hany. -. 05 --.0senncuswane 


< et ee - 
gee 


ALG OF NEW ENGLAND. 


as ; 
MARINE 
Page. 
Lyngbya Inteo-fusca Ag........-..--....- 35 
“ Kiutzingiana Thuret ..........-..-.. 36 
“ majuscula Harv-.......-...:-.-...... 12, 34 
‘« nigrescens Harv --.-..........2...---- 35 
“= v.major Farlow..-.--........- 35 
SRSSIPELOMG IRE on oreo <n senna on nwe 45 
“« tenermma Thuret .--.............. . 35 
Mf. 

Macrocystis pyrifera Ag....-.---.---.---- 15, 61 
Melanophyces Reinsch ........---..--.-- 61 
Melanospermeee ....-..-..---.----..--.-.-. 10 
Melobesia Aresch ...........-...---- 179, 180, 182 
\* farinosa Aresch .................... 180 
ST 13 BN oe Sn eee 180 
“ farinosa K.g ...-.----....-- sooceckot 180 
> Er 30d De a See ceneee 180, 181 
* fasciculata Harv ..........- hy Sabie eral 182 
“Ge Jolisit Rosanoff .:....-.-.---.-- 180, 181 
** Lenormandi Aresch.-.-...-.-........ 181 
** macrocarpa Rosanoff........-.-.---- 181 
“* membranacea Aresch .......-------- 180 
* polymorpha Harv ..-...-------------- 182 
PER AT AS 5S 6 ee ee 181 
Seu MORINULEUE MARI, won one a= === -2~> == .* 180 
ERENT AL Se NRAT 22-622 on si-~=- 0222-45 - == 12, 34 
SPI Deen tee aooos ses 2 nccc ans 83, 84, 106 
“*  divaricata K.g¢ .........--.--..-..-.- 84 
IMLS ULE A es wens nen soon ne aoescn 117 
vermicularis Ag ..-.......0.-.-.-.-.- 57, 85 
* virescens Carm ........-----------++- 85 
EEN ZOSLETOE Keo ooo. a= adesos 86 
= ‘* vy. Zostericola Harv ......-.-.-- 86 
SCORETIPATOSON enc 0 5 os cec-ar='s ce. 86 
Microcoleus Desm ...--.-..... .---------- 33 
“ anguiformis Harv......--------.---- 33 
“ chthonoplastes Thuret............-.. 33 
© terrestris DesM...-.-.--.2----22-- 2. 34 
OV ATICOOL PNUCCbs <6 scaccs-uosecrs-s ” 34 
Microcystis K.g ....- eae ae eta o 28 
1 GUUETE VOD = oot Car oO BESO CEEOL 28 
Microhaloa rosea K.g.......2+.0-2-+0-2--- 29 

Millepora Auct. 
I CGACICUMIME Vielen meses = onc eeensese=s 182 
SST TTRTT OTT) CO OE aE EEE CE CEES 182 
Monostroma (Thuret) Wittr ............. 8,41 
Se PEL YRMOVWRULE- 2292 5=- ccc cesses ---~'0 5,41 
** crepidinum Farlow .---.-.-....-.-.- Az 
GAO VANOLW Wil coos coc s-s = = cena se 41 
* orbiculatum Thuret........---.....-. 42 
‘S pnichrum Marlow ..---2.-.:--2-.:-- 41 
 Wittrockit Bornet -........------.--. 42 
MIRED Nee meee oo ainain ae een ee 80, 81 
SEEDULVINGLD NC. Oo. ooo 5 sock catessc~ es $1, 82 
o  Veminor Warlow:.--0-2:-\---0ss 81 
Myrincladia Zostere Ag .-..-+------+----- 86 
RIDNOIN OD 2 rs) 2o-cveen recede scents 78 
Myrionema Grev ...........--- 15, 70, 78, 81, 87, 88 
SCHON CAVIN 22 3522 ices ea dieasess 88 
* Leclancherii Harv..-... a RACECAR COO 79 
ET PUAOWHS OTE Koc sc cenccseccccaces 79 
“ punctiforme Harv..-...2..---- eeaees 79 
*  stramgulams Grev .... 2200002 senee-2- 79 
Coe CHIPALO DIMIFOD |) so36desced0ss2+50~0« 79 
_ Mpyriotrichia Harv ........ aeeiew dened aaa 67 


Page. 

Mpyriotrichia claveformis Harv ........-. 67 
s SP vctiliformiss:jsaos--e ee ese see 68 
Se lefoTmiseelarveces sees eee ceases sacs 68 
‘\. Harveyana Naeg...-.--..--.------2+ 67, 68 

N. 

Nemaliess .:....---...s.08 wie nctenehe 25, 116, 142,178 

Nemalion Duby .--....-.-.---. 20, 106, 107, 108, 117 
Se multifidiamy Ale oe oe eee lines 117 
‘* purpureum Chauv .....--..---.----- 142 

Nemastoma Agno. ccjae cele rselcineniseies sie 120, 142 
SB TOM Harlow. asec stone eee eos 2,142 
Sen LOT GUZEN AG ose sos clg’alsetaictsretsle s 142 

Nematogence Cohn ..-........-...--.2----- 29 

Nerencystis Post & Rupr ..-....---..------ 15 

Nitophyllum Grev....--- tESoosudodeesegue 7 
sate OCELLALUND) GV ON; ~ ss eis sine si sisls ete eae 7 

Nodularia Mertens)-2 2 - seca ss ee s sees ol 
‘* Harveyana Thuret.....-...--.-.--- A B 2 i 

INTO WO No sssoedsoonoonecanesedoosena 12 

INTENDED pnogacodbossadeseaccosbccp ene 11, 25 

Nullipora Auct....-..-.--..-<+- Odboedcords 179 

oO. 

Odonthalia Lyngb..-:.-.........--..----- 168 
SmaencatweayNS Dense ase cession ree 6,168 
SULT CACASRVOMNSC Ie apie escteniee eae eee 168 

OOH ARKIN NS Sacco eooseucascod asbocsse 60 

Omphalaria Dur. & Mont ..........-..--- 27 

Oncotylus Norvegicus K.g ....--..0.-..--- 146 

(QMEPOREFE cose bootcossecccodecssnsosas 14, 17, 25, 98 

Oscillaria Keg es aes ae See eeeeeere 11, 12, 32 
** limosa v. chalybea K.g........--.... 3a 
SOS RIAT ouepcddoscsboodosccest 33 
‘* subtorulosa (Bréb.) .--------.-----.. Bi 
O- Rolouibu*seiues) BINT FeconoéosaoonaGecs 33 

OSCUMLOTUDEC ON ere etelseeniaistera aerate sae 12 

Oscillatoria, see Oscillaria. 

‘* chthonoplastes Lyngb .--..--2-sssas0 33 
* crustacea Schousb).<-, -<..ca-ss-2- 0 36 

Ozothallia D.c.ne & Thuret......-...----- 99 

“ nodosa D.c.ne & Thuret...........- 100 
P. 

Padina pavonia Gaillon .....--.----.----. q 

LAUT AMG. 2 soebccdacusancsona cdobSdnoon 26 

POI GNIFYIND genconacncongadodsec AeoseneNdso 13 

Pelwetia D.c.ne & Thuret........--...---- 99 

TYEE AVE Boog nobenonguoctouoeenocs 115, 116 
2 GARI ANS CapadkceonoscbboesaSreoun 5,115 

Petrospongium Naeg ..-.----------------- 16 

Peyssonnelia D.c.ne.---.-.--...---------.- 114 
CO CRG HOMID SIO S oho acccconn ascecccassc 114 
“e W0yel iia CRNIEI soogsonsedecoédadsbe= 114 
AUT ICON KS co winian nana see cen aan 115 
\ squamaria D.c.ne...---..--.-------- 14 

Pheospore® .-....------------ 13, 14, 25, 61, 106, 183 

Pheozoosporee, see Pheosporex. 

Phlebothomnion byssoides K.g.-...-------- 127 
“ polyspermum K.g ....---------s05-+- 126 
« roseum K.g ....-.------------------- 125 
‘* scirospermum K.g ..---------------- 129 

Phileospora Aresch....-..----------+----- 5, 68 
CRETOTETIUSHATOSCM ace =e) aa = simeicee nals 5 

Phloiocaulon Geyler......--.---- {eonocsc¢ 17 


oN) Zork: 


208 


Phormidium K.g ...200.22-c2ccc-------- 36 
‘\ Kiitzingianum Le Jolis..-..--.------ 36 
‘‘ sgubtorulosum Bréb -.-...--- SUR ABESOE 33 
Phycochromocee .--..-------- =---------- 26, 111 
Phycophila K.g..-.-.+---+----+---00 «200 
WS Ale Gamal BIKES SSao6n Coseadousesousace 81 
SO AGATA RID UE IR6 65s soogdosedaosacadsode i 82, 
tO fucorum KG «2.2 ca. nana nw nnn wenn ns 81 
Phyllitis Le Jolis ..........---.--. 15, 17, 62, 88, 92 
‘« cespitosa Le Jolis..--..-..--.--.---- 62 
OOF PIO) MOP ok sacsasoncobde oonodGode 5, 62 
SS “ y. cespitosa Harv .........---- - 62 
Phyllophora Grev --.-.-..-.------------- 145, 146 
‘* Brodizi Ag ..... ssech aes aaeeames 4,145 
‘  Clevelandit Farlow .....-----.------- 145 
‘* membranifolia Ag 
Phycoseria australis K.g ..-..--.--------- 42 
OO GS DUN NR IS aaae poncousossudassess 43 
CO PATE USGS Sass oocneedsso0s 
Ge LCUIUCOOLOLELBIRG Orem state eetnieiare alate miele 43 
te RAVUMTOUL EN NG. 0 ao ae a are ins win a ainin 42 
Physactis atropurpurea K.g....-.-------. 39 
OS QIANG URE So se5 Sponssosancoussase 39 
WO VARA Uo Sao otis pohasoosacansdoss 39 
Pleonosporium Naeg.-.-.-.------..-------- 
Pleurococcus crepidinum Rab ...-.. ------- , 28 
‘" roseo-persicinus Rab .--...-------- oc 29 
Plocamium Lyngb -----. ----.----.--.-.-. 
pe OGUfOrNICUNE TR. Son ance meio aajeae ama 
“* coccineum Lyngb....-..--.-..---.-. 
Pecilothamnion byssoideum Naeg .------- 127 
““ corymbosum Naeg.-----.------------ 
 seirospermum Naeg ..--------------- 129 
TOU eS PAU este pate ee celneloteielaiarelalate teint el 21,160 
ive LOLUNGUS GOV) =e -ie s= neeeiee le 4,118, 160 
1 ROIS) Nees Ss oosnSobscegsapecns #355 28 
SOLA OTIS PKG See cinina) melee! nla allie ia alee 28 
«pallida K.g .....- SEES cine wes 33 28 
PDO Grev soos heceette 168, 169, 176, 177 
CREDA Bb a sSro ose neonpadsosecae 175 
Americana Reinsch ....-----.-.----- 
TROUT CLOCIL CAO eastern es eae iete etal ete aate 5 
oorietine Baileycss2-0-t0c.. (scceeas: } 
** atro-rubescens Grev .-.....----.---. 
BROOME TOV =. > sinei les acess aee se 
“ elongata Grev...--- BSR casensepacenes 
SAS bP Tata) GOV s sia a asec see se 4,175 
Sen brillosa Grey: ---= see esse 172, 173 
OF ERO ds EX Peso ooegacscmesanco SRF 170 
‘* Harveyi Bailey ...........--. 6,170, 171, 172 
EIN eTOSCONS Greve ssn cee e eases eeeee 4174 
ty Shea srehtnl NN § ZA OU 7m omenerentra eke ental 
2 “Sv... Durkeel Harvis-ss-2 55-6 ees 
174 
parasitica Grev.-....--.-2-.-- ----- 174 
if WING Cendrotded = .2- vce. se cee eee 
MEMEDUNUOSE GLOV 22sec octane aeeeeeee 
“ subcontorta Peck 170 
“ subtilissima Mont.............---.- 170,171 
os *« v. Westpointensis Harv.....-.. 171 
cs mrceolata Grey 2.0... +... ccec seems 
eae ce ov tOrMOSAa GAT Sos 6.) Ticcewaje cts 
Sadan aveDateNns: GEV J osj2 ces kece ates 170 
“ variegata Ag.....-.....00..0. 4, 1'73, 175, 177 


Polysiphonia violacea Grev.---------.--.- 
ef “ y. flexicaulis Harv.--.— 
PorphyTexe secse se eee eee eee ee eeoy 


St linearis Greveneee sees cee eee 3 

‘0 - Dulgaris Hanve-see /4-924 sesso eeeeee if 
Potamogeton War =~ 2-42 eee ae eee 
Prionitis Ag oo s25 isan saa eee ee 
Protococcus crepidinum Thuret..-..--.-... 

Oe TOSCO KG Oe a ceie erates late ale al letter 

ot CUNO UALS) IKE Ose ra nieter= sini releratats S586 
Protophytessess=--ecern eee eee eee 
Pseudoblaste Reinsch...-..-----.-------- 109, 1 10 

“« irregularis Reinsch ..... playa sister 1 100 
PHAR AHIGHEY ING ee Sos Soc sooone ta sooos7 . 
Pterothamnion Americanum Naeg ..----- 

‘  floccosum Naeg .-------2022000eeceee 

ty Py laisetiNae geese ccsee ees eeeeer 
Pitilopa lNoes ses decent ee RpeeCOL 133, 174 

© elegans Bonnem «-2.c2)-5-0- 2-8 =eee 

Wy AITOOR TD Mtoe icesencsascooo ations nee 

‘ tt vy. tenuissima Ag...-.....-.---- 

se SOLTa tay KO eee aaa ae eee eee 6, 8, 133. 
Punctariex 
Punctaria Grev -------------.-2-scneeceae 

( Yatitolia) Grevjace- << s=2e soe e Pees 

us “ v. Zostere Le Jolis......-..--. 

‘« plantaginea Grev.....-.--..--.----. 

‘“ tenuissima Grev -------------- essa a 
Pylaiella Bory.-.-..--.-...-- iS ee earatone 

“ littoralis Kjellm ..... 


Ralfsiew@ saceiea- scree s-see eo se eee | 
Ralfsias Berk o.02s5-- case eee cee 15, 79, $7, 88 
fo clavata; CLouaM 2.22 -s eee eee 79, oh 38 

tSid@usta) dj. Ato S205 2 asa. pestle ereteee 
EE GIFS GD TB Rose seecacignssocc=eos- 
‘ verrucosa Aresch...-.-------- aaa 
Rhabdonia Ag..-..--..---.-- Sn gasiacs 
So BOLE ie LAL pesleeieere eerie letters See 
Sieh AVR as sono aacacassesas 
Rhizoclonium K.g .......------.- Meeeaedc 
CS Kochianumy Keo) saeer eee ee eee 
“ Linum Thuret.--.-.---- @ yo OS 
> Ti parium Oba ese. = eee sash eee 
“ salinum K.g.....- Sri aol teeta eee ais 
¢ lecinusene ie OSS lire abate Be teege 


Rhodomela J. Ag 
‘= gracilis Harv...-----+-----)-5< wedeuen 
Kt ROCKED ARVe soe selene ae eee eel ors Se ae 
i subfusca Am sce oscinsenss se eee sees ( 
oy SO We SRRCROT Alga eal 
Rhodonema elegans Martens .-.-...-.-..- 
Rhodophyllex...--..---...-.--- Sense ; 
Rhodophyllis K.g -..........----- 
SOO TDL, UR y 55 secon esos: rs 
‘* dichotoma Lepechin...... : 
es veprecula BAC a elas aes tine 
 « y. cirrhata Harv .. 


‘ ne fa) ) SS AePage. 
ieee cece e KEIN: 70) 108 
deonetdecadh: oe 25, 149, 158, 161, 164 
eS eet Ns 145, 150, 151, 152 

“3 153 


Sphenosiphon Reinsch...............---- 
* olivaceus Reinsch:.-.-.-.--.-.-..-.. 
roseus Reinsch.--...-..-- Yer sase dels 2 
smaragdinus Reinsch ..---..--...--- 
Spheria Hall.-..--...-- RR LL eae 
Spheerococcoidee .......--.----.------- 25,149,161 — 
Spheerococcus coronopifolius Ag.----- Ou Tee 154 
SS werastatus: A piv oust) 2h oe ear eee eg 153° 
O87 Noruegieus! Aa 2: (9s) ch neg ee AC 
Be pltem bus Ac. is 2 OLS eyS Sas aes 
ES Lorreyt Age 3 5. Oe ea 
Spherozy ma Alpes SSS ee a 
“ Carmichaelii Harv 0). )1yiee su sae 


ae 


te 


e.g 5 SS REE C CE SCORE apes 168 Sa Phuretie Cronan sea 4s4 sees eee 
s ‘ Te UONTISSiMm a, Kase} ssa ata eee cee eee 
; Sponpiouarpers 100 ee Ns 
RRS Es ees D6r Saongiten ese oss 35 oa Sully Eo rene LDN 
291) caer ec coe gece oeeie ens 92,95 | Spongomorpha K.g...........-.---------- 50,52 
Spl aeP yi ees ee ho 95 | Spongonema tomentosum K.g.-......------ mM 
atodea mB aeP ye ees Ne a Bail Sporochnaceas 20.325) soe. ee ey ed 61,183 
222822 2bee cha Pete eee 99° 1 OS))\Sporochniesr <2. 528.05 2 ee 
S208 EL Sane OED 103 | Sporochnus rhizodes Ag....-....---------- 90s x 
cial cee Be ee ~ 103))| ‘Spyridier = 53.02.2100 4. 222.0220. <2 
Dae EGR SRR ae e ae 46,803.) Spyridia)Harv..2f. 28 25.2 o. oe ee a) 4 
Y: eaten Marlowe 22-5 = <2 103 | “ filamentosa Harv...........-...... 8, 20, 140. # 
oa 2 Re eee BRT pe OU cov refracta Harv. ies. a. Js. a Oe ee 
- nea Pee ee 1418, 142, 155: \ Striaria Grev..-.-...--25-.1.-2.--2---2-2),)) SO") x 
aa ete 118 Sean ebhentata: Grey xesc Merb: ae wee tele 90 
“pic chee doe eeiotinc 26/|~Squamaries ....-.........-...--.8, 21, 25, 113, 178 © 
noone at SE SRA Eee 36|| Stictosiphonia H. & H.......-..--.-.----- 176 a 
Sesde ne {se ee See tees 36) Stigonema Ag 5026 sl N Ae) ye eee Lae 67 z 
=o coetose conse sees ceauee 86\|  “ mamillosum Ag...-.-----++-+++-+--- 40 i 
och osoe se otoase 37 | Siilophora A eee eee sne eee ogee 
oi lge RAR ee TAN 28 ClamogbycieAer tia too she eee 90) ae 
1 on SEE Oe eee ae 15 te narrlon ge Nee) eve dee one an oa 90 hes 
vecepeeeseeeeee 15, 63, 66, 88, 91. (20 Hi ZOGGS A ey os sania ah aie meray tral 90 ay 
22 33h Eee eee ee 91 || Streblonema Derb. & Sol..-...---.--- 24, 57, 68, G9 : 
‘eniculaceus Ag .....--...- Ce Oe 66 “ fasciculatum Thuret -..------------- 69 
hippuroides inpiii. 5 Ee 66K“ sphericum Thuret ... ....-----.---- 69. i 
Pm eortontarns Ag 5. 228.25. 2t2. ke 5,635.89 | Stypocauton Kg. e 2 8) eo ; 1 
21 BSF Re ee 12012150 29) Syamploca, Keg ete ee eee gene 183 
Bo Se 129 He Pasciculatak. oso fceeye see ecient meee Vi 
eens ao So mselinticnevse BRM WSU TRGLUSS Ol) TENT tre alae ayes wictevel are eet elor elena 27 ; 
Ret san 25, 149,158 1... ; 
eer ie =) ie ata 148, 159 
AYP Lee TDM We rity Teh ee tess Bor Per eee me area rarer Ges one 177 
Sie Rhallo ply pes oss ease eee 10h 
Ene ae 31 | Thamnidiwm Rothii Thavorn. ex 224 . 
Jct ate SBR ee 25,118 | Tilopteris K.g.--.------..---------------- i 
on Aresch ........ 118, 120, 125,131 | Tremella diformis L....-.----------.----- 82 
twm Born .......--..--:----+- 119 | Trentepohlia Pringsh -.--.--.------------ 108 
rine apkiroditum (Saeg.) EE AeD 119 (OOM aViesil Harv ss. 22) a) seekers eee 108,109 a 
oscolum um Ag ld RS BE one) 119 ‘ virgatula (Harv.)-.--.- ES ese 108,109 ~~ 
ee BE eae 419 ZL “« y. secundata (Lyngb.).--.-.--. 109 re 
Jon Hebe e Seabee 119 ry: 
2 eee er 16,75 be ; 
SE eee Sphere oe Maye ae 15,75 | Ulothrix (K.g.) Thuret..--....---.--.---- 
oe ce. - sede a eee 76 ‘* collabens (Ag.) Thuret ......------- 
wh daldonewnanonasnces 17 ‘© flacea: (Dillw.)' Thuret.<. 2. ..-.----=- 
16 | “ isogona Thuret..-......--.--------- 
P 76 £0 ZOTAGA IK iis. weg B enn =n wn we nina cian 
pee ant ented REN UU CC CRI rela ara sin a)saclclale nls aclcliae a mains 
ec eeen, IV rfl OUCH ee se aiaees aie a alee dliaatulaie'mlal='aiminie ano 
ae 73 | Ulva (L.) Le Jolis....-..----------- Beas, 


cis 


REPORT OF COMMISSI 


- elathrata Ag..-....--.-- “* clavata Lyngb -.- 
‘ y. Rothiana Le Jolis.....-..--- geminata Walz .... 
compressa IL . litorea Nordstedt. - 
- enteromorpha Le Jolis -- piloboloides Farlow 
“ y. compressa Le Jolis.......--- - Thuretii Wor 
“« y. intestinalis Le Jolis velutina Ag....-.---2...2-. 
“ y. lanceolata Le Jolis Verrucaria. 
Hopkirkii (McCalla) Harv “ maura T. Fr.-.- 
““ mucosa T. Er. 
Lactuea (L.) Le Jolis ‘« palodytes Nyl 
« y. Lactuca Le Jolis UO tice) 
“ y. latissima Le Jolis : 
Wrangeliee 


vy. rigida Le Jolis.... Wrangeane 


latissima Ag coe ae 
Boy: : ; penicillata Ag.....-..----..--- 
ee esy, “ "Pylaiset Ag .2.02--2-- ee 


TAZ SUCH Meee seek an oes. tees 

Bi ee nicole anni LAN 175 

sobolifera Fl. Dan-.-.- soesses 
| Unospora penicilliformis Aresch..-- 


Zannichellia palustris L 

Zonotrichia hemispherica Ag..-.---= 
Vv. Zostera marina L...-...-- af : 

Vaucheriesw .........--. aanencu--48, 25,104.) Zoosporow® 2... 5.425552 .4- see ees 


Joya O-G, 


Report U.S. F. C. 1879—Farlow. Marine Algie. 


) 


ASS => 
im 2 OSS 


(ESS 
one 


\ 


[>| 
\ 


+ . 
XQ 


DAW 
SQ 


Fig. 2, 


Report U. S. F. C. 1879—Farlow. Marine Ale. PLATE XV. 


PLATE I. 


F. C. 1879—Farlow Marine Algex. 


Report U. S. 


Fig. 2. 


Fie. 3. 


samy 


Tia, 6, 


Fig. 5. 


Report U. S. F. C. 1879—Farlow. Marine Algie. PAu ie 


(ty 


00 


( 


= iS 


Fig. 4. 


ae 


Eas 
— 


Report U.S. F. C. 1879—Farlow. Marine Algze. 


PLATE III. 


Fig. 3. 


BiG, B 


PEATE LY. 


Report U. S. F. C. 1879—Farlow. Marine Alge. 


\ 
~ 
wy 
VY LH 


Fig. 1. 


Fig. 3. 


4, 


Fic. 


Report U.S. F. C. 1879—Farlow. 


Fig. 1. 


Marine Alge. 


>, ~~ 
s/f 
SLI S> N 
~ 
f/m Lyf. 
Py ~f~ 


Fic, 5. 


DAE Ve 


‘: = So 


Q 

=< 
AY 

CX 

@ 

HS 
() 


(> ———S 


yi 
—, = 
Sh 
OY) 
OOS 


= 
() SCR? SS 
4S See —= 


PLATE YI. 


79—Farlow. Marine Alge. 


Report U.S. F. C. 18 


Fig. 1. 


3. 


FIG. 


4, 


Fic. 


Report U.S. F. C. 1879—Farlow. 


Marine Algw. 


PLATE VIL. 


V 


Ss oag 
ey 


Pes = 
Mn: ~ 


ETE 
LOS § oer 
eal es Ores 
sas Sy ie 
SS <> eaeeags 


CS 


ee 
LS 
TS 
“6, 
Me 


| 
Lal 
& 


/ 


PLATE VILL. 


Marine Algz 


Report U. S. F. C. 1879—Farlow. 


Fic. 2. 


Report U.S. F. C. 1879—Farlow. Marine Algee. 


BPPDESSSSODSSO2: 
Sa ere scan 
Ghee ATX 
UO \ dF X\ 7 
TX WZ Sct 
p oO nal 


L OZ 
4 


Wi= SE 
wes = 


{ 
NY 


hy 
NY, 
‘ 


i 


A 
Say} 5 i 
Seg 


xo I 


PLATE 1X 


PLATE X. 


tO 


Report U. S. F. C. 1879—Farlow. Marine Ale 


3. 


4, 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Report U. S. F. C. 1879—Farlow. Marine Algz. 


PATE OX: 


BGS: 


le, Dy 


PLATE XIE 


ge. 


Report U.S. F. C. 1879—Farlow. Marine Al 


oes Zea, 


S 


= 


Fie. 1. 


Y, SSS % 


ne 
0 
\ 22 


raat 


Report U.S. F. C. 1879—Farlow. Marine Algze. PLATE XIII. 


ITUTION LIBRARIES